ReadableStreamDefaultController.close() - Web APIs
examples in the following simple example, a custom readablestream is created using a constructor (see our simple random stream example for the full code). ...
... examples in the following simple example, a custom readablestream is created using a constructor (see our simple random stream example for the full code). ...
... examples in the following simple example, a custom readablestream is created using a constructor (see our simple random stream example for the full code). ...
...And 2 more matches

WritableStreamDefaultController - Web APIs
examples const writablestream = new writablestream({ start(controller) { // do stuff with controller // error stream if necessary controller.error('my stream is broken'); }, write(chunk, controller) { ... ...
... examples const writablestream = new writablestream({ start(controller) { // do stuff with controller // error stream if necessary controller.error('my stream is broken'); }, write(chunk, controller) { ... ...
... examples const writablestream = new writablestream({ start(controller) { // do stuff with controller // error stream if necessary controller.error('my stream is broken'); }, write(chunk, controller) { ... ...
...And 2 more matches

:default - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
the :default css pseudo-class selects form elements that are the default in a group of related elements. what this selector matches is defined in html standard §4.16.3 pseudo-classes — it may match the <button>, <input type="checkbox">, <input type="radio">, and <option> elements: a default option element is the first one with the selected attribute, or the first enabled option in dom order. multiple <select>s can have more than one selected option, so all will match :default. <input type="checkbox"> and <input type="radio"> match if they have the checked attribute. <button> matches if it is a <form>’s default submission button: the first <button> in dom order that belongs to the form. this also applies to <input> types that submit forms, like image or submit. ...
...m order. multiple <select>s can have more than one selected option, so all will match :default. <input type="checkbox"> and <input type="radio"> match if they have the checked attribute. <button> matches if it is a <form>’s default submission button: the first <button> in dom order that belongs to the form. this also applies to <input> types that submit forms, like image or submit. ...
... recommendation defines associated html semantics and cons...
...And 2 more matches

Opening a Link in the Default Browser - Archive of obsolete content
xulrunner applications may have situation where they wish to open a uri in the default browser. this will often be an http or https uri, but can use any scheme for which an external handler exists. ...
...g/network/io-service;1"] .getservice(components.interfaces.nsiioservice); var uritoopen = ioservice.newuri("http://www.example.com/", null, null); var extps = components.classes["@mozilla.org/uriloader/external-protocol-service;1"] .getservice(components.interfaces.nsiexternalprotocolservice); // now, open it! ...
... = components.classes["@mozilla.org/uriloader/external-protocol-service;1"] .getservice(components.interfaces.nsiexternalprotocolservice); // now, open it! extps.loaduri(uritoopen, null); by default, the external protocol service will warn the user about opening the link in another application. to suppress this warning for particular protocols that are safe to open in the default application, you must set default prefs (thunderbird sets the following prefs): // suppress external-load warning for standard browser schemes pref("network.protocol-handler.warn-external.http", false); pref("network.protocol-handler.warn-external.https", false); pref("network.protocol-handler.warn-external.ftp", false); you can also check whether an external handler for a scheme exists. this ...
... ...

NPN_InvokeDefault - Archive of obsolete content
« gecko plugin api reference « scripting plugins summary invokes the default method, if one exists, on the given npobject. syntax #include <npruntime.h> bool npn_invokedefault(npp npp, npobject *npobj, const npvariant *args, uint32_t argcount, npvariant *result); parameters the function has the following parameters: npp the npp indicating which plugin wants to call the default method on the object. npobj the object on which to invoke the default method. args an array of arguments to pass to the default method. argcount the number of arguments in the args array. ...
...when the caller no longer needs the result, it must call npn_releasevariantvalue() to release it. ...
...when the caller no longer needs the result, it must call npn_releasevariantvalue() to release it. ...
...when the caller no longer needs the result, it must call npn_releasevariantvalue() to release it. description the method arguments are passed as an array of npvariants, and the number of arguments is passed in. ...

PR_GetDefaultIOMethods
you can pass your own layer's methods table to pr_createiolayerstub to create your new layer. ...
...you can pass your own layer's methods table to pr_createiolayerstub to create your new layer. ...
...you can pass your own layer's methods table to pr_createiolayerstub to create your new layer. ...
...you can pass your own layer's methods table to pr_createiolayerstub to create your new layer. ...

JSObjectOps.defaultValue
ay still work in some browsers, its use is discouraged since it could be removed at any time. try to avoid using it. warning! jsobjectops is not a supported api. details of the api may change from one release to the next. this documentation should be considered spidermonkey internals documentation, not api documentation. see bug 408416 for details. the javascript engine calls the jsobjectops.defaultvalue and jsclass.convert callbacks to convert objects to primitive values. syntax typedef jsbool (*jsconvertop)(jscontext *cx, jsobject *obj, jstype type, jsval *vp); name type description cx jscontext * pointer to the js context in which the conversion is needed. obj jsobject * the object to be converted. type jstype the target...
...jstype type, jsval *vp); name type description cx jscontext * pointer to the js context in which the conversion is needed. obj jsobject * the object to be converted. type jstype the target type. vp jsval * out parameter. on success, the callback must store the converted value here. description the jsobjectops.defaultvalue callback corresponds to the [[defaultvalue]] method defined in ecma 262-3 §8.6.2.6. many expressions in the ecmascript language, such as a+b, involve implicit conversion of the operands using [[defaultvalue]]. the default [[defaultvalue]] behavior for ordinary objects is as described in es5 §8.12.8. it calls the javascript methods obj.valueof() and/or obj.tostring(). provide a custom jsob...
...llback corresponds to the [[defaultvalue]] method defined in ecma 262-3 §8.6.2.6. many expressions in the ecmascript language, such as a+b, involve implicit conversion of the operands using [[defaultvalue]]. the default [[defaultvalue]] behavior for ordinary objects is as described in es5 §8.12.8. it calls the javascript methods obj.valueof() and/or obj.tostring(). provide a custom jsobjectops.defaultvalue callback to implement customized [[defaultvalue]] behavior. the jsclass.convert callback should convert obj to the given type, returning js_true with the resulting value in *vp on success, and returning js_false on error or exception. ...
... and/or obj.tostring(). provide a custom jsobjectops.defaultvalue callback to implement customized [[defaultvalue]] behavior. the jsclass.convert callback should convert obj to the given type, returning js_true with the resulting value in *vp on success, and returning js_false on error or exception. on success, *vp must be a primitive value: per es5 §8.12.8, every object "must ensure that its [[defaultvalue]] internal method can return only primitive values." debug builds of spidermonkey will assert if a convert callback is successful but leaves *vp holding a primitive value. js_convertstub implements the default behavior for the jsclass.convert hook, which is to call obj.valueof() and obj.tostring() in accordance with the algorithm in es5 §8.12.8. ...

Event.defaultPrevented - Web APIs
the defaultprevented read-only property of the event interface returns a boolean indicating whether or not the call to event.preventdefault() canceled the event. note: you should use this instead of the non-standard, deprecated getpreventdefault() method (see bug 691151). syntax var defaultwasprevented = event.defaultprevented; value a boolean, where true indicates that the default user agent action was prevented, and false indicates that it was not. example this example logs attempts to visit links from two <a> elements. javascript is used to prevent the second link from working. ...
...ent action was prevented, and false indicates that it was not. example this example logs attempts to visit links from two <a> elements. javascript is used to prevent the second link from working. ...
...vascript is used to prevent the second link from working. ...
... living standard ...

RTCPeerConnection.getDefaultIceServers() - Web APIs
the getdefaulticeservers() method of the rtcpeerconnection interface returns an array of objects based on the rtciceserver dictionary, which indicates what, if any, ice servers the browser will use by default if none are provided to the rtcpeerconnection in its rtcconfiguration. however, browsers are not required to provide any default ice servers at all. syntax var defaulticeservers = rtcpeerconnection.getdefaulticeservers(); return value an array of ice servers, specified as objects based on rtciceserver, which the browser will use if none are specified in the configuration of the rtcpeerconnection. if there are no defaults provided by the browser, the returned array is empty; this property's value is never null. ...
...erconnection.getdefaulticeservers(); return value an array of ice servers, specified as objects based on rtciceserver, which the browser will use if none are specified in the configuration of the rtcpeerconnection. if there are no defaults provided by the browser, the returned array is empty; this property's value is never null. ...
...cified as objects based on rtciceserver, which the browser will use if none are specified in the configuration of the rtcpeerconnection. if there are no defaults provided by the browser, the returned array is empty; this property's value is never null. ...
...the browser will use if none are specified in the configuration of the rtcpeerconnection. if there are no defaults provided by the browser, the returned array is empty; this property's value is never null. ...

Window.getDefaultComputedStyle() - Web APIs
the getdefaultcomputedstyle() method gives the default computed values of all the css properties of an element, ignoring author styling. that is, only user-agent and user styles are taken into account. syntax var style = window.getdefaultcomputedstyle(element [, pseudoelt]); parameters element the element for which to get the computed style. pseudoelt optional a string specifying the pseudo-element to match. must be null (or not specified) for regular elements. return value the returned style is a cssstyledeclaration object. the object is of the same type as the object returned by window.getcomputedstyle(), but only takes into account user-agent and user rules. ...
...specifying the pseudo-element to match. must be null (or not specified) for regular elements. return value the returned style is a cssstyledeclaration object. the object is of the same type as the object returned by window.getcomputedstyle(), but only takes into account user-agent and user rules. ...
...e example var elem1 = document.getelementbyid("elemid"); var style = window.getdefaultcomputedstyle(elem1); longer example <style> #elem-container { position: absolute; left: 100px; top: 200px; height: 100px; } </style> <div id="elem-container">dummy</div> <div id="output"></div> <script> var elem = document.getelementbyid("elem-container"); var thecssprop = window.getdefaultcomputedstyle(elem).position; document.getelementbyid("output").innerhtml = thecssprop; // will output "static" </script> use with pseudo-elements the getdefaultcomputedstyle() method can pull style info from pseudo-elements (e.g., ::before or ::after). <style> h3:after { content: ' rocks!'; } </style> <h3>generated content</h3> <script> var h3 = document.queryselector('h3'), ...
....position; document.getelementbyid("output").innerhtml = thecssprop; // will output "static" </script> use with pseudo-elements the getdefaultcomputedstyle() method can pull style info from pseudo-elements (e.g., ::before or ::after). <style> h3:after { content: ' rocks!'; } </style> <h3>generated content</h3> <script> var h3 = document.queryselector('h3'), result = getdefaultcomputedstyle(h3, ':after').content; console.log('the generated content is: ', result); // returns 'none' </script> notes the returned value is, in certain known cases, expressly incorrect by deliberate intent. in particular, to avoid the so called css history leak security issue, browsers may expressly "lie" about the used value for a link and always return values as if a user has never vis...

Default Preferences - Archive of obsolete content
introduction a key part of any extension is the default settings that come with it. mozilla provides a simple way of shipping default settings by allowing default preferences. remember that preferences are held in two separate trees. one with user supplied prefs, another with default prefs. user supplied prefs are set using the gui and also by modifying a profile's prefs.js file (which uses the user_pref() function). default preferences are set similarly but inside an extension and use the pref() function. ...
...pping default settings by allowing default preferences. remember that preferences are held in two separate trees. one with user supplied prefs, another with default prefs. user supplied prefs are set using the gui and also by modifying a profile's prefs.js file (which uses the user_pref() function). default preferences are set similarly but inside an extension and use the pref() function. setting default preferences while most of an extension's directories can be named arbitrarily and mapped using a chrome manifest, default preferences must be in very particular spot: | extension root +--|content +--|skin +--|defaults +--|preferences to add preferences simply drop a .js file into that directory and mozilla will read it and set the appropriate preferences. the actual file, despite having .js ...
...d of program flow control (ifs, loops etc.) nor even calculated values (i.e. 3600 * 24 * 5). doing so will cause mozilla to stop processing your preferences file without any notification, warning, error, or exception. think of it more as an .ini file. comments are perfectly acceptable. inside your file you set preferences using the pref() function: pref("name", "value") example: pref('extensions.defaultprefs.example.int', 1); pref('extensions.defaultprefs.example.float', 0.1); pref('extensions.defaultprefs.example.string', 'fadf'); pref('extensions.defaultprefs.example.bool', true); notice that unlike when you're reading preferences, writing default preferences uses the same function no matter the data type of the preference. you simply pass it directly to the function. original document info...

JS_SetDefaultLocale
this article covers features introduced in spidermonkey 24 set and reset the default locale for the ecmascript internationalization api. syntax bool js_setdefaultlocale(jsruntime *rt, const char *locale); void js_resetdefaultlocale(jsruntime *rt); name type description rt jsruntime * pointer to a js runtime locale const char * string represents locale. description js_setdefaultlocale sets the default locale for the ecmascript internationalization api (intl.collator, intl.numberformat, intl.datetimeformat). note that the internationalization api encourages clients to specify their own locales. the locale string remains owned by the caller. js_resetdefaultlocale resets the default locale to os defaults. see also mxr id searc...
... description js_setdefaultlocale sets the default locale for the ecmascript internationalization api (intl.collator, intl.numberformat, intl.datetimeformat). note that the internationalization api encourages clients to specify their own locales. the locale string remains owned by the caller. js_resetdefaultlocale resets the default locale to os defaults. ...
...the default locale for the ecmascript internationalization api (intl.collator, intl.numberformat, intl.datetimeformat). note that the internationalization api encourages clients to specify their own locales. the locale string remains owned by the caller. js_resetdefaultlocale resets the default locale to os defaults. ...

ReadableStreamDefaultController - Web APIs
the readablestreamdefaultcontroller interface of the streams api represents a controller allowing control of a readablestream's state and internal queue. default controllers are for streams that are not byte streams. constructor none. readablestreamdefaultcontroller instances are created automatically during readablestream construction. properties readablestreamdefaultcontroller.desiredsize read only returns the desired size required to fill the stream's internal queue. methods readablestreamdefaultcontroller.close() closes the associated stream. readablestreamdefaultcontroller.enqueue() enqueues a given chunk in the associated stream. readablestreamdefaultcontroller.error() causes any future interactions with the associated stream to error. examples in the following sim...
... examples in the following simple example, a custom readablestream is created using a constructor (see our simple random stream example for the full code). the start() function generates a random string of text every second and enqueues it into the stream. a cancel() function is also provided to stop the generation if readablestream.cancel() is called for any reason. note that a readablestreamdefaultcontroller object is provided as the parameter of the start() and pull() functions. when a button is pressed, the generation is stopped, the stream is closed using readablestreamdefaultcontroller.close(), and another function is run, which reads the data back out of the stream. const stream = new readablestream({ start(controller) { interval = setinterval(() => { let string = randomc...
... living standard initial definition ...

ReadableStreamDefaultReader.cancel() - Web APIs
the cancel() method of the readablestreamdefaultreader interface cancels the stream, signaling a loss of interest in the stream by a consumer. the supplied reason argument will be given to the underlying source, which may or may not use it. cancel is used when you've completely finished with the stream and don't need any more data from it, even if there are chunks enqueued waiting to be read. that data is lost after cancel is called, and the stream is not readable any more. to read those chunks still and not completely get rid of the stream, you'd use readablestreamdefaultcontroller.close(). note: if the reader is active, the cancel() method behaves the same as that for the associated stream (readablestream.cancel()). ...
... enqueued waiting to be read. that data is lost after cancel is called, and the stream is not readable any more. to read those chunks still and not completely get rid of the stream, you'd use readablestreamdefaultcontroller.close(). note: if the reader is active, the cancel() method behaves the same as that for the associated stream (readablestream.cancel()). syntax var promise = readablestreamdefaultreader.cancel(reason); parameters reason optional a domstring providing a human-readable reason for the cancellation. return value a promise, which fulfills with the value given in the reason parameter. exceptions typeerror the source object is not a readablestreamdefaultreader, or the stream has no owner. examples in the following simple example, a previously-created custom readab...
...(this code is based on our simple random stream example). ...

ReadableStreamDefaultReader - Web APIs
the readablestreamdefaultreader interface of the streams api represents a default reader that can be used to read stream data supplied from a network (e.g. a fetch request). constructor readablestreamdefaultreader() creates and returns a readablestreamdefaultreader object instance. properties readablestreamdefaultreader.closed read only allows you to write code that responds to an end to the streaming process. returns a promise that fulfills if the stream becomes closed or the reader's lock is released, or rejects if the stream errors. methods readablestreamdefaultreader.cancel() cancels the stream, signaling a loss of interest in the stream by a consumer. the supplied reason argument will be given to the underlying source, which may or may not use it. ...
...end to the streaming process. returns a promise that fulfills if the stream becomes closed or the reader's lock is released, or rejects if the stream errors. methods readablestreamdefaultreader.cancel() cancels the stream, signaling a loss of interest in the stream by a consumer. the supplied reason argument will be given to the underlying source, which may or may not use it. readablestreamdefaultreader.read() returns a promise providing access to the next chunk in the stream's internal queue. readablestreamdefaultreader.releaselock() releases the reader's lock on the stream. examples in the following example, an artifical response is created to stream html fragments fetched from another resource to the browser. it demonstrates the usage of a readablestream in combination with a uin...
... living standard initial definition ...

TrackDefault - Web APIs
the trackdefault interface provides a sourcebuffer with kind, label, and language information for tracks that do not contain this information in the initialization segments of a media chunk. a trackdefault object is provided to a sourcebuffer object by setting its sourcebuffer.trackdefaults property. constructor trackdefault() constructs and returns a new trackdefault object. properties trackdefault.type read only returns the type of track that this sourcebuffer's media segment data relates to (i.e. audio, video, or text track.) trackdefault.bytestreamtrackid read only returns the id of the specific track that the sourcebuffer should apply to. ...
...ffer.trackdefaults property. constructor trackdefault() constructs and returns a new trackdefault object. properties trackdefault.type read only returns the type of track that this sourcebuffer's media segment data relates to (i.e. audio, video, or text track.) trackdefault.bytestreamtrackid read only returns the id of the specific track that the sourcebuffer should apply to. trackdefault.language read only returns the default language to use when an initialization segment does not contain language information for a new track. trackdefault.label read only returns the default label to use when an initialization segment does not contain label information for a new track. ...
... read only returns the id of the specific track that the sourcebuffer should apply to. trackdefault.language read only returns the default language to use when an initialization segment does not contain language information for a new track. trackdefault.label read only returns the default label to use when an initialization segment does not contain label information for a new track. trackdefault.kinds read only returns the default kinds used when an initialization segment does not contain kind information for a new track. ...

completeDefaultIndex - Archive of obsolete content
...
... ...

defaultValue - Archive of obsolete content
...
... ...

JS_GetDefaultFreeOp
this article covers features introduced in spidermonkey 17 return default jsfreeop for the runtime. syntax jsfreeop * js_getdefaultfreeop(jsruntime *rt); name type description rt jsruntime * a pointer to the runtime. description js_getdefaultfreeop returns default jsfreeop for the runtime. ...
... this article covers features introduced in spidermonkey 17 return default jsfreeop for the runtime. syntax jsfreeop * js_getdefaultfreeop(jsruntime *rt); name type description rt jsruntime * a pointer to the runtime. description js_getdefaultfreeop returns default jsfreeop for the runtime. ...

JS_GetPropertyDefault
obsolete since jsapi 26this feature is obsolete. although it may still work in some browsers, its use is discouraged since it could be removed at any time. try to avoid using it. this article covers features introduced in spidermonkey 1.8.5 finds a specified property and retrieves its value or provided default value. syntax bool js_getpropertydefault(jscontext *cx, jsobject *obj, const char *name, jsval def, js::mutablehandle<js::value> vp); bool js_getpropertybyiddefault(jscontext *cx, jsobject *obj, jsid id, jsval def, js::mutablehandle<js::value> vp); name type description cx jscontext * a context. requires request. in a js_threadsafe build, the caller must be in a request on this jscontext. ...
...utablehandle<js::value> vp); name type description cx jscontext * a context. requires request. in a js_threadsafe build, the caller must be in a request on this jscontext. obj js::handleobject object to search on for the property. name or id const char * or js::handleid name of the property to look up. def js::handlevalue default value if the property is not found. vp js::mutablehandlevalue out parameter. on success, *vp receives the current value of the property, or undefined if no such property is found. description js_getpropertydefault examines a specified js object obj and its prototype chain for a property with the specified name. on success, these functions set *vp to the current value of the p...

DefaultKeyBinding
« nsiaccessible page summary provides localized string of global keyboard accelerator for default action, such as ctrl+o for open file (ctrl + o). ...
... « nsiaccessible page summary provides localized string of global keyboard accelerator for default action, such as ctrl+o for open file (ctrl + o). ...

HTMLMediaElement.defaultMuted - Web APIs
the htmlmediaelement.defaultmuted property reflects the muted html attribute, which indicates whether the media element's audio output should be muted by default. this property has no dynamic effect. to mute and unmute the audio output, use the muted property. syntax var dmuted = video.defaultmuted; audio.defaultmuted = true; value a boolean. a value of true means that the audio output will be muted by default. example var videoele = document.createelement('video'); videoele.defaultmuted = true; console.log(videoele.outerhtml); // <video muted=""></video> specifications specification status comment html living standardthe definition of 'htmlmediaelement.defaultmuted' in that specification. living standard no change from html5 html5the definition o...
...le var videoele = document.createelement('video'); videoele.defaultmuted = true; console.log(videoele.outerhtml); // <video muted=""></video> specifications specification status comment html living standardthe definition of 'htmlmediaelement.defaultmuted' in that specification. living standard no change from html5 html5the definition of 'htmlmediaelement.defaultmuted' in that specification. recommendation initial definition. ...

ReadableStreamDefaultController.enqueue() - Web APIs
examples in the following simple example, a custom readablestream is created using a constructor (see our simple random stream example for the full code). the start() function generates a random string of text every second and enqueues it into the stream — see controller.enqueue(string). a cancel() function is also provided to stop the generation if readablestream.cancel() is called for any reason. ...
...ee our simple random stream example for the full code). the start() function generates a random string of text every second and enqueues it into the stream — see controller.enqueue(string). a cancel() function is also provided to stop the generation if readablestream.cancel() is called for any reason. when a button is pressed, the generation is stopped, the stream is closed using readablestreamdefaultcontroller.close(), and another function is run, which reads the data back out of the stream. const stream = new readablestream({ start(controller) { interval = setinterval(() => { let string = randomchars(); // add the string to the stream controller.enqueue(string); // show it on the screen let listitem = document.createelement('li'); listitem.textcon...

ReadableStreamDefaultController.error() - Web APIs
the error() method of the readablestreamdefaultcontroller interface causes any future interactions with the associated stream to error. note: the error() method can be called more than once, and can be called when the stream is not readable. syntax readablestreamdefaultcontroller.error(e); parameters e the error you want future interactions to fail with. return value undefined. exceptions typeerror the source object is not a readablestreamdefaultcontroller, or the stream is not readable for some other reason. ...
...r(e); parameters e the error you want future interactions to fail with. return value undefined. exceptions typeerror the source object is not a readablestreamdefaultcontroller, or the stream is not readable for some other reason. examples the a readable stream with an underlying push source and backpressure support example in the spec provides a good example of using readablestreamdefaultcontroller.desiredsize to manually detect when the stream is full and apply backpressure, and also of using error() to manually trigger a stream error if another part of the system it relies on fails. specifications specification status comment streamsthe definition of 'error()' in that specification. living standard initial definition. ...

ReadableStreamDefaultReader.closed - Web APIs
examples in this snippet, a previously-created reader is queried to see if the stream has been closed. when it is closed, the promise fulfills and the message is logged to the console. ...
... examples in this snippet, a previously-created reader is queried to see if the stream has been closed. when it is closed, the promise fulfills and the message is logged to the console. ...

ReadableStreamDefaultReader.read() - Web APIs
the read() method of the readablestreamdefaultreader interface returns a promise providing access to the next chunk in the stream's internal queue. syntax var promise = readablestreamdefaultreader.read(); parameters none. return value a promise, which fulfills/rejects with a result depending on the state of the stream. the different possibilities are as follows: if a chunk is available, the promise will be fulfilled with an object of the form { value: thechunk, done: false }. if the stream becomes closed, the promise will be fulfilled with an object of the form { value: undefined, done: true }. if the stream becomes errored, the promise will be rejected with the relevant error. ...
...ows: if a chunk is available, the promise will be fulfilled with an object of the form { value: thechunk, done: false }. if the stream becomes closed, the promise will be fulfilled with an object of the form { value: undefined, done: true }. if the stream becomes errored, the promise will be rejected with the relevant error. exceptions typeerror the source object is not a readablestreamdefaultreader, or the stream has no owner. examples example 1 - simple example this example shows the basic api usage, but doesn't try to deal with complications like stream chunks not ending on line boundaries for example. in this example stream is a previously-created custom readablestream. it is read using a readablestreamdefaultreader created using getreader(). (see our simple random stream exam...

SpeechSynthesisVoice.default - Web APIs
the default read-only property of the speechsynthesisvoice interface returns a boolean indicating whether the voice is the default voice for the current app (true), or not (false.) note: for some devices, it might be the default voice for the voice's language. the spec is not very clear on which it should be, so some implementations may differ. syntax var amidefault = speechsynthesisvoiceinstance.default; value a boolean. ...
...e the default voice for the voice's language. the spec is not very clear on which it should be, so some implementations may differ. syntax var amidefault = speechsynthesisvoiceinstance.default; value a boolean. examples for(i = 0; i < voices.length ; i++) { var option = document.createelement('option'); option.textcontent = voices[i].name + ' (' + voices[i].lang + ')'; if(voices[i].default) { option.textcontent += ' -- default'; } option.setattribute('data-lang', voices[i].lang); option.setattribute('data-name', voices[i].name); voiceselect.appendchild(option); } specifications specification status comment web speech apithe definition of 'default' in that specification. draft ...

WritableStreamDefaultController.error() - Web APIs
return value undefined. exceptions typeerror the stream you are trying to error is not a writablestream. ...
...ltcontroller interface causes any future interactions with the associated stream to error. this method is rarely used, since usually it suffices to return a rejected promise from one of the underlying sink’s methods. however, it can be useful for suddenly shutting down a stream in response to an event outside the normal lifecycle of interactions with the underlying sink. syntax writablestreamdefaultcontroller.error(e); parameters e a domstring representing the error you want future interactions to fail with. return value undefined. exceptions typeerror the stream you are trying to error is not a writablestream. examples const writablestream = new writablestream({ start(controller) { // do stuff with controller // error stream if necessary controller.error('my e...

WritableStreamDefaultWriter.abort() - Web APIs
return value a promise, which fulfills with the value given in the reason parameter. exceptions typeerror the stream you are trying to abort is not a writablestream, or it is locked. ...
...ltwriter interface aborts the stream, signaling that the producer can no longer successfully write to the stream and it is to be immediately moved to an error state, with any queued writes discarded. if the writer is active, the abort() method behaves the same as that for the associated stream (writablestream.abort()). if not, it returns a rejected promise. syntax var promise = writablestreamdefaultwriter.abort(reason); parameters reason optional a domstring representing a human-readable reason for the abort. return value a promise, which fulfills with the value given in the reason parameter. exceptions typeerror the stream you are trying to abort is not a writablestream, or it is locked. examples const writablestream = new writablestream({ write(chunk) { ... }, clo...

WritableStreamDefaultWriter.releaseLock() - Web APIs
return value undefined. examples const writablestream = new writablestream({ write(chunk) { ... }, close() { ... }, abort(err) { ... } }, queuingstrategy); ... const writer = writablestream.getwriter(); ... ...
... return value undefined. examples const writablestream = new writablestream({ write(chunk) { ... }, close() { ... }, abort(err) { ... } }, queuingstrategy); ... const writer = writablestream.getwriter(); ... ...

List of default Accept values - HTTP
note that all browsers add the */* mime type to cover all cases. this is typically used for requests initiated via the address bar of a browser, or via an html <a> element. ...
...(source) safari, chrome text/html,application/xhtml+xml,application/xml;q=0.9,image/webp,image/apng,*/*;q=0.8 (source) safari 5 text/html,application/xhtml+xml,application/xml;q=0.9,*/*;q=0.8 this is an improvement over earlier accept headers as it no longer ranks image/png above text/html internet explorer 8 image/jpeg, appli...

completedefaultindex - Archive of obsolete content
« xul reference home completedefaultindex new in thunderbird 3 requires seamonkey 2.0 type: boolean if true, the best match value will be filled into the textbox as the user types. if set to false or omitted, the value must be selected from the list. ...

default - Archive of obsolete content
« xul reference home default type: boolean if true, the tooltip is used as the default popup for displaying tooltips in the window. ...

defaultButton - Archive of obsolete content
typically, this means that the button will be activated when the enter key is pressed. this should be set to one of the same values as those for the buttons attribute. ...

defaultset - Archive of obsolete content
this should be set to a comma-separated list of item ids from the toolbarpalette. for example, back-button,forward-button,print-button. ...

getDefaultSession - Archive of obsolete content
...

defaultButton - Archive of obsolete content
typically, this means that the button will be activated when the enter key is pressed. this should be set to one of the same values as those for the buttons attribute. ...

Modifying the Default Skin - Archive of obsolete content
d in future versions of firefox. using it may lead to hard-to-diagnose bugs or crashes. use at your own risk! this section describes how to modify the skin of a window. skin basics a skin is a set of style sheets, images and behaviors that are applied to a xul file. by applying a different skin, you can change the look of a window without changing its functionality. firefox provides a skin by default, and you may download others. the xul for any skins is the same, however the style sheets and images used are different. for a simple personalized look to a firefox window, you can easily change the style sheets associated with it. larger changes can be done by creating an entirely new skin. firefox has a theme manager for changing the default skin. (although the underlying code for mozilla call...

toolkit.defaultChromeFeatures - Archive of obsolete content
type: string specified by: default prefs of xulrunner applications default: "chrome,dialog=no,all" example: pref("toolkit.defaultchromefeatures", "chrome,resizable=no,dialog=no"); the toolkit.defaultchromefeatures preference allows simple xulrunner-based applications to specify what features are passed to window.open() when the main application window is opened. see also: xulrunner:specifying startup chrome window, dom:window.open, toolkit.defaultchromeuri, toolkit.singletonwindowtype. ...

toolkit.defaultChromeURI - Archive of obsolete content
type: string specified by: default prefs of xulrunner applications default: none example: pref("toolkit.defaultchromeuri", "chrome://myapp/content/"); the toolkit.defaultchromeuri preference allows simple xulrunner-based applications to open a new window when the application is launched. the preference specifies the uri of a chrome window to be opened. see also: xulrunner:specifying startup chrome window, toolkit.defaultchromefeatures, toolkit.singletonwindowtype. ...

-moz-windows-default-theme - Archive of obsolete content
note: since firefox 58, this media feature is no longer available to web content — it is only available internally (e.g. to xul / chrome code). see bug 1396066 for more details. syntax <integer> if the user is using one of the default windows themes—luna, royale, zune, or aero (including vista basic, vista advanced, and aero glass)—this is 1. otherwise it's 0. media: media/visual accepts min/max prefixes: no ...

AudioParam.defaultValue - Web APIs
the defaultvalue read-only property of the audioparam interface represents the initial value of the attributes as defined by the specific audionode creating the audioparam. syntax var defaultval = audioparam.defaultvalue; value a floating-point number. example const audioctx = new audiocontext(); const gainnode = audioctx.creategain(); const defaultval = gainnode.gain.defaultvalue; console.log(defaultval); // 1 console.log(defaultval === gainnode.gain.value); // true specifications specification status comment web audio apithe definition of 'defaultvalue' in that specification. working draft ...

Document.defaultView - Web APIs
in browsers, document.defaultview returns the window object associated with a document, or null if none is available. syntax var win = document.defaultview; this property is read-only. specifications specification status comment html living standardthe definition of 'document.defaultview' in that specification. living standard no change html5the definition of 'document.defaultview' in that specification. recommendation initial definition ...

HTMLMediaElement.defaultPlaybackRate - Web APIs
the htmlmediaelement.defaultplaybackrate property indicates the default playback rate for the media. syntax var dspeed = video.defaultplaybackrate; audio.defaultplaybackrate = 1.0; value a double. 1.0 is "normal speed," values lower than 1.0 make the media play slower than normal, higher values make it play faster. the value 0.0 is invalid and throws a not_supported_err exception. example var obj = document.createelement('video'); console.log(obj.defaultplaybackrate); // 1 specifications specification status comment html living standardthe definition of 'htmlmediaelement.defaultplaybackrate' in that specification. living standard no change from html5 html5the definition of 'htmlmediaelement.defaultplaybackrate' in that specification. recommenda...

Node.isDefaultNamespace() - Web APIs
the node.isdefaultnamespace() method accepts a namespace uri as an argument and returns a boolean with a value of true if the namespace is the default namespace on the given node or false if not. syntax result = node.isdefaultnamespace(namespaceuri); parameters namespaceuri is a string representing the namespace against which the element will be checked. return value result is a boolean that holds the return value true or false. example var xulns = "http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"; var el = document.getelementsbytagnamens(xulns, 'textbox')[0]; alert(el.isdefaultnamespace(xulns)); // true specifications specification status comment domthe definition of 'node: isdefaultnamespace' in that specification. living standard ...

ReadableStreamDefaultController.desiredSize - Web APIs
the desiredsize read-only property of the readablestreamdefaultcontroller interface returns the desired size required to fill the stream's internal queue. syntax var desiredsize = readablestreamdefaultcontroller.desiredsize; value an integer. note that this can be negative if the queue is over-full. examples the a readable stream with an underlying push source and backpressure support example in the spec provides a good example of using desiredsize to manually detect when the stream is full and apply backpressure, and also of using readablestreamdefaultcontroller.error() to manually trigger a stream error if another part of the system it relies on fails. specifications specification status comment streamsthe definition of 'desiredsize' in that specification. li...

ReadableStreamDefaultReader.releaseLock() - Web APIs
the releaselock() method of the readablestreamdefaultreader interface releases the reader's lock on the stream. if the associated stream is errored when the lock is released, the reader will appear errored in that same way subsequently; otherwise, the reader will appear closed. a reader’s lock cannot be released while it still has a pending read request, i.e., if a promise returned by the reader’s readablestreamdefaultreader.read() method has not finished. this will result in a typeerror being thrown. syntax readablestreamdefaultreader.releaselock(); parameters none. return value undefined. exceptions typeerror the source object is not a readablestreamdefaultreader, or a read request is pending. examples function fetchstream() { const reader = stream.getreader(); ... ...

SourceBuffer.trackDefaults - Web APIs
exceptions the following exceptions may be thrown when setting a new value for this property. exception explanation invalidstateerror one or more of the sourcebuffer objects in mediasource.sourcebuffers are being updated (i.e. their sourcebuffer.updating property is currently true), or this sourcebuffer has been removed from the mediasource. ...

TrackDefault.byteStreamTrackID - Web APIs
the bytestreamtrackid read-only property of the trackdefault interface returns the id of the specific track that the sourcebuffer should apply to. if not specified in the constructor, this value will be an empty string and the sourcebuffer can contain any tracks of the specified trackdefault.type. syntax var myid = trackdefault.bytestreamtrackid; value a domstring. example tbd ...

TrackDefault.kinds - Web APIs
the kinds read-only property of the trackdefault interface returns default kinds for an associated sourcebuffer to use when an initialization segment does not contain label information for a new track. syntax var mykinds = trackdefault.kinds; value an array of domstrings. example tbd ...

TrackDefault.label - Web APIs
the label read-only property of the trackdefault interface returns the default label for an associated sourcebuffer to use when an initialization segment does not contain label information for a new track. syntax var mylabel = trackdefault.label; value a domstring. example tbd ...

TrackDefault.language - Web APIs
the language read-only property of the trackdefault interface returns a default language for an associated sourcebuffer to use when an initialization segment does not contain language information for a new track. this should be a valid language code, e.g. en-us. syntax var mylanguage = trackdefault.language; value a domstring. example tbd ...

TrackDefault.type - Web APIs
the type read-only property of the trackdefault interface returns the type of track that this sourcebuffer's media segment data relates to (i.e. audio, video, or text track.) syntax var mytype = trackdefault.type; value a domstring — one of audio, video or text. example tbd ...

TrackDefaultList.length - Web APIs
the length read-only property of the trackdefaultlist interface returns the number of trackdefault objects in the list. syntax var mylistlength = trackdefaultlist.length; value an unsigned long number. example tbd ...

TrackDefaultList - Web APIs
the trackdefaultlist interface represents a simple container list for multiple trackdefault objects. the trackdefaultlist associated with a particular sourcebuffer can be retrieved using the sourcebuffer.trackdefaults property. constructor trackdefaultlist() constructs and returns a new trackdefaultlist object. properties inherits properties from its parent interface, eventtarget. trackdefaultlist.length read only returns the number of trackdefault objects in the list. methods inherits properties from its parent interface, eventtarget. trackdefaultlist.trackdefault() this getter allows the trackdefault objects in the list to be accessed with an array operator (i.e. [].) examples tbd. ...

Window.defaultStatus - Web APIs
obsolete since gecko 23 (firefox 23 / thunderbird 23 / seamonkey 2.20)this feature is obsolete. although it may still work in some browsers, its use is discouraged since it could be removed at any time. try to avoid using it. summary gets/sets the status bar text for the given window. syntax var smsg = window.defaultstatus; window.defaultstatus = smsg; parameters smsg is a string containing the text to be displayed by default in the statusbar. example <html> <body onload="window.defaultstatus='hello!';"/> <button onclick="window.confirm('are you sure you want to quit?');">confirm</button> </body> </html> notes to set the status once the window has been opened, use window.status. specification html5 ...

WritableStreamDefaultWriter.closed - Web APIs
examples const writablestream = new writablestream({ start(controller) { }, write(chunk, controller) { ... }, close(controller) { ... }, abort(err) { ... } }, queuingstrategy); ... const writer = writablestream.getwriter(); .. ...

WritableStreamDefaultWriter.desiredSize - Web APIs
note that this can be negative if the queue is over-full. the value will be null if the stream cannot be successfully written to (due to either being errored, or having an abort queued up), and zero if the stream is closed. exceptions typeerror the writer’s lock is released. examples const writablestream = new writablestream({ write(chunk) { ... }, close() { ... }, abort(err) { ... } }, queuingstrategy); ... const writer = writablestream.getwriter(); ... ...

Index - Web APIs
on's playback should begin. 80 animation.timeline api, animation, experimental, property, reference, web animations, timeline, web animations api the animation.timeline property of the animation interface returns or sets the timeline associated with this animation. a timeline is a source of time values for synchronization purposes, and is an animationtimeline-based object. by default, the animation's timeline and the document's timeline are the same. 81 animation.updateplaybackrate() api, animation, experimental, interface, method, reference, web animations, playbackrate, updateplaybackrate, waapi, web animations api the updateplaybackrate() method of the web animations api's animation interface sets the speed of an animation after first synchronizing its...
...fersourcenode.detune api, audio, audiobuffersourcenode, property, reference, web audio api, detune the detune property of the audiobuffersourcenode interface is a k-rate audioparam representing detuning of oscillation in cents. 116 audiobuffersourcenode.loop api, audio, audiobuffersourcenode, loop, media, property, reference, web audio api, sound the loop property's default value is false. 117 audiobuffersourcenode.loopend api, audio, audiobuffersourcenode, media, property, reference, web audio api, loopend, sound a floating-point number indicating the offset, in seconds, into the audio buffer at which each loop will loop return to the beginning of the loop (that is, the current play time gets reset to audiobuffersourcenode.loopstart). this prop...
...n application to power down the audio hardware when it will not be using an audio context for a while. 136 audiocontextlatencycategory api, audio, audio context, audiocontextlatencycategory, enum, interface, media, reference, type, web audio, web audio api, latency the audiocontextlatencycategory type is an enumerated set of strings which are used to select one of a number of default values for acceptable maximum latency of an audio context. 137 audiocontextoptions api, audio, audiocontext, audiocontextoptions, configuration, context, dictionary, interface, options, reference, settings, web audio api, samplerate the audiocontextoptions dictionary is used to specify configuration options when constructing a new audiocontext object to represent a graph of w...
...And 120 more matches

Index
binary software module. a cryptographic transaction, such as encryption or decryption related to a data exchange, usually involves working with the x.509 certs of your communication partners (peer). it's also required that you safely keep your own secret keys that belong to your own certificates. you might want to protect the storage of your secret keys with pbe. you might decide to modify the default trust provided by nss. all of this requires storing, looking up, and retrieving data. nss simplifies performing these operations by offering storage and management apis. nss doesn't require the programmer to manage individual files containing individual certificates or keys. instead, nss offers to use its own database(s). once you have imported certificates and keys into the nss database, you can...
...sed to proof and verify the exchanged initial information. once the key agreement is done, a symmetric encryption will be used (until a potential re-handshake on an existing channel). the combination of the hash and encryption algorithms used for a ssl connection is called a cipher suite. nss ships with a set of cipher suites that it supports at a technical level. in addition, nss ships with a default policy that defines which cipher suites are enabled by default. an application is able to modify the policy used at program runtime, by using function calls to modify the set of enabled cipher suites. if a programmer wants to influence how nss verifies certificates or how nss verifies the data presented in a ssl connection handshake, it is possible to register application-defined callback func...
... nss verifies the data presented in a ssl connection handshake, it is possible to register application-defined callback functions which will be called by nss at the appropriate point of time, and which can be used to override the decisions made by nss. if you would like to use nss as a toolkit that implements ssl, remember that you must init nss first. but if you don't care about modifying the default trust permanently (recorded on disk), you can use the no-database init calls. when creating the network socket for data exchange, note that you must use the operating system independent apis provided by nspr and nss. it might be interesting to mention a property of the nspr file descriptors, which are stacked in layers. this means you can define multiple layers that are involved in data processin...
...And 73 more matches

sslfnc.html
ion deprecated functions ssl initialization functions this section describes the initialization functions that are specific to ssl. for a complete list of nss initialization functions, see initialization. note that at least one of the functions listed in ssl export policy functions must also be called during nss initialization. nss_init nss_initreadwrite nss_nodb_init ssl_optionsetdefault ssl_optiongetdefault ssl_cipherprefsetdefault ssl_cipherprefgetdefault ssl_clearsessioncache ssl_configserversessionidcache ssl_configmpserversidcache ssl_inheritmpserversidcache nss_init sets up configuration files and performs other tasks required to run network security services. database files are opened read-only. syntax #include "nss.h" secstatus nss_init(char *configd...
...) in the specified directory. nss_init isnot idempotent, so call it only once. nss_init opens the database files read-only. if you are performing operations that require write permission, for example s/mime operations such as adding a certificate, use nss_initreadwrite instead. before calling nss_init, your program must call pr_init. the policy flags for all cipher suites are turned off by default, disallowing all cipher suites. therefore, an application cannot use nss to perform any cryptographic operations until after it enables appropriate cipher suites by calling one of the ssl export policy functions: nss_setdomesticpolicy, nss_setexportpolicy, and nss_setfrancepolicy configure the cipher suites for domestic, international, and french versions of software products with encryption ...
...ic digit) with both read and write permission in the specified directory. nss_initreadwrite isnot idempotent, so call it only once. use nss_initreadwrite rather than nss_init if you are performing operations that require write permission, such as some s/mime operations. before calling nss_initreadwrite, your program must call pr_init. the policy flags for all cipher suites are turned off by default, disallowing all cipher suites. therefore, an application cannot use nss to perform any cryptographic operations until after it enables appropriate cipher suites by calling one of the ssl export policy functions. nss_nodb_init performs tasks required to run network security services without setting up configuration files. important: this nss function is not intended for use with ssl, which ...
...And 67 more matches

MCD, Mission Control Desktop, AKA AutoConfig - Archive of obsolete content
ive is to provide users with a mailer agent, a web browser, and a news reader which are automatically configured (preferences) at startup to the current user connected on the computer. choosing mozilla products allow us to use the same apps while running either windows or linux systems (i suspect mac osx would be fine too). instead of configuring end user individual preferences files (~/.mozilla/default/randomdir/prefs.js) we now use a centralized default set of preferences. this centralized preference file can lock preferences (lockpref) or initialize them (defaultpref) based on environment variables (user, home...) and/or ldap queries (fetch email address, common name , language, homepage etc...) from the enterprise directory. central configuration file that feature is provided through a jav...
...variables (user, home...) and/or ldap queries (fetch email address, common name , language, homepage etc...) from the enterprise directory. central configuration file that feature is provided through a javascript file. file location (not tested since 2012 ...) in thunderbird , firefox, the javascript preference file that calls the centralized preference file is located in $install_dir_moz_app/defaults/pref, for example in thunderbird this would be repectively for windows/linux: c:\program files\mozilla thunderbird\defaults\pref /usr/lib/thunderbird/default/pref ( it used to be in /usr/lib/thunderbird-version#/default/pref as in /usr/lib/thunderbird-5/default/pref ) for the record/history purpose ... the old netscape 4.x the file is encoded (byte-shift/rotary is 7), and the presence of the...
...erbird-version#/default/pref as in /usr/lib/thunderbird-5/default/pref ) for the record/history purpose ... the old netscape 4.x the file is encoded (byte-shift/rotary is 7), and the presence of the file (netscape.cfg) in the mozilla_home directory suffices for it to be read and executed. for mozilla 1.x.x, firefox, thunderbird or netscape 7 it is still a javascript file, the byte-shift is 13 by default, but can be removed using the pref("general.config.obscure_value", 0); preference in any appropriate .js file dedicated to autoconfig (here autoconf.js). ...
...And 62 more matches

Index - Archive of obsolete content
enable add-on scripts and content scripts to communicate with each other, each end of the conversation has access to a port object. ...
... no summary! 189 html to dom code snippets, dom, guide, html, intermediate, needsupdate although you can now natively parse html using domparser and xmlhttprequest, this is a new feature that is not yet supported by all browsers in use in the wild. the code snippets on this page will let your site work until these new features are more widely available. ...
... see also interaction between privileged and non-privileged pages. 225 creating custom firefox extensions with the mozilla build system add-ons, build documentation, developing mozilla, extensions, guide, needscontent, xpcom no summary! 226 custom about: urls about: this page describes how to register a new about: url for your extension. 227 default preferences a key part of any extension is the default settings that come with it. mozilla provides a simple way of shipping default settings by allowing default preferences. 228 deploying a plugin as an extension add-ons, plugins one of the new features available in firefox 1.5 is the ability to place browser plugins in a firefox extension. this feature is particu...
...And 43 more matches

Experimental features in Firefox
please try to include a link to the relevant bug or bugs using the bug macro: {{bug(bug-number)}}. html element: <dialog> the html <dialog> element and its associated dom apis provide support for html-based modal dialog boxes. the current implementation is a little inelegant but is basically functional. see bug 840640 for more details. ...
... 53 no preference name dom.dialog_element.enabled global attribute: inputmode our implementation of the inputmode global attribute has been updated as per the whatwg spec (bug 1509527), but we still need to make other changes too, like making it available on contenteditable content. see also bug 1205133 for details. ...
...ment's rel attribute is intended to help provide performance gains by letting you download resources earlier in the page lifecycle, ensuring that they're available earlier and are less likely to block page rendering. read preloading content with rel="preload" for more details. for more details on the status of this feature, see bug 1639607. ...
...And 36 more matches

x - SVG: Scalable Vector Graphics
300 100" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"> <rect x="20" y="20" width="60" height="60" /> <rect x="120" y="20" width="60" height="60" /> <rect x="220" y="20" width="60" height="60" /> </svg> altglyph warning: as of svg2 <altglyph> is deprecated and shouldn't be used. for <altglyph>, x defines the x-axis coordinate of the alternate glyph. value list of <length> default value none animatable yes feblend for <feblend>, x defines the minimum x coordinate for the rendering area of the primitive. value <length> | <percentage> default value 0% animatable yes fecolormatrix for <fecolormatrix>, x defines the minimum x coordinate for the rendering area of the primitive. value <length> | <pe...
... animatable yes feblend for <feblend>, x defines the minimum x coordinate for the rendering area of the primitive. value <length> | <percentage> default value 0% animatable yes fecolormatrix for <fecolormatrix>, x defines the minimum x coordinate for the rendering area of the primitive. value <length> | <percentage> default value 0% animatable yes fecomponenttransfer for <fecomponenttransfer>, x defines the minimum x coordinate for the rendering area of the primitive. value <length> | <percentage> default value 0% animatable yes fecomposite for <fecomposite>, x defines the minimum x coordinate for the rendering area of the primitive. value...
...es fecomponenttransfer for <fecomponenttransfer>, x defines the minimum x coordinate for the rendering area of the primitive. value <length> | <percentage> default value 0% animatable yes fecomposite for <fecomposite>, x defines the minimum x coordinate for the rendering area of the primitive. value <length> | <percentage> default value 0% animatable yes feconvolvematrix for <feconvolvematrix>, x defines the minimum x coordinate for the rendering area of the primitive. value <length> | <percentage> default value 0% animatable yes fediffuselighting for <fediffuselighting>, x defines the minimum x coordinate for the rendering area of the primitive. ...
...And 22 more matches

y - SVG: Scalable Vector Graphics
100 300" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"> <rect y="20" x="20" width="60" height="60" /> <rect y="120" x="20" width="60" height="60" /> <rect y="220" x="20" width="60" height="60" /> </svg> altglyph warning: as of svg2 <altglyph> is deprecated and shouldn't be used. for <altglyph>, y defines the y-axis coordinate of the alternate glyph. value list of <length> default value none animatable yes feblend for <feblend>, y defines the minimum y coordinate for the rendering area of the primitive. value <length> | <percentage> default value 0% animatable yes fecolormatrix for <fecolormatrix>, y defines the minimum y coordinate for the rendering area of the primitive. value <length> | <pe...
... animatable yes feblend for <feblend>, y defines the minimum y coordinate for the rendering area of the primitive. value <length> | <percentage> default value 0% animatable yes fecolormatrix for <fecolormatrix>, y defines the minimum y coordinate for the rendering area of the primitive. value <length> | <percentage> default value 0% animatable yes fecomponenttransfer for <fecomponenttransfer>, y defines the minimum y coordinate for the rendering area of the primitive. value <length> | <percentage> default value 0% animatable yes fecomposite for <fecomposite>, y defines the minimum y coordinate for the rendering area of the primitive. value...
...es fecomponenttransfer for <fecomponenttransfer>, y defines the minimum y coordinate for the rendering area of the primitive. value <length> | <percentage> default value 0% animatable yes fecomposite for <fecomposite>, y defines the minimum y coordinate for the rendering area of the primitive. value <length> | <percentage> default value 0% animatable yes feconvolvematrix for <feconvolvematrix>, y defines the minimum y coordinate for the rendering area of the primitive. value <length> | <percentage> default value 0% animatable yes fediffuselighting for <fediffuselighting>, y defines the minimum y coordinate for the rendering area of the primitive. ...
...And 21 more matches

ui/button/toggle - Archive of obsolete content
ons to create a button you must give it an id, an icon, and a label: var { togglebutton } = require("sdk/ui/button/toggle"); var button = togglebutton({ id: "my-button", label: "my button", icon: { "16": "./firefox-16.png", "32": "./firefox-32.png" }, onchange: function(state) { console.log(state.label + " checked state: " + state.checked); } }); by default, the button appears in the firefox toolbar: however, users can move it to the firefox menu panel: badged buttons new in firefox 36. you can add a "badge" to a button using its badge property. this can contain a number or a string, and you can update it at any time. by default the badge's color is red, but you can set your own color using the badgecolor property, specified as a css <color>...
... at the root is the global state, then there's a state you can set for each window, then a state you can set for each tab. more-specific states override less-specific states. for example, suppose the browser has two windows (w1 and w2), and each window has two tabs. ...
... state you can set for each window, then a state you can set for each tab. more-specific states override less-specific states. for example, suppose the browser has two windows (w1 and w2), and each window has two tabs. ...
...And 20 more matches

filter - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
is interpolated according to its specific rules. if they have different lengths, the missing equivalent filter functions from the longer list are added to the end of the shorter list using their lacuna values, then all filter functions are interpolated according to their specific rules. if one filter is none, it is replaced with the filter functions list of the other one using the filter function default values, then all filter functions are interpolated according to their specific rules. otherwise, discrete interpolation is used. functions the filter property is specified as none or one or more of the functions listed below. if the parameter for any function is invalid, the function returns none. except where noted, the functions that take a value expressed with a percent sign (as in 34%) also...
...d-table"> <thead> <tr> <th style="text-align: left;" scope="col">original image</th> <th style="text-align: left;" scope="col">live example</th> <th style="text-align: left;" scope="col">svg equivalent</th> <th style="text-align: left;" scope="col">static example</th> </tr> </thead> <tbody> <tr> <td><img alt="test_form.jpg" id="img1" class="internal default" src="/files/3710/test_form_2.jpg" style="width: 100%;" /></td> <td><img alt="test_form.jpg" id="img2" class="internal default" src="/files/3710/test_form_2.jpg" style="width: 100%;" /></td> <td> <div class="svg-container"> <svg id="img3" overflow="visible" viewbox="0 0 212 161" color-interpolation-filters="srgb"> <filter id="svgblur" x="-5%" y="-5%" widt...
...="srgb"> <filter id="svgblur" x="-5%" y="-5%" width="110%" height="110%"> <fegaussianblur in="sourcegraphic" stddeviation="3.5"/> </filter> <image xlink:href="/files/3710/test_form_2.jpeg" filter="url(#svgblur)" width="212px" height="161px"/> </svg> </div> </td> <td><img alt="test_form_s.jpg" id="img4" class="internal default" src="/files/3711/test_form_2_s.jpg" style="width: 100%;" /></td> </tr> </tbody> </table> html { height:100%; } body { font: 14px/1.286 "lucida grande", "lucida sans unicode", "dejavu sans", lucida, arial, helvetica, sans-serif; color: rgb(51, 51, 51); height:100%; overflow:hidden; } #img2 { width:100%; height:auto; -webkit-filter:blur(5px); -ms-filter:blur(5px); filter...
...And 20 more matches

CustomizableUI.jsm
ontainer the actual dom container (could be an overflow panel in case of an overflowable toolbar), and awasremoval is true iff the action about to happen is the removal of the dom node. onwidgetafterdomchange(anode, anextnode, acontainer, awasremoval) like onwidgetbeforedomchange, but fired after the change to the dom node of the widget. onwidgetreset(anode, acontainer) fired after a reset to default placements moves a widget's node to a different location. anode is the widget's node, acontainer is the area it was moved into (nb: it might already have been there and been moved to a different position!) onwidgetundomove(anode, acontainer) fired after undoing a reset to default placements moves a widget's node to a different location. anode is the widget's node, acontainer is the area it was ...
...note that this is fired for each dom node. aarea is the area that was reset, acontainer the dom node that was reset. onareanodeunregistered(aarea, anode, areason) fired when an area's dom node is unregistered. ...
...h customizableui after an add-on update or disable/enable sequence. onwidgetcreated(awidgetid) fired when a widget with id awidgetid has been created, but before it is added to any placements or any dom nodes have been constructed. only fired for api-based widgets. onwidgetaftercreation(awidgetid, aarea) fired after a widget with id awidgetid has been created, and has been added to either its default area or the area in which it was placed previously. if the widget has no default area and/or it has never been placed anywhere, aarea may be null. only fired for api-based widgets. onwidgetdestroyed(awidgetid) fired when widgets are destroyed. awidgetid is the widget that is being destroyed. only fired for api-based widgets. onwidgetinstanceremoved(awidgetid, adocument) fired when a window is...
...And 19 more matches

NSS tools : modutil
manage pkcs #11 module information within the security module database. synopsis modutil [options] arguments description the security module database tool, modutil, is a command-line utility for managing pkcs #11 module information both within secmod.db files and within hardware tokens. modutil can add and delete pkcs #11 modules, change passwords on security databases, set defaults, list module contents, enable or disable slots, enable or disable fips 140-2 compliance, and assign default providers for cryptographic operations. this tool can also create certificate, key, and module security database files. the tasks associated with security module database management are part of a process that typically also involves managing key databases and certific...
...o verify that the module is in fips mode, while false means to verify that the module is not in fips mode. -create create new certificate, key, and module databases. use the -dbdir directory argument to specify a directory. if any of these databases already exist in a specified directory, modutil returns an error message. -default modulename specify the security mechanisms for which the named module will be a default provider. the security mechanisms are specified with the -mechanisms argument. -delete modulename delete the named module. the default nss pkcs #11 module cannot be deleted. -disable modulename disable all slots on the named module. u...
... deleted. -disable modulename disable all slots on the named module. use the -slot argument to disable a specific slot. -enable modulename enable all slots on the named module. use the -slot argument to enable a specific slot. -fips [true | false] enable (true) or disable (false) fips 140-2 compliance for the default nss module. -force disable modutil's interactive prompts so it can be run from a script. use this option only after manually testing each planned operation to check for warnings and to ensure that bypassing the prompts will cause no security lapses or loss of database integrity. -jar jar-file add a new pkcs #11 module to ...
...And 19 more matches

source-editor.jsm
ce code; its primary purpose is to provide support for web developer tools to display and edit web site code. the editor provided is eclipse orion. to use it, you first need to import the code module into your javascript scope: components.utils.import("resource:///modules/source-editor.jsm"); warning: much of the functionality of the source editor is implemented by a secondary code module (by default, source-editor-orion.jsm). you must not directly import that code module; it is essentially an implementation detail. its functionality is all exposed through source-editor.jsm. method overview initialization and destruction void destroy(); void init(element aelement, object aconfig, function acallback); search operations number find(string astring, [optional...
... boolean set this value to false whenever you save the text; the editor will update it to true when the content is changed. you can then use this value to detect when the contents of the text are different from your most recent save. in addition, when this value changes, the "dirtychanged" event is sent. editorelement element the element containing the editor. when using the default orion editor, this is a xul <xul:iframe> element. read only. lastfind object an object describing the result of the last find operation performed using the find(), findnext(), or findprevious() method. read only. this object has the following properties: property type description str string the las...
...ereby preventing the user from making changes. set it to false to allow editing. constants preference name constants these constants define the names of preferences used by the source editor. constant value description sourceeditor.prefs.component "devtools.editor.component" a string indicating the name of the source editor engine to use; this is "orion" by default. the source editor code module loads a module by the name "source-editor-<component>.jsm" and exposes its api as part of the sourceeditor object. sourceeditor.prefs.expand_tab "devtools.editor.expandtab" a boolean value that indicates whether or not to automatically expand tabs out to a series of spaces. sourceeditor.prefs.tab_size "devtools.editor.tabsize" an intege...
...And 18 more matches

NSS tools : modutil
]] status this documentation is still work in progress. please contribute to the initial review in mozilla nss bug 836477[1] description the security module database tool, modutil, is a command-line utility for managing pkcs #11 module information both within secmod.db files and within hardware tokens. modutil can add and delete pkcs #11 modules, change passwords on security databases, set defaults, list module contents, enable or disable slots, enable or disable fips 140-2 compliance, and assign default providers for cryptographic operations. this tool can also create certificate, key, and module security database files. the tasks associated with security module database management are part of a process that typically also involves managing key databases and certificate databases. ...
... verify whether the module is in the given fips mode. true means to verify that the module is in fips mode, while false means to verify that the module is not in fips mode. -create create new certificate, key, and module databases. use the -dbdir directory argument to specify a directory. if any of these databases already exist in a specified directory, modutil returns an error message. -default modulename specify the security mechanisms for which the named module will be a default provider. the security mechanisms are specified with the -mechanisms argument. -delete modulename delete the named module. the default nss pkcs #11 module cannot be deleted. -disable modulename disable all slots on the named module. use the -slot argument to disable a specific slot. the internal nss ...
...pkcs #11 module cannot be deleted. -disable modulename disable all slots on the named module. use the -slot argument to disable a specific slot. the internal nss pkcs #11 module cannot be disabled. -enable modulename enable all slots on the named module. use the -slot argument to enable a specific slot. -fips [true | false] enable (true) or disable (false) fips 140-2 compliance for the default nss module. -force disable modutil's interactive prompts so it can be run from a script. use this option only after manually testing each planned operation to check for warnings and to ensure that bypassing the prompts will cause no security lapses or loss of database integrity. -jar jar-file add a new pkcs #11 module to the database using the named jar file. use this command with the -i...
...And 18 more matches

Index - Archive of obsolete content
63 color xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 64 colorpicker.type xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 65 cols xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 66 command xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 67 commandupdater xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 68 completedefaultindex xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 69 completeselectedindex no summary! 70 container xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 71 containment xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 72 contentcontextmenu xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 73 contenttooltip xul attribu...
... cycler xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 84 datasources xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 85 datepicker.type xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 86 datepicker.value xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 87 decimalplaces xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 88 default xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 89 defaultbutton xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 90 defaultset xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 91 description xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 92 dir xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 93 disablekeynavigation xul...
... 477 getbrowserfordocument method, mozilla, reference, référence(2), xul, xul methods, xul reference no summary! 478 getbrowserfortab xul methods, xul reference no summary! 479 getbrowserindexfordocument xul methods, xul reference no summary! 480 getbutton xul methods, xul reference no summary! 481 getdefaultsession xul methods, xul reference no summary! 482 geteditor xul methods, xul reference no summary! 483 getelementsbyattribute xul methods, xul reference no summary! 484 getelementsbyattributens xul methods, xul reference no summary! 485 getformattedstring xul methods, xul reference if you need to handle ...
...And 17 more matches

NSS Tools modutil
using the security module database (modutil) newsgroup: mozilla.dev.tech.crypto the security module database tool is a command-line utility for managing pkcs #11 module information within secmod.db files or within hardware tokens. you can use the tool to add and delete pkcs #11 modules, change passwords, set defaults, list module contents, enable or disable slots, enable or disable fips 140-2 compliance, and assign default providers for cryptographic operations. this tool can also create key3.db, cert8.db, and secmod.db security database files. the tasks associated with security module database management are part of a process that typically also involves managing key databases (key3.db files) and certificate databases (cert8.db files). the key, certificate, and pkcs #11 module man...
...delete the named module. note that you cannot delete the netscape communicator internal pkcs #11 module. -changepw tokenname change the password on the named token. if the token has not been initialized, this option initializes the password. use this option with the -pwfile and -newpwfile arguments. in this context, the term "password" is equivalent to a personal identification number (pin). -default modulename specify the security mechanisms for which the named module will be a default provider. the security mechanisms are specified with the -mechanisms mechanism-list argument. -undefault modulename specify the security mechanisms for which the named module will not be a default provider. the security mechanisms are specified with the -mechanisms mechanism-list argument. -enable modulena...
...e prompts so it can be run from a script. use this option only after manually testing each planned operation to check for warnings and to ensure that bypassing the prompts will cause no security lapses or loss of database integrity. arguments -dbdir directory specify the database directory in which to access or create security module database files. on unix, the security module database tool defaults to the user's netscape directory. windows nt has no default directory, so -dbdir must be used to specify a directory. -dbprefix prefix specify the prefix used on the cert8.db and key3.db files (for example, my_cert8.db and my_key3.db). this option is provided as a special case. changing the names of the certificate and key databases is not recommended. -libfile library-file specify a path t...
...And 17 more matches

Textbox (XPFE autocomplete) - Archive of obsolete content
autocomplete functionality is handled through one of more session objects, each of which can return a set of results given the current value of the textbox. the sessions can be set using the searchsessions attribute or by calling the addsession method. ...
...opup, minresultsforpopup, nomatch, onchange, onerrorcommand, oninput, onsearchcomplete, ontextcommand, ontextentered, ontextrevert, ontextreverted, open, readonly, searchsessions, showcommentcolumn, showcommentcolumn, showpopup, size, tabindex, tabscrolling, tabscrolling, timeout, type, useraction, value properties accessible, alwaysopenpopup, autofill, autofillaftermatch, completedefaultindex, crop, disableautocomplete, disabled, editable, focused, forcecomplete, highlightnonmatches, ignoreblurwhilesearching, inputfield, issearching, iswaiting, label, maxlength, maxrows, minresultsforpopup, nomatch, open, popup, popupopen, resultspopup, searchcount, searchparam, searchsessions, selectionend, selectionstart, sessioncount, showcommentcolumn, showpopup, size, tabindex, tabscrolling,...
...this should be one of the characters that appears in the lab...
...And 16 more matches

<input>: The Input (Form Input) element - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
tored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. <input> types how an <input> works varies considerably depending on the value of its type attribute, hence the different types are covered in their own separate reference pages. if this attribute is not specified, the default type adopted is text. the available types are as follows: type description basic examples spec button a push button with no default behavior displaying the value of the value attribute, empty by default. <input type="button" name="button" /> checkbox a check box allowing single values to be selected/deselected. ...
...tton. displays an image defined by the src attribute. the alt attribute displays if the image src is missing. <input type="image" name="image" src="" alt="image input"/> month a control for entering a month and year, with no time zone. <input type="month" name="month"/> html5 number a control for entering a number. displays a spinner and adds default validation when supported. displays a numeric keypad in some devices with dynamic keypads. <input type="number" name="number"/> html5 password a single-line text field whose value is obscured. will alert user if site is not secure. <input type="password" name="password"/> radio a radio button, allowing a single value to be selected out of m...
...ue is obscured. will alert user if site is not secure. <input type="password" name="password"/> radio a radio button, allowing a single value to be selected out of multiple choices with the same name value. <input type="radio" name="radio"/> range a control for entering a number whose exact value is not important. displays as a range widget defaulting to the middle value. used in conjunction min and max to define the range of acceptable values. <input type="range" name="range" min="0" max="25"/> html5 reset a button that resets the contents of the form to default values. not recommended. <input type="reset" name="reset"/> search a single-line text field for entering search strings. lin...
...And 16 more matches

Preferences - Archive of obsolete content
createinstance(components.interfaces.nsisupportsstring); str.data = "some non-ascii text"; prefs.setcomplexvalue("preference.with.non.ascii.value", components.interfaces.nsisupportsstring, str); nsipreflocalizedstring another complex type supported by mozilla is nsipreflocalizedstring. ...
...ring); str.data = "some non-ascii text"; prefs.setcomplexvalue("preference.with.non.ascii.value", components.interfaces.nsisupportsstring, str); nsipreflocalizedstring another complex type supported by mozilla is nsipreflocalizedstring. it is similar to nsisupportsstring, except that when there is no user value, getcomplexvalue() gets the default value from a locale file (thus making the default value localizable). ...
... components.interfaces.nsisupportsstring, str); nsipreflocalizedstring another complex type supported by mozilla is nsipreflocalizedstring. it is similar to nsisupportsstring, except that when there is no user value, getcomplexvalue() gets the default value from a locale file (thus making the default value localizable). it's easier to explain this by example. let's say you want to make the default value for the extensions.myext.welcomemessage preference localizable. ...
...And 15 more matches

Component; nsIPrefBranch
inherits from: nsisupports last changed in gecko 58 (firefox 58 / thunderbird 58 / seamonkey 2.55) this object is created with a "root" value which describes the base point in the preferences "tree" from which this "branch" stems. ...
...d by simply passing "page", "homepage", or "homepage_override" to the various get/set methods. ...
...overview void addobserver(in string adomain, in nsiobserver aobserver, in boolean aholdweak); void clearuserpref(in string aprefname); void deletebranch(in string astartingat); boolean getboolpref(in string aprefname, requires gecko 54 [optional] in boolean adefaultvalue); string getcharpref(in string aprefname,requires gecko 54 [optional] in string adefaultvalue); requires gecko 58 utf8tring getstringpref(in string aprefname, [optional] in utf8string adefaultvalue); void getchildlist(in string astartingat, [optional] out unsigned long acount, [array, size_is(acount), retval] out string achildarray); void getcomplexvalue(in string aprefname, in nsiidref atype, [iid_is(atype), retval] out nsqiresult avalue); long ge...
...And 15 more matches

NSS tools : certutil
n may take arguments, anywhere from none to multiple arguments. the command option -h will list all the command options available and their relevant arguments. command options -a add an existing certificate to a certificate database. the certificate database should already exist; if one is not present, this command option will initialize one by default. -b run a series of commands from the specified batch file. this requires the -i argument. -c create a new binary certificate file from a binary certificate request file. use the -i argument to specify the certificate request file. if this argument is not used, certutil prompts for a filename. -d delete...
...enerated. in such a case, only the private key is deleted from the key pair. you can display the public key with the command certutil -k -h tokenname. -g generate a new public and private key pair within a key database. the key database should already exist; if one is not present, this option will initialize one by default. some smart cards (for example, the litronic card) can store only one key pair. if you create a new key pair for such a card, the previous pair is overwritten. -h display a list of the options and arguments used by the certificate database tool. -k list the key id of keys in the key database. a key id is the ...
... -m modify a certificate's trust attributes using the values of the -t argument. -n create new certificate and key databases. -o print the certificate chain. -r create a certificate request file that can be submitted to a certificate authority (ca) for processing into a finished certificate. output defaults to standard out unless you use -o output-file argument. use the -a argument to specify ascii output. -s create an individual certificate and add it to a certificate database. -t reset the key database or token. -u list all available modules or print a single named module. -v check the ...
...And 14 more matches

Standard OS Libraries
os libraries. windows windows has many standard os libraries. the most common, found on all windows os version, is "winapi". windows also has the "winapilists" and ".net framework" (i'm not sure if it can be accessed jsctypes but probably). a complete list of windows apis can be found at the msdn api index. winapi this is the one that is most commonly used by js-ctypes. this comes shipped by default with all installations of windows operating systems since win98. it's also known as winapi32 or just winapi. a list of all the functions available through this api can be found at the msdn winapi index. for finding out the values and types of arguments and returns of the functions you want to use from this api, you must visit the functions page on this linked msdn site; it will give you all that ...
...see below for gdk 3.0 example. ...
...components.utils.import('resource://gre/modules/ctypes.jsm'); var gdk = ctypes.open('libgdk-x11-2.0.so.0'); // types var gint = ctypes.int; var gdkdevice = ctypes.structtype('gdkdevice'); var gdkmodifiertype = ctypes.int; var gdkwindow = ctypes.structtype('gdkwindow'); var void = ctypes.void_t; // https://developer.gnome.org/gdk3/stable/gdk3-windows.html#gdk-get-default-root-window var gdk_get_default_root_window = gdk.declare('gdk_get_default_root_window', ctypes.default_abi, gdkwindow.ptr // return - the root window, which is top most parent of all windows ); // in gdk2 we have to use gdk_window_get_pointer, but in gdk3 it was deprecated and have to use gdk_window_get_device_position https://developer.gnome.org/gdk3/stable/gdk3-windows.html#gdk-window-get-pointer var gdk_window_get_p...
...And 14 more matches

export - JavaScript
rted can still be modified locally; when imported, although they can only be read by the importing module the value updates whenever it is updated by the exporting module. exported modules are in strict mode whether you declare them as such or not. the export statement cannot be used in embedded scripts. ...
..., …, namen; // also var, const export let name1 = …, name2 = …, …, namen; // also var, const export function functionname(){...} export class classname {...} // export list export { name1, name2, …, namen }; // renaming exports export { variable1 as name1, variable2 as name2, …, namen }; // exporting destructured assignments with renaming export const { name1, name2: bar } = o; // default exports export default expression; export default function (…) { … } // also class, function* export default function name1(…) { … } // also class, function* export { name1 as default, … }; // aggregating modules export * from …; // does not set the default export export * as name1 from …; // draft ecmascript® 2o21 export { name1, name2, …, namen } from …; export { import1 as ...
...on (…) { … } // also class, function* export default function name1(…) { … } // also class, function* export { name1 as default, … }; // aggregating modules export * from …; // does not set the default export export * as name1 from …; // draft ecmascript® 2o21 export { name1, name2, …, namen } from …; export { import1 as name1, import2 as name2, …, namen } from …; export { default } from …; namen identifier to be exported (so that it can be imported via import in another script). description there are two different types of export, named and default. you can have multiple named exports per module but only one default export. each type corresponds to one of the above syntax: named exports: // export features declared earlier export { myfunction, myvariable }; //...
...And 14 more matches

ui/button/action - Archive of obsolete content
buttons to create a button you must give it an id, an icon, and a label: var { actionbutton } = require("sdk/ui/button/action"); var button = actionbutton({ id: "my-button", label: "my button", icon: { "16": "./firefox-16.png", "32": "./firefox-32.png" }, onclick: function(state) { console.log("button '" + state.label + "' was clicked"); } }); by default, the button appears in the firefox toolbar: however, users can move it to the firefox menu panel using the toolbar customization feature: badged buttons new in firefox 36. you can add a "badge" to a button using its badge property. this can be a number or a string, and you can update it at any time. by default the badge's color is red, but you can set your own color using the badgecolor p...
...sed a state object that contains all the button's properties. you can generate click events programmatically with the button's click() method. disabling buttons you can disable a button by setting its disabled property to true. a disabled button will not generate click events and its icon will appear disabled: updating state you can update all the button's properties except for its id. by default, the button has global state: that is, its properties are the same across all open windows and tabs, and updating them updates the button's state across all open windows and tabs. you can set state to be specific to a window or tab using the button's state() method. to set state like this, call state() with 2 parameters: the first parameter is a window or tab object or as a shorthand, the str...
...icon non hidpi "32": "./addon32.png", // menu panel icon non hidpi "36": "./addon36.png", // toolbar icon hidpi "64": "./addon64.png" // menu panel icon hidpi } optional options: name type disabled boolean determines whether the button is disabled. disabled buttons appear disabled in the ui, and do not respond to clicks. defaults to false. onclick function click handler for the button. badge number or string new in firefox 36. badge to attach to the button. the badge can contain as many characters (or digits) as you like, but only the first four will be displayed. badgecolor css <color> value new in firefox 36. colo...
...And 13 more matches

Introduction to CSS layout - Learn web development
the basics of html (study introduction to html), and an idea of how css works (study introduction to css.) objective: to give you an overview of css page layout techniques. each technique can be learned in greater detail in subsequent tutorials. css page layout techniques allow us to take elements contained in a web page and control where they are positioned relative to their default position in normal layout flow, the other elements around them, their parent container, or the main viewport/window. the page layout techniques we'll be covering in more detail in this module are normal flow the display property flexbox grid floats positioning table layout multiple-column layout each technique has its uses, advantages, and disadvantages, and no technique is designed ...
...erty flexbox grid floats positioning table layout multiple-column layout each technique has its uses, advantages, and disadvantages, and no technique is designed to be used in isolation. by understanding what each method is designed for you will be in a good place to understand which is the best layout tool for each task. ...
...t each method is designed for you will be in a good place to understand which is the best layout tool for each task. normal flow normal flow is how the browser lays out html pages by default when you do nothing to control page layout. let's look at a quick html example: <p>i love my cat.</p> <ul> <li>buy cat food</li> <li>exercise</li> <li>cheer up friend</li> </ul> <p>the end!</p> by default, the browser will display this code as follows: note here how the html is displayed in the exact order in which it appears in the source code, with elements stacked up on top of one another — the first paragraph, followed by the unordered list, followed by the second paragraph. the elements that appear one below the other are described as block elements, in contrast to inline elements, whic...
...And 13 more matches

certutil
ts, anywhere from none to multiple arguments. run the command option and -h to see the arguments available for each command option. options options specify an action and are uppercase. -a add an existing certificate to a certificate database. the certificate database should already exist; if one is not present, this option will initialize one by default. -b run a series of commands from the specified batch file. this requires the -i argument. -c create a new binary certificate file from a binary certificate request file. use the -i argument to specify the certificate request file. if this argument is not used, certutil prompts for a filename. -d delete a ...
...a public key you have generated. in such a case, only the private key is deleted from the key pair. you can display the public key with the command certutil -k -h tokenname. -g generate a new public and private key pair within a key database. the key database should already exist; if one is not present, this option will initialize one by default. some smart cards (for example, the litronic card) can store only one key pair. if you create a new key pair for such a card, the previous pair is overwritten. -h display a list of the options and arguments used by the certificate database tool. -k list the key id of keys in the key database. a key id is the mo...
...en. -m modify a certificate's trust attributes using the values of the -t argument. -n create new certificate and key databases. -o print the certificate chain. -r create a certificate request file that can be submitted to a certificate authority (ca) for processing into a finished certificate. output defaults to standard out unless you use -o output-file argument. use the -a argument to specify ascii output. -s create an individual certificate and add it to a certificate database. -t reset the key database or token. -u list all available modules or print a single named module. -v check the validity of a certificate ...
...And 13 more matches

Elements - Archive of obsolete content
this section is tested and adjusted for the current firefox implementation. please edit only if an actual behavior differs from the described one. please do not edit only on the basis of another xbl specification. <!element bindings ( binding* ) > hierarchy: root element may contain: <binding> the bindings element is the root element of any xbl document. it should usually declare xbl as the default namespace (unless an xbl namespace prefix is used) and it may additionally declare other namespace prefixes used in your binding. bindings contains zero or more binding elements as children. each binding child element defines a unique binding that can be attached to elements in other documents. an element can have only one binding attached (explicitly or inherited) at one moment. from several b...
...hat can be attached to elements in other documents. an element can have only one binding attached (explicitly or inherited) at one moment. from several bindings only the last in the sequence will be used (like with any css rule). ...
... attached (explicitly or inherited) at one moment. from several bindings only the last in the sequence will be used (like with any css rule). ...
...And 12 more matches

A brief guide to Mozilla preferences
call pref(), user_pref() and sticky_pref(), while the config file in addition may call lockpref(). preferences files to protect privacy by preventing inadvertent loading of a preferences file in the browser, the first line of the file is made un-parseable and skipped on loading. the only exception to this is user.js . on application launch, several preferences files are loaded. ...
...), while the config file in addition may call lockpref(). preferences files to protect privacy by preventing inadvertent loading of a preferences file in the browser, the first line of the file is made un-parseable and skipped on loading. the only exception to this is user.js . on application launch, several preferences files are loaded. ...
...ation launch, several preferences files are loaded. they are: default preference files firefox ships default preferences in several files, all in the application directory: greprefs.js - preferences shared by all applications using the mozilla platform services/common/services-common.js - preferences for some shared services code, this should arguably be included in some other file defaults/pref/services-sync.js - default preferences for firefox sync, also oddly misplaced browser/app/profile/channel-prefs.js - a file indicating the user's update channel. this is kept separate from other preferences because it can affect how updates are applied. ...
...And 12 more matches

Places utilities for JavaScript
warning: the content of this article may be out of date. utils.js is accessible at the following url: http://mxr.mozilla.org/mozilla-centr...ntent/utils.js this file includes utility functions used by a lot of the bookmarking, tagging, and annotation services that are built into firefox. by default its only included in browser.xul. its not an interface, and as such it will never be frozen, but it provides some easy to use functions that can save you from reinventing the wheel and cluttering up your own classes/functions when you need it. global objects there are a few global objects and constants defined in utils.js. these are: qi_node qi_node(anode, aiid) runs a query interface on a bookmark node to expose the interface available to that type. if the interface isn't ava...
...uri aoverrideuri); array unwrapnodes(string blob, string atype); nsitransaction maketransaction(string data, string type, nsinavhistoryresultnode container, int index, boolean copy); nsinavhistoryresult getfoldercontents(int afolderid, boolean aexcludeitems, boolean aexpandqueries); boolean showaddbookmarkui(nsiuri auri, string atitle, string adescription, int adefaultinsertionpoint, boolean ashowpicker, boolean aloadinsidebar, string akeyword, string apostdata); boolean showminimaladdbookmarkui(nsiuri auri, string atitle, string adescription, int adefaultinsertionpoint, boolean ashowpicker, boolean aloadinsidebar, string akeyword, string apostdata); boolean showaddlivemarkui(nsiuri afeeduri, nsiuri asiteuri, string atitle, string adescription...
...onpoint, boolean ashowpicker, boolean aloadinsidebar, string akeyword, string apostdata); boolean showminimaladdbookmarkui(nsiuri auri, string atitle, string adescription, int adefaultinsertionpoint, boolean ashowpicker, boolean aloadinsidebar, string akeyword, string apostdata); boolean showaddlivemarkui(nsiuri afeeduri, nsiuri asiteuri, string atitle, string adescription, int adefaultinsertionpoint, boolean ashowpicker); boolean showminimaladdlivemarkui(nsiuri afeeduri, nsiuri asiteuri, string atitle, string adescription, int adefaultinsertionpoint, boolean ashowpicker); boolean showminimaladdmultibookmarkui(array nsiuri aurilist); boolean showbookmarkproperties(int aid); boolean showfolderproperties(int aid); boolean showaddfolderu...
...And 12 more matches

nsIPromptService
urrent locale. button_title_cancel 2 button_title_yes 3 button_title_no 4 button_title_save 5 button_title_dont_save 6 button_title_revert 7 button_title_is_string 127 this flag indicates that the label is passed as a separate string. use this for labels that don't match one of the constants above. button default flags these flags are used to select which button is the default. constant value description button_pos_0_default 0 button_pos_1_default 16777216 button_pos_2_default 33554432 button_delay_enable button_delay_enable causes the buttons to be initially disabled. they are enabled after a timeout expires. the implementation may i...
...set to a boolean (or use an empty object). return value true for ok, false for cancel confirmex() puts up a dialog with up to 3 buttons and an optional, labeled checkbox. the buttons are numbered 0 - 2. the implementation can decide what order the buttons appear in, and it may not be simply right-to-left (2, 1, 0) or left-to-right (0, 1, 2). see bug 624043 for more on this. button 0 is the default button unless one of the button default flags is specified (see button default flags). a button may use a predefined title, specified by one of the button title flags values. each title value can be multiplied by a position value to assign the title to a particular button. if button_title_is_string is used for a button, the string parameter for that button will be used. if the value for a button ...
...e to a particular button. if button_title_is_string is used for a button, the string parameter for that button will be used. if the value for a button position is zero, the button will not be shown. the following example creates a dialog with an ok button and a custom button description. ...
...And 12 more matches

WebIDL bindings
ozilla::dom::myinterface, you need to set the 'nativetype' to the right type. if the type is not in the header file one gets by replacing '::' with '/' and appending '.h', then add a corresponding 'headerfile' annotation (or headerfile annotation to the .webidl file). if you don't have to set any annotations, then you don't need to add an entry either and the code generator will simply assume the defaults here. note that using a 'headerfile' annotation is generally not recommended. if you do use it, you will need to make sure your header includes all the headers needed for your func annotations. add external interface entries to bindings.conf for whatever non-webidl interfaces your new interface has as arguments or return values. implement a wrapobject override on mozilla::dom::myinterface th...
...ebidl types can depend on the precise way that they're being used (e.g., return values, arguments, and sequence or dictionary members might all have different representations). unless stated otherwise, a type only has one representation. also, unless stated otherwise, nullable types are represented by wrapping nullable<> around the base type. in all cases, optional arguments which do not have a default value are represented by wrapping const optional<>& around the representation of the argument type. if the argument type is a c++ reference, it will also become a nonnull<> around the actual type of the object in the process. optional arguments which do have a default value are just represented by the argument type itself, set to the default value if the argument was not in fact passed in. varia...
...urned). webidl callback interfaces in sequences, dictionaries, owning unions, and variadic arguments are represented by refptr<foo> if nullable and owningnonnull<foo> otherwise. if the interface is a single-operation interface, the object exposes two methods that both invoke the same underlying js callable. the first of these methods allows the caller to pass in a this object, while the second defaults to undefined as the this value. in either case, the this value is only used if the callback interface is implemented by a js callable. if it's implemented by an object with a property whose name matches the operation, the object itself is always used as this. if the interface is not a single-operation interface, it just exposes a single method for every idl method/getter/setter. the signatures...
...And 12 more matches

Applying styles and colors - Web APIs
« previousnext » in the chapter about drawing shapes, we used only the default line and fill styles. here we will explore the canvas options we have at our disposal to make our drawings a little more attractive. you will learn how to add different colors, line styles, gradients, patterns and shadows to your drawings. colors up until now we have only seen methods of the drawing context. if we want to apply colors to a shape, there are two important properties we can use: fillstyle and strokestyle. fillstyle = color sets the style used when filling shapes. strokestyle = color sets the style for shapes' outlines. ...
...of the drawing context. if we want to apply colors to a shape, there are two important properties we can use: fillstyle and strokestyle. fillstyle = color sets the style used when filling shapes. strokestyle = color sets the style for shapes' outlines. color is a string representing a css <color>, a gradient object, or a pattern object. we'll look at gradient and pattern objects later. by default, the stroke and fill color are set to black (css color value #000000). note: when you set the strokestyle and/or fillstyle property, the new value becomes the default for all shapes being drawn from then on. for every shape you want in a different color, you will need to reassign the fillstyle or strokestyle property. the valid strings you can enter should, according to the specification, be ...
...semi-transparent (or translucent) shapes. this is done by either setting the globalalpha property or by assigning a semi-transparent color to the stroke and/or fill style. globalalpha = transparencyvalue applies the specified transparency value to all future shapes drawn on the canvas. the value must be between 0.0 (fully transparent) to 1.0 (fully opaque). this value is 1.0 (fully opaque) by default. the globalalpha property can be useful if you want to draw a lot of shapes on the canvas with similar transparency, but otherwise it's generally more useful to set the transparency on individual shapes when setting their colors. because the strokestyle and fillstyle properties accept css rgba color values, we can use the following notation to assign a transparent color to them. // assigning ...
...And 12 more matches

height - SVG: Scalable Vector Graphics
ns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"> <!-- with a height of 0 or less, nothing will be rendered --> <rect y="0" x="0" width="90" height="0"/> <rect y="0" x="100" width="90" height="60"/> <rect y="0" x="200" width="90" height="100%"/> </svg> feblend for <feblend>, height defines the vertical length for the rendering area of the primitive. value <length> | <percentage> default value 100% animatable yes fecolormatrix for <fecolormatrix>, height defines the vertical length for the rendering area of the primitive. value <length> | <percentage> default value 100% animatable yes fecomponenttransfer for <fecomponenttransfer>, height defines the vertical length for the rendering area of the primitive. ...
... fecolormatrix for <fecolormatrix>, height defines the vertical length for the rendering area of the primitive. value <length> | <percentage> default value 100% animatable yes fecomponenttransfer for <fecomponenttransfer>, height defines the vertical length for the rendering area of the primitive. value <length> | <percentage> default value 100% animatable yes fecomposite for <fecomposite>, height defines the vertical length for the rendering area of the primitive. value <length> | <percentage> default value 100% animatable yes feconvolvematrix for <feconvolvematrix>, height defines the vertical length for the rendering area of the primitive. value ...
... yes fecomposite for <fecomposite>, height defines the vertical length for the rendering area of the primitive. value <length> | <percentage> default value 100% animatable yes feconvolvematrix for <feconvolvematrix>, height defines the vertical length for the rendering area of the primitive. value <length> | <percentage> default value 100% animatable yes fediffuselighting for <fediffuselighting>, height defines the vertical length for the rendering area of the primitive. value <length> | <percentage> default value 100% animatable yes fedisplacementmap for <fedisplacementmap>, height defines the vertical length for the rendering area of the primitive. ...
...And 12 more matches

width - SVG: Scalable Vector Graphics
ns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"> <!-- with a width of 0 or less, nothing will be rendered --> <rect x="0" y="0" width="0" height="90"/> <rect x="0" y="100" width="60" height="90"/> <rect x="0" y="200" width="100%" height="90"/> </svg> feblend for <feblend>, width defines the horizontal length for the rendering area of the primitive. value <length> | <percentage> default value 100% animatable yes fecolormatrix for <fecolormatrix>, width defines the horizontal length for the rendering area of the primitive. value <length> | <percentage> default value 100% animatable yes fecomponenttransfer for <fecomponenttransfer>, width defines the horizontal length for the rendering area of the primitive. ...
... fecolormatrix for <fecolormatrix>, width defines the horizontal length for the rendering area of the primitive. value <length> | <percentage> default value 100% animatable yes fecomponenttransfer for <fecomponenttransfer>, width defines the horizontal length for the rendering area of the primitive. value <length> | <percentage> default value 100% animatable yes fecomposite for <fecomposite>, width defines the horizontal length for the rendering area of the primitive. value <length> | <percentage> default value 100% animatable yes feconvolvematrix for <feconvolvematrix>, width defines the horizontal length for the rendering area of the primitive. value...
... yes fecomposite for <fecomposite>, width defines the horizontal length for the rendering area of the primitive. value <length> | <percentage> default value 100% animatable yes feconvolvematrix for <feconvolvematrix>, width defines the horizontal length for the rendering area of the primitive. value <length> | <percentage> default value 100% animatable yes fediffuselighting for <fediffuselighting>, width defines the horizontal length for the rendering area of the primitive. value <length> | <percentage> default value 100% animatable yes fedisplacementmap for <fedisplacementmap>, width defines the horizontal length for the rendering area of the primitive. ...
...And 12 more matches

How to convert an overlay extension to restartless - Archive of obsolete content
some of that will have to be replaced and the rest will need to be loaded differently. ...
...request to access a file:// url the request.status is not properly set to 200 to indicate success. in such cases, request.readystate == 4, request.status == 0 and request.response will evaluate to true. if your file is text, use "text" as your data type. if you're getting json this way make sure to explicitly set the type as "text" if you intend to parse it yourself. even though it says that the default type is "text", firefox will attempt to autodetect and fail, resulting in an error message in the console. this doesn't seem to break anything, but it is easily avoidable by being explicit with the type. mdn says you can set the type to "json" instead, if you prefer to have it parse things for you. if your file is not text or json, then you're going to want to read binary data. the new way to do...
...hing similar, figuring out dataview will be fairly straightforward. just read the docs and it's pretty simple. it will probably be notably faster than whatever you were doing before. reportedly xmlhttprequest doesn't work reliably when used in jsm under versions of firefox less than 16, however as previously mentioned, this guide should be taken as requiring firefox 17+. ...
...And 11 more matches

textbox - Archive of obsolete content
« xul reference home [ examples | attributes | properties | methods | related ] an input field where the user can enter text. it is similar to the html input element. only one line of text is displayed by default. the multiline attribute can be specified to display a field with multiple rows. more information is available in the xul tutorial. ...
...ailable in the xul tutorial. ...
...d methods decrease, increase, reset, select, setselectionrange style classes plain examples <vbox> <label control="your-name" value="enter your name:"/> <textbox id="your-name" value="john"/> </vbox> attributes cols type: integer for multiline textboxes, the number of columns to display. decimalplaces type: integer the number of decimal places to display. the default is 0, which doesn't show any decimal places. the value infinity may be used if you want no limit on the number of decimal places. note that decimal numbers are stored as floats. disabled type: boolean indicates whether the element is disabled or not. if this attribute is set, the element is disabled. disabled elements are usually drawn with grayed-out text. if the element is disabled, it ...
...And 11 more matches

NSS environment variables
he file named in the environment variable nsrandfile (see below). makes nsrandfile usable with /dev/urandom. 3.12.3 nsrandfile string (file name) uses this file to seed the pseudo random number generator. before 3.0 nss_allow_weak_signature_alg boolean (any non-empty value to enable) enables the use of md2 and md4 inside signatures. this was allowed by default before nss 3.12.3. 3.12.3 nss_debug_pkcs11_module string (module name) name the pkcs#11 module to be traced. pkcs #11 module logger 3.6 nss_default_db_type string ("dbm", "sql", or "extern") determines the default database type to open if the app does not specify. nss_shared_db 3.12 nss_disable_arena_free_list string (any non-empty v...
... nss_fips string ("fips","true","on","1") will start nss in fips mode. 3.12.5 nss_hash_alg_support string specifies agorithms allowed to be used in certain applications, such as in signatures on certificates and crls. see documentation at this link. 3.12.3 nss_output_file string (filename) output file path name for the pkcs #11 module logger. default is stdout. 3.7 nss_sdb_use_cache string ("no","yes","auto") controls whether nss uses a local cache of sql database contents. default is "auto". see the source for more information. 3.12 nss_ssl_cbc_random_iv string ("0", "1") controls the workaround for the beast attack on ssl 3.0 and tls 1.0. "0" disables it, "1" enables it. it is also known as 1/n-1 reco...
... 3.7 nss_sdb_use_cache string ("no","yes","auto") controls whether nss uses a local cache of sql database contents. default is "auto". see the source for more information. 3.12 nss_ssl_cbc_random_iv string ("0", "1") controls the workaround for the beast attack on ssl 3.0 and tls 1.0. "0" disables it, "1" enables it. it is also known as 1/n-1 record splitting. default is "1". ...
...And 11 more matches

Parser API
"resource://gre/modules/reflect.jsm", obj) built-in objects whether in spidermonkey shell or firefox (after importing), the global singleton object reflect currently contains just the parse method. properties of the reflect object the reflect object currently consists of a single method. reflect.parse(src[, options]) coerces src to a string and parses the result as a javascript program. ...
...bject currently consists of a single method. reflect.parse(src[, options]) coerces src to a string and parses the result as a javascript program. by default, the parsing returns a program object (see below) representing the parsed abstract syntax tree (ast). additional options may be provided via the options object, which can include any of the following properties: loc boolean default: true when loc is true, the parser includes source location information in the returned ast nodes. source string default: null a description of the input source; typically a filename, path, or url. this string is not meaningful to the parsing process, but is produced as part of the source location information in the returned ast nodes. line number d...
... source string default: null a description of the input source; typically a filename, path, or url. this string is not meaningful to the parsing process, but is produced as part of the source location information in the returned ast nodes. line number default: 1 the initial line number to use for source location information. builder builder default: null a builder object, which can be used to produce ast nodes in custom data formats. the expected callback methods are described under builder objects. target string default: script a type of the parsing target, can be either script or module. if parsing fails due to a syntax error, an instance of syntaxerror is thrown. the syntax error ...
...And 11 more matches

Using Web Workers - Web APIs
er is only accessible from the script that first spawned it, whereas shared workers can be accessed from multiple scripts. note: see the web workers api landing page for reference documentation on workers and additional guides. you can run whatever code you like inside the worker thread, with some exceptions. for example, you can't directly manipulate the dom from inside a worker, or use some default methods and properties of the window object. but you can use a large number of items available under window, including websockets, and data storage mechanisms like indexeddb. see functions and classes available to workers for more details. data is sent between workers and the main thread via a system of messages — both sides send their messages using the postmessage() method, and respond to me...
...inate a running worker from the main thread, you can do so by calling the worker's terminate method: myworker.terminate(); the worker thread is killed immediately. handling errors when a runtime error occurs in the worker, its onerror event handler is called. it receives an event named error which implements the errorevent interface. the event doesn't bubble and is cancelable; to prevent the default action from taking place, the worker can call the error event's preventdefault() method. the error event has the following three fields that are of interest: message a human-readable error message. filename the name of the script file in which the error occurred. lineno the line number of the script file on which the error occurred. spawning subworkers workers may spawn more workers...
... that json can't — like circular references. passing data examples example #1: advanced passing json data and creating a switching system if you have to pass some complex data and have to call many different functions both on the main page and in the worker, you can create a system which groups everything together. ...
...And 11 more matches

WritableStream.WritableStream() - Web APIs
ntain the following: start(controller) optional this is a method, called immediately when the object is constructed. the contents of this method are defined by the developer, and should aim to get access to the underlying sink. if this process is to be done asynchronously, it can return a promise to signal success or failure. the controller parameter passed to this method is a writablestreamdefaultcontroller. this can be used by the developer to control the stream during set up. write(chunk, controller) optional this method, also defined by the developer, will be called when a new chunk of data (specified in the chunk parameter) is ready to be written to the underlying sink. it can return a promise to signal success or failure of the write operation. the controller parameter passed to t...
...y the developer to control the stream during set up. write(chunk, controller) optional this method, also defined by the developer, will be called when a new chunk of data (specified in the chunk parameter) is ready to be written to the underlying sink. it can return a promise to signal success or failure of the write operation. the controller parameter passed to this method is a writablestreamdefaultcontroller that can be used by the developer to control the stream as more chunks are submitted for writing. this method will be called only after previous writes have succeeded, and never after the stream is closed or aborted (see below). close(controller) optional this method, also defined by the developer, will be called if the app signals that it has finished writing chunks to the stream. ...
...ignals that it has finished writing chunks to the stream. the contents should do whatever is necessary to finalize writes to the underlying sink, and release access to it. if this process is asynchronous, it can return a promise to signal success or failure. this method will be called only after all queued-up writes have succeeded. the controller parameter passed to this method is a writablestreamdefaultcontroller, which can be used to control the stream at the end of writing. abort(reason) optional this method, also defined by the developer, will be called if the app signals that it wishes to abruptly close the stream and put it in an errored state. it can clean up any held resources, much like close(), but abort() will be called even if writes are queued up — those chunks will be thrown a...
...And 11 more matches

Cross-browser Flexbox mixins - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
y: -moz-inline-box; display: -webkit-inline-flex; display: -ms-inline-flexbox; display: inline-flex; } %inline-flex { @include inline-flex; } flexbox direction the flex-direction property specifies how flex items are placed in the flex container, by setting the direction of the flex container's main axis. this determines the direction in which flex items are laid out in. ...
...flex-direction: $value; -ms-flex-direction: $value; flex-direction: $value; } // shorter version: @mixin flex-dir($args...) { @include flex-direction($args...); } flexbox wrap the flex-wrap property controls whether the flex container is single-lined or multi-lined and the direction of the cross-axis, which determines the direction in which the new lines are stacked in. values: nowrap (default) | wrap | wrap-reverse spec: https://drafts.csswg.org/css-flexbox/#flex-wrap-property @mixin flex-wrap($value: nowrap) { // no webkit/ff box fallback. -webkit-flex-wrap: $value; @if $value == nowrap { -ms-flex-wrap: none; } @else { -ms-flex-wrap: $value; } flex-wrap: $value; } flexbox flow (shorthand) the flex-flow property is shorthand for setting the flex-direction an...
...rap($value: nowrap) { // no webkit/ff box fallback. -webkit-flex-wrap: $value; @if $value == nowrap { -ms-flex-wrap: none; } @else { -ms-flex-wrap: $value; } flex-wrap: $value; } flexbox flow (shorthand) the flex-flow property is shorthand for setting the flex-direction and flex-wrap properties, which together define the flex container's main and cross axes. values: row (default) | nowrap spec: https://drafts.csswg.org/css-flexbox/#flex-flow-property @mixin flex-flow($values: (row nowrap)) { // no webkit/ff box fallback. -webkit-flex-flow: $values; -ms-flex-flow: $values; flex-flow: $values; } flexbox order the order property controls the order in which flex items appear within their flex container, by assigning them to ordinal groups. value: any intege...
...And 11 more matches

Content Security Policy (CSP) - HTTP
ft to site defacement to distribution of malware. csp is designed to be fully backward compatible (except csp version 2 where there are some explicitly-mentioned inconsistencies in backward compatibility; more details here section 1.1). browsers that don't support it still work with servers that implement it, and vice-versa: browsers that don't support csp simply ignore it, functioning as usual, defaulting to the standard same-origin policy for web content. if the site doesn't offer the csp header, browsers likewise use the standard same-origin policy. to enable csp, you need to configure your web server to return the content-security-policy http header. (sometimes you may see mentions of the x-content-security-policy header, but that's an older version and you don't need to specify it anymore.
...-origin policy. to enable csp, you need to configure your web server to return the content-security-policy http header. (sometimes you may see mentions of the x-content-security-policy header, but that's an older version and you don't need to specify it anymore.) alternatively, the <meta> element can be used to configure a policy, for example: <meta http-equiv="content-security-policy" content="default-src 'self'; img-src https://*; child-src 'none';"> threats mitigating cross site scripting a primary goal of csp is to mitigate and report xss attacks. xss attacks exploit the browser's trust of the content received from the server. malicious scripts are executed by the victim's browser because the browser trusts the source of the content, even when it's not coming from where it seems to be co...
...can use the content-security-policy http header to specify your policy, like this: content-security-policy: policy the policy is a string containing the policy directives describing your content security policy. writing a policy a policy is described using a series of policy directives, each of which describes the policy for a certain resource type or policy area. ...
...And 11 more matches

PKCS #11 Module Specs
meta configuration data. other applications and libraries can safely ignore this line. if the name is not specified, the application can use the library path to describe the pkcs #11 library in any ui it may have. if the parameter is not specified, no parameters are passed to the pkcs #11 module. if the application/library does not find its application/library specific data, it should use it's defaults for this pkcs #11 library. parameter passing if the parameter is specified, the application/library will strip the value out, processing any outter quotes and escapes appropriately, and pass the parameter to the pkcs #11 library when it calls c_initialize(). a new ck_c_initialize_args structure is defined as typedef struct ck_c_initialize_args { ck_createmutex createmutex; ck_destroymute...
...functions to supply additional module specs for loading. moduledbonly - this library has no pkcs #11 functions and is only used for loading additional modules. trustorder - integer value specifying the order in which the trust information for certificates specified by tokens on this pkcs #11 library should be rolled up. '0' means that tokens on this library should not supply trust information (default). the relative order of two pkcs#11 libraries which have the same trustorder value is undefined. cipherorder - integer value specifiying the order in which tokens are searched when looking for a token to do a generic operation (des/hashing, etc). ciphers - comma separated list of ciphers this token will enable that isn't already enabled by the library (currently only fortezza is defined) (case-...
... token will enable that isn't already enabled by the library (currently only fortezza is defined) (case-insensitive). slotparams - space separated list of name/value pairs where the name is a slotid and the value is a space separated list of parameters related to that slotid. valid slotparams values are: slotflags - comma separated list of cipher groups which this slot is expected to be the default implementation for (case-insensitive). valid flags are: rsa - this token should be used for all rsa operations (other than private key operations where the key lives in another token). dsa - this token should be used for all dsa operations (other than private key operations where the key lives in another token). rc4 - this token should be used for all rc4 operations which are not co...
...And 10 more matches

NSS Tools certutil
ents are defined as follows: options -n create new certificate and key databases. -s create an individual certificate and add it to a certificate database. -r create a certificate-request file that can be submitted to a certificate authority (ca) for processing into a finished certificate. output defaults to standard out unless you use -ooutput-file argument. use the -a argument to specify ascii output. -c create a new binary certificate file from a binary certificate-request file. use the -i argument to specify the certificate-request file. if this argument is not used certificate database tool prompts for a filename. -g generate a new ...
...binary certificate file from a binary certificate-request file. use the -i argument to specify the certificate-request file. if this argument is not used certificate database tool prompts for a filename. -g generate a new public and private key pair within a key database. the key database should already exist; if one is not present, this option will initialize one by default. some smart cards (for example, the litronic card) can store only one key pair. if you create a new key pair for such a card, the previous pair is overwritten. -f delete a private key from a key database. specify the key to delete with the -n argument. specify the database from which to delete the key with the -d argument. use the -k argument to specify explicit...
... . -k list the keyid of keys in the key database. a keyid is the modulus of the rsa key or the publicvalue of the dsa key. ids are displayed in hexadecimal ("0x" is not shown). -a add an existing certificate to a certificate database. the certificate database should already exist; if one is not present, this option will initialize one by default. -d delete a certificate from the certificate database. -l list all the certificates, or display information about a named certificate, in a certificate database. use the -htokenname argument to specify the certificate database on a particular hardware or software token. -v check the validity of a certi...
...And 10 more matches

Animated PNG graphics
imated images that have traditionally used the gif format, while adding support for 24-bit images and 8-bit transparency. apng is a simpler alternative to mng, providing a spec suitable for the most common usage of animated images on the internet. apng is backwards-compatible with png; any png decoder should be able to ignore the apng-specific chunks and display a single image. terminology the default image is the image described by the standard 'idat' chunks, and is the image that is displayed by decoders that do not support apng. the canvas is the area on the output device on which the frames are to be displayed. the contents of the canvas are not necessarily available to the decoder. as per the png specification, if a 'bkgd' chunk exists it may be used to fill the canvas if there is no pre...
...igned integer with the range 0 to (2^8)-1. error handling apng is designed to allow incremental display of frames before the entire image has been read. this implies that some errors may not be detected until partway through the animation. it is strongly recommended that when any error is encountered decoders should discard all subsequent frames, stop the animation, and revert to displaying the default image. a decoder which detects an error before the animation has started should display the default image. an error message may be displayed to the user if appropriate. structure an apng stream is a normal png stream as defined in the png specification, with three additional chunk types describing the animation and providing additional frame data. to be recognized as an apng, an 'actl' chunk m...
...pes describing the animation and providing additional frame data. to be recognized as an apng, an 'actl' chunk must appear in the stream before any 'idat' chunks. the 'actl' structure is described below. conceptually, at the beginning of each play the output buffer must be completely initialized to a fully transparent black rectangle, with width and height dimensions from the 'ihdr' chunk. the default image may be included as the first frame of the animation by the presence of a single 'fctl' chunk before 'idat'. otherwise, the default image is not part of the animation. subsequent frames are encoded in 'fdat' chunks, which have the same structure as 'idat' chunks, except preceded by a sequence number. information for each frame about placement and rendering is stored in 'fctl' chunks. the fu...
...And 10 more matches

nsIHTMLEditor
editor/idl/nsihtmleditor.idlscriptable please add a summary to this article. ...
...void align(in astring aalign); boolean breakisvisible(in nsidomnode anode); boolean candrag(in nsidomevent aevent); void checkselectionstateforanonymousbuttons(in nsiselection aselection); nsidomelement createanonymouselement(in astring atag, in nsidomnode aparentnode, in astring aanonclass, in boolean aiscreatedhidden); nsidomelement createelementwithdefaults(in astring atagname); void decreasefontsize(); void dodrag(in nsidomevent aevent); void getalignment(out boolean amixed, out short aalign); astring getbackgroundcolorstate(out boolean amixed); nsidomelement getelementorparentbytagname(in astring atagname, in nsidomnode anode); astring getfontcolorstate(out boolean amixed); astring ge...
...ion(in nsidomelement aanchorelement); boolean isanonymouselement(in nsidomelement aelement); void makeorchangelist(in astring alisttype, in boolean entirelist, in astring abullettype); boolean nodeisblock(in nsidomnode node); void pastenoformatting(in long aselectiontype); void rebuilddocumentfromsource(in astring asourcestring); void removealldefaultproperties(); void removeallinlineproperties(); void removedefaultproperty(in nsiatom aproperty, in astring aattribute, in astring avalue); void removeinlineproperty(in nsiatom aproperty, in astring aattribute); void removeinsertionlistener(in nsicontentfilter infilter); void removelist(in astring alisttype); void replaceheadcontentswithhtml(in...
...And 10 more matches

EventTarget.addEventListener() - Web APIs
is type will be dispatched to the registered listener before being dispatched to any eventtarget beneath it in the dom tree. once a boolean indicating that the listener should be invoked at most once after being added. if true, the listener would be automatically removed when invoked. passive a boolean that, if true, indicates that the function specified by listener will never call preventdefault(). if a passive listener does call preventdefault(), the user agent will do nothing other than generate a console warning. see improving scrolling performance with passive listeners to learn more. mozsystemgroup a boolean indicating that the listener should be added to the system group. available only in code running in xbl or in the chrome of the firefox browser. usecapture optional ...
...ted to use capture. event bubbling and capturing are two ways of propagating events that occur in an element that is nested within another element, when both elements have registered a handle for that event. the event propagation mode determines the order in which elements receive the event. see dom level 3 events and javascript event order for a detailed explanation. if not specified, usecapture defaults to false. note: for event listeners attached to the event target, the event is in the target phase, rather than the capturing and bubbling phases. events in the target phase will trigger all listeners on an element in the order they were registered, regardless of the usecapture parameter. note: usecapture has not always been optional. ideally, you should include it for the widest possible b...
...n the target phase will trigger all listeners on an element in the order they were registered, regardless of the usecapture parameter. note: usecapture has not always been optional. ideally, you should include it for the widest possible browser compatibility. wantsuntrusted a firefox (gecko)-specific parameter. if true, the listener receives synthetic events dispatched by web content (the default is false for browser chrome and true for regular web pages). this parameter is useful for code found in add-ons, as well as the browser itself. return value undefined usage notes the event listener callback the event listener can be specified as either a callback function or an object that implements eventlistener, whose handleevent() method serves as the callback function. the callback fu...
...And 10 more matches

Drag Operations - Web APIs
the following describes the steps that occur during a drag and drop operation. the drag operations described in this document use the datatransfer interface. this document does not use the datatransferitem interface nor the datatransferitemlist interface. the draggable attribute in a web page, there are certain cases where a default drag behavior is used. these include text selections, images, and links. when an image or link is dragged, the url of the image or link is set as the drag data, and a drag begins. for other elements, they must be part of a selection for a default drag to occur. to see this in effect, select an area of a webpage, and then click and hold the mouse and drag the selection. an os-specific rendering of the selection will appear and follow the mouse pointer as the drag o...
... url of the image or link is set as the drag data, and a drag begins. for other elements, they must be part of a selection for a default drag to occur. to see this in effect, select an area of a webpage, and then click and hold the mouse and drag the selection. an os-specific rendering of the selection will appear and follow the mouse pointer as the drag occurs. however, this behavior is only the default drag behavior, if no listeners adjust the data to be dragged. in html, apart from the default behavior for images, links, and selections, no other elements are draggable by default. to make other html elements draggable, three things must be done: set the draggable="true" on the element that you wish to make draggable. add a listener for the dragstart event. set the drag data in the above ...
...', 'this text may be dragged')"> this text <strong>may</strong> be dragged. </p> the draggable attribute is set to "true", so this element becomes draggable. if this attribute were omitted or set to "false", the element would not be dragged, and instead the text would be selected. the draggable attribute may be used on any element, including images and links. however, for these last two, the default value is true, so you would only use the draggable attribute with a value of false to disable dragging of these elements. note: when an element is made draggable, text or other elements within it can no longer be selected in the normal way by clicking and dragging with the mouse. instead, the user must hold down the alt key to select text with the mouse, or use the keyboard. starting a drag o...
...And 10 more matches

attr() - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
stylesheet. it can also be used on pseudo-elements, in which case the value of the attribute on the pseudo-element's originating element is returned. ...
...it is not reparsed, and in particular the characters are used as-is instead of css escapes being turned into different characters. an empty string. ...
...n the css. <type-or-unit> is a keyword representing either the type of the attribute's value, or its unit, as in html some attributes have implicit units. if the use of <type-or-unit> as a value for the given attribute is invalid, the attr() expression will be invalid too. if omitted, it defaults to string. the list of valid values are: keyword associated type comment default value string <string> the attribute value is treated as a css <string>. it is not reparsed, and in particular the characters are used as-is instead of css escapes being turned into different characters. an empty string. color <color> the attribute value is parsed as a hash (3- or 6-value hash) or a keyword. it must be a valid css <string> value.
...And 10 more matches

<input type="range"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
value, and valueasnumber methods stepdown() and stepup() validation there is no pattern validation available; however, the following forms of automatic validation are performed: if the value is set to something which can't be converted into a valid floating-point number, validation fails because the input is suffering from a bad input. the value won't be less than min. ...
...and stepup() validation there is no pattern validation available; however, the following forms of automatic validation are performed: if the value is set to something which can't be converted into a valid floating-point number, validation fails because the input is suffering from a bad input. the value won't be less than min. the default is 0. the value won't be greater than max. the default is 100. the value will be a multiple of step. ...
...ion available; however, the following forms of automatic validation are performed: if the value is set to something which can't be converted into a valid floating-point number, validation fails because the input is suffering from a bad input. the value won't be less than min. the default is 0. the value won't be greater than max. the default is 100. the value will be a multiple of step. the default is 1. ...
...And 10 more matches

textbox (Toolkit autocomplete) - Archive of obsolete content
a textbox with a popup containing a list of possible completions for what the user has started to type. toolkit applications (such as firefox) use a different autocomplete mechanism than the mozilla suite. the example below will create an autocomplete textbox that will search the user's history. ...
...d, disablekeynavigation, enablehistory, focused, forcecomplete, highlightnonmatches, ignoreblurwhilesearching, inputtooltiptext, label, maxlength, maxrows, minresultsforpopup, nomatch, onchange, oninput, onsearchcomplete, ontextentered, ontextreverted, open, readonly,showcommentcolumn, showimagecolumn, size, tabindex, tabscrolling, timeout, type, value properties accessibletype, completedefaultindex, controller, crop, disableautocomplete, disablekeynavigation, disabled, editable, focused, forcecomplete, highlightnonmatches, ignoreblurwhilesearching, inputfield, label, maxlength, maxrows, minresultsforpopup, open, popup, popupopen, searchcount, searchparam, selectionend, selectionstart, showcommentcolumn, showimagecolumn,size, tabindex, tabscrolling, textlength, textvalue, timeout, type,...
...new in thunderbird 2requires seamonkey 1.1 type: space-separated list of values a space-separated list of search component names, each of which implements the nsiautocompletesearch interface. the components are created using the name @mozilla.org/autocomplete/search;1?name= where name is listed in this attribute. search-autocomplete requires seamonkey 2.1 the user's default search engine's suggestions are searched. places-tag-autocomplete requires seamonkey 2.1 the user's places tags are searched. mydomain new in thunderbird 3 requires seamonkey 2.0 the user's email domain is suggested. history requires seamonkey 2.0 the user's url history is searched. form-history requires seamonkey 2.0 search the values tha...
...And 9 more matches

prefwindow - Archive of obsolete content
convention is to apply changes immediately, the preferences are adjusted as soon as the user interface element is changed. on other platforms, the preferences are not applied until the dialog is closed. you can open a preference window using a window's opendialog method as with other dialogs. you can pass the id of a particular pane as the fourth argument to opendialog to open a specific pane by default. you can also set the lastselected attribute on the prefwindow tag to the id of the pane to start with. normally, you would not set this attribute as it will be set automatically such that the default pane is the same as the one showing when the preferences dialog was last closed. more information is available in the preferences system article. important note for xulrunner-based applications: t...
...was last closed. more information is available in the preferences system article. important note for xulrunner-based applications: the preferences system - part of the toolkit - still relies on two browser.* preferences. the first one is browser.preferences.instantapply, a boolean preference. ...
...for animatefadein to work properly, contents of prefpanes should be put into overlays. note for mac os x: a common way of opening modal windows on mac os x that are not attached as a sheet to the main window is to use nsiwindowwatcher.openwindow() with a null parentwindow. ...
...And 9 more matches

UI pseudo-classes - Learn web development
out-of-range: target form controls that are valid/invalid according to form validation constraints set on them, or in-range/out-of-range. :enabled and :disabled, and :read-only and :read-write: target enabled or disabled form controls (e.g. with the disabled html attribute set), and read-write or read-only form controls (e.g. with the readonly html attribute set). :checked, :indeterminate, and :default: respectively target checkboxes and radio buttons that are checked, in an indeterminate state (neither checked or not checked), and the default selected option when the page loads (e.g. an <input type="checkbox"> with the checked attribute set, or an <option> element with the selected attribute set). there are many others too, but the ones listed above are the most obviously useful. some of the...
...or example, if we apply the following css to the above html: input:required { border: 1px solid black; } input:optional { border: 1px solid silver; } the required controls would have a black border, and the optional control will have a silver border, like so: you can also try submitting the form without filling it in, to see the client-side validation error messages browsers give you by default. the above form isn't bad, but it isn't great either. for a start, we are signalling required versus optional status using color alone, which isn't great for colorblind people. second, the standard convention on the web for required status is an asterisk (*), or the word "required" being associated with the controls in question. in the next section, we'll look at a better example of indicating ...
...ard convention on the web for required status is an asterisk (*), or the word "required" being associated with the controls in question. in the next section, we'll look at a better example of indicating required fields using :required, which also digs into using generated content. note: you'll probably not find yourself using the :optional pseudo-class very often. form controls are optional by default, so you could just do your optional styling by default, and add styles on top for required controls. note: if one radio button in a same-named group of radio buttons has the required attribute, all the radio buttons will be invalid until one is selected, but only the one with the attribute assigned will actually match :required. using generated content with pseudo-classes in previous articl...
...And 9 more matches

Componentizing our React app - Learn web development
the root of your app before you run these! mkdir src/components touch src/components/todo.js our new todo.js file is currently empty! open it up and give it its first line: import react from "react"; since we're going to make a component called todo, you can start adding the code for that to todo.js too, as follows. ...
...lled todo, you can start adding the code for that to todo.js too, as follows. ...
... export default function todo() { return ( ); } this is ok so far, but our component has to return something! ...
...And 9 more matches

Index
jsconstdoublespec jsapi reference, spidermonkey jsconstdoublespecs is used to define a set of double values that are assigned as properties to an object using js_defineconstdoubles. 94 jsconvertop jsapi reference, reference, référence(2), spidermonkey jsconvertop callback specifies conversion behavior for objects having this class, implementing the ecmascript [[defaultvalue]] behavior for them. on success it must return a primitive value in *vp. 95 jsdeletepropertyop jsapi reference, reference, spidermonkey jsdeletepropertyop callback is a hook that applications may install to be called at some point during property access. a jsdeletepropertyop may be installed on a jsclass to hook property deletes. 96 jsenumerateop jsapi ref...
...onkey releases. the preferred way to implement a function is to use the js::callargs structure defined there; the macros providing equivalent functionality are deprecated. 126 jsnewenumerateop jsapi reference, reference, référence(2), spidermonkey from spidermonkey 38, jsnewenumerateop is the type of objectops::enumerate. this callback overrides a portion of spidermonkey's default [[enumerate]] internal method. when an ordinary object is enumerated, that object and each object on its prototype chain is tested for an enumerate op, and those ops are called in order. the properties each op adds to the properties vector are added to the set of values the for-in loop will iterate over. all of this is nonstandard. 127 jsnewresolveop jsapi reference, obsolete, spid...
...7 jsnewresolveop jsapi reference, obsolete, spidermonkey like jsresolveop, but flags provide contextual information about the property access. 128 jsobject jsapi reference, spidermonkey objects are made up of the following parts: 129 jsobjectop jsapi reference, obsolete, spidermonkey the callbacks of this type are: 130 jsobjectops.defaultvalue jsapi reference, obsolete, spidermonkey the jsobjectops.defaultvalue callback corresponds to the [[defaultvalue]] method defined in ecma 262-3 §8.6.2.6. many expressions in the ecmascript language, such as a+b, involve implicit conversion of the operands using [[defaultvalue]]. 131 jsobjectops.defineproperty jsapi reference, obsolete, spidermonkey define obj[i...
...And 9 more matches

Index
s.jsm to avoid copy/pasting long xpcom component registration boilerplate in your component files. 41 components.utils.importglobalproperties imports various objects into a system scope. 42 components.utils.isxraywrapper when privileged javascript in gecko accesses objects belonging to less-privileged code (such as untrusted web content), it does so, by default, with "xray vision": a mechanism that filters out certain changes to the objects that could cause them to behave in unexpected ways. for example, privileged code using an xray to a dom object sees only the original, native version of the dom object. any expando properties are not visible, and if any native properties have been redefined, this has no effect. 43 components.utils.makeobj...
... can be performed or queried for a name, description or associated key bindings. actions are needed more for ats that assist the mobility impaired, such as on-screen keyboards and voice command software. by providing actions directly, the at can present them to the user without the user having to perform the extra steps to navigate a context menu. the first action should be equivalent to the msaa default action. if there is only one action, iaccessibleaction should also be implemented. 163 iaccessibleapplication interfaces, xpcom, xpcom interface reference this interface provides the at with the information it needs to differentiate this application from other applications, from other versions of this application, or from other versions of this application running on differen...
...nterface that supports platform-specific accessibility apis like msaa and atk. contains the sum of what's needed to support iaccessible as well as atk's generic accessibility objects. 250 attributes attributes of accessible. 251 childcount number of accessible children. 252 children array of all this node's children. 253 defaultkeybinding provides localized string of global keyboard accelerator for default action, such as ctrl+o for open file (ctrl + o). 254 description accessible description -- long text associated with this node. 255 doaction this method performs the accessible action at the given zero-based index. action number 0 is the default action. 256 ...
...And 9 more matches

Intl.NumberFormat() constructor - JavaScript
mroo", "mtei", "mymr", "mymrshan", "mymrtlng", "newa", "nkoo", "olck", "orya", "osma", "rohg", "saur", "segment", "shrd", "sind", "sinh", "sora", "sund", "takr", "talu", "tamldec", "telu", "thai", "tibt", "tirh", "vaii", "wara", "wcho". options optional an object with some or all of the following properties: compactdisplay only used when notation is "compact". takes either "short" (default) or "long". currency the currency to use in currency formatting. possible values are the iso 4217 currency codes, such as "usd" for the us dollar, "eur" for the euro, or "cny" for the chinese rmb — see the current currency & funds code list. there is no default value; if the style is "currency", the currency property must be provided. currencydisplay how to display the currency in curre...
...codes, such as "usd" for the us dollar, "eur" for the euro, or "cny" for the chinese rmb — see the current currency & funds code list. there is no default value; if the style is "currency", the currency property must be provided. currencydisplay how to display the currency in currency formatting. possible values are: "symbol" to use a localized currency symbol such as €, this is the default value, "narrowsymbol" to use a narrow format symbol ("$100" rather than "us$100"), "code" to use the iso currency code, "name" to use a localized currency name such as "dollar", currencysign in many locales, accounting format means to wrap the number with parentheses instead of appending a minus sign. you can enable this formatting by setting the currencysign option to "account...
... "narrowsymbol" to use a narrow format symbol ("$100" rather than "us$100"), "code" to use the iso currency code, "name" to use a localized currency name such as "dollar", currencysign in many locales, accounting format means to wrap the number with parentheses instead of appending a minus sign. you can enable this formatting by setting the currencysign option to "accounting". ...
...And 9 more matches

import - JavaScript
import statement cannot be used in embedded scripts unless such script has a type="module". bindings imported are called live bindings because they are updated by the module that exported the binding. there is also a function-like dynamic import(), which does not require scripts of type="module". backward compatibility can be ensured using attribute nomodule on the <script> tag. ...
... module-name the module to import from. ...
... module-name the module to import from. this is often a relative or absolute path name to the .js file containing the module. certain bundlers may permit or require the use of the extension; check your environment. only sin...
...And 9 more matches

fill - SVG: Scalable Vector Graphics
--> <circle cx="250" cy="50" r="20"> <animate attributetype="xml" attributename="r" from="0" to="40" dur="5s" fill="freeze" /> </circle> </svg> altglyph warning: as of svg2 <altglyph> is deprecated and shouldn't be used. for <altglyph>, fill is a presentation attribute that defines the color of the glyph. ...
...fines the color of the glyph. value <paint> default value black animatable yes note: as a presentation attribute fill can be used as a css property. animate for <animate>, fill defines the final state of the animation. value freeze (keep the state of the last animation frame) | remove (keep the state of the first animation frame) default value remove animatable no animatecolor warning: as of svg animation 2 <animatecolor> is deprecated and shouldn't be used. use <animate> instead. for <animatecolor>, fill defines the final state of the animation. ...
...ion frame) default value remove animatable no animatecolor warning: as of svg animation 2 <animatecolor> is deprecated and shouldn't be used. use <animate> instead. for <animatecolor>, fill defines the final state of the animation. value freeze (keep the state of the last animation frame) | remove (keep the state of the first animation frame) default value remove animatable no animatemotion for <animatemotion>, fill defines the final state of the animation. ...
...And 9 more matches

xlink:href - SVG: Scalable Vector Graphics
>, <mpath>, <pattern>, <radialgradient>, <script>, <set>, <textpath>, <tref>, and <use>} html, body, svg { height: 100%; } <svg viewbox="0 0 160 40" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"> <a xlink:href="https://developer.mozilla.org/"><text x="10" y="25">mdn web docs</text></a> </svg> a for <a>, xlink:href defines the location of the referenced object. value <iri> default value none animatable yes altglyph for <altglyph>, xlink:href defines the reference either to a <glyph> element in an svg document fragment or to an <altglyphdef> element. if the reference is to a <glyph> element and that glyph is available, then that glyph is rendered instead of the characters that are inside of the <altglyph> element. if the reference is to an <altg...
...able, then that glyph is rendered instead of the characters that are inside of the <altglyph> element. if the reference is to an <altglyphdef> element, then if an appropriate set of alternate glyphs is located from processing the <altglyphdef> element, then those alternate glyphs are rendered instead of the characters that are inside of the <altglyph> element. value <iri> default value none animatable no animate, animatecolor, animatemotion, animatetransform, set for <animate>, <animatecolor>, <animatemotion>, <animatetransform>, and <set>, xlink:href defines the reference to the element which is the target of this animation and which therefore will be modified over time. the target element must be part of the current svg document fragment. the va...
...element which is capable of being the target of the given animation. if the xlink:href attribute is not provided, the target element will be the immediate parent element of the current animation element. refer to the descriptions of the individual animation elements for any restrictions on what types of elements can be targets of particular types of animations. ...
...And 9 more matches

Download Manager preferences - Archive of obsolete content
there are several preferences used by the download manager. this article provides a list of them. preference description browser.download.antivirus.dontclean note: in gecko 1.9.1. a boolean value that indicates whether the anti virus software should try to clean a downloaded file when a virus is detected. default value is false. browser.download.manager.addtorecentdocs a boolean value that indicates whether or not new downloads should be added to the recent documents list. default value is true. browser.download.manager.alertonexeopen a boolean value that indicates whether the ui should alert the user about the dangers of opening (executing) an exe. the user may check a "don't ask" box on the ui to toggle this. d...
... boolean value that indicates whether the ui should alert the user about the dangers of opening (executing) an exe. the user may check a "don't ask" box on the ui to toggle this. default value is true. browser.download.manager.closewhendone a boolean value indicating whether or not the downloads window should close automatically when downloads are completed. in thunderbird the default value is true. in other applications the default value is false. browser.download.manager.flashcount indicates the number of times the appropriate user interface element should be "flashed" to get the user's attention when a download completes. default value is 2. browser.download.manager.focuswhenstarting a boolean value that indicates whether or not to focus the ...
... browser.download.manager.quitbehavior indicates what should happen to in-progress downloads if the application is quit while they're ongoing. ...
...And 8 more matches

Styling links - Learn web development
inks we looked at how links are implemented in your html according to best practices in creating hyperlinks. in this article we'll build on this knowledge, showing you best practices for styling links. link states the first thing to understand is the concept of link states — different states that links can exist in, which can be styled using different pseudo-classes: link (unvisited): the default state that a link resides in, when it isn't in any other state. this can be specifically styled using the :link pseudo class. visited: a link when it has already been visited (exists in the browser's history), styled using the :visited pseudo class. hover: a link when it is being hovered over by a user's mouse pointer, styled using the :hover pseudo class. focus: a link when it has been focuse...
...ng hovered over by a user's mouse pointer, styled using the :hover pseudo class. focus: a link when it has been focused (for example moved to by a keyboard user using the tab key or similar, or programmatically focused using htmlelement.focus()) — this is styled using the :focus pseudo class. active: a link when it is being activated (e.g. clicked on), styled using the :active pseudo class. default styles the following example illustrates what a link will behave like by default (the css is simply enlarging and centering the text to make it stand out more.) <p><a href="#">a simple link</a></p> p { font-size: 2rem; text-align: center; } note: all the links in the examples in this page are fake links — a # (hash, or pound sign) is put in place of the real url. this is because if ...
...: all the links in the examples in this page are fake links — a # (hash, or pound sign) is put in place of the real url. this is because if the real links were included, clicking on them would break the examples (you'd end up with an error, or a page loaded in the embedded example that you couldn't get back from.) # just links to the current page. you'll notice a few things as you explore the default styles: links are underlined. unvisited links are blue. visited links are purple. hovering a link makes the mouse pointer change to a little hand icon. focused links have an outline around them — you should be able to focus on the links on this page with the keyboard by pressing the tab key (on mac, you'll need to use option + tab, or enable the full keyboard access: all controls option ...
...And 8 more matches

Handling common accessibility problems - Learn web development
choose safari > preferences > advanced > show develop menu in menu bar). chrome: install the web developer toolbar extension, then restart the browser. click the gear icon that will appear, then select css > disable all styles. edge: select view > style > no style from the main menu. using native keyboard accessibility certain html features can be selected using only the keyboard — this is default behavior, available since the early days of the web. the elements that have this capability are the common ones that allow user to interact with web pages, namely links, <button>s, and form elements like <input>. you can try this out using our native-keyboard-accessibility.html example (see the source code) — open this in a new tab, and try pressing the tab key; after a few presses, you should...
...low user to interact with web pages, namely links, <button>s, and form elements like <input>. you can try this out using our native-keyboard-accessibility.html example (see the source code) — open this in a new tab, and try pressing the tab key; after a few presses, you should see the tab focus start to move through the different focusable elements; the focused elements are given a highlighted default style in every browser (it differs slightly between different browsers) so that you can tell what element is focused. you can then press enter/return to follow a focused link or press a button (we've included some javascript to make the buttons alert a message), or start typing to enter text in a text input (other form elements have different controls, for example the <select> element can have...
...have its options displayed and cycled between using the up and down arrow keys). note that different browsers may have different keyboard control options available. most modern browsers follow the tab pattern described above (you can also do shift + tab to move backwards through the focusable elements), but some browsers have their own idiosyncracies: firefox for the mac doesn't do tabbing by default. ...
...And 8 more matches

OS.File for the main thread
onents.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/osfile.jsm") promises before using os.file from the main thread, you need some understanding of the promise library. see the promise object documentation for details. also, os.file plays very nicely with task.jsm. example: read the contents of a file as text the following snippet opens a file "file.txt" and read its contents as a string, using the default encoding (utf-8). the content is read asynchronously. the result is a promise. let decoder = new textdecoder(); // this decoder can be reused for several reads let promise = os.file.read("file.txt"); // read the complete file as an array promise = promise.then( function onsuccess(array) { return decoder.decode(array); // convert this array to a text } ); this example re...
... promise = os.file.read("file.txt"); // read the complete file as an array promise = promise.then( function onsuccess(array) { return decoder.decode(array); // convert this array to a text } ); this example requires firefox 18 or a more recent version. example: write a string to a file the following snippet writes the text "this is some text" to a string "file.txt", using the default encoding (utf-8). it uses an atomic write to ensure that the file is not modified if, for some reason, the write cannot complete (typically because the computer is turned off, the battery runs out, or the application is stopped.) let encoder = new textencoder(); // this encoder can be reused for several writes let array = encoder.encode("this is some text"); ...
... example: copy a file the following snippet copies file "oldname.txt" to "newname.txt". on most operating systems, this operation is handled directly by the operating system itself, which makes it as fast as possible. let promise = os.fil...
...And 8 more matches

Shell global objects
named by string arguments. filename is relative to the current working directory. loadrelativetoscript(['foo.js' ...]) load files named by string arguments. filename is relative to the calling script. evaluate(code[, options]) evaluate code as though it were the contents of a file. ...
...rectory. loadrelativetoscript(['foo.js' ...]) load files named by string arguments. filename is relative to the calling script. evaluate(code[, options]) evaluate code as though it were the contents of a file. ...
...if the property is omitted or v is null, don't attribute the source to any dom element. ...
...And 8 more matches

WritableStream - Web APIs
oolean indicating whether the writablestream is locked to a writer. methods writablestream.abort() aborts the stream, signaling that the producer can no longer successfully write to the stream and it is to be immediately moved to an error state, with any queued writes discarded. writablestream.close() closes the stream. writablestream.getwriter() returns a new instance of writablestreamdefaultwriter and locks the stream to that instance. while the stream is locked, no other writer can be acquired until this one is released. examples the following example illustrates several features of this interface. it shows the creation of the writablestream with a custom sink and an api-supplied queueing strategy. it then calls a function called sendmessage(), passing the newly created stream ...
... is released. examples the following example illustrates several features of this interface. it shows the creation of the writablestream with a custom sink and an api-supplied queueing strategy. it then calls a function called sendmessage(), passing the newly created stream and a string. ...
...ction it calls the stream's getwriter() method, which returns an instance of writablestreamdefaultwriter. a foreach() call is used to write each chunk of the string to the stream. finally, write() and close() return promises that are processed to deal with success or failure of chunks and streams. ...
...And 8 more matches

<textarea> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
f features of <textarea>: an id attribute to allow the <textarea> to be associated with a <label> element for accessibility purposes a name attribute to set the name of the associated data point submitted to the server when the form is submitted. rows and cols attributes to allow you to specify an exact size for the <textarea> to take. setting these is a good idea for consistency, as browser defaults can differ. default content entered between the opening and closing tags. <textarea> does not support the value attribute. the <textarea> element also accepts several attributes common to form <input>s, such as autocomplete, autofocus, disabled, placeholder, readonly, and required. attributes this element includes the global attributes. autocapitalize this is a non-standard attribute ...
..., see the autocomplete attribute in <form>. autofocus this boolean attribute lets you specify that a form control should have input focus when the page loads. only one form-associated element in a document can have this attribute specified. cols the visible width of the text control, in average character widths. if it is specified, it must be a positive integer. if it is not specified, the default value is 20. disabled this boolean attribute indicates that the user cannot interact with the control. if this attribute is not specified, the control inherits its setting from the containing element, for example <fieldset>; if there is no containing element when the disabled attribute is set, the control is enabled. form the form element that the <textarea> element is associated with (its "f...
...l is still submitted with the form. required this attribute specifies that the user must fill in a value before submitting a form. rows the number of visible text lines for the control. spellcheck specifies whether the <textarea> is subject to spell checking by the underlying browser/os. the value can be: true: indicates that the element needs to have its spelling and grammar checked. default : indicates that the element is to act according to a default behavior, possibly based on the parent element's own spellcheck value. false : indicates that the element should not be spell checked. wrap indicates how the control wraps text. possible values are: hard: the browser automatically inserts line breaks (cr+lf) so that each line has no more than the width of the control; the c...
...And 8 more matches

Object.defineProperty() - JavaScript
ject that was passed to the function. description this method allows a precise addition to or modification of a property on an object. normal property addition through assignment creates properties which show up during property enumeration (for...in loop or object.keys method), whose values may be changed, and which may be deleted. this method allows these extra details to be changed from their defaults. by default, values added using object.defineproperty() are immutable and not enumerable. property descriptors present in objects come in two main flavors: data descriptors and accessor descriptors. a data descriptor is a property that has a value, which may or may not be writable. an accessor descriptor is a property described by a getter-setter pair of functions. a descriptor must be one of t...
...e in two main flavors: data descriptors and accessor descriptors. a data descriptor is a property that has a value, which may or may not be writable. an accessor descriptor is a property described by a getter-setter pair of functions. a descriptor must be one of these two flavors; it cannot be both. both data and accessor descriptors are objects. they share the following optional keys (note: the default value is in the case of defining properties using object.defineproperty()): configurable true if and only if the type of this property descriptor may be changed and if the property may be deleted from the corresponding object. defaults to false. enumerable true if and only if this property shows up during enumeration of the properties on the corresponding object. defaults to false. a da...
... an accessor descriptor also has the following optional keys: get a function which serves as a getter for the property, or undefined if there is no getter. ...
...And 8 more matches

jpm - Archive of obsolete content
d-line tool that enables you to test, run, and package add-ons. this is the reference page for jpm. see also jpm tutorial for getting started. jpm usage is: jpm [command] [options] jpm supports the following global options: -h, --help - show a help message and exit -v, --version - print the jpm version number --addon-dir - directory for your source code, defaulting to the current directory installation jpm is distributed with the node package manager npm. installing npm there are two ways to get npm. download and install node.js from nodejs.org. node.js includes npm. or, if you have a package manager like apt, install npm via that. for example, in an ubuntu or debian terminal window, enter sudo apt-get install nodejs nodejs-legacy npm. to test...
... package your add-on as an xpi file, and then retrieve a new xpi signed by mozilla. jpm init this command initializes a new add-on from scratch. create a new directory, change into it, and run jpm init. mkdir my-addon cd my-addon jpm init you'll then be asked to supply some information about your add-on: this will be used to create your add-on's package.json file. ...
...son file. title name: this defaults to the name of the directory in which you are running jpm init. unless an id field is present in package.json, jpm prepends "@" to name and use the result as the id field in the add-on's install manifest. version description entry point (which maps to "main" in package.json) author engines (supported applications) license most of these fields have a default, which is shown in brackets after the question. if you just press enter, your add-on gets the default value. once you've supplied a value or accepted the default for these properties, you'll be shown the complete contents of "package.json" and asked to accept it. then jpm creates a skeleton add-on, as a starting point for your add-on development, with the following file structure: my-addon ...
...And 7 more matches

StringView - Archive of obsolete content
in the past, this had to be simulated by treating the raw data...
...ch 21st, 2017 |*| |*| https://developer.mozilla.org/add-ons/code_snippets/stringview |*| https://developer.mozilla.org/docs/user:fusionchess |*| https://github.com/madmurphy/stringview.js |*| |*| this framework is released under the gnu lesser general public license, version 3 or later. ...
...*/ ntranscrtype &= 7; break typeswitch; case "object": classswitch: switch (vinput.constructor) { case s...
...And 7 more matches

Search Extension Tutorial (Draft) - Archive of obsolete content
while this is generally considered acceptable behavior, considerable care must be taken to avoid violating the mozilla add-on guidelines or creating an adverse user experience. due to the large volume of user complaints regarding hidden settings being changed against their will, and not being restored after the add-ons responsible are disabled, mozilla will take any steps necessary to mitigate the impact of offending add-ons. in particular, changing the location bar search keyword url in a way which is not automatically reset when the add-on is removed will result in a reset prompt for users. ...
...e add-on is removed will result in a reset prompt for users. other settings violations designed to restrict user choice will result in stronger action, such as blacklisting of the add-ons in question. the most technically sound method of achieving this, and the only acceptable way of changing preferences such that they are automatically restored on add-on uninstall, is to make such changes in the default preference branch, as explained below. while the technical details below are important to understand, a library which encapsulates the appropriate logic is provided along with the example add-on at the end, and should be used where possible. changing default preference values there are two common ways of changing default preference values. the simplest, which works only for traditional, non-resta...
... important to understand, a library which encapsulates the appropriate logic is provided along with the example add-on at the end, and should be used where possible. changing default preference values there are two common ways of changing default preference values. the simplest, which works only for traditional, non-restartless add-ons, is to add the preference changes to a file in an extension's defaults/preferences/ directory. the following file, for instance, would change the default keyword search engine, assuming that an engine with the name example engine is installed, as described below: // this is a localizable preference, so it must contain a url which // points at a properties file containing the preference name as a // property. we use a data: url for simplicity. pref("browser.search.d...
...And 7 more matches

HTML forms in legacy browsers - Learn web development
actually there is no standard way to do it i...
...actually there is no standard way to do it in any browser */ border: auto; border: initial; } input[type="button"] { /...
...*/ border: revert; } see the global css revert value for more information. <button> the <button> element suffered ...
...And 7 more matches

Configuring Build Options
please read the following directions carefully before building, and follow them in order. skipping any step may cause the build to fail, or the built software to be unusable. ...
...many parallel builds will run concurrently. you will see (diminishing) returns up to a value approximately 1.5× to 2.0× the number of cores on your system. mk_add_options moz_make_flags="-j4" if your machine is overheating, you might want to try a lower value, e.g. -j1. choose an application the --enable-application=application flag is used to select an application to build. firefox is the default. ...
...tions moz_make_flags="-j4" if your machine is overheating, you might want to try a lower value, e.g. -j1. choose an application the --enable-application=application flag is used to select an application to build. firefox is the default. ...
...And 7 more matches

Enc Dec MAC Output Public Key as CSR
nclude #include #include #include #include #include /* nss headers */ #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include /* our samples utilities */ #include "util.h" #define buffersize 80 #define digestsize 16 #define ptext_mac_buffer_size 96 #define ciphersize 96 #define blocksize 32 #define default_key_bits 1024 #define cipher_header "-----begin cipher-----" #define cipher_trailer "-----end cipher-----" #define enckey_header "-----begin wrapped enckey-----" #define enckey_trailer "-----end wrapped enckey-----" #define mackey_header "-----begin wrapped mackey-----" #define mackey_trailer "-----end wrapped mackey-----" #define iv_header ...
... was introduced with nss 3.13. * though pr_errortostring was available, support for it in nss wasn't. * fixme: samples should determine the version of nss that's available and refuse * to run if not 3.13 or higher. ...
..., "%-7s for decrypt, it takes .enc and .header\n", ""); fprintf(stderr, "%-7s as input files and produces as a final output file.\n\n", ""); exit(-1); } /* map option letter enumerated commad type */ static commandtype option2command(const char* c) { switch (*c) { case 'g': return gen_csr; case 'e': return encrypt; case 'd': return decrypt; default: return unknown; } } /* * wrap the symkey using public key */ secstatus wrapkey(pk11symkey* key, seckeypublickey *pubkey, secitem **wrappedkey) { secstatus rv; secitem *data = (secitem *)port_zalloc(sizeof(secitem)); if (!data) { pr_fprintf(pr_stderr, "error while allocating memory\n"); rv = secfailure; goto cleanup; } data->len = seckey_publi...
...And 7 more matches

sample2
#include <prtypes.h> #include <plstr.h> /* nss headers */ #include <cryptohi.h> #include <keyhi.h> #include <pk11priv.h> #include <cert.h> #include <base64.h> #include <secerr.h> #include <secport.h> #include <secoid.h> #include <secmodt.h> #include <secoidt.h> #include <sechash.h> /* our samples utilities */ #include "util.h" /* constants */ #define blocksize 32 #define modblocksize 128 #define default_key_bits 1024 /* header file constants */ #define enckey_header "-----begin wrapped enckey-----" #define enckey_trailer "-----end wrapped enckey-----" #define mackey_header "-----begin wrapped mackey-----" #define mackey_trailer "-----end wrapped mackey-----" #define iv_header "-----begin iv-----" #define iv_trailer "-----end iv-----" #define mac_header "-----begin mac-----" #define mac_trailer "...
...ef enum { sec_error_io = sec_error_base + 0, sec_error_token_not_logged_in = (sec_error_base + 155), sec_error_end_of_list } secerrorcodes; #endif /* port_errortostring introduced in nss 3.13. on earlier versions of nss that * don't support error tables, pr_errortostring will return "unknown code". ...
... = ns_cert_enc_header; trailer = ns_cert_enc_trailer; break; case certvfy: header = ns_cert_vfy_header; trailer = ns_cert_vfy_trailer; break; case sig: header = ns_sig_header; trailer = ns_sig_trailer; break; case lab: header = lab_header; trailer = lab_trailer; pr_fprintf(outfile, "%s\n", header); pr_fprintf(outfile, "%s\n", buf); pr_fprintf(outfile, "%s\n\n", trailer); return secsuccess; break; default: return secfailure; } pr_fprintf(outfile, "%s\n", header); printashex(outfile, buf, len); pr_fprintf(outfile, "%s\n\n", trailer); return secsuccess; } /* * read cryptographic parameters from the header file */ secstatus readfromheaderfile(const char *filename, headertype type, secitem *item, prbool ishexdata) { secstatus rv = secsuccess; prfiledesc* file = null; secitem filedata; secitem outbuf; ...
...And 7 more matches

nsIBrowserSearchService
is executed from the callback to init(). ...
...may be null if the...
...oveengine(in nsisearchengine engine, in long newindex); void removeengine(in nsisearchengine engine); void restoredefaultengines(); attributes attribute type description currentengine nsisearchengine the currently active search engine. may be null if there are no visible search engines. defaultengine nsisearchengine the default search engine. returns the first visible engine if the default engine is hidden. may be null if there are no visible search engines. read only. ...
...And 7 more matches

MouseEvent() - Web APIs
the mouseevent() constructor creates a new mouseevent. syntax event = new mouseevent(typearg, mouseeventinit); values typearg is a domstring representing the name of the event. mouseeventinit optional is a mouseeventinit dictionary, having the following fields: "screenx", optional and defaulting to 0, of type long, that is the horizontal position of the mouse event on the user's screen; setting this value doesn't move the mouse pointer. ...
...nt(typearg, mouseeventinit); values typearg is a domstring representing the name of the event. mouseeventinit optional is a mouseeventinit dictionary, having the following fields: "screenx", optional and defaulting to 0, of type long, that is the horizontal position of the mouse event on the user's screen; setting this value doesn't move the mouse pointer. "screeny", optional and defaulting to 0, of type long, that is the vertical position of the mouse event on the user's screen; setting this value doesn't move the mouse pointer. ...
...ng fields: "screenx", optional and defaulting to 0, of type long, that is the horizontal position of the mouse event on the user's screen; setting this value doesn't move the mouse pointer. "screeny", optional and defaulting to 0, of type long, that is the vertical position of the mouse event on the user's screen; setting this value doesn't move the mouse pointer. "clientx", optional and defaulting to 0, of type long, that is the horizontal position of the mouse event on the client window of user's screen; setting this value doesn't move the mouse pointer. ...
...And 7 more matches

WritableStream.getWriter() - Web APIs
exceptions typeerror the stream you are trying to create a writer for is not a writablestream. examples the following example illustrates several features of this interface. it shows the creation of the writablestream with a custom sink and an api-supplied queuing strategy. ...
... exceptions typeerror the stream you are trying to create a writer for is not a writablestream. examples the following example illustrates several features of this interface. it shows the creation of the writablestream with a custom sink and an api-supplied queuing strategy. ...
...writablestream. examples the following example illustrates several features of this interface. it shows the creation of the writablestream with a custom sink and an api-supplied queuing strategy. it then calls a function called sendmessage(), passing the newly created stream and a string. ...
...And 7 more matches

HTTP Index - HTTP
egotiation content negotiation, content negotiation reference, http, reference in http, content negotiation is the mechanism that is used for serving different representations of a resource at the same uri, so that the user agent can specify which is best suited for the user (for example, which language of a document, which image format, or which content encoding). 18 list of default accept values accept, content negotiation, http, reference this article documents the default values for the http accept header for specific inputs and browser versions. 19 cross-origin resource policy (corp) http, reference, security cross-origin resource policy is an opt-in mechanism that allows web applications to protect against certain cross-origin requests, su...
...wser when resources are embedded using elements such as <script> and <img>. this serves as an additional layer of protection above and beyond the same-origin policy which can mitigate speculative side channel attacks as well as cross-site script inclusion attacks. cross-origin resource policy complements cross-origin read blocking (corb), which is a mechanism to prevent some cross-origin reads by default. 20 cross-origin resource sharing (cors) ajax, cors, cross-origin resource sharing, fetch, fetch api, http, http access controls, same-origin policy, security, xmlhttprequest, l10n:priority cross-origin resource sharing (cors) is a mechanism that uses additional http headers to tell browsers to give a web application running at one origin, access to selected resources from a ...
.... for workers, non-compliant requests are treated as fatal network errors by the user agent. 80 csp: connect-src csp, content-security-policy, directive, http, reference, security, connect-src, source the http content-security-policy (csp) connect-src directive restricts the urls which can be loaded using script interfaces. ...
...And 7 more matches

switch - JavaScript
ractive-examples and send us a pull request. syntax switch (expression) { case value1: //statements executed when the //result of expression matches value1 [break;] case value2: //statements executed when the //result of expression matches value2 [break;] ... case valuen: //statements executed when the //result of expression matches valuen [break;] [default: //statements executed when none of //the values match the value of the expression [break;]] } expression an expression whose result is matched against each case clause. case valuen optional a case clause used to match against expression. if the expression matches the specified valuen, the statements inside the case clause are executed until either the end of the switch statemen...
...nts executed when none of //the values match the value of the expression [break;]] } expression an expression whose result is matched against each case clause. case valuen optional a case clause used to match against expression. if the expression matches the specified valuen, the statements inside the case clause are executed until either the end of the switch statement or a break. default optional a default clause; if provided, this clause is executed if the value of expression doesn't match any of the case clauses. description a switch statement first evaluates its expression. it then looks for the first case clause whose expression evaluates to the same value as the result of the input expression (using the strict comparison, ===) and transfers control to that clause, execut...
...whose expression evaluates to the same value as the result of the input expression (using the strict comparison, ===) and transfers control to that clause, executing the associated statements. (if multiple cases match the provided value, the first case that matches is selected, even if the cases are not equal to each other.) if no matching case clause is found, the program looks for the optional default clause, and if found, transfers control to that clause, executing the associated statements. if no default clause is found, the program continues execution at the statement following the end of switch. by convention, the default clause is the last clause, but it does not need to be so. the optional break statement associated with each case label ensures that the program breaks out of switch once...
...And 7 more matches

href - SVG: Scalable Vector Graphics
ern>, <radialgradient>, <script>, <set>, <textpath>, and <use> html, body, svg { height: 100%; } <svg viewbox="0 0 160 40" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"> <a href="https://developer.mozilla.org/"><text x="10" y="25">mdn web docs</text></a> </svg> in svg a for <a>, href defines the location of the referenced object, expressed as a url reference. value <url> default value none animatable yes animate, animatemotion, animatetransform, set for the <animate>, <animatemotion>, <animatetransform>, and <set>, href defines a url referring to the element which is the target of this animation element and which therefore will be modified over time. the url must point to exactly one target element which is capable of being the target of the given...
...ons of the individual animation elements for any restrictions on what types of elements can be targets of particular types of animations. except for any svg-specific rules explicitly mentioned in this specification, the normative definition for this attribute is the smil animation specification. in particular, see smil animation: specifying the animation target. value <url> default value none animatable no discard for <discard>, href defines a url referring the target element to discard. see the definition of href on animation elements for details on identifying a target element. note: unlike other animation elements, the <discard> element does not support the deprecated xlink:href attribute. note that if the target element is not part of the curr...
...ard> element does not support the deprecated xlink:href attribute. note that if the target element is not part of the current svg document fragment, then whether the target element will be removed or not is defined by the host language. if the href attribute is not provided, then the target element will be the immediate parent element of the <discard> element. value <url> default value none animatable no feimage for <feimage>, href defines a url referring to an image resource or to an element. if both, the xlink:href and the href attribute are specified, the latter overrides the former. value <url> default value none animatable yes image for <image>, href defines a url referring to the image to render. ...
...And 7 more matches

panel - Archive of obsolete content
module, like this: var mypanel = require("sdk/panel").panel({ contenturl: require("sdk/self").data.url("myfile.html") }); mypanel.show(); from firefox 34, you can use "./myfile.html" as an alias for self.data.url("myfile.html"). so you can rewrite the above code like this: var mypanel = require("sdk/panel").panel({ contenturl: "./myfile.html" }); mypanel.show(); panel positioning by default the panel appears in the center of the currently active browser window. you can position the panel by passing a position to the panel's constructor or to its show() method. attaching panels to buttons you can attach a panel to a toggle button by passing the button itself as the position option to the panel's show() method or to its constructor: var { togglebutton } = require('sdk/ui/button/tog...
... if the panel's content is packaged along with your add-on and specified using an html file in your data directory, you can style it by embedding css directly in the htm...
...a widget object. if this is supplied the panel will be shown attached to the widget. an object which specifies where in the window the panel should be shown. the rest of this section describes this object. the position object has one or more of the following properties: top, right, bottom and left. their values are expressed in pixels. any other properties will be ignored. ...
...And 6 more matches

simple-prefs - Archive of obsolete content
e them initial values, add a new json array called preferences to your package.json file, and give it one entry for each preference: { "fullname": "example add-on", ... "preferences": [{ "name": "somepreference", "title": "some preference title", "description": "some short description for the preference", "type": "string", "value": "this is the default string value" }, { "description": "how many of them we have.", "name": "myinteger", "type": "integer", "value": 8, "title": "how many?" }] } each preference is defined by a group of attributes. there are: mandatory attributes that all preferences must have optional attributes attributes that are specific to the preference's data type man...
...means that it must be a valid javascript identifier. title this is used as a label for the preference in the add-ons manager user interface. optional common attributes these are attributes that all preferences may have: attribute description description this appears below the preference title in the add-ons manager ui. value a default value for the preference. depending on the preference type, this may be an integer, string, or boolean value. hidden a boolean value which, if present and set to true, means that the preference won't appear in the add-ons manager interface, so users of your add-on won't be able to see or alter it. { "name": "myhiddeninteger", "type": "integer", "title": "how many...
..."name": "myfile", "title": "select a file" } directory displayed as a "browse" button that opens a directory picker and stores the full path and name of the directory selected. { "type": "directory", "name": "mydirectory", "title": "select a directory" } menulist displayed as a drop-down list. the type of the stored value depends on the default value. the options are specified by a mandatory "options" attribute, that is an array of objects with mandatory attributes "label" and "value" the values of the "value" attributes must be supplied as strings. the values of the "label" attributes prefixed with "{name}_options.", where {name} is the name of the preference, are used as localization keys. if no matching entries are f...
...And 6 more matches

package.json - Archive of obsolete content
, "license": "mpl-2.0", "version": "0.1" } if you are using the new jpm tool, you can easily access manifest data from package.json by requiring it like any other module: var title = require("./package.json").title; key reference package.json may contain the following keys: author the name of the package's original author; this could be the name of a person or a company. defaults to an empty string. it may include a optional url in parentheses and an email address in angle brackets. this value will be used as the add-on's em:creator element in the install.rdf file generated by cfx. note: jpm supports nodejs people fields. contributors an array of additional author strings, identifying other contributors to the add-on. these values will...
...tor elements in its install.rdf. note: this is deprecated along with cfx; it's not available when using jpm. dependencies a string or an array of strings specifying the names of packages that this add-on requires in order to function properly. description the add-on's description; this is a human-readable message describing what the add-on does. this defaults to the text "a basic add-on". this value will be used as the add-on's em:description element in its install.rdf. engines object with supported applications (key) and required version numbers (value). the version number can both specify a minimum and maximum version separated by a space. firefox: firefox desktop fennec: firefox for android thunderbir...
...able when using jpm. the full name of the package. it can contain spaces. if this key is present, its value will be used as the add-on's em:name element in its install.rdf. harnessclassid note: this is deprecated along with cfx; it's not available when using jpm. string in the guid format. this is used as a classid of the "harness service" xpcom component. defaults to a random guid generated by cfx. hasembeddedwebextension new in jpm 1.2.0. boolean value: true if the add-on contains an embedded webextension. homepage the url of the add-on's website. this value will be used as the add-on's em:homepageurl element in its install.rdf. icon the path to an image file containing th...
...And 6 more matches

Install Manifests - Archive of obsolete content
formed version strings. optional property reference you may need to supply these properties, depending on the capabilities of your add-on. abouturl the chrome:// url of the extension's about dialog box. this is only useful to extensions. if this property is specified, in the about:addons extensions list, the about... link in the extension's context menu will show this dialog, rather than the default. note: as of gecko 2.0, the dialog receives the addon object representing your add-on as a parameter. examples <em:abouturl>chrome://myext/content/about.xul</em:abouturl> bootstrap a boolean value that tells the application whether the extension is boot-strappable. at the moment this only works for add-ons with em:type="2". the default value is false. for more information, see bootstrapped...
... homepageurl a link to the add-on's home page - intended for display in the user interface. examples <em:homepageurl>https://www.example.com/</em:homepageurl> iconurl a chrome:// url to an icon to display in the add-ons list. the icon will be displayed at 32x32 in firefox 3.6 and lower. in firefox 4.0 and later the icon can be up to 48x48 pixels in size. if this property is not specified, a default icon is used. <em:iconurl>chrome://myext/skin/icon.png</em:iconurl> note: for the above example to work you will also have to add a skin package line to your chrome.manifest file. see chrome registration#skin. alternatively you can place your icon in the directory specified in your content package line. gecko 1.9.2 note starting in gecko 1.9.2 (firefox 3.6), you can also simply include yo...
...ributor more documentation can be found at localizing extension descriptions. optionstype the type of user-interface used for displaying the options. accepted values are: 1 opens optionsurl in a dialog box 2 options are displayed inside the add-on manager 3 opens optionsurl in a new tab (if the application supports that), or a dialog box optionstype defaults to 1 if there is an optionsurl included in install.rdf or 2 if there is no optionsurl and the file options.xul exists in the root of the add-on. <em:optionstype>2</em:optionstype> options can be opened in a new tab since firefox 7.0a1. to do so, set optionstype to 3 and set optionsurl to a the path of a page to open. <em:optionstype>3</em:optionstype> <em:optionsurl>chrome://myaddon/content/...
...And 6 more matches

Handling Preferences - Archive of obsolete content
to open the preferences window in firefox, select the following from the main menu: on windows, tools > options on mac, firefox > preferences on linux, edit > preferences note: keep in mind the usage of the terms "preferences" and "options" in different platforms. if you need to refer to the term "preference" in any of your locale files, you must change the string depending on the operating system. ...
...ing depending on the operating system. tip: you can use window.navigator.platform in your chrome code to figure out the operating system firefox is running on. you can use the hidden dom window in non-chrome code. firefox loads user preferences from a number of sources. each source is a js file that contains some special functions not available in regular code. the following files are used: default preferences: these are stored in the directory defaults/pref in the firefox installation directory. current preferences: these are stored in the profile directory with the name prefs.js. this is where the user's settings are stored. this file is updated when preferences are modified by the user. user preferences: the file user.js in the user's profile directory holds additional preferences the ...
... firefox behave oddly or break altogether. you can type on the "filter" textbox to search for specific preferences. if you type the word "homepage", it will filter all the preferences and display only the ones which include the word "homepage" in its name or value. right-clicking on the list reveals several options that allow you to modify preference values and add new ones. preferences with non-default values are highlighted in bold. all changes done in about:config are saved to the prefs.js file. the list in about:config is not complete. some firefox preferences have no default value, so they are left out unless you add them manually. an extensive specification of firefox preferences can be seen in this page. you don't need to know them by heart; if doing task x requires some preference, then...
...And 6 more matches

JXON - Archive of obsolete content
the closest to the parker convention. it is very similar to the previous one, except that nodes which do not contain other recognizable nodes than text or cdatasection are not treated as objects, but directly as booleans, strings, numbers or date objects (see the parker convention). empty nodes (i.e. which do not contain other element nodes, text nodes, cdatasection nodes or attr nodes) have the default value true (see the code considerations). also, this time we use a function instead of a constructor. the function's argument can be the entire xml document, a documentfragment, or simply an element node within it. nodeattributes have the “@” prefix, as suggested by the badgerfish convention. in many cases, this is the most practical conversion method. /*\ |*| |*| jxon snippet #3 mdndevelop...
...*/ true, nlength = 0, scollectedtxt = ""; if (oxmlparent.hasattributes && oxmlparent.hasattributes()) { vresult = {}; for (nlength; nlength < oxmlparent.attributes.length; nlength++) { oattrib = oxmlparent.attributes.item(nlength); vresult["@" + oattrib.name.tolowercase()] = parsetext(oattrib.value.trim()); } } if (oxmlparent.haschildnodes()) {...
...but don't use it if you want to transfer the tree via json string! as for the third algorithm, nodes which do not contain other recognizable nodes than text or cdatasection are not treated as objects, but directly as booleans, strings, numbers (primitive values) or date objects; and empty nodes (i.e. which do not contain other element nodes, text nodes, cdatasection nodes or attr nodes) have the default value true. as for the third algorithm it is not used a constructor, but a function. the function's argument can be the entire xml document, a documentfragment or simply an element node of it. nodeattributes have the “@” prefix, as suggested by the badgerfish convention. /*\ |*| |*| jxon snippet #4 mdndeveloper network |*| |*| https://developer.mozilla.org/docs/jxon |*| https://developer.
...And 6 more matches

New Skin Notes - Archive of obsolete content
ment that "it looks odd when someone who uses devmo on regular basis sees some violet links just because he already worked with this site yesterday" holds true for every single place on the web, yet visited links use different styling on most sites. --nickolay 01:34, 31 aug 2005 (pdt) ok, so i'm asking just to change this color. --gandalf 04:55, 31 aug 2005 (pdt) fine, changed. ...
...--nickolay 01:59, 25 aug 2005 (pdt) i'm planning on doing up a special skin for editors in the future (with the edit tools and such closer to the top, etc). in the meantime, i'll bump the font size of those links up. ...
...or pointing it out. --dria external link icons missing on ie version of skin. --dria edit/preferences/diff pages end up being too wide at times. definitely need to fix for ie. --dria the edit section links are gone (they are only shown in normal skin if you set the appropriate preference). --nickolay do you know if there's a localsettings variable to have the edit-section links off by default? it appears that they're on by default right now. --dria yeah, i think we want them off by default, as the more common case for a reader will be to read documentation, not to edit it. --beltzner put these back in. will try to sort out how to change the default behaviour. --dria headers which are also links that point to as-yet-unwritten wiki pages are colored as though they actually do exis...
...And 6 more matches

Styling web forms - Learn web development
d of this article to give you some more ideas on basic form control styling and placement. before we do that however, we'd like to say a few words about specific aspects of form styling that are worth knowing about. fonts and text css font and text features can be used easily with any widget (and yes, you can use @font-face with form widgets). however, browser behavior is often inconsistent. by default, some widgets do not inherit font-family and font-size from their parents. many browsers use the system default appearance instead. to make your forms' appearance consistent with the rest of your content, you can add the following rules to your stylesheet: button, input, select, textarea { font-family: inherit; font-size: 100%; } the inherit property value causes the property value to match...
...rance consistent with the rest of your content, you can add the following rules to your stylesheet: button, input, select, textarea { font-family: inherit; font-size: 100%; } the inherit property value causes the property value to match the computed value of the property of its parent element; inheriting the value of the parent. the screenshots below show the difference. on the left is the default rendering of an <input type="text">, <input type="date">, <select>, <textarea>, <input type="submit">, and a <button> in chrome on macos, with the platform's default font style in use. on the right are the same elements, with our above style rule applied. the defaults differed in a number of ways. inheriting should change their fonts to that of the parent's font family — in this case the def...
...t's font family — in this case the default serif font of the parent container. they all do, with a strange exception — <input type="submit"> does not inherit from the parent paragraph in chrome. rather, it uses the font-family: system-ui. this is another reason to use <button> elements over their equivalent input types! there's a lot of debate as to whether forms look better using the system default styles, or customized styles designed to match your content. this decision is yours to make, as the designer of your site, or web application. box sizing all text fields have complete support for every property related to the css box model, such as width, height, padding, margin, and border. as before, however, browsers rely on the system default styles when displaying these widgets. it's up to...
...And 6 more matches

HTML text fundamentals - Learn web development
tician and my name is trish.</p>\n<p>my legs are made of cardboard and i am married to a fish.</p>'; var solutionentry = htmlsolution; textarea.addeventlistener('input', updatecode); window.addeventlistener('load', updatecode); // stop tab key tabbing out of textarea and // make it write a tab at the caret position instead textarea.onkeydown = function(e){ if (e.keycode === 9) { e.preventdefault(); insertatcaret('\t'); } if (e.keycode === 27) { textarea.blur(); } }; function insertatcaret(text) { var scrollpos = textarea.scrolltop; var caretpos = textarea.selectionstart; var front = (textarea.value).substring(0, caretpos); var back = (textarea.value).substring(textarea.selectionend, textarea.value.length); textarea.value = front + text + back; caretpos = care...
...ied. (do any countries use red to mean "go"? i hope not.) in a similar vein, we need to make sure we are using the correct elements, giving our content the correct meaning, function, or appearance. in this context the <h1> element is also a semantic element, which gives the text it wraps around the role (or meaning) of "a top level heading on your page." <h1>this is a top level heading</h1> by default, the browser will give it a large font size to make it look like a heading (although you could style it to look like anything you wanted using css). more importantly, its semantic value will be used in multiple ways, for example by search engines and screen readers (as mentioned above). on the other hand, you could make any element look like a top level heading. consider the following: <span st...
...); var htmlsolution = '<ul>\n<li>milk</li>\n<li>eggs</li>\n<li>bread</li>\n<li>hummus</li>\n</ul>'; var solutionentry = htmlsolution; textarea.addeventlistener('input', updatecode); window.addeventlistener('load', updatecode); // stop tab key tabbing out of textarea and // make it write a tab at the caret position instead textarea.onkeydown = function(e){ if (e.keycode === 9) { e.preventdefault(); insertatcaret('\t'); } if (e.keycode === 27) { textarea.blur(); } }; function insertatcaret(text) { var scrollpos = textarea.scrolltop; var caretpos = textarea.selectionstart; var front = (textarea.value).substring(0, caretpos); var back = (textarea.value).substring(textarea.selectionend, textarea.value.length); textarea.value = front + text + back; caretpos = care...
...And 6 more matches

Creating our first Vue component - Learn web development
which will display a single todo item. we'll use this to build our list of todos. in your moz-todo-vue/src/components directory, create a new file named todoitem.vue. open the file in your code editor. create the component's template section by adding <template></template> to the top of the file. create a <script></script> section below your template section. inside the <script> tags, add a default exported object export default {}, which is your component object. your file should now look like this: <template> </template> <script> export default {}; </script> we can now begin to add actual content to our todoitem. vue templates are currently only allowed a single root element — one element needs to wrap everything inside the template section (this will change when vue 3 comes out).
... up app.vue again. at the top of your <script> tag, add the following to import your todoitem component: import todoitem from './components/todoitem.vue'; inside your component object, add the components property, and inside it add your todoitem component to register it. your <script> contents should now look like this: import todoitem from './components/todoitem.vue'; export default { name: 'app', components: { todoitem } }; this is the same way that the helloworld component was registered by the vue cli earlier. to actually render the todoitem component in the app, you need to go up into your <template> element and call it as a <to-do-item></to-do-item> element. note that the component file name and its representation in javascript is always in upper camel case ...
...p gives components an initial state that affects their display. registering props in vue, there are two ways to register props: the first way is to just list props out as an array of strings. each entry in the array corresponds to the name of a prop. the second way is to define props as an object, with each key corresponding to the prop name. listing props as an object allows you to specify default values, mark props as required, perform basic object typing (specifically around javascript primitive types), and perform simple prop validation. note: prop validation only happens in development mode, so you can't strictly rely on it in production. additionally, prop validation functions are invoked before the component instance is created, so they do not have access to the component state (o...
...And 6 more matches

Cookies Preferences in Mozilla
these preferences apply to most mozilla products (including firefox and seamonkey), however they are application-specific, so not all of them may apply to you. the default values given are for firefox 3. ...
... these preferences apply to most mozilla products (including firefox and seamonkey), however they are application-specific, so not all of them may apply to you. the default values given are for firefox 3. ...
... these preferences apply to most mozilla products (including firefox and seamonkey), however they are application-specific, so not all of them may apply to you. the default values given are for firefox 3. ...
...And 6 more matches

Enc Dec MAC Using Key Wrap CertReq PKCS10 CSR
ozilla.org/mpl/2.0/. ...
...s_cert_vfy_trailer; break; case sig: header = ns_sig_header; trailer = ns_sig_trailer; break; case lab: header = lab_header; trailer = lab_trailer; pr_fprintf(outfile, "%s\n", header); pr_fprintf(outfile, "%s\n", buf); pr_fprintf(outfile, "%s\n\n", trailer); return secsuccess; break; default: return secfailure; } pr_fprintf(outfile, "%s\n", header); printashex(outfile, buf, len); pr_fprintf(outfile, "%s\n\n", trailer); return secsuccess; } /* * read cryptographic parameters from the header file */ secstatus readfromheaderfile(const char *filename, headertype type, secitem *item, prbool ishexdata) { secstatus rv ...
...ader = lab_header; trailer = lab_trailer; break; case certenc: header = ns_cert_enc_header; trailer = ns_cert_enc_trailer; break; case certvfy: header = ns_cert_vfy_header; trailer = ns_cert_vfy_trailer; break; case sig: header = ns_sig_header; trailer = ns_sig_trailer; break; default: rv = secfailure; goto cleanup; } rv = filetoitem(&filedata, file); nonbody = (char *)filedata.data; if (!nonbody) { pr_fprintf(pr_stderr, "unable to read data from input file\n"); rv = secfailure; goto cleanup; } /* check for headers and trailers and remove them */ if ((body = strstr(nonbody, header)) != null) { ...
...And 6 more matches

NSS tools : pk12util
rypt the certificates and other meta-data. -n certname specify the nickname of the cert and private key to export. -p prefix specify the prefix used on the certificate and key databases. this option is provided as a special case. changing the names of the certificate and key databases is not recommended. -r dumps all of the data in raw (binary) form. this must be saved as a der file. the default is to return information in a pretty-print ascii format, which displays the information about the certificates and public keys in the p12 file. -v enable debug logging when importing. -w p12filepasswordfile specify the text file containing the pkcs #12 file password. -w p12filepassword specify the pkcs #12 file password. return codes o 0 - no error o 1 - user cancelled o 2 - usage err...
...kcs11 get slot error o 14 - pkcs12 decoder start error o 15 - error read from import file o 16 - pkcs12 decode error o 17 - pkcs12 decoder verify error o 18 - pkcs12 decoder validate bags error o 19 - pkcs12 decoder import bags error o 20 - key db conversion version 3 to version 2 error o 21 - cert db conversion version 7 to version 5 error o 22 - cert and key dbs patch error o 23 - get default cert db error o 24 - find cert by nickname error o 25 - create export context error o 26 - pkcs12 add password itegrity error o 27 - cert and key safes creation error o 28 - pkcs12 add cert and key error o 29 - pkcs12 encode error examples importing keys and certificates the most basic usage of pk12util for importing a certificate or key is the pkcs#12 input file (-i) and some way to sp...
...are not human-readable. the certificates and keys in the file can be printed (listed) in a human-readable pretty-print format that shows information for every certificate and any public keys in the .p12 file. pk12util -l p12file [-h tokenname] [-r] [-d [sql:]directory] [-p dbprefix] [-k slotpasswordfile|-k slotpassword] [-w p12filepasswordfile|-w p12filepassword] for example, this prints the default ascii output: # pk12util -l certs.p12 enter password for pkcs12 file: key(shrouded): friendly name: thawte freemail member's thawte consulting (pty) ltd. id encryption algorithm: pkcs #12 v2 pbe with sha-1 and 3key triple des-cbc parameters: salt: 45:2e:6a:a0:03:4d:7b:a1:63:3c:15:ea:67:37:62:1f iteration count: 1 (0x1) certificate: data: version: 3 (0x2) serial number: 13 (0xd) sign...
...And 6 more matches

NSS tools : pk12util
eylength specify the desired length of the symmetric key to be used to encrypt the private key. -n | --cert-key-len certkeylength specify the desired length of the symmetric key to be used to encrypt the certificates and other meta-data. -r dumps all of the data in raw (binary) form. this must be saved as a der file. the default is to return information in a pretty-print ascii format, which displays the information about the certificates and public keys in the p12 file. return codes o 0 - no error o 1 - user cancelled o 2 - usage error o 6 - nls init error o 8 - certificate db open error o 9 - key db open error o 10 - file initialization error o 11 - ...
...tart error o 15 - error read from import file o 16 - pkcs12 decode error o 17 - pkcs12 decoder verify error o 18 - pkcs12 decoder validate bags error o 19 - pkcs12 decoder import bags error o 20 - key db conversion version 3 to version 2 error o 21 - cert db conversion version 7 to version 5 error o 22 - cert and key dbs patch error o 23 - get default cert db error o 24 - find cert by nickname error o 25 - create export context error o 26 - pkcs12 add password itegrity error o 27 - cert and key safes creation error o 28 - pkcs12 add cert and key error o 29 - pkcs12 encode error examples importing keys and certificates the most basic usage of pk12util for importing a certificate or key is the pkcs...
...man-readable. the certificates and keys in the file can be printed (listed) in a human-readable pretty-print format that shows information for every certificate and any public keys in the .p12 file. pk12util -l p12file [-h tokenname] [-r] [-d [sql:]directory] [-p dbprefix] [-k slotpasswordfile|-k slotpassword] [-w p12filepasswordfile|-w p12filepassword] for example, this prints the default ascii output: # pk12util -l certs.p12 enter password for pkcs12 file: key(shrouded): friendly name: thawte freemail member's thawte consulting (pty) ltd. id encryption algorithm: pkcs #12 v2 pbe with sha-1 and 3key triple des-cbc parameters: salt: 45:2e:6a:a0:03:4d:7b:a1:63:3c:15:ea:67:37:62:1f iteration count: 1 (0x1) certifica...
...And 6 more matches

imgIEncoder
endian argb: on big-endian machines each pixel is therefore argb, and for little-endian machiens (intel) each pixel is bgra (this is used by canvas to match it's internal representation) pre-multiplied alpha is used (that is, 50% transparent red is 0x80800000, not 0x80ff0000) possible values for outputoptions. multiple values are semicolon-separated. png: ---- transparency=[yes|no|none] -- default: "yes" overrides default from input format. "no" and "none" are equivalent. apng: ----- the following options can be used with startimageencode(): transparency=[yes|no|none] -- default: "yes" overrides default from input format. "no" and "none" are equivalent. skipfirstframe=[yes|no] -- default: "no" controls display of the first frame in animations. png-only clients always disp...
... "none" are equivalent. apng: ----- the following options can be used with startimageencode(): transparency=[yes|no|none] -- default: "yes" overrides default from input format. "no" and "none" are equivalent. skipfirstframe=[yes|no] -- default: "no" controls display of the first frame in animations. png-only clients always display the first frame (and only that frame). frames=# -- default: "1" total number of frames in the image. the first frame, even if skipped, is always included in the count. plays=# -- default: "0" number of times to play the animation sequence. "0" will repeat forever. the following options can be used for each frame, with addimageframe(): transparency=[yes|no|none] -- default: "yes" overrides default from input format. "no" and "none" are e...
...f frames in the image. the first frame, even if skipped, is always included in the count. plays=# -- default: "0" number of times to play the animation sequence. "0" will repeat forever. the following options can be used for each frame, with addimageframe(): transparency=[yes|no|none] -- default: "yes" overrides default from input format. "no" and "none" are equivalent. delay=# -- default: "500" number of milliseconds to display the frame, before moving to the next frame. dispose=[none|background|previous] -- default: "none" what to do with the image's canvas before rendering the next frame. see apng spec. ...
...And 6 more matches

nsINavBookmarksService
r that contains the tag "folders". read only. note: renamed from tagroot in gecko 1.9 toolbarfolder long long the item id of the personal toolbar folder. read only. note: renamed from toolbarroot in gecko 1.9 unfiledbookmarksfolder long long the item id of the unfiled bookmarks folder. read only. constants constant value description default_index -1 this is the default index; this value should be used for apis that allow passing in an index where the index is not known or is not required to be specified, such as when appending an item to a folder. type_bookmark 1 this is an index for type "bookmark". type_folder 2 this is an index for type "folder". type_separator 3 this is an index...
...dynamic container under the given parent folder. long long createdynamiccontainer( in long long aparentfolder, in autf8string aname, in astring acontractid, in long aindex ); parameters aparentfolder the id of the parent folder. aname the name of the new folder. acontractid the contract id of the service which is to manipulate this container. aindex the index to insert at, or default_index to append to the end of the list. return value returns the id of the newly-inserted folder. createfolder() this method creates a new child folder and inserts it under the given parent. long long createfolder( in long long aparentfolder, in autf8string name, in long index ); parameters aparentfolder the id of the parent folder. name the name of the new folder. index the...
...end of the list. return value returns the id of the newly-inserted folder. createfolder() this method creates a new child folder and inserts it under the given parent. long long createfolder( in long long aparentfolder, in autf8string name, in long index ); parameters aparentfolder the id of the parent folder. name the name of the new folder. index the index to insert at, or default_index to append to the end of the list. return value returns the id of the newly-inserted folder. endupdatebatch() obsolete since gecko 1.9 (firefox 3) causes observers to be notified of an endupdatebatch when a batch is done changing. should match beginupdatebatch() or bad things will happen. void endupdatebatch(); parameters none. exportbookmarkshtml...
...And 6 more matches

nsIPrefService
ces management library. the preference service is directly responsible for the management of the preferences files and also facilitates access to the preference branch object which allows the direct manipulation of the preferences themselves. inherits from: nsisupports last changed in gecko 1.7 method overview nsiprefbranch getbranch(in string aprefroot); nsiprefbranch getdefaultbranch(in string aprefroot); void readuserprefs(in nsifile afile); void resetprefs(); void resetuserprefs(); void savepreffile(in nsifile afile); methods getbranch() call to get a preferences "branch" which accesses user preference data. using a set method on this object will always create or set a user preference value. when using a get method a user s...
...efs(in nsifile afile); void resetprefs(); void resetuserprefs(); void savepreffile(in nsifile afile); methods getbranch() call to get a preferences "branch" which accesses user preference data. using a set method on this object will always create or set a user preference value. when using a get method a user set value will be returned if one exists, otherwise a default value will be returned. nsiprefbranch getbranch( in string aprefroot ); parameters aprefroot the preference root tree on which to base this branch. for example, if the root browser.startup. is used, the branch will be able to easily access the preferences browser.startup.page, browser.startup.homepage, and browser.startup.homepage_override by simply requesting page, homepage, or homepage...
...the root browser.startup. is used, the branch will be able to easily access the preferences browser.startup.page, browser.startup.homepage, and browser.startup.homepage_override by simply requesting page, homepage, or homepage_override. nsnull or "" (empty string) may be used to access to the entire preference tree. return value nsiprefbranch - the object representing the requested branch. ...
...And 6 more matches

Add to iPhoto
we'll be using a number of these methods, but for brevity's sake, since these are generally simple declarations, let's look at only the cfrelease() and cfretain() declarations. ...
...ef cf); void cfretain(cftyperef cf); in javascript, this translates to: this.cfrelease = this.lib.declare("cfrelease", ctypes.default_abi, ctypes.void_t, ctypes.voidptr_t); // input: object to release this.cfretain = this.lib.declare("cfretain", ctypes.default_abi, ctypes.void_t, ctypes.voidptr_t); // input: object to retain these methods are used to manage the reference counting for core foundation objects. cfstring a cfstring is an opaque data type that contains a string. the string can be stored in any of a number of encodings, so you use assorted functions that know how to c...
...stringref data type; this is an opaque pointer to a cfstring object. this.cfstringref = new ctypes.pointertype("cfstringref"); now that we've declared the core type, we can declare the methods we use that work with cfstring objects. let's take a look at one of these. ...
...And 6 more matches

Using Objective-C from js-ctypes
js-ctypes code. a simple example is also in standard os libraries page. converting objective-c code to c code to convert objective-c code to js-ctypes, we need to convert it to c code first. we can then convert it straight to js-ctypes code. speech synthesis example let's start with the following objective-c code, which invokes the speech synthesis api to say "hello, firefox!". it uses the default system voice and waits until the speaking is done. #import <appkit/appkit.h> int main(void) { nsspeechsynthesizer* synth = [[nsspeechsynthesizer alloc] initwithvoice: nil]; [synth startspeakingstring: @"hello, firefox!"]; // wait until start speaking. while (![synth isspeaking]) {} // wait while speaking. while ([synth isspeaking]) {} [synth release]; return 0; } save this ...
... all functions in our example are exported by /usr/lib/libobjc.dylib. let lib = ctypes.open(ctypes.libraryname("objc")); function definition is the more tricky part. in this example, objc_msgsend is used in 3 ways. we need to declare three different functiontype cdatas: returns id or compatible type. returns bool. returns nothing. ...
...ction definition is the more tricky part. in this example, objc_msgsend is used in 3 ways. we need to declare three different functiontype cdatas: returns id or compatible type. returns bool. returns nothing. let objc_msgsend_id = lib.declare("objc_msgsend", ctypes.default_abi, id, id, sel, "..."); let objc_msgsend_bool = lib.declare("objc_msgsend", ctypes.default_abi, bool, id, sel, "..."); let objc_msgsend_void = lib.declare("objc_msgsend", ctypes.default_abi, ctypes.void_t, id, sel, "..."); the first two cases are both integers (including pointer), so we can cast them after receiving the value in pointer type. the third case is void, but we're going to use the same function intern...
...And 6 more matches

Using writable streams - Web APIs
e ui in one string. the abort() method simply prints an error to the console if the stream is aborted. ...
... simply prints an error to the console if the stream is aborted. ...
...r to the console if the stream is aborted. ...
...And 6 more matches

Touch events - Web APIs
startup); this simply sets up all the event listeners for our <canvas> element so we can handle the touch events as they occur. tracking new touches we'll keep track of the touches in-progress. var ongoingtouches = []; when a touchstart event occurs, indicating that a new touch on the surface has occurred, the handlestart() function below is called. ...
...then we get the context and pull the list of changed touch points out of the event's touchevent.changedtouches property. after that, we iterate over all the touch objects in the list, pushing them onto an array of active touchpoints and drawing the start point for the dr...
... a 4-pixel radius circle will show up neatly. drawing as the touches move each time one or more fingers move, a touchmove event is delivered, resulting in our handlemove() function being called. its responsibility in this example is to update the cached touch information and to draw a line from the previous position to the current position of each touch. ...
...And 6 more matches

Adding captions and subtitles to HTML5 video - Developer guides
h, german, and spanish — so we will reference all three of the relevant vtt files by adding <track> elements inside our html5 <video> element: <video id="video" controls preload="metadata"> <source src="video/sintel-short.mp4" type="video/mp4"> <source src="video/sintel-short.webm" type="video/webm"> <track label="english" kind="subtitles" srclang="en" src="captions/vtt/sintel-en.vtt" default> <track label="deutsch" kind="subtitles" srclang="de" src="captions/vtt/sintel-de.vtt"> <track label="español" kind="subtitles" srclang="es" src="captions/vtt/sintel-es.vtt"> </video> as you can see, each <track> element has the following attributes set: kind is given a value of subtitles, indicating the type of content the files contain label is given a value indicating which languag...
...bel is given a value indicating which language that subtitle set is for — for example english or deutsch — these labels will appear in the user interface to allow the user to easily select which subtitle language they want to see. src is assigned a valid url pointing to the relevant webvtt subtitle file in each case. srclang indicates what language each subtitle files' contents are in. the default attribute is set on the english <track> element, indicating to the browser that this is the default subtitle file definition to use when subtitles have been turned on and the user has not made a specific selection. in addition to adding the <track> elements, we have also added a new button to control the subtitles menu that we will build. as a consequence, the video controls now look as follows...
... be attempting to bring a more unified ui to each browser where possible. there's more on browser compatibility issues later on. initial setup as with all the other buttons, one of the first things we need to do is store a handle to the subtitles' button: var subtitles = document.getelementbyid('subtitles'); we also initially turn off all subtitles, in case the browser turns any of them on by default: for (var i = 0; i < video.texttracks.length; i++) { video.texttracks[i].mode = 'hidden'; } the video.texttracks property contains an array of all the text tracks attached to the video. we loop through each one and set its mode to hidden. note: the webvtt api gives us access to all the text tracks that are defined for an html5 video using the <track> element. building a caption menu our a...
...And 6 more matches

preserveAspectRatio - SVG: Scalable Vector Graphics
dth> of the element's viewbox with the maximum x value of the viewport. align the <min-y> of the element's viewbox with the smallest y value of the viewport. xminymid - force uniform scaling. align the <min-x> of the element's viewbox with the smallest x value of the viewport. align the midpoint y value of the element's viewbox with the midpoint y value of the viewport. xmidymid (the default) - force uniform scaling. align the midpoint x value of the element's viewbox with the midpoint x value of the viewport. align the midpoint y value of the element's viewbox with the midpoint y value of the viewport. xmaxymid - force uniform scaling. align the <min-x>+<width> of the element's viewbox with the maximum x value of the viewport. align the midpoint y value of the element'...
...imum y value of the viewport. xmaxymax - force uniform scaling. align the <min-x>+<width> of the element's viewbox with the maximum x value of the viewport. align the <min-y>+<height> of the element's viewbox with the maximum y value of the viewport. ...
...ort (i.e., the area into which the viewbox will draw is larger than the viewport). elements seven elements are using this attribute: <svg>, <symbol>, <image>, <feimage>, <marker>, <pattern>, and <view>. feimage for <feimage>, preserveaspectratio defines how the referenced image should fit in the rectangle define by the <feimage> element. ...
...And 6 more matches

<radialGradient> - SVG: Scalable Vector Graphics
<defs> <radialgradient id="mygradient"> <stop offset="10%" stop-color="gold" /> <stop offset="95%" stop-color="red" /> </radialgradient> </defs> <!-- using my linear gradient --> <circle cx="5" cy="5" r="4" fill="url('#mygradient')" /> </svg> attributes cx this attribute defines the x coordinate of the end circle of the radial gradient. ...
...algradient> </defs> <!-- using my linear gradient --> <circle cx="5" cy="5" r="4" fill="url('#mygradient')" /> </svg> attributes cx this attribute defines the x coordinate of the end circle of the radial gradient. value type: <length> ; default value: 50%; animatable: yes cy this attribute defines the y coordinate of the end circle of the radial gradient. value type: <length> ; default value: 50%; animatable: yes fr this attribute defines the radius of the start circle of the radial gradient. ...
...<length> ; default value: 50%; animatable: yes cy this attribute defines the y coordinate of the end circle of the radial gradient. value type: <length> ; default value: 50%; animatable: yes fr this attribute defines the radius of the start circle of the radial gradient. the gradient will be drawn such that the 0% <stop> is mapped to the perimeter of the start circle. value type: <length> ; default value: 50%; animatable: yes fx this attribute defines the x coordinate of the start circle of the radial gradient. value type: <length> ; default value: same as cx; animatable: yes fy this attribute defines the y coordinate of the start circle of the radial gradient. ...
...And 6 more matches

Introduction to using XPath in JavaScript - XPath
they are explained below in the section "specifying the return type." result: if an existing xpathresult object is specified, it will be reused to return the results. specifying null will create a new xpathresult object. return value returns xpathresult, which is an xpathresult object of the type specified in the resulttype parameter. the xpathresult interface is defined here. implementing a default namespace resolver we create a namespace resolver using the creatensresolver method of the document object. var nsresolver = document.creatensresolver( contextnode.ownerdocument == null ? contextnode.documentelement : contextnode.ownerdocument.documentelement ); or alternatively by using the <code>creatensresolver</code> method of a <code>xpathevaluator</code> object. <pre> var xpevaluator = ...
...aluator(); var nsresolver = xpevaluator.creatensresolver( contextnode.ownerdocument == null ? contextnode.documentelement : contextnode.ownerdocument.documentelement ); </pre> and then pass document.evaluate, the nsresolver variable as the namespaceresolver parameter. note: xpath defines qnames without a prefix to match only elements in the null namespace. ...
...e.ownerdocument.documentelement ); </pre> and then pass document.evaluate, the nsresolver variable as the namespaceresolver parameter. note: xpath defines qnames without a prefix to match only elements in the null namespace. there is no way in xpath to pick up the default namespace as applied to a regular element reference (e.g., p[@id='_myid'] for xmlns='http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml'). to match default elements in a non-null namespace, you either have to refer to a particular element using a form such as ['namespace-uri()='http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml' and name()='p' and @id='_myid'] (this approach works well for dynamic xpath's where the namespaces might not be known) or use prefixed name tests, and create a namespace resolver mapping the prefix to the namespace. read more on how to create a u...
...And 6 more matches

<xsl:stylesheet> - XSLT: Extensible Stylesheet Language Transformations
required attributes version specifies the version of xslt required by this stylesheet. optional attributes exclude-result-prefixes specifies any namespace used in this document that should not be sent to the output document. the list is whitespace separated. extension-element-prefixes specifies a space-separated list of any namespace prefixes for extension elements in this document. ...
...specifies the version of xslt required by this stylesheet. optional attributes exclude-result-prefixes specifies any namespace used in this document that should not be sent to the output document. the list is whitespace separated. extension-element-prefixes specifies a space-separated list of any namespace prefixes for extension elements in this document. ...
...uld not be sent to the output document. the list is whitespace separated. extension-element-prefixes specifies a space-separated list of any namespace prefixes for extension elements in this document. default-collation specifies the default collation used by all xpath expressions appearing in attributes or text value templates that have the element as an ancestor, unless overridden by another default-collation attribute on an inner element. it also determines the collation used by certain xslt constructs (such as <xsl:key> and xsl:for-each-group) within its scope. ...
...And 6 more matches

Adding Toolbars and Toolbar Buttons - Archive of obsolete content
« previousnext » adding a new toolbar adding new toolbars to firefox is easy, but adding them the wrong way is very easy as well. toolbars in firefox are very customizable. some users don't like extra toolbars, or they want to rearrange toolbar buttons to their liking, possibly merging multiple toolbars in the process. firefox allows all of this by default, and if you don't pay attention to the details we describe here, your toolbar may not be as easy to customize as the rest. the first thing you need to do is add your buttons to the toolbar palette. the toolbarpalette is a collection of all toolbar buttons and toolbar items in firefox, including those added by extensions. to add your buttons, all you need to do is overlay the palette in your main browser overlay. <over...
.../skin/toolbar.css if you are using xbl bindings (explained way ahead) for your toolbar items, you'll have to include the css files for those as well, each in a new line like the one above. we now have code that adds one or more buttons to the toolbar palette. the user can now use the customize dialog to add the buttons to the current firefox toolbars. in most cases this is not what you want as default behavior, because it would be very hard for the user to discover your buttons. keep in mind most users don't know how to customize toolbars in firefox. let's add our own toolbar. this is done in the overlay as well. <window id="main-window"> <toolbox id="navigator-toolbox"> <toolbar id="xulschoolhello-toolbar" toolbarname="&xulschoolhello.toolbarname.label;" accesskey="&xulschoolhel...
...sers don't know how to customize toolbars in firefox. let's add our own toolbar. this is done in the overlay as well. <window id="main-window"> <toolbox id="navigator-toolbox"> <toolbar id="xulschoolhello-toolbar" toolbarname="&xulschoolhello.toolbarname.label;" accesskey="&xulschoolhello.toolbar.accesskey;" customizable="true" mode="icons" context="toolbar-context-menu" defaultset="xulschoolhello-hello-world-button" insertbefore="personaltoolbar" /> </toolbox> </window> (note for mac os x: <window id="main-window"> and </window> are not required) our toolbar is added as a child of the toolbox element in the main browser window. the toolbox is the collection of toolbars in firefox, including the main menu bar. let's look at the attributes we used: the tool...
...And 5 more matches

Repackaging Firefox - Archive of obsolete content
hat makes the changes you desire. once you have all the ingredients, the customization process is quite easy: download the firefox installer. install the repackager tool like you would any mac application. make sure it starts up and launches the gui. put together your extension that customizes firefox. the distro extension all the changes you will want to make (for example, changing the default homepage or adding default bookmarks) can be encapsulated into a firefox extension. we call this extension a "distro extension" (sometimes abbreviated as "dex"), because it is used to create a new "distribution" of firefox, with different branding, etc. using an extension makes it far easier to keep track of your changes easily when the time comes to upgrade to new versions of firefox, and also e...
... mozilla. more about this below. while the aim of this article is not to fully document how to make an extension (for that, try this section of the mozilla developer center), here is a basic tutorial to get you started, and some tips specific for creating a dex. if you already have an extension that you want to bundle with firefox, and don't want to bundle an extra extension solely to set a few defaults, you can do everything you need to do in your existing extension. however, it's still recommended that you look through this tutorial, as it contains tips specific for creating extensions of this type, and there are a few options that you will need to set to ensure a smooth upgrade path for users. at the very least, don't skip the "important extension preferences" section below. sample dex the...
...ension preferences" section below. sample dex the best way to get started is probably to look at a simple dex and modify it for your own purposes. download the sample. xpi files are specially crafted zip files in disguise. you can use any zip program (winzip on windows, zip on mac or linux, etc) to extract it. ...
...And 5 more matches

jspage - Archive of obsolete content
";case 3:return(/\s/).test(a.nodevalue)?"textnode":"whitespace";}}else{if(typeof a.length=="number"){if(a.callee){return"arguments"; }else{if(a.item){return"collection";}}}}return typeof a;}function $unlink(c){var b;switch($type(c)){case"object":b={};for(var e in c){b[e]=$unlink(c[e]); }break;case"hash":b=new hash(c);break;case"array":b=[];for(var d=0,a=c.length;d<a;d++){b[d]=$unlink(c[d]);}break;default:return c;}return b;}var browser=$merge({engine:{name:"unknown",version:0},platform:{name:(window.orientation!=undefined)?"ipod":(navigator.platform.match(/mac|win|linux/i)||["other"])[0].tolowercase()},features:{xpath:!!(document.evaluate),air:!!(window.runtime),query:!!(document.queryselector)},plugins:{},engines:{presto:function(){return(!window.opera)?false:((arguments.callee.caller)?960:((doc...
...tkeys:function(){var a=[]; hash.each(this,function(c,b){a.push(b);});return a;},getvalues:function(){var a=[];hash.each(this,function(b){a.push(b);});return a;},toquerystring:function(a){var b=[]; hash.each(this,function(f,e){if(a){e=a+"["+e+"]";}var d;switch($type(f)){case"object":d=hash.toquerystring(f,e);break;case"array":var c={};f.each(function(h,g){c[g]=h; });d=hash.toquerystring(c,e);break;default:d=e+"="+encodeuricomponent(f);}if(f!=undefined){b.push(d);}});return b.join("&");}});hash.alias({keyof:"indexof",hasvalue:"contains"}); var event=new native({name:"event",initialize:function(a,f){f=f||window;var k=f.document;a=a||f.event;if(a.$extended){return a;}this.$extended=true;var j=a.type; var g=a.target||a.srcelement;while(g&&g.nodetype==3){g=g.parentnode;}if(j.test(/key/)){var b=a.which|...
...:browser.engine.gecko})()){l=false; }}}}return $extend(this,{event:a,type:j,page:i,client:c,rightclick:e,wheel:h,relatedtarget:l,target:g,code:b,key:m,shift:a.shiftkey,control:a.ctrlkey,alt:a.altkey,meta:a.metakey}); }});event.keys=new hash({enter:13,up:38,down:40,left:37,right:39,esc:27,space:32,backspace:8,tab:9,"delete":46});event.implement({stop:function(){return this.stoppropagation().preventdefault(); },stoppropagation:function(){if(this.event.stoppropagation){this.event.stoppropagation();}else{this.event.cancelbubble=true;}return this;},preventdefault:function(){if(this.event.preventdefault){this.event.preventdefault(); }else{this.event.returnvalue=false;}return this;}});function class(b){if(b instanceof function){b={initialize:b};}var a=function(){object.reset(this);if(a._prototyping){ret...
...And 5 more matches

Numeric Controls - Archive of obsolete content
e in firefox 3 and later. number fields a textbox may be used for entering numbers by setting the value of the type attribute to the value number. this type of textbox may only be used to enter numbers. other characters are not allowed and are just ignored if typed. in addition, arrow buttons appear beside the textbox to allow the user to cycle through the values. as with other textboxes, the default value can be specified with the value attribute. naturally, this value should be a number. however, the minimum and maximum values can also be specified using the min and max attributes. if these are set, you can control the range of values that the textbox may be set to. if the user enters a value less or greater than this value, it will be reset to the minimum or maximum value as necessary. for...
...mum values can also be specified using the min and max attributes. if these are set, you can control the range of values that the textbox may be set to. if the user enters a value less or greater than this value, it will be reset to the minimum or maximum value as necessary. for instance, the following numeric textbox has a range between 1 and 20. <textbox type="number" min="1" max="20"/> as the default value isn't specified, it will default to 1, the minimum value. the min attribute is set to 1 to indicate a minimum possible value of 1 and the max attribute is set to 20 to indiciate a maximum possible value of 20. if the minimum value is not specified, it has a default value of 0. the maximum value defaults to the special value infinity which means that there is no limit. other numeric textbox ...
...ible value of 1 and the max attribute is set to 20 to indiciate a maximum possible value of 20. if the minimum value is not specified, it has a default value of 0. the maximum value defaults to the special value infinity which means that there is no limit. other numeric textbox attributes the increment attribute may be used to specify by how much the value changes when the arrows are pressed. the default value is 1, but specifying a different value allows the number to change by a larger amount. for instance, the following example steps in multiples of 10. <textbox type="number" increment="10" max="100"/> this textbox steps in multiples of 10 from 0 to 100. since the min attribute was not specified, it defaults to 0. note that the user can still enter other values if they are typed in. the incre...
...And 5 more matches

Constructor - MDN Web Docs Glossary: Definitions of Web-related terms
a constructor belongs to a particular class object that is instantiated. the constructor initializes this object and can provide access to its private information. the concept of a constructor can be applied to most object-oriented programming languages. essentially, a constructor in javascript is usually declared at the instance of a class. ...
...a constructor belongs to a particular class object that is instantiated. the constructor initializes this object and can provide access to its private information. the concept of a constructor can be applied to most object-oriented programming languages. essentially, a constructor in javascript is usually declared at the instance of a class. ...
...ongs to a particular class object that is instantiated. the constructor initializes this object and can provide access to its private information. the concept of a constructor can be applied to most object-oriented programming languages. essentially, a constructor in javascript is usually declared at the instance of a class. ...
...And 5 more matches

CSS and JavaScript accessibility best practices - Learn web development
> <li>my list</li> <li>has two items.</li> </ul> some typical css might look like this: h1 { font-size: 5rem; } p, li { line-height: 1.5; font-size: 1.6rem; } you should: select sensible font sizes, line heights, letter spacing, etc. to make your text logical, legible, and comfortable to read. make sure your headings stand out from your body text, typically big and bold like the default styling. your lists should look like lists. your text color should contrast well with your background color. see html text fundamentals and styling text for more information. emphasised text inline markup that confers specific emphasis to the text that it wraps: <p>the water is <em>very hot</em>.</p> <p>water droplets collecting on surfaces is called <strong>condensation</strong>.</p> you...
...in addition, the mouse pointer changes to a pointer icon when links are moused over, and the link receives a highlight when focused (e.g. via tabbing) or activated. the following image shows the highlight in both fire...
...epage</a>.</p> some very simple link styling is shown below: a { color: #ff0000; } a:hover, a:visited, a:focus { color: #a60000; text-decoration: none; } a:active { color: #000000; background-color: #a60000; } the standard link conventions are underlined and a different color (default: blue) in their standard state, another color variation when the link has previously been visited (default: purple), and yet another color when the link is activated (default: red). in addition, the mouse pointer changes to a pointer icon when links are moused over, and the link receives a highlight when focused (e.g. via tabbing) or activated. the following image shows the highlight in both firefox (a dotted outline) and chrome (a blue outline): you can be creative with link styles, as long as y...
...And 5 more matches

HTML: A good basis for accessibility - Learn web development
of css and javascript to make just about any html element behave in whatever way you want. for example, a control button to play a video on your site could be marked up like this: <div>play video</div> but as you'll see in greater detail later on, it makes sense to use the correct element for the job: <button>play video</button> not only do html <button>s have some suitable styling applied by default (which you will probably want to override), they also have built-in keyboard accessibility — users can navigate between buttons using the tab key and activate their selection using return or enter. semantic html doesn't take any longer to write than non-semantic (bad) markup if you do it consistently from the start of your project. even better, semantic markup has other benefits beyond accessi...
...ols by ui controls, we mean the main parts of web documents that users interact with — most commonly buttons, links, and form controls. in this section, we'll look at the basic accessibility concerns to be aware of when creating such controls. later articles on wai-aria and multimedia will look at other aspects of ui accessibility. ...
... you can then press enter/return to follow a focused link or press a button (we've included some javascript to make the buttons alert a message), or start typing to enter text in a text input. ...
...And 5 more matches

HTML: A good basis for accessibility - Learn web development
of css and javascript to make just about any html element behave in whatever way you want. for example, a control button to play a video on your site could be marked up like this: <div>play video</div> but as you'll see in greater detail later on, it makes sense to use the correct element for the job: <button>play video</button> not only do html <button>s have some suitable styling applied by default (which you will probably want to override), they also have built-in keyboard accessibility — users can navigate between buttons using the tab key and activate their selection using return or enter. semantic html doesn't take any longer to write than non-semantic (bad) markup if you do it consistently from the start of your project. even better, semantic markup has other benefits beyond accessi...
...ols by ui controls, we mean the main parts of web documents that users interact with — most commonly buttons, links, and form controls. in this section, we'll look at the basic accessibility concerns to be aware of when creating such controls. later articles on wai-aria and multimedia will look at other aspects of ui accessibility. ...
... you can then press enter/return to follow a focused link or press a button (we've included some javascript to make the buttons alert a message), or start typing to enter text in a text input. ...
...And 5 more matches

Basic native form controls - Learn web development
value. it is used for creating most types of form widgets including single line text fields, time and date controls, controls without text input like checkboxes, radio buttons, and color pickers, and buttons. single line text fields a single line text field is created using an <input> element whose type attribute value is set to text, or by omitting the type attribute altogether (text is the default value). the value text for this attribute is also the fallback value if the value you specify for the type attribute is unknown by the browser (for example if you specify type="color" and the browser doesn't support native color pickers). note: you can find examples of all the single line text field types on github at single-line-text-fields.html (see it live also). here is a basic single lin...
...t field types on github at single-line-text-fields.html (see it live also). here is a basic single line text field example: <input type="text" id="comment" name="comment" value="i'm a text field"> single line text fields have only one true constraint: if you type text with line breaks, the browser removes those line breaks before sending the data to the server. the following screenshot shows default, focused and disabled text input types in firefox 71 and safari on macos and in chrome 79 and edge 18 on windows 10. note: html5 enhanced the basic original single line text field by adding special values for the type attribute that enforce specific validation constraints and other features, for example specific to entering urls or numbers. we'll cover those in the next article, the html5 inp...
..., and tel, were added with html5. those will be covered in the next tutorial, html5 input types. checkable items: checkboxes and radio buttons checkable items are controls whose state you can change by clicking on them or their associated labels. there are two kinds of checkable item: the check box and the radio button. both use the checked attribute to indicate whether the widget is checked by default or not. it's worth noting that these widgets do not behave exactly like other form widgets. for most form widgets, once the form is submitted all widgets that have a name attribute are sent, even if no value has been filled out. in the case of checkable items, their values are sent only if they are checked. if they are not checked, nothing is sent, not even their name. if they are checked but ha...
...And 5 more matches

Other form controls - Learn web development
is specified using a <textarea> element, rather than using the <input> element. <textarea cols="30" rows="8"></textarea> this renders like so: the main difference between a <textarea> and a regular single line text field is that users are allowed to include hard line breaks (i.e. pressing return) that will be included when the data is submitted. <textarea> also takes a closing tag, and any default text you want it to contain should be put between the opening and closing tags. in contrast, the <input> is an empty element with no closing tag — any default value is put inside the value attribute. note that even though you can put anything inside a <textarea> element (including other html elements, css, and javascript), because of its nature, it is all rendered as if it was plain text conte...
...he value attribute. note that even though you can put anything inside a <textarea> element (including other html elements, css, and javascript), because of its nature, it is all rendered as if it was plain text content. (using contenteditable on non-form controls provides an api for capturing html/"rich" content instead of plain text). visually, the text entered wraps and the form control is by default resizable. modern browsers provide a drag handle that you can drag to increase/decrease the size of the text area. the following screenshots show default, focused, and disabled <textarea> elements in firefox 71 and safari 13 on macos, and edge 18, yandex 14, firefox 71 and chrome 79 on windows 10. note: you can find a slightly more interesting example of text area usage in the example we put...
... first article of the series (see the source code also). controlling multi-line rendering <textarea> accepts three attributes to control its rendering across several lines: cols specifies the visible width (columns) of the text control, measured in average character widths. this is effectively the starting width, as it can be changed by resizing the <textarea>, and overriden using css. ...
...And 5 more matches

Your first form - Learn web development
tails of form labels in how to structure a web form. on the <input> element, the most important attribute is the type attribute. this attribute is extremely important because it defines the way the <input> element appears and behaves. you'll find more about this in the basic native form controls article later on. in our simple example, we use the value <input/text> for the first input — the default value for this attribute. it represents a basic single-line text field that accepts any kind of text input. for the second input, we use the value <input/email>, which defines a single-line text field that only accepts a well-formed e-mail address. this turns a basic text field into a kind of "intelligent" field that will perform some validation checks on the data typed by the user. it also caus...
... of text input. for the second input, we use the value <input/email>, which defines a single-line text field that only accepts a well-formed e-mail address. this turns a basic text field into a kind of "intelligent" field that will perform some validation checks on the data typed by the user. it also causes a more appropriate keyboard layout for entering email addresses (e.g. with an @ symbol by default) to appear on devices with dynamic keyboards, like smartphones. you'll find out more about form validation in the client-side form validation article later on. last but not least, note the syntax of <input> vs. <textarea></textarea>. this is one of the oddities of html. the <input> tag is an empty element, meaning that it doesn't need a closing tag. <textarea> is not an empty element, meaning i...
...-side form validation article later on. last but not least, note the syntax of <input> vs. <textarea></textarea>. this is one of the oddities of html. the <input> tag is an empty element, meaning that it doesn't need a closing tag. <textarea> is not an empty element, meaning it should be closed with the proper ending tag. ...
...And 5 more matches

Adding a new todo form: Vue events, methods, and models - Learn web development
e now have an app that displays a list of to-do items. however, we can't update our list of items without manually changing our code! let's fix that. let's create a new component that will allow us to add a new to-do item. in your components folder, create a new file called todoform.vue. add a blank <template> and a <script> tag like before: <template></template> <script> export default {}; </script> let's add in an html form that lets you enter a new todo item and submit it into the app. we need a <form> with a <label>, an <input>, and a <button>. update your template as follows: <template> <form> <label for="new-todo-input"> what needs to be done? </label> <input type="text" id="new-todo-input" name="new-todo" autocomplete="...
... fully run, so it's not a good idea to use them to display information inside the template. for displaying data that comes from calculations, you should use a computed property, which we'll cover later. in this component, we need to add an onsubmit() method to a methods property inside the todoform component object. we'll use this to handle the submit action. add this like so: export default { methods: { onsubmit() { console.log('form submitted') } } } next we need to bind the method to our <form> element's submit event handler. much like how vue uses the v-bind syntax for binding attributes, vue has a special directive for event handling: v-on. the v-on directive works via the v-on:event="method" syntax. and much like v-bind, there’s also a shor...
...y. add the submit handler to your <form> element like so: <form @submit="onsubmit"> when you run this, the app still posts the data to the server, causing a refresh. since we're doing all of our processing on the client, there's no server to handle the postback. we also lose all local state on page refresh. to prevent the browser from posting to the server, we need to stop the event’s default action from bubbling up through the page (event.preventdefault(), in vanilla javascript). vue has a special syntax called event modifiers that can handle this for us right in our template. modifiers are appended to the end of an event with a dot like so: @event.modifier. here is a list of event modifiers: .stop: stops the event from propagating. equivalent to event.stoppropagation() in ...
...And 5 more matches

Accessible Toolkit Checklist
closes windows, similar to escape but even works on dialogs without cancel button alt+space opens window menu with restore, move, size, minimize, maximize, close the move and size options must be usable with the arrow keys on the keyboard in windows, initial focus goes to first focusable widget that is not a clickable tabbed property sheet label making tab order definable. default tab order should be in document order. tab order must wrap, not have invisible items in tab order dynamically added items must not corrupt the tab cycle or make it disorderly tab cycle must be identical backwards and forwards the f6 and shift+f6 key combinations should cycle through panes in a window making focus visible on any widget, and focus must always be visibl...
...cfocus: which child is focused? get_accselection: which children of this item are selected? acclocation: get the x,y coordinates, and the height and width of this iaccessible node. accnavigate: navigate to the first/last child, previous/next sibling, up, down, left or right from this iaccessible. [important, but no need to implement up/down/left/right] accdodefaultaction: perform the action described by get_accdefaultaction. supporting the basic msaa states on every item: unavailable, focused, readonly, offscreen, focusable to avoid extra work, utilize implementing an msaa server mnemonics ability to define in xml for any widget with a text label (via attribute or a preceding char in label) automaticall...
...this can be supported through spi_getkeyboardcues and spi_getmenuunderlines simple widgets buttons tab, arrow, unmodified letter mnemonics require and support text labels for buttons with images, can be same as tooltip space key activates button ent...
...And 5 more matches

DMD
thin firefox. it has four modes. "dark matter" mode. in this mode, dmd tracks the contents of the heap, including which heap blocks have been reported by memory reporters. it helps us reduce the "heap-unclassified" value in firefox's about:memory page, and also detects if any heap blocks are reported twice. originally, this was the only mode that dmd had, which explains dmd's name. this is the default mode. "live" mode. in this mode, dmd tracks the current contents of the heap. you can dump that information to file, giving a profile of the live heap blocks at that point in time. this is good for understanding how memory is used at an interesting point in time, such as peak memory usage. "cumulative" mode. in this mode, dmd tracks both the past and current contents of the heap. you can dump t...
...e (as before, be sure to replace org.mozilla.fennec_$username with the app identifier as appropriate). ...
...gger use the existing memory-report dumping hook: adb shell am broadcast -a org.mozilla.gecko.memory_dump in logcat, you should see output similar to this: i/dmd (20731): opened /storage/emulated/0/download/memory-reports/dmd-default-20731.json.gz for writing ... i/geckoconsole(20731): nsimemoryinfodumper dumped reports to /storage/emulated/0/download/memory-reports/unified-memory-report-default-20731.json.gz the path is where the memory reports and dmd reports get dumped to. you can pull them like so: adb pull /sdcard/download/memory-reports/dmd-default-20731.json.gz adb pull /sdcard/download/memory-reports/unified-memory-report-default-20731.json.gz processing the output dmd outputs one gzipped json file per process that contains a description of that process's heap. you can anal...
...And 5 more matches

NSS tools : signtool
tificate and its associated private key from one computer to another on a credit-card-sized device called a smart card. options -b basename specifies the base filename for the .rsa and .sf files in the meta-inf directory to conform with the jar format. for example, -b signatures causes the files to be named signatures.rsa and signatures.sf. the default is signtool. -c# specifies the compression level for the -j or -z option. the symbol # represents a number from 0 to 9, where 0 means no compression and 9 means maximum compression. the higher the level of compression, the smaller the output but the longer the operation takes. if the -c# option is not used with either the -j o...
... specifies the compression level for the -j or -z option. the symbol # represents a number from 0 to 9, where 0 means no compression and 9 means maximum compression. the higher the level of compression, the smaller the output but the longer the operation takes. if the -c# option is not used with either the -j or the -z option, the default compression value used by both the -j and -z options is 6. -d certdir specifies your certificate database directory; that is, the directory in which you placed your key3.db and cert7.db files. to specify the current directory, use "-d." (including the period). the unix version of signtool assumes ~/.netscape unless told otherw...
... object-signing certificate and a ca. when you are using it to sign objects, it behaves like an object-signing certificate. when it is imported into browser software such as communicator, it behaves like an object-signing ca and cannot be used to sign objects. the -g option is available in netscape signing tool 1.0 and later versions only. by default, it produces only rsa certificates with 1024-byte keys in the internal token. however, you can use the -s option specify the required key size and the -t option to specify the token. for more information about the use of the -g option, see "generating test object-signing certificates""generating test object-signing certificates" on page ...
...And 5 more matches

Bytecode Descriptions
exp object. implements: evaluation for regularexpressionliteral. functions creating functions lambda operands: (uint32_t funcindex) stack: ⇒ fn push a function object. this clones the function unless it's a singleton; see canreusefunctionforclone. the new function inherits the current environment chain. used to create most js functions. notable exceptions are arrow functions and derived or default class constructors. the function indicated by funcindex must be a non-arrow function. implements: instantiatefunctionobject, evaluation for functionexpression, and so on. format: jof_object lambdaarrow operands: (uint32_t funcindex) stack: newtarget ⇒ arrowfn push a new arrow function. newtarget matters only if the arrow function uses the expression new.target. it should be the current value...
...o is null). proto must be either a constructor or null. we use jsop::checkclassheritage to check. this is used to create the constructor for a derived class. implements: classdefinitionevaluation steps 6.e.ii, 6.g.iii, and 12 for derived classes. format: jof_object classconstructor operands: (uint32_t nameindex, uint32_t sourcestart, uint32_t sourceend) stack: ⇒ constructor create and push a default constructor for a base class. a default constructor behaves like constructor() {}. implements: classdefinitionevaluation for classtail, steps 10.b. and 12-17. the sourcestart/sourceend offsets are the start/end offsets of the class definition in the source buffer, used for tostring(). they must be valid offsets into the source buffer, measured in code units, such that scriptsource->substring(cx, ...
...ffsets are the start/end offsets of the class definition in the source buffer, used for tostring(). they must be valid offsets into the source buffer, measured in code units, such that scriptsource->substring(cx, start, end) is valid. format: jof_class_ctor derivedconstructor operands: (uint32_t nameindex, uint32_t sourcestart, uint32_t sourceend) stack: proto ⇒ constructor create and push a default constructor for a derived class. a default derived-class constructor behaves like constructor(...args) { super(...args); }. implements: classdefinitionevaluation for classtail, steps 10.a. and 12-17. sourcestart and sourceend follow the same rules as for jsop::classconstructor. format: jof_class_ctor functionproto stack: ⇒ %functionprototype% pushes the current global's functionprototype. ki...
...And 5 more matches

JSAPI reference
n_weight_base obsolete since javascript 1.9.1 js_setthreadstacklimit obsolete since jsapi 13 js_setscriptstackquota obsolete since javascript 1.8.6 js_setoptions obsolete since jsapi 27 js_getoptions obsolete since jsapi 27 js_toggleoptions obsolete since jsapi 27 enum jsversion jsversion_ecma_3 jsversion_1_6 jsversion_1_7 jsversion_1_8 jsversion_ecma_5 jsversion_default jsversion_unknown jsversion_latest js_getimplementationversion js_getversion js_setversionforcompartment added in spidermonkey 31 js_stringtoversion js_versiontostring js_setversion obsolete since jsapi 25 js::currentglobalornull added in spidermonkey 31 js_getglobalforscopechain obsolete since jsapi 25 js_getglobalobject obsolete since jsapi 24 js_setglobalobject ob...
... js_samevalue memory management these functions act like the standard c malloc family of functions, except that errors are reported using the spidermonkey error apis rather than errno. these functions also allow spidermonkey to account the number of bytes allocated: js_malloc js_free js_realloc js_strdup struct jsfreeop added in spidermonkey 17 js_freeop added in spidermonkey 17 js_getdefaultfreeop added in spidermonkey 17 javascript objects, strings, and floating-point numbers are garbage collected. these functions provide access to the garbage collector: js_gc js_maybegc js_getgcparameter js_setgcparameter js_getgcparameterforthread added in spidermonkey 17 js_setgcparameterforthread added in spidermonkey 17 js_setgcparametersbasedonavailablememory added in spidermonkey 3...
... js_setprototype js_getprivate js_setprivate js_freezeobject added in spidermonkey 1.8.5 js_deepfreezeobject added in spidermonkey 1.8.5 js_isextensible added in spidermonkey 1.8.5 js_preventextensions added in spidermonkey 45 js_instanceof js_hasinstance js_isnative added in spidermonkey 17 js::toprimitiveadded in spidermonkey 45 js::newfunctionfromspecadded in spidermonkey 45 js_defaultvalueobsolete since jsapi 44 js_get_class obsolete since jsapi 13 js_sealobject obsolete since javascript 1.8.5 js_getparent obsolete since jsapi 39 js_setparent obsolete since jsapi 39 standard objects enum jsprotokey added in spidermonkey 24 js_getclassobject js_getclassprototype js::protokeytoid added in spidermonkey 38 js_idtoprotokey added in spidermonkey 31 js::identifystandard...
...And 5 more matches

nsIDOMEvent
ace. everything marked as gecko 16.0 was previously available in that interface. see bug 761613. ...
... void settrusted(in boolean atrusted); native code only! ...
...! void stopimmediatepropagation(); void stoppropagation(); attributes attribute type description bubbles boolean used to indicate whether or not an event is a bubbling event. if the event can bubble the value is true, else the value is false. read only. ...
...And 5 more matches

nsIDocShell
treeowner(in boolean forward, out boolean tookfocus); attributes attribute type description allowauth boolean certain dochshells (like the message pane) should not throw up auth dialogs because it can act as a password trojan. allowdnsprefetch boolean attribute that determines whether dns prefetch is allowed for this subtree of the docshell tree. defaults to true. setting this will make it take effect starting with the next document loaded in the docshell. allowimages boolean attribute stating whether or not images should be loaded. allowjavascript boolean whether to allow javascript execution. allowmedia boolean attribute stating whether or not media (audio/video) should be loaded. allowmet...
...an attribute stating if refresh based redirects can be allowed. allowplugins boolean whether to allow plugin execution. allowsubframes boolean attribute stating if it should allow subframes (framesets/iframes) or not. allowwindowcontrol boolean specifies whether or not content is allowed to control the window (that is, to resize or move the window). default is true, which lets content control the window. apptype unsigned long the type of application that created this window. types are defined in constants. busyflags unsigned long current busy state for docshell. valid states are defined in constants. read only. canexecutescripts boolean whether this docshell can execute scripts based on its hierarchy. th...
...gecko 12.0 note: the properties of the old nsidocumentcharsetinfo interface were merged into nsidocshell in gecko 12.0. eldestpresshell nsipresshell presentation shell for the oldest document, if this docshell is currently transitioning between documents. read only. native code only! forcedcharset nsiatom a character set to override the page's default character set while processing; this is tried before using any other character set during page loads. note: prior to gecko 12.0, this attribute was part of a separate nsidoccharsetinfo interface. hasfocus boolean tells the docshell that it now has focus or has lost focus. obsolete since gecko 1.9.2 historyid unsigned long long the id of the docshe...
...And 5 more matches

nsIExternalProtocolService
l protocol service is used for finding and launching web handlers (a la registerprotocolhandler in the html5 draft) or platform-specific applications for handling particular protocols. inherits from: nsisupports last changed in gecko 1.9 (firefox 3) you can ask the external protocol service if it has an external handler for a given protocol scheme. and you can ask it to load the url using the default handler. method overview boolean externalprotocolhandlerexists(in string aprotocolscheme); astring getapplicationdescription(in autf8string ascheme); nsihandlerinfo getprotocolhandlerinfo(in acstring aprotocolscheme); nsihandlerinfo getprotocolhandlerinfofromos(in acstring aprotocolscheme, out boolean afound); boolean isexposedprotocol(in string aprotocolscheme); void loaduri(in n...
...specifically, this looks to see whether there are any known possible application handlers in either the nsihandlerservice datastore or registered with the os. boolean externalprotocolhandlerexists( in string aprotocolscheme ); parame...
...tp:// urls exists } else { // suppress external-load warning for standard browser schemes pref("network.protocol-handler.external.tlcxp", true); pref("network.protocol-handler.app.tlcxp, "lzx"); } </pre> getprotocolhandlerinfo() retrieve the handler for the given protocol. ...
...And 5 more matches

Thunderbird Configuration Files
ofile folder and can be edited using a standard text editor, such as notepad on windows and gedit or kate on linux. locate your profile folder before the configuration files are presented, you should know how to find your profile folder, which is where thunderbird saves all your settings on your hard drive. ...
...to use it, click start > run... (use the search box on vista), enter %appdata% and press enter. ...
... characters. just browse to c:\documents and settings\[user name]\application data\thunderbird\profiles\ on windows xp/2000 or c:\users\[user name]\appdata\roaming\thunderbird\profiles\ on windows vista, and the rest should be obvious. on windows 95/98/me, the path is usually c:\windows\application data\thunderbird\profiles\xxxxxxxx.default\ on linux, the path is usually ~/.thunderbird/xxxxxxxx.default/ on mac os x, the path is usually ~/library/thunderbird/profiles/xxxxxxxx.default/ %appdata% is a shorthand for the application data path on windows 2000/xp/vista. to use it, click start > run... (use the search box on vista), enter %appdata% and press enter. you will be taken to the "real" folder, which is normally c:\documents and settings\[user name]\application data on windows xp/2000, c:\...
...And 5 more matches

Using COM from js-ctypes
shortcuts from javascript - comment 4 relavent topic bugzilla :: bug 505907 - support c++ calling from jsctypes converting com code to c code to convert com code to js-ctypes, we need to write c++ vtable pointers in c. after that, we can pass a pointer . ...
... $ cl ole32.lib test.cpp vtable needs vtable description here. ...
...it could be converted into js-ctypes in almost straightforward way. clsid and iid needs...
...And 5 more matches

CanvasRenderingContext2D - Web APIs
canvasrenderingcontext2d.filltext() draws (fills) a given text at the given (x, y) position. canvasrenderingcontext2d.stroketext() draws (strokes) a given text at the given (x, y) position. canvasrenderingcontext2d.measuretext() returns a textmetrics object. line styles the following methods and properties control how lines are drawn. canvasrenderingcontext2d.linewidth width of lines. default 1.0. canvasrenderingcontext2d.linecap type of endings on the end of lines. possible values: butt (default), round, square. canvasrenderingcontext2d.linejoin defines the type of corners where two lines meet. possible values: round, bevel, miter (default). canvasrenderingcontext2d.miterlimit miter limit ratio. default 10. canvasrenderingcontext2d.getlinedash() returns the current line dash ...
...t2d.getlinedash() returns the current line dash pattern array containing an even number of non-negative numbers. canvasrenderingcontext2d.setlinedash() sets the current line dash pattern. canvasrenderingcontext2d.linedashoffset specifies where to start a dash array on a line. text styles the following properties control how text is laid out. canvasrenderingcontext2d.font font setting. default value 10px sans-serif. canvasrenderingcontext2d.textalign text alignment setting. possible values: start (default), end, left, right, center. canvasrenderingcontext2d.textbaseline baseline alignment setting. possible values: top, hanging, middle, alphabetic (default), ideographic, bottom. canvasrenderingcontext2d.direction directionality. possible values: ltr, rtl, inherit (default). fill...
... gradients and patterns canvasrenderingcontext2d.createlineargradient() creates a linear gradient along the line given by the coordinates represented by the parameters. ...
...And 5 more matches

File drag and drop - Web APIs
ne the target element of the drop event needs an ondrop global event handler. the following code snippet shows how this is done with a <div> element: <div id="drop_zone" ondrop="drophandler(event);"> <p>drag one or more files to this drop zone ...</p> </div> typically, an application will include a dragover event handler on the drop target element and that handler will turn off the browser's default drag behavior. to add this handler, you need to include a ondragover global event handler: <div id="drop_zone" ondrop="drophandler(event);" ondragover="dragoverhandler(event);"> <p>drag one or more files to this drop zone ...</p> </div> lastly, an application may want to style the drop target element to visually indicate the element is a drop zone. in this example, the drop target element us...
...e; otherwise the datatransfer interface's files property is used to access each file. this example shows how to write the name of each dragged file to the console. in a real application, an application may want to process a file using the file api. note that in this example, any drag item that is not a file is ignored. ...
...ed to access each file. this example shows how to write the name of each dragged file to the console. in a real application, an application may want to process a file using the file api. note that in this example, any drag item that is not a file is ignored. function drophandler(ev) { console.log('file(s) dropped'); // prevent default behavior (prevent file from being opened) ev.preventdefault(); if (ev.datatransfer.items) { // use datatransferitemlist interface to access the file(s) for (var i = 0; i < ev.datatransfer.items.length; i++) { // if dropped items aren't files, reject them if (ev.datatransfer.items[i].kind === 'file') { var file = ev.datatransfer.items[i].getasfile(); console.log('... file[' + i + '].name = ' + file.name); } ...
...And 5 more matches

Using readable streams - Web APIs
s is done using the readablestream.getreader() method: // fetch the original image fetch('./tortoise.png') // retrieve its body as readablestream .then(response => response.body) .then(body => { const reader = body.getreader(); invoking this method creates a reader and locks it to the stream — no other reader may read this stream until this reader is released, e.g. by invoking readablestreamdefaultreader.releaselock(). also note that the previous example can be reduced by one step, as response.body is synchronous and so doesn't need the promise: // fetch the original image fetch('./tortoise.png') // retrieve its body as readablestream .then(response => { const reader = response.body.getreader(); reading the stream now you’ve got your reader attached, you can read data chunks...
...this reads one chunk out of the stream, which you can then do anything you like with. for example, our simple stream pump example goes on to enqueue each chunk in a new, custom readablestream (we will find more about this in the next section), then create a new response out of it, consume it as a blob, create an object url out of that blob using url.createobjecturl(), and the...
...alse }. if the stream becomes closed, the promise will be fulfilled with an object of the form { value: undefined, done: true }. if the stream becomes errored, the promise will be rejected with the relevant error. next, we check whether done is true. if so, there are no more chunks to read (the value is undefined) so we return out of the function and close the custom stream with readablestreamdefaultcontroller.close(): if (done) { controller.close(); return; } note: close() is part of the new custom stream, not the original stream we are discussing here. we’ll explain more about the custom stream in the next section. if done is not true, we process the new chunk we’ve read (contained in the value property of the results object) and then call the pump() function again to read the ...
...And 5 more matches

Box alignment in CSS Grid Layout - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
completely, in which case the height of each <div> stretches to fill its grid area. the align-items property sets the align-self property for all of the child grid items. this means that you can set the property individually, by using align-self on a grid item. in this next example, i am using the align-self property, to demonstrate the different alignment values. the first area, is showing the default behavior of align-self, which is to stretch. the second item, has an align-self value of start, the third end and the fourth center. * {box-sizing: border-box;} .wrapper { border: 2px solid #f76707; border-radius: 5px; background-color: #fff4e6; } .wrapper > div { border: 2px solid #ffa94d; border-radius: 5px; background-color: #ffd8a8; padding: 1em; color: #d...
... this behavior has now been clarified in the specification, with browsers yet to implement the correct behavior. until that happens, you can ensure that items ...
... this behavior has now been clarified in the specification, with browsers yet to implement the correct behavior. ...
...And 5 more matches

Using CSS gradients - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
in a straight line. a basic linear gradient to create the most basic type of gradient, all you need is to specify two colors. these are called color stops. you must have at least two, but you can have as many as you want. <div class="simple-linear"></div> div { width: 120px; height: 120px; } .simple-linear { background: linear-gradient(blue, pink); } changing the direction by default, linear gradients run from top to bottom. you can change their rotation by specifying a direction. <div class="horizontal-gradient"></div> div { width: 120px; height: 120px; } .horizontal-gradient { background: linear-gradient(to right, blue, pink); } diagonal gradients you can even make the gradient run diagonally, from corner to corner. <div class="diagonal-gradient"></div> ...
...f position-dependent colors. the colors produced by css gradients can vary continuously with position, producing smooth color transitions. it is also possible to create bands of solid colors, and hard transitions between two colors. the following are valid for all gradient functions: using more than two colors you don't have to limit yourself to two colors—you may use as many as you like! by default, colors are evenly spaced along the gradient. <div class="auto-spaced-linear-gradient"></div> div { width: 120px; height: 120px; } .auto-spaced-linear-gradient { background: linear-gradient(red, yellow, blue, orange); } positioning color stops you don't have to leave your color stops at their default positions. to fine-tune their locations, you can give each one zero, one, or t...
...two colors, creating a stripe instead of a gradual transition, adjacent color stops can be set to the same location. in this example, the colors share a color stop at the 50% mark, halfway through the gradient: <div class="striped"></div> div { width: 120px; height: 120px; } .striped { background: linear-gradient(to bottom left, cyan 50%, palegoldenrod 50%); } gradient hints by default, the gradient transitions evenly from one color to the next. you can include a color-hint to move the midpoint of the transition value to a certain point along the gradient. in this example, we've moved the midpoint of the transition from the 50% mark to the 10% mark. <div class="color-hint"></div> <div class="simple-linear"></div> div { width: 120px; height: 120px; float: left; margin-rig...
...And 5 more matches

Creating a cross-browser video player - Developer guides
the player controls themselves won't be styled beyond the basics required to get them working; full styling of the player will be taken care of in a future article. ...
...doing things this way still allows users who have javascript turned off (for whatever reason) to still have access to the browser's native controls. a poster image is defined for the video, and the preload attribute is set to metadata, which informs the browser that it should initially only attempt to load the metadata from the video file rather...
...ill allow playback of the mp4 video source, provided the end user has flash installed. in addition a download link is displayed to allow users to download the mp4 video file, should they wish to (providing those without flash installed with a method of viewing the video, a fallback for a fallback if you like). the code above would allow playback of the video in most browsers, using the browser's default control set. the next step is to define a custom control set, also in html, which will be used to control the video. the control set most browser's default video controls have the following functionality: play/pause mute volume control progress bar skip ahead go fullscreen the custom control set will also support this functionality, with the addition of a stop button. once again the ...
...And 5 more matches

<input type="checkbox"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
the exact appearance depends upon the operating system configuration under which the browser is running. generally this is a square but it may have rounded corners. a checkbox allows you to select single values for submission in a form (or not). the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. ...
...d="subscribenews" name="subscribe" value="newsletter"> <label for="subscribenews">subscribe to newsletter?</label> </div> <div> <button type="submit">subscribe</button> </div> </form> in this example, we've got a name of subscribe, and a value of newsletter. when the form is submitted, the data name/value pair will be subscribe=newsletter. ...
... be subscribe=newsletter. if the value attribute was omitted, the default value for the checkbox is on, so the submitted data in that case would be subscribe=on. note: if a checkbox is unchecked when its form is submitted, there is no value submitted to the server to represent its unchecked state (e.g. value=unchecked); the value is not submitted to the server at all. if you wanted to submit a default value for the checkbox when it is unchecked, you could include an <input type="hidden"> inside the form with the same name and value, generated by javascript perhaps. additional attributes in addition to the common attributes shared by all <input> elements, "checkbox" inputs support the following attributes: attribute description checked boolean; if present, the ch...
...And 5 more matches

<input type="number"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
of type number, a number input falls back to type text. value any floating-point number, or empty. events change and input supported common attributes autocomplete, list, placeholder, readonly idl attributes list, value, valueasnumber methods select(), stepup(), stepdown() value any floating-point number, or empty. ...
...: because a read-only field cannot have a value, required does not have any effect on inputs with the readonly attribute also specified. step the step attribute is a number that specifies the granularity that the value must adhere to, or the special value any, which is described below. only values which are equal to the basis for stepping (min if specified, value otherwise, and an appropriate default value if neither of those is provided) are valid. a string value of any means that no stepping is implied, and any value is allowed (barring other constraints, such as min and max). note: when the data entered by the user doesn't adhere to the stepping configuration, the user agent may round to the nearest valid value, preferring numbers in the positive direction when there are two equally clo...
...f those is provided) are valid. a string value of any means that no stepping is implied, and any value is allowed (barring other constraints, such as min and max). note: when the data entered by the user doesn't adhere to the stepping configuration, the user agent may round to the nearest valid value, preferring numbers in the positive direction when there are two equally close options. the default stepping value for number inputs is 1, allowing only integers to be entered—unless the stepping base is not an integer. using number inputs <input type="number"> elements can help simplify your work when building the user interface and logic for entering numbers into a form. when you create a number input with the proper type value, number, you get automatic validation that the entered text i...
...And 5 more matches

<input type="radio"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
, which isn't helpful. so don't forget to set your value attributes! note: if no radio button is selected when the form is submitted, the radio group is not included in the submitted form data at all, since there is no value to report. it's fairly uncommon to actually want to allow the form to be submitted without any of the radio buttons in a group selected, so it is usually wise to have one default to the checked state. see selecting a radio button by default below. let's add a little bit of code to our example so we can examine the data generated by this form. the html is revised to add a <pre> block to output the form data into: <form> <p>please select your preferred contact method:</p> <div> <input type="radio" id="contactchoice1" name="contact" value="email"> <l...
... additional attributes in addition to the common attributes shared by all <input> elements, radio inputs support the following attributes: attribute description checked a boolean indicating whether or not this radio button is the currently-selected item in the ...
...hecked a boolean indicating whether or not this radio button is the currently-selected item in the group value the string to use as the value of the radio when submitting the form, if the radio is currently toggled on checked a boolean attribute which, if present, indicates that this radio button is the currently selected one in the group. unlike other browsers, firefox by default persists the dynamic checked state of an <input> across page loads. use the autocomplete attribute to control this feature. value the value attribute is one which all <input>s share; however, it serves a special purpose for inputs of type radio: when a form is submitted, only radio buttons which are currently checked are submitted to the server, and the reported value is the value of the value ...
...And 5 more matches

<input type="url"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
the <datalist> provides a list of predefined values to suggest to the user for this input. any values in the list that are not compatible with the type are not included in the suggested options. the values provided are suggestions, not requireme...
...er, still be changed by javascript code directly setting the htmlinputelement.value property. note: because a read-only field cannot have a value, required does not have any effect on inputs with the readonly attribute also specified. size the size attribute is a numeric value indicating how many characters wide the input field should be. the value must be a number greater than zero, and the default value is 20. since character widths vary, this may or may not be exact and should not be relied upon to be so; the resulting input may be narrower or wider than the specified number of characters, depending on the characters and the font (font settings in use). this does not set a limit on how many characters the user can enter into the field. it only specifies approximately how many can be seen...
... which is used to indicate whether or not to enable spell checking for an element. it can be used on any editable content, but here we consider specifics related to the use of spellcheck on <input> elements. the permitted values for spellcheck are: false disable spell checking for this element. true enable spell checking for this element. "" (empty string) or no value follow the element's default behavior for spell checking. this may be based upon a parent's spellcheck setting or other factors. an input field can have spell checking enabled if it doesn't have the readonly attribute set and is not disabled. the value returned by reading spellcheck may not reflect the actual state of spell checking within a control, if the user agent's preferences override the setting. non-standard attr...
...And 5 more matches

Standard metadata names - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
tion. it is different from the <title> element, which usually contain the application name, but may also contain information like the document name or a status. simple web pages shouldn't define an application-name. author: the name of the document's author. description: a short and accurate summary of the content of the page. several browsers, like firefox and opera, use this as the default description of bookmarked pages. generator: the identifier of the software that generated the page. keywords: words relevant to the page's content separated by commas. referrer: controls the http referer header for to requests sent from the document: values for the content attribute of <meta name="referrer"> no-referrer do not send a http referer header. ...
...ues for the content attribute of <meta name="referrer"> no-referrer do not send a http referer header. origin send the origin of the document. no-referrer-when-downgrade send the full url when the destination is at least as secure as the current page (http(s)→https), but send no referrer when it's less secure (https→http). this is the default behaviour. origin-when-cross-origin send the full url (stripped of parameters) for same-origin requests, but only send the origin for other cases. same-origin send the full url (stripped of parameters) for same-origin requests. cross-origin requests will contain no referrer header. strict-origin send the origin when the destination is at...
...r everything from background and foregrounds to form controls and scrollbars. the primary use for <meta name="color-scheme"> is to indicate compatibility with—and order of preference for—light and dark color modes. the value of the content property for color-scheme may be one of the following: normal the document is unaware of color schemes and should simply be rendered using the default color palette. [light | dark]+ one or more color schemes supported by the document. specifying the same color scheme more than once has the same effect as specifying it only once. indicating multiple color schemes indicates that the first scheme is preferred by the document, but that the second specified scheme is acceptable if the user prefers it. only light indicates that the docume...
...And 5 more matches

Details of the object model - JavaScript
constructor function or prototype specifies an initial set of properties. can add or remove properties dynamically to individual objects or to the entire set of objects. the employee example the remainder of this chapter uses the employee hierarchy shown in the following figure. a simple object hierarchy with the following objects: employee has the properties name (whose value defaults to the empty string) and dept (whose value defaults to "general"). manager is based on employee. it adds the reports property (whose value defaults to an empty array, intended to have an array of employee objects as its value). workerbee is also based on employee. it adds the projects property (whose value defaults to an empty array, intended to have an array of strings as its value). salespe...
... manager is based on employee. it adds the reports property (whose value defaults to an empty array, intended to have an array of employee objects as its value). workerbee is also based on employee. it adds the projects property (whose value defaults to an empty array, intended to have an array of strings as its value). salesperson is based on workerbee. it adds the quota property (whose value defaults to 100). it also overrides the dept property with the value "sales", indicating that all salespersons are in the same department. engineer is based on workerbee. it adds the machine property (whose value defaults to the empty string) and also overrides the dept property with the value "engineering". creating the hierarchy there are several ways to define appropriate constructor functions t...
...mplement the employee hierarchy. how you choose to define them depends largely on what you want to be able to do in your application. this section shows how to use very simple (and comparatively inflexible) definitions to demonstrate how to get the inheritance to work. in these definitions, you cannot specify any property values when you create an object. the newly-created object simply gets the default values, which you can change at a later time. in a real application, you would probably define constructors that allow you to provide property values at object creation time (see more flexible constructors for information). for now, these simple definitions demonstrate how the inheritance occurs. the following java and javascript employee definitions are similar. the only difference is that you...
...And 5 more matches

Autoplay guide for media and Web Audio APIs - Web media technologies
ve it already, they are welcome to pitch in with this section... the autoplay feature policy in addition to the browser-side management and control over autoplay functionality described above, a web server can also express its willingness to allow autoplay to function. the http feature-policy header's autoplay directive is used to control which domains, if any, can be used to autoplay media. by default, the autoplay feature policy is set to 'self' (including the single quote characters), indicating that autoplay is permitted as they're hosted on the same domain as the document. you can also specify 'none' to disable autoplay entirely, '*' to allow autoplay from all domains, or one or more specific origins from which media can be automatically played. these origins are separated by space charac...
...are offered here. handling autoplay failure with media controls a common use case for autoplay is to automatically begin to play a video clip that goes along with an article, an advertisement, or a preview of the page's main functionality. to autoplay videos like these, you have two options: don't have an audio track, or have an audio track but configure the <video> element to mute the audio by default, like this: <video src="/videos/awesomevid.webm" controls autoplay muted> this video element is configured to include the user controls (typically play/pause, scrubbing through the video's timeline, volume control, and muting); also, since the muted attribute is included, the video will autoplay but with the audio muted. the user has the option, however, of re-enabling the audio by clicking on ...
... special significance or importance to you as a web developer are listed. these include any that may aid in testing or debugging as well as any that could be set in a way that you need to be prepared to handle. firefox media.allowed-to-play.enabled a boolean preference which specifies whether or not the htmlmediaelement.allowedtoplay property is exposed to the web. this is currently false by default (except in nightly builds, where it's true by default). if this is false, the allowedtoplay property is missing from the htmlmediaelement interface, and is thus not present on either <audio> or <video> elements. media.autoplay.allow-extension-background-pages this boolean preference, if true, allows browser extensions' background scripts to autoplay audio media. setting this value to false disa...
...And 5 more matches

<pattern> - SVG: Scalable Vector Graphics
iewbox="0,0,10,10" width="10%" height="10%"> <polygon points="0,0 2,5 0,10 5,8 10,10 8,5 10,0 5,2"/> </pattern> </defs> <circle cx="50" cy="50" r="50" fill="url(#star)"/> <circle cx="180" cy="50" r="40" fill="none" stroke-width="20" stroke="url(#star)"/> </svg> attributes height this attribute determines the height of the pattern tile. ...
... 5,2"/> </pattern> </defs> <circle cx="50" cy="50" r="50" fill="url(#star)"/> <circle cx="180" cy="50" r="40" fill="none" stroke-width="20" stroke="url(#star)"/> </svg> attributes height this attribute determines the height of the pattern tile. value type: <length>|<percentage>; default value: 0; animatable: yes href this attribute reference a template pattern that provides default values for the <pattern> attributes. value type: <url>; default value: none; animatable: yes patterncontentunits this attribute defines the coordinate system for the contents of the <pattern>. value type: userspaceonuse|objectboundingbox; default value: userspaceonuse; animatable: yes note: this attribute has no effect if a viewbox attribute is specified on the <pattern> element. patternt...
...ern>. value type: userspaceonuse|objectboundingbox; default value: userspaceonuse; animatable: yes note: this attribute has no effect if a viewbox attribute is specified on the <pattern> element. patterntransform this attribute contains the definition of an optional additional transformation from the pattern coordinate system onto the target coordinate system. value type: <transform-list>; default value: none; animatable: yes patternunits this attribute defines the coordinate system for attributes x, y, width , and height. value type: userspaceonuse|objectboundingbox; default value: objectboundingbox; animatable: yes preserveaspectratio this attribute defines how the svg fragment must be deformed if it is embedded in a container with a different aspect ratio. value type: (none| xminy...
...And 5 more matches

platform/xpcom - Archive of obsolete content
something like this: var id = components.manager.queryinterface(ci.nsicomponentregistrar). contractidtocid('@me.org/helloworld'); var wrapper = components.classesbyid[id].createinstance(ci.nsisupports); the xpcom module exports a function factorybycontract to simplify this technique: var wrapper = xpcom.factorybycontract('@me.org/helloworld').createinstance(ci.nsisupports); registration by default, factories are registered and unregistered automatically. to learn more about this, see registering and unregistering. implementing xpcom services the xpcom module exports a class called service which you can use to define xpcom services, making them available to all xpcom users. this example implements a logging service that just appends a timestamp to all logged messages. the logger itself i...
... you can override this behavior using the register and unregister options...
...{ contract: contractid, component: timestampedlogger }); // access the service using getservice() var wrapper = cc[contractid].getservice(ci.nsisupports); var logger = wrapper.wrappedjsobject; logger.log('a timestamped message'); by default, services are registered and unregistered automatically. to learn more about this, see registering and unregistering. registering and unregistering by default, factories and services are registered with xpcom automatically when they are created, and unregistered automatically when the add-on that created them is unloaded. you can override this behavior using the register and unregister options to the factory or service constructor: var xpcom = require('sdk/platform/xpcom'); var factory = xpcom.factory({ contract: contractid, component: helloworl...
...And 4 more matches

preferences/service - Archive of obsolete content
just the preferences for your own add-on and expose them to the user in the add-on manager. globals functions set(name, value) sets the application preference name to value. parameters name : string preference name. value : string,number,boolean preference value. example: var name = "extensions.checkcompatibility.nightly"; require("sdk/preferences/service").set(name, false); get(name, defaultvalue) gets the application preference name. parameters name : string defaultvalue : string,number,boolean preference value. returns string,number,boolean : preference value, returns defaultvalue if no preference is set, returns undefined if defaultvalue is not provided. example: var name = "extensions.checkcompatibility.nightly"; var nightlycompatchk = require("sdk/preferences/service").
...} keys(root) parameters root : string preference root name. returns array : returns an array of strings representing the child preferences of the root of this branch. isset(name) parameters name : string preference name. ...
...equire("sdk/preferences/service").has(name)) { // ... } keys(root) parameters root : string preference root name. returns array : returns an array of strings representing the child preferences of the root of this branch. isset(name) parameters name : string preference name. ...
...And 4 more matches

cfx - Archive of obsolete content
n data docs main.md lib main.js package.json readme.md tests test-main.js cfx run this command is used to run the add-on. called with no options it looks for a file called package.json in the current directory, loads the corresponding add-on, and runs it under the version of firefox it finds in the platform's default install path. supported options you can point cfx run at a different package.json file using the --pkgdir option, and pass arguments to your add-on using the --static-args option. you can specify a different version of the host application using the --binary option, passing in the path to the application binary to run. the path may be specified as a full path or may be relative to the current ...
..." for more information. --package-path=packagepath extra directories for package search. --pkgdir=pkgdir use an add-on located in pkgdir. pkgdir may be specified as a full path or as a path relative to the current directory. --static-args=static_args pass arguments to your add-on, in json format. experimental options -a app, --app=app by default, cfx run uses firefox as the host application. this option enables you to select a different host. you can specify "firefox", "xulrunner", "fennec", or "thunderbird". but note that at present only firefox is supported. --no-run with this option cfx will not execute the command, but will print out the command that it would have used to execute the command. for example, if you...
...--profiledir" for more information. --package-path=packagepath extra directories for package search. --pkgdir=pkgdir use an add-on located in pkgdir. pkgdir may be specified as a full path or as a path relative to the current directory. --times=iterations execute tests iterations number of times. experimental options -a app, --app=app by default, cfx test uses firefox as the host application. this option enables you to select a different host. you can specify "firefox", "xulrunner", "fennec", or "thunderbird". but note that at present only firefox is supported. --check-memory attempts to detect leaked compartments after a test run. --no-run with this option cfx will not execute the command, but will print out...
...And 4 more matches

Finding window handles - Archive of obsolete content
.getinterface(ci.nsibasewindow); var nswindowstring = basewindow.nativehandle; components.utils.import('resource://gre/modules/ctypes.jsm'); var objc = ctypes.open(ctypes.libraryname('objc')); // types let id = ctypes.voidptr_t; let sel = ctypes.voidptr_t; // constants let nil = ctypes.voidptr_t(0); //common functions let sel_registername = objc.declare('sel_registername', ctypes.default_abi, sel, ctypes.char.ptr); let objc_msgsend = objc.declare('objc_msgsend', ctypes.default_abi, id, id, sel, '...'); /* https://developer.apple.com/library/mac/documentation/cocoa/reference/applicationkit/classes/nsapplication_class/index.html#//apple_ref/occ/instp/nsapplication/orderfront: * [nswindowptr orderfront:nil] */ var orderfront = sel_registername('orderfront:'); var nswindowptr =...
...dow* gdkwindow* to xid var gdkwindow = ctypes.structtype('gdkwindow'); var gdkdrawable = ctypes.structtype('gdkdrawable'); var card32 = /^(alpha|hppa|ia64|ppc64|s390|x86_64)-/.test(services.appinfo.xpcomabi) ? ctypes.unsigned_int : ctypes.unsigned_long; var xid = card32; var gdk = ctypes.open('libgdk-x11-2.0.so.0'); var gdk_x11_drawable_get_xid = gdk.declare('gdk_x11_drawable_get_xid', ctypes.default_abi, xid, gdkdrawable.ptr); var gdkwindowptrstring = basewindow.nativehandle; var gdkwinptr = gdkwindow.ptr(ctypes.uint64(gdkwindowptrstring)); var gdkdrawptr = ctypes.cast(gdkwinptr, gdkdrawable.ptr); var xidofwin = gdk_x11_drawable_get_xid(gdkdrawptr); gdkwindow* to gtkwindow* how to get the gtkwindow* from the gdkwindow*? mozilla developers have put the reference to the gtkwindow* into th...
...kwindow = ctypes.structtype('gtkwindow'); var gtkwidget = ctypes.structtype('gtkwidget'); /***** this part is from the gdkwindow* to gtkwindow* example above var gdkwindowptrstring = basewindow.nativehandle; var gdkwinptr = gdkwindow.ptr(ctypes.uint64(gdkwindowptrstring)); var gdk = ctypes.open('libgdk-x11-2.0.so.0'); var gdk_window_get_user_data = gdk.declare('gdk_window_get_user_data', ctypes.default_abi, ctypes.void_t, gdkwindow.ptr, gpointer.ptr); var gptr = gpointer(); gdk_window_get_user_data(gdkwinptr, gptr.address()); var gtkwinptr = ctypes.cast(gptr, gtkwindow.ptr); // we now have gtkwindow* */ // lets take it back to gdkwindow* var gtk = ctypes.open('libgtk-x11-2.0.so.0'); var gtk_widget_get_window = gtk.declare('gtk_widget_get_window', ctypes.default_abi, gdkwindow.ptr, gtkwidget.
...And 4 more matches

Enhanced Extension Installation - Archive of obsolete content
ifficult/annoying for developers, who are forced to either dangerously hand-edit all the appropriate manifest files, or package their code as a xpi and install it that way every time they make a change. the state of the world install locations in firefox 1.0 extensions can be installed into only two locations: the firefox user's profile directory directory, e.g. ~/.mozilla/firefox/abcdefgh.default/extensions/ the firefox application directory, e.g. c:\program files\mozilla firefox\extensions extension metadata the extension system stores metadata in both of the two locations, in the following files: <location>/extensions/extensions.rdf - an xml/rdf datasource listing all the extensions installed at that location. <location>/extensions.ini - an ini manifest listing the directories f...
...oreg file to the profile folder which tells the startup system that something has changed on the next restart. a copy of the xpi file the item was installed from is set aside since the xpinstall system cleans up the temporary file it hands to the extension system. if the item is not compatible, the extension system asks the appropriate update service (either the one specified by the item, or the default one) if there is remote compatibility information that supercedes the compatibility information held by the item. if there is, and this remote information makes it so that the item is now compatible with the running version of the application, the item is configured in the manner described above (metadata written, added to container). finalization for themes, the item is immediately installed f...
...by the item. if there is, and this remote information makes it so that the item is now compatible with the running version of the application, the item is configured in the manner described above (metadata written, added to container). finalization for themes, the item is immediately installed fully, rather than awaiting the next restart, since themes do not supply xpcom components, preferences defaults etc. for extensions, on the next startup, the startup system notices the presence of the .autoreg file and starts the extension manager with a "dirty" flag, telling it to finish any install operations that may be pending. the extension manager loads the xml/rdf datasources (this is allowable and necessary because a major change has happened) and gets a list of all items that need to be install...
...And 4 more matches

ContextMenus - Archive of obsolete content
ener attached using the oncontextmenu attribute. as textboxes have a context menu built in, the event will fire before an attempt to open the context menu. however, the event will also fire when the label is right-clicked for instance, so the event handler should check to make sure that the target of the contextmenu event is what is desired. ...
... open the context menu. however, the event will also fire when the label is right-clicked for instance, so the event handler should check to make sure that the target of the contextmenu event is what is desired. to cancel a context menu event, you can use the preventdefault method of the event object. function checkcontextmenu(event) { if (event.target.localname == "textbox") event.preventdefault(); } function init() { var container = document.getelementbyid("container"); container.addeventlistener("contextmenu", checkcontextmenu, true); } the 'checkcontextmenu' function checks to see if the textbox was the target of the context menu and, if so, cancels the event using the preventdefault method. this has the effect of disabling the context menu. the event listener is attached using...
...ments you want the context menu to apply to. one technique is to attach a context menu to an entire document area. for instance, the firefox browser applies a single context menu to the browser area which displays web pages. for example, the following will attach a context menu with the id 'contentareacontextmenu' to a browser element: <browser context="contentareacontextmenu"> indicating the default item on some platforms, one of the items in a context menu is marked as being a default operation. typically, this will cause the menuitem's label to appear in the context menu in bold. what constitutes the default item isn't specified, but is usually the operation carried out when the item was left-clicked or pressed normally, as opposed to context clicked. you can indicate this item, if it app...
...And 4 more matches

Positioning - Archive of obsolete content
however, the submenu will appear to the left instead for right to left locales. ...
...however, the submenu will appear to the left instead for right to left locales. ...
...however, the submenu will appear to the left instead for right to left locales. ...
...And 4 more matches

Element Positioning - Archive of obsolete content
element is determined by two factors, the size that the element wants to be and the size you specify. the size that an element wants to be is determined by what is in the element. for example, a button's width is determined by the amount of text inside the button. an element will generally be as large as it needs to be to hold its contents, and no larger. some elements, such as textboxes have a default size, which will be used. a box will be large enough to hold the elements inside the box. a horizontal box with three buttons in it will be as wide as the three buttons, plus a small amount of padding. in the image, the first two buttons have been given a suitable size to hold their text. the third button is larger because it contains more content. the width of the box containing the buttons i...
...element will be created with that width and height. if you specify only one size property, the other is calculated as needed. the size of these style properties should be specified as a number followed by a unit. flexible elements the sizes are fairly easy to calculate for non-flexible elements. they simply obey their specified widths and heights, and if the size wasn't specified, the element's default size is just large enough to fit the contents. for flexible elements, the calculation is slightly trickier. flexible elements are those that have a flex attribute set to a value greater than 0. recall that flexible elements grow and shrink to fit the available space. their default size is still calculated the same as for inflexible elements. the following example demonstrates this: example 2 : ...
...ates this: example 2 : source view <window orient="horizontal" xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"> <hbox> <button label="yes" flex="1"/> <button label="no"/> <button label="i really don't know one way or the other"/> </hbox> </window> the window will initially appear like in the image earlier. the first two buttons will be sized at a suitable default width and the third button will be larger because it has a longer label. the first button is made flexible and all three elements have been placed inside a box. the width of the box will be set to the initial total width of all three buttons (around 430 pixels in the image). if you increase the width of the window, elements are checked to see whether they are flexible to fill the blank space tha...
...And 4 more matches

XUL element attributes - Archive of obsolete content
ld elements are placed on the right or bottom edge of the box. if the box is larger than the total size of the children, the extra space is placed on the left or top side. baseline this value applies to horizontally oriented boxes only. it causes the child elements to be aligned so that their text labels are lined up. stretch this is the default value. the child elements are stretched to fit the size of the box. for a horizontal box, the children are stretched to be the height of the box. for a vertical box, the children are stretched to be the width of the box. if the size of the box changes, the children stretch to fit. use the flex attribute to create elements that stretch in the opposite direction. left ...
...he style property -moz-box-align. allowevents type: boolean if true, events are passed to children of the element. otherwise, events are passed to the element only. allownegativeassertions type: boolean valid on any element that has a datasources attribute. when multiple datasources are used, one may override an assertion from another. this attribute, if true, which is the default, allows a datasource to negate an earlier assertion. class type: string the style class of the element. multiple classes may be specified by separating them with spaces. coalesceduplicatearcs type: boolean valid on any element that has a datasources attribute. when multiple datasources are used, one may override an assertion from another. this attribute, if true, which is the de...
...ch indicates how an element's container distributes remaining empty space among its children. flexible elements grow and shrink to fit their given space. elements with larger flex values will be made larger than elements with lower flex values, at the ratio determined by the two elements. the actual value is not relevant unless there are other flexible elements within the same container. once the default sizes of elements in a box are calculated, the remaining space in the box is divided among the flexible elements, according to their flex ratios. specifying a flex value of 0 has the same effect as leaving the flex attribute out entirely. height type: string (representing an integer) the preferred height of the element in pixels. the actual displayed height may be different if the elemen...
...And 4 more matches

dialog - Archive of obsolete content
torial and dialogs and prompts (code snippets). ...
.... ...
... buttons type: comma-separated list of the values below a comma-separated list of buttons to appear in the dialog box. the buttons will be placed in suitable locations for the user's platform and basic event handling will be performed automatically. the following values can be used in the list: accept: the ok button, which will accept the changes when pressed. this button will also be the default button. cancel: the cancel button which will cancel the operation. help: a help button for displaying help about the dialog. disclosure: a button to show more information. this might be a button or a disclosure triangle. extra1: an optional additional button. you can set its label with the buttonlabelextra1 attribute. extra2: a second optional additional button. you can set its label wi...
...And 4 more matches

toolbar - Archive of obsolete content
it can be collapsed with a grippy when the toolbar is placed inside a toolbox. the toolbar should always have an id attribute. note: gecko 2.0 adds support for external toolbars. these are toolbars that are not children of a toolbox element. you can associate an external toolbar with a toolbox for the purpose of managing your toolbars by setting the toolboxid property on the toolbar. ...
...displayed. in earlier versions, a copy of each item was created and placed on the toolbar. this means that the palette now only contains items not already in the toolbar. this introduces a potential compatibility problem for extensions that depend on being able to identify all possible toolbar items by looking in the toolbarpalette. ...
...ar"> <toolbarbutton id="nav-users" accesskey="u" label="users"/> <toolbarbutton id="nav-groups" accesskey="p" label="groups"/> <toolbarbutton id="nav-events" accesskey="e" label="events" disabled="true"/> </toolbar> </toolbox> attributes autohide type: boolean when set to true, the toolbar will be invisible unless the alt key is pressed by the user. when set to false, the default, the toolbar is visible. this only has an effect on windows and needs to be combined with type="menubar" and a menubar element. currentset not in seamonkey 1.x type: comma-separated string the current set of displayed items on the toolbar. this will be modified when the user customizes the toolbar. the value of this attribute should be a comma-separated list of item ids from the toolbarp...
...And 4 more matches

The box model - Learn web development
r. in most cases this means that the box will become as wide as its container, filling up 100% of the space available. the width and height properties are respected. padding, margin and border will cause other elements to be pushed away from the box unless we decide to change the display type to inline, elements such as headings (e.g. <h1>) and <p> all use block as their outer display type by default. if a box has an outer display type of inline, then: the box will not break onto a new line. the width and height properties will not apply. vertical padding, margins, and borders will apply but will not cause other inline boxes to move away from the box. horizontal padding, margins, and borders will apply and will cause other inline boxes to move away from the box. the <a> element, used...
...e. the width and height properties will not apply. vertical padding, margins, and borders will apply but will not cause other inline boxes to move away from the box. horizontal padding, margins, and borders will apply and will cause other inline boxes to move away from the box. the <a> element, used for links, <span>, <em> and <strong> are all examples of elements that will display inline by default. the type of box applied to an element is defined by display property values such as block and inline, and relates to the outer value of display. aside: inner and outer display types at this point, we'd better also explain inner and outer display types. as mentioned above, boxes in css have an outer display type, which details whether the box is block or inline. boxes also have an inner displ...
...such as block and inline, and relates to the outer value of display. aside: inner and outer display types at this point, we'd better also explain inner and outer display types. as mentioned above, boxes in css have an outer display type, which details whether the box is block or inline. boxes also have an inner display type, however, which dictates how elements inside that box are laid out. by default, the elements inside a box are laid out in normal flow, which means that they behave just like any other block and inline elements (as explained above). we can, however, change the inner display type by using display values like flex. if we set display: flex; on an element, the outer display type is block, but the inner display type is changed to flex. any direct children of this box will become...
...And 4 more matches

Positioning - Learn web development
n your local computer, if possible — grab a copy of 0_basic-flow.html from our github repo (source code here) and use that as a starting point. introducing positioning the whole idea of positioning is to allow us to override the basic document flow behavior described above, to produce interesting effects. what if you want to slightly alter the position of some boxes inside a layout from their default layout flow position, to give a slightly quirky, distressed feel? positioning is your tool. or if you want to create a ui element that floats over the top of other parts of the page, and/or always sits in the same place inside the browser window no matter how much the page is scrolled? positioning makes such layout work possible. there are a number of different types of positioning that you can ...
...f the page, and/or always sits in the same place inside the browser window no matter how much the page is scrolled? positioning makes such layout work possible. there are a number of different types of positioning that you can put into effect on html elements. to make a specific type of positioning active on an element, we use the position property. static positioning static positioning is the default that every element gets — it just means "put the element into its normal position in the document layout flow — nothing special to see here." to demonstrate this, and get your example set up for future sections, first add a class of positioned to the second <p> in the html: <p class="positioned"> ... </p> now add the following rule to the bottom of your css: .positioned { position: stat...
...s, first add a class of positioned to the second <p> in the html: <p class="positioned"> ... </p> now add the following rule to the bottom of your css: .positioned { position: static; background: yellow; } if you now save and refresh, you'll see no difference at all, except for the updated background color of the 2nd paragraph. this is fine — as we said before, static positioning is the default behavior! note: you can see the example at this point live at 1_static-positioning.html (see source code). relative positioning relative positioning is the first position type we'll take a look at. this is very similar to static positioning, except that once the positioned element has taken its place in the normal layout flow, you can then modify its final position, including making it overl...
...And 4 more matches

Fundamental text and font styling - Learn web development
r the color property sets the color of the foreground content of the selected elements (which is usually the text, but can also include a couple of other things, such as an underline or overline placed on text using the text-decoration property). color can accept any css color unit, for example: p { color: red; } this will cause the paragraphs to become red, rather than the standard browser default black, like so: <h1>tommy the cat</h1> <p>well i remember it as though it were a meal ago...</p> <p>said tommy the cat as he reeled back to clear whatever foreign matter may have nestled its way into his mighty throat. many a fat alley rat had met its demise while staring point blank down the cavernous barrel of this awesome prowling machine. truly a wonder of nature this urban predator —...
... tell. but it was a rare occasion such as this that he did.</p> font families to set a different font on your text, you use the font-family property — this allows you to specify a font (or list of fonts) for the browser to apply to the selected elements. the browser will only apply a font if it is available on the machine the website is being accessed on; if not, it will just use a browser default font. a simple example looks like so: p { font-family: arial; } this would make all paragraphs on a page adopt the arial font, which is found on any computer. web safe fonts speaking of font availability, there are only a certain number of fonts that are generally available across all systems and can therefore be used without much worry. these are the so-called web safe fonts. most of the ...
... fonts available on windows and macos operating systems, which can help you make your decision about what you consider safe for your usage. note: there is a way to download a custom font along with a webpage, to allow you to customize your font usage in any way you want: web fonts. this is a little bit more complex, and we will be discussing this in a separate article later on in the module. default fonts css defines five generic names for fonts: serif, sans-serif, monospace, cursive and fantasy. those are very generic and the exact font face used when using those generic names is up to each browser and can vary for each operating system they are running on. it represents a worst case scenario where the browser will try to do its best to provide at least a font that looks appropriate. seri...
...And 4 more matches

Styling lists - Learn web development
the <dl> element has a top and bottom margin of 16px (1em), but no padding set. the <dd> elements have margin-left of 40px (2.5em.) the <p> elements we've included for reference have a top and bottom margin of 16px (1e...
... the <dl> element has a top and bottom margin of 16px (1em), but no padding set. ...
...n our example, we've set the ordered list to use uppercase roman numerals, with: ol { list-style-type: upper-roman; } this gives us the following look: you can find a lot more options by checking out the list-style-type reference page. bullet position the list-style-position property sets whether the bullets appear inside the list items, or outside them before the start of each item. the default value is outside, which causes the bullets to sit outside the list items, as seen above. if you set the value to inside, the bullets will sit inside the lines: ol { list-style-type: upper-roman; list-style-position: inside; } using a custom bullet image the list-style-image property allows you to use a custom image for your bullet. the syntax is pretty simple: ul { list-style-image: ...
...And 4 more matches

Advanced form styling - Learn web development
; } note: it is a good idea to always include both declarations — prefixed and unprefixed — when using a prefixed property. prefixed usually means "work in progress", so in the future browser vendors may come to a consensus to drop the prefix. the above code is good for future-proofing against such an eventuality. the following live example shows you what they look like in your system — default on the left, and with the above css applied on the right (find it here also if you want to test it on other systems). in most cases, the effect is to remove the stylized border, which makes css styling a bit easier, but isn't really essential. in a couple of cases — search and radio buttons/checkboxes, it becomes way more useful. we'll look at those now. taming search boxes <input type="se...
...ming search boxes <input type="search"> is basically just a text input, so why is appearance: none; useful here? the answer is that in chromium-based browsers on macos, search boxes have some styling restrictions — you can't adjust their height or font-size freely, for example. this is because non-macos chrome browsers no longer use the webkit rendering engine, which enabled aqua appearance by default for certain form controls. with aqua enabled, some form controls are not scalable. this can be fixed using our friend appearance: none;, which disables the default aqua appearance: input[type="search"] { -webkit-appearance: none; appearance: none; } in the example below, you can see two identical styled search boxes. the right one has appearance: none; applied, and the left one doesn'...
...h field, the "x" delete icon disappears when the input loses focus in edge and chrome, but stays put in safari. to remove via css, you can use input[type="search"]::-webkit-search-cancel-button { display: none; }. however, this seems to get rid of the icon with focus too, with no apparent way to get it back. styling checkboxes and radio buttons styling a checkbox or a radio button is tricky by default. the sizes of check boxes and radio buttons are not meant to be changed with their default designs, and browsers react very differently when you try. for example, consider this simple test case: <span><input type="checkbox"></span> span { display: inline-block; background: red; } input[type="checkbox"] { width: 100px; height: 100px; } different browsers handle this in many di...
...And 4 more matches

Advanced text formatting - Learn web development
ers.)</dd> <dt>monologue</dt> <dd>in drama, where a character speaks their thoughts out loud to share them with the audience and any other characters present.</dd> <dt>aside</dt> <dd>in drama, where a character shares a comment only with the audience for humorous or dramatic effect. this is usually a feeling, thought, or piece of additional background information.</dd> </dl> the browser default styles will display description lists with the descriptions indented somewhat from the terms. note that it is permitted to have a single term with multiple descriptions, for example: <dl> <dt>aside</dt> <dd>in drama, where a character shares a comment only with the audience for humorous or dramatic effect. this is usually a feeling, thought, or piece of additional background information.
...he drink that gets the world running in the morning.</dd>\n <dd>a light brown color.</dd>\n</dl>'; const solutionentry = htmlsolution; textarea.addeventlistener('input', updatecode); window.addeventlistener('load', updatecode); // stop tab key tabbing out of textarea and // make it write a tab at the caret position instead textarea.onkeydown = function(e){ if (e.keycode === 9) { e.preventdefault(); insertatcaret('\t'); } if (e.keycode === 27) { textarea.blur(); } }; function insertatcaret(text) { const scrollpos = textarea.scrolltop; const caretpos = textarea.selectionstart; const front = (textarea.value).substring(0, caretpos); const back = (textarea.value).substring(textarea.selectionend, textarea.value.length); textarea.value = front + text + back; caretpo...
... inline quotations inline quotations work in exactly the same way, except that they use the <q> element. for example, the below bit of markup contains a quotation from the mdn <q> page: <p>the quote element — <code>&lt;q&gt;</code> — is <q ...
...And 4 more matches

Making decisions in your code — conditionals - Learn web development
a single expression/value as an input, and then look through a number of choices until they find one that matches that value, executing the corresponding code that goes along with it. here's some more pseudocode, to give you an idea: switch (expression) { case choice1: run this code break; case choice2: run this code instead break; // include as many cases as you like default: actually, just run this code } here we've got: the keyword switch, followed by a set of parentheses. an expression or value inside the parentheses. the keyword case, followed by a choice that the expression/value could be, followed by a colon. some code to run if the choice matches the expression. a break statement, followed by a semi-colon. if the previous choice matches the express...
... a choice that the expression/value could be, followed by a colon. some code to run if the choice matches the expression. a break statement, followed by a semi-colon. if the previous choice matches the expression/value, the browser stops executing the code block here, and moves on to any code that appears below the switch statement. as many other cases (bullets 3–5) as you like. ...
...atches the expression. a break statement, followed by a semi-colon. if the previous choice matches the expression/value, the browser stops executing the code block here, and moves on to any code that appears below the switch statement. as many other cases (bullets 3–5) as you like. the keyword default, followed by exactly the same code pattern as one of the cases (bullets 3–5), except that default does not have a choice after it, and you don't need to break statement as there is nothing to run after this in the block anyway. this is the default option that runs if none of the choices match. note: you don't have to include the default section — you can safely omit it if there is no chance that the expression could end up equaling an unknown value. if there is a chance of this, however,...
...And 4 more matches

Routing in Ember - Learn web development
needs to refresh, the user isn't surprised by the state of the web app — they can link directly to significant views of the app. at the moment, we already have the "all" page, as we are currently not doing any filtering in the page that we've been working with, but we will need to reorganize it a bit to handle a different view for the "active" and "completed" todos. an ember application has a default "application" route, which is tied to the app/templates/application.hbs template. because that application template is the entry point to our todo app, we'll need to make some changes to allow for routing. creating the routes let's start by creating three new routes: "index", "active" and "completed". to do this you’ll need to enter the following commands into your terminal, inside the root d...
...our terminal, inside the root directory of your app: ember generate route index ember generate route completed ember generate route active the second and third commands should have not only generated new files, but also updated an existing file, app/router.js. it contains the following contents: import emberrouter from '@ember/routing/router'; import config from './config/environment'; export default class router extends emberrouter { location = config.locationtype; rooturl = config.rooturl; } router.map(function() { this.route('completed'); this.route('active'); }); the highlighted lines were added when the 2nd and 3rd commands above were run. router.js behaves as a "sitemap" for developers to be able to quickly see how the entire app is structured. it also tells ember how to int...
...a, or interpreting dynamic segments of the url. since our data is static, we won't get to any of those fancy features, but we'll still make sure that the route provides the minimally required data to view a page. creating the "index" route did not add a route definition line to router.js, because like with url navigation and javascript module loading, "index" is a special word that indicates the default route to render, load, etc. to adjust our old way of rendering the todolist app, we'll first need to replace the todolist component invocation from the application template with an {{outlet}} call, which means "any sub-route will be rendered in place here". go to the todomvc/app/templates/application.hbs file and replace <todolist /> with {{outlet}} next, in our index.hbs, completed.hbs, an...
...And 4 more matches

React interactivity: Events and state - Learn web development
pt for a specific purpose, which is related but different — standard onclick handler properties). all browser events follow this format in jsx – on, followed by the name of the event. let's apply this to our app, starting in the form.js component. handling form submission at the top of the form() component function, create a function named handlesubmit(). ...
... this to our app, starting in the form.js component. handling form submission at the top of the form() component function, create a function named handlesubmit(). this function should prevent the default behavior of the submit event. after that, it should trigger an alert(), which can say whatever you’d like. it should end up looking something like this: function handlesubmit(e) { e.preventdefault(); alert('hello, world!'); } to use this function, add an onsubmit attribute to the <form> element, and set its value to the handlesubmit function: <form onsubmit={handlesubmit}> now if you head back to your browser and click on the "add" button, your browser will show you an alert dialog with the words "hello, world!" — or whatever you chose to write there. callback props in react appli...
..., but pick a name you’ll understand later. something like addtask works, because it matches the name of the function as well as what the function will do. your <form /> component call should be updated as follows: <form addtask={addtask} /> finally, you can use this prop inside the handlesubmit() function in your <form /> component! update it as follows: function handlesubmit(e) { e.preventdefault(); props.addtask("say hello!"); } clicking on the "add" button in your browser will prove that the addtask() callback function works, but it'd be nice if we could get the alert to show us what we're typing in our input field! this is what we'll do next. note: we decided to name our callback prop addtask to make it easy to understand what the prop will do. another common convention you may we...
...And 4 more matches

Introducing a complete toolchain - Learn web development
for vs code, one useful extension is the prettier code formatter by esben petersen, which lets vscode automatically format code upon saving. this means that any file in the project we are working on gets formatted nicely, including html, css, javascript, json, markdown, and more. all the editor needs is "format on save" enabled. like many tools made more recently prettier comes with "sensible defaults". that means that you'll be able to use prettier without having to configure anything (if you are happy with the defaults). this lets you get on with what's important: the creative work. code linting tools linting helps with code quality but also is a way to catch potential errors earlier during development. it's a key ingredient of a good toolchain and one that many development projects will ...
... web development linting tools mostly exist for javascript (though there are a few available for html and css). this makes sense: if an unknown html element or invalid css property is used, due to the resilient nature of these two languages nothing is likely to break. ...
...ely powerful and versatile tool but can be tricky to configure correctly and you could easily consume many hours trying to get a configuration just right! out of the box, eslint is going to complain that it can't find the configuration file if you run it. the configuration file supports multiple formats but for this project we'll use .eslintrc.json (the leading period means the file is hidden by default). eslint is installed via npm, so as per discussions in chapter 2, you have the choice to install this tool locally or globally. using both is recommended: for projects you intend to share, you should always include eslint as a local dependency so that anyone making their own copy can follow the rules you've applied to the project. you should also consider having eslint installed globally so...
...And 4 more matches

Mozilla’s UAAG evaluation report
security, images - "animated images should loop" mozilla has no preference or command to toggle audio or video 3.3 toggle animated/blinking text. (p1) p the following line can be added to a user's prefs.js file to control blinking: user_pref("browser.blink_allowed", false); bug 89144 has been filed to expose this pref in the ui. mozilla doesn't support <marquee> by default. 3.4 toggle scripts. (p1) g preferences, advanced, scripts & windows - enable javascript for when toggled off, we don't notify the user when a page is loaded with scripts 3.5 toggle content refresh. (p1) ni mozilla has no features for toggling refreshes 3.6 toggle redirects. (p2) ni mozilla has no features for toggling redirects 3.7 toggle...
...(p2) c when focus and/or selection changes t...
...illa implements standard keyboard bindings there are a few missing pieces, such as support in xul comboboxes (menulist) for selecting items by typing alphanumeric keystrokes 7.3 operating environment conventions. (p2) g mozilla uses non-native controls. it does, however, support the look and feel of widgets on various operating systems, when the classic theme is selected (on by default). 7.4 input configuration indications. (p2) g menus indicate accesskey and accelerator configurations accelerators not show in button tooltips guideline 8. implement specifications that benefit accessibility. checkpoint title status notes/plans 8.1 implement accessibility features. (p1) vg html: caption element (table): renders in gra...
...And 4 more matches

Command line options
zilla's thunderbird mail client. user profile -allow-downgrade firefox 67's downgrade protection prevents accidentally starting firefox in a profile running a later version of firefox. depending on changes between the two versions, some files in a profile may not be downwards compatible. adding this option bypasses downgrade protection. -createprofile profile_name create a new profile in the default directory, but do not start the application. the profile will be named profile_name in the profile manager, the profile_name must not contain spaces ( ). do not run profile_name while running an instance of the application, you can use the -no-remote option to avoid connecting to a running instance. firefox -createprofile joeluser -createprofile "profile_name profile_dir" creates a new profil...
...indow in an existing instance of firefox. firefox 20 and later only. -private-window url open url in a new private browsing window. if a private browsing window is already open, a new tab is opened in the existing window. firefox 29 and later only. does not work in firefox 31 on linux mint 17 nor on firefox 48 on windows 7. url opens in a non-private window. -search term search term with your default search engine. firefox and seamonkey 2.1 and later only. -setdefaultbrowser set the application as the default browser. firefox only. -url url open url in a new tab or window, depend on the browser option. -url can be omitted. you may list multiple urls, separated by spaces. firefox and seamonkey only. firefox www.mozilla.com firefox www.mozilla.com developer.mozilla.org note: when opening...
...nowhere.net" -mail start with the mail client. thunderbird and seamonkey only. -news news_url start with the news client. if news_url (optional) is given, open the specified newsgroup. thunderbird and seamonkey only. thunderbird -news news://server/group -options open options/preferences window. thunderbird only. -offline start with the offline mode. thunderbird and seamonkey only. -setdefaultmail set the application as the default email client. thunderbird only. calendar -calendar start with the calendar client. sunbird only. -showdate date show your schedule of the given date. sunbird only. sunbird -showdate 08/04/2008 -subscribe url or -url url subscribe to the given url. sunbird only. other components -chat start with the irc client, chatzilla, if installed. -devtools...
...And 4 more matches

How to implement a custom autocomplete search component
history: search the browser's url history (firefox: 1.0+; seamonkey: 1.1+) form-history: search the values that the user has entered into form fields. (firefox: 1.0+; seamonkey: 2.0+) file: search file names (firefox: 2.0+; thunderbird: 2.0+; seamonkey: 1.1+; gtk builds only). the component uses the autocompletesearchparam attribute or searchparam property to allow the developer to define the default directory otherwise only paths beginning with / or ~/ will be autocompleted. building your custom autocomplete search components sometimes, you may want to build your own autocomplete source. to do so you need the following: create an xpcom component that implements the nsiautocompletesearch interface. make sure the contract id of your xpcom component follows the following form: "@mozilla.org...
...rce://gre/modules/xpcomutils.jsm'); const class_id = components.id('x753d830-ba1e-11e0-962b-0800200c9a66'); // ← change this const class_name = "basic autocomplete"; const contract_id = '@mozilla.org/autocomplete/search;1?name=basic-autocomplete'; /** * @constructor * * @implements {nsiautocompleteresult} * * @param {string} searchstring * @param {number} searchresult * @param {number} defaultindex * @param {string} errordescription * @param {array.<string>} results * @param {array.<string>|null=} comments */ function providerautocompleteresult(searchstring, searchresult, defaultindex, errordescription, results, comments) { this._searchstring = searchstring; this._searchresult = searchresult; this._defaultindex = defaultindex; this._errordescription = errordescription; ...
...tocompleteresult(searchstring, searchresult, defaultindex, errordescription, results, comments) { this._searchstring = searchstring; this._searchresult = searchresult; this._defaultindex = defaultindex; this._errordescription = errordescription; this._results = results; this._comments = comments; } providerautocompleteresult.prototype = { _searchstring: "", _searchresult: 0, _defaultindex: 0, _errordescription: "", _results: [], _comments: [], /** * @return {string} the original search string */ get searchstring() { return this._searchstring; }, /** * @return {number} the result code of this result object, either: * result_ignored (invalid searchstring) * result_failure (failure) * result_nomatch (no matches found) * resu...
...And 4 more matches

L20n Javascript API
ons synchronously. alternatively, you can register callbacks to execute when the context is ready (or when globals change and translations need to be updated) with ctx.localize. ...
... when the context is ready (or when globals change and translations need to be updated) with ctx.localize. ...
...classlist.remove('hidden'); }); ctx.registerlocales(defaultlocale: string?, availablelocales: array<string>?) register the default locale of the context instance, as well as all other locales available to the context instance before the language negotiation. locales are referenced by their bcp 47 language codes. ctx.registerlocales('en-us', ['ar', 'es-ar', 'es-es', 'en-us', 'fr', 'pl']); defaultlocale is the original language of the context instance and will be used as the last fallback locale if other locales are registered. if it is undefined, or if registerlocales hasn't been called at all, the context instance will create a special locale called i-default to be used as the default. availablelocales is an array of all locales available to the context instance. this array (with defaul...
...And 4 more matches

OLD SSL Reference
aches configuration communication functions used by callbacks cleanup chapter 2 getting started with ssl this chapter describes how to set up your environment, including certificate and key databases, to run the nss sample code. the sample code and makefiles are available via lxr in the sslsamples directory. ...
...status managing secitem memory secitem_freeitem secitem_zfreeitem chapter 4 ssl functions this chapter describes the core ssl functions. ...
...tem memory secitem_freeitem secitem_zfreeitem chapter 4 ssl functions this chapter describes the core ssl functions. ...
...And 4 more matches

sslintro.html
et and private apis intended for internal use by the nss implementation of ssl. you should use only the ssl apis (and related certificate, key, and pkcs #11 apis) that are described in this document, the ssl reference. other apis that may be exposed in the header files are not supported for application use. initialization initialization includes setting up configuration files, setting global defaults, and setting up callback functions. functions used in the initialization part of an application can include the following: pr_init. initializes nspr. must be called before any other nss functions. pk11_setpasswordfunc. sets the global callback function to obtain passwords for pkcs #11 modules. required. nss_init. sets up configuration files and performs other tasks required to run net...
...n include the following: pr_init. initializes nspr. must be called before any other nss functions. pk11_setpasswordfunc. sets the global callback function to obtain passwords for pkcs #11 modules. required. nss_init. sets up configuration files and performs other tasks required to run network security services. nss_init is not idempotent, so call it only once. required. ssl_optionsetdefault. changes default values for all subsequently opened sockets as long as the application is running (compare with ssl_seturl which only configures the socket that is currently open). this function must be called once for each default value that needs to be changed. optional. nss_setdomesticpolicy, nss_setexportpolicy, nss_setfrancepolicy, or ssl_cipherpolicyset. these functions tell the library ...
...mesticpolicy, nss_setexportpolicy, nss_setfrancepolicy, or ssl_cipherpolicyset. these functions tell the library which cipher suites are permitted by policy (for example, to comply with export restrictions). cipher suites disabled by policy cannot be enabled by user preference. one of these functions must be called before any cryptographic operations can be performed with nss. ssl_cipherprefsetdefault. enables all ciphers chosen by user preference. optional. initializing caches ssl peers frequently reconnect after a relatively short time has passed. to avoid the overhead of repeating the full ssl handshake in situations like this, the ssl protocol supports the use of a session cache, which retains information about each connection, such as the master secret generated during the ssl handsh...
...And 4 more matches

nsIDOMWindowUtils
void sendcompositionevent(in astring atype, in astring adata, in astring alocale); obsolete since gecko 38.0 void sendcontentcommandevent(in astring atype, [optional] in nsitransferable atransferable); void getclassname(in object aobj); boolean sendkeyevent(in astring atype, in long akeycode, in long acharcode, in long amodifiers, [optional] in boolean apreventdefault); obsolete since gecko 15.0 boolean sendkeyevent(in astring atype, in long akeycode, in long acharcode, in long amodifiers, [optional] in unsigned long aadditionalflags); deprecated since gecko 38.0 void sendmouseevent(in astring atype, in float ax, in float ay, in long abutton, in long aclickcount, in long amodifiers, [optional] in boolean aignorerootscrollframe); v...
...anged , was 0x0200. modifier_win 0x0400 getmodifierstate("win") of the send event will return true if this is specified for amodifiers of send*event() except sendnative*event(). obsolete modifier_os 0x1000 getmodifierstate("os") of the send event will return true if this is specified for amodifiers of send*event() except sendnative*event(). key_flag_prevent_default 0x0001 getdefaultprevented() returns true if this is specified to aadditionalflags of sendkeyevent(). deprecated since gecko 38.0 key_flag_not_synthesized_for_tests 0x0002 key_flag_location_standard 0x0010 location attrubute of the sending key event by sendkeyevent() returns keyboardevent.dom_key_location_standard if this is specified to the aadditionalflags.
...deprecated since gecko 38 (and will be obsolete soon), use nsitextinputprocessor instead. boolean sendkeyevent( in astring atype, in long akeycode, in long acharcode, in long amodifiers, in unsigned long aadditionalflags optional ); deprecated since gecko 38.0 boolean sendkeyevent( in astring atype, in long akeycode, in long acharcode, in long amodifiers, in boolean apreventdefault optional ); obsolete since gecko 15.0 parameters atype event type. akeycode key code. acharcode character code. amodifiers modifiers pressed. using constants defined in nsidomnsevent. obsolete since gecko 15.0 using constants defined as modifier_*. apreventdefault optional obsolete since gecko 15.0 if true, preventdefault() the event before dispatch. aadditionalflags optional ...
...And 4 more matches

nsIFaviconService
read only. methods addfailedfavicon() this method adds a given favicon's uri to the failed favicon cache. the lifespan of the favicon cache is up to the caching system. this cache will also be written to if you use setandloadfaviconforpage() method and it encounters an error while fetching an icon. void addfailedfavicon( in nsiuri afaviconuri ...
...read only. ...
...moved in gecko 22.0. you should use the new async api moziasyncfavicons.getfaviconurlforpage() and getfaviconlinkforicon() instead. this method is very similar to that of getfaviconlinkforicon() method. for a given page will give you a uri that, when displayed in chrome, will result in the given page's favicon. unlike the other get functions, we needn't have heard of the page or its favicon: the default one will be returned in this case. when compared to getfaviconlinkforicon() method, this method only adds the extra level of indirection, looking up the favicon based on the page uri and using the default if not found. nsiuri getfaviconimageforpage( in nsiuri apageuri ); parameters apageuri uri of the page whose favicon is desired. return value returns a uri that will give you the ic...
...And 4 more matches

nsIXPConnect
void flagsystemfilenameprefix(in string afilenameprefix, in prbool awantnativewrappers); void garbagecollect(); [noscript,notxpcom] void getcaller(out jscontextptr ajscontext, out jsobjectptr aobject); jsval getcowforobject(in jscontextptr ajscontext, in jsobjectptr aparent, in jsobjectptr awrappedobj); native code only! ...
...ctholder reparentwrappednativeiffound(in jscontextptr ajscontext, in jsobjectptr ascope, in jsobjectptr anewparent, in nsisupports acomobj); void restorewrappednativeprototype(in jscontextptr ajscontext, in jsobjectptr ascope, in nsiclassinfo aclassinfo, in nsixpconnectjsobjectholder aprototype); void setdebugmodewhenpossible(in prbool mode); native code only! ...
...ap a jsval in a chrome object wrapper. jsval getcowforobject( in jscontextptr ajscontext, in jsobjectptr aparent, in jsobjectptr awrappedobj ); parameters ajscontext a context to use to create objects. aparent the parent to create the wrapper with. awrappedobj the object to wrap. ...
...And 4 more matches

AddressErrors - Web APIs
complete example here we'll see a complete, working version of the example above (except of course that it's not connected to an actual payment handler, so no payments are actually processed). in the example, we're handling a donation to an organization that will b...
...n actual payment handler, so no payments are actually processed). in the example, we're handling a donation to an organization that will be sending a "thank you" gift to the donor, so it requests shipping information along with allowing the donation payment itself. ...
...script payment request data first, we declare the variables supportedhandlers, which is compatible with paymentmethoddata, and defaultpaymentdetails, which is a paymentdetailsupdate object. ...
...And 4 more matches

AudioBufferSourceNode.AudioBufferSourceNode() - Web APIs
var audiobuffersourcenode = new audiobuffersourcenode(context, options) parameters inherits parameters from the audionodeoptions dictionary. context a reference to an audiocontext. options optional options are as follows: buffer: an instance of audiobuffer to be played. detune: a value in cents to modulate the speed of audio stream rendering. its nominal range is (-∞ to +∞). the default is 0. loop: a boolean indicating whether the audio should play in a loop. the default is false. if the loop is dynamically modified during playback, the new value will take effect on the next processing block of audio. loopend: an optional value, in seconds, where looping should end if the loop attribute is true. the default is 0. its value is exclusive to the content of the loop. the sample ...
...er, looping will end at the end of the buffer. this attribute is converted to an exact sample frame offset within the buffer, by multiplying by the buffer's sample rate and rounding to the nearest integer value. thus, its behavior is independent of the value of the playbackrate parameter. loopstart: an optional value in seconds, where looping should begin if the loop attribute is true. the default is 0. it's sensible to set this to a value between 0 and the duration of the buffer. if loopstart is less than 0, looping will begin at 0. if loopstart is greater than the duration of the buffer, looping will begin at the end of the buffer. this attribute is converted to an exact sample frame offset within the buffer, by multiplying by the buffer's sample rate and rounding to the nearest integer ...
... is greater than the duration of the buffer, looping will begin at the end of the buffer. this attribute is converted to an exact sample frame offset within the buffer, by multiplying by the buffer's sample rate and rounding to the nearest integer value. thus, its behavior is independent of the value of the playbackrate parameter. playbackrate: the speed at which to render the audio stream. its default value is 1. this parameter is k-rate. this is a compound parameter with detune. its nominal range is (-∞ to +∞). return value a new audiobuffersourcenode object instance. specifications specification status comment web audio apithe definition of 'audiobuffersourcenode()' in that specification. working draft initial definition. browser compatibilit...
...And 4 more matches

BiquadFilterNode() - Web APIs
var biquadfilternode = new biquadfilternode(context, options) parameters inherits parameters from the audionodeoptions dictionary. context a reference to an audiocontext. options optional options are as follows: type: one of "lowpass", "highpass", "bandpass", "lowshelf", "highshelf", "peaking", "notch", "allpass". the meaning of the other options depends on the value of this one. the defaults for all are as follows: q: 1 detune: 0 frequency: 350 gain: 0 lowpass: (default) allows frequencies below a cutoff frequency to pass through, and attenuates frequencies above the cutoff. this is a standard second-order resonant lowpass filter with 12db/octave rolloff. q: controls how peaked the response will be at the cutoff frequency. a large value makes the ...
...wser-compat-data and send us a pull request. ...
...he default values were not supported.edge full support ≤79firefox full support 53ie no support noopera full support 42notes full support 42notes notes before opera 46, the default values were not supported.safari ? ...
...And 4 more matches

Using the CSS Typed Object Model - Web APIs
let's see how this works by creating our first example, which explores computedstylemap(). we start with some html: a paragraph with a link, as well as a definition list to which we will add all the css property / value pairs. ...
...n"></dl> we add javascript to grab our unstyled link and return back a definition list of all the default css property values impacting the link using computedstylemap(). ...
... // get the element const myelement = document.queryselector('a'); // get the <dl> we'll be populating const styleslist = document.queryselector('#regurgitation'); // retrieve all computed styles with computedstylemap() const defaultcomputedstyles = myelement.computedstylemap(); // iterate thru the map of all the properties and values, adding a <dt> and <dd> for each for (const [prop, val] of defaultcomputedstyles) { // properties const cssproperty = document.createelement('dt'); cssproperty.appendchild(document.createtextnode(prop)); styleslist.appendchild(cssproperty); // values const cssvalue = document.createelement('dd'); cssvalue.appendchild(document.createtextnode(val)); styleslist.appendchild(cssvalue); } the computedstylemap() method returns a stylepropertymapreadonly objec...
...And 4 more matches

DynamicsCompressorNode() - Web APIs
he signal, in order to help prevent clipping and distortion. that can occur when multiple sounds are played and multiplexed together at once. syntax var dynamicscompressornode = new dynamicscompressornode(context, options) parameters context a reference to an audiocontext. options optional options are as follows: attack: the amount of time (in seconds) to reduce the gain by 10db. its default value is 0.003. this parameter is k-rate. its nominal range is [0, 1]. knee: a decibel value representing the range above the threshold where the curve smoothly transitions to the "ratio" portion. its default value is 30. this parameter is k-rate. its nominal range is [0, 40]. ratio: the amount of db change in input for a 1 db change in output. its default value is 12. this parameter is k-rat...
...this parameter is k-rate. its nominal range is [-100, 0]. ...
...this parameter is k-rate. its nominal range is [-100, 0]. specifications specification status comment web audio apithe definition of 'dynamicscompressornode()' in that specification. working draft initial definition. ...
...And 4 more matches

Element: auxclick event - Web APIs
ary pointing device button (any mouse button other than the primary—usually leftmost—button) has been pressed and released both within the same element. auxclick is fired after the mousedown and mouseup events have been fired, in that order. ...
... the mousedown and mouseup events have been fired, in that order. bubbles yes cancelable yes interface mouseevent event handler property onauxclick preventing default actions for the vast majority of browsers that map middle click to opening a link in a new tab, including firefox, it is possible to cancel this behavior by calling preventdefault() from within an auxclick event handler. ...
... additionally, you may need to avoid opening a system context menu after a right click. ...
...And 4 more matches

HTMLOutputElement - Web APIs
stroke="#d4dde4" stroke-width="2px" /><text x="406" y="94" font-size="12px" font-family="consolas,monaco,andale mono,monospace" fill="#4d4e53" text-anchor="middle" alignment-baseline="middle">htmloutputelement</text></a></svg></div> a:hover text { fill: #0095dd; pointer-events: all;} properties this interface also inherits properties from its parent, htmlelement. htmloutputelement.defaultvalue a domstring representing the default value of the element, initially the empty string. htmloutputelement.formread only an htmlformelement indicating the form associated with the control, reflecting the form html attribute if it is defined. htmloutputelement.htmlforread only a domtokenlist reflecting the for html attribute, containing a list of ids of other elements in the same documen...
... at once. if the element is not rendered, then the user agent may report the error for the running script instead of notifying the user. htmloutputelement.setcustomvalidity() sets a custom validity message for the element. if this message is not the empty string, then the element is suffering from a custom validity error, and does not validate. ...
...t rendered, then the user agent may report the error for the running script instead of notifying the user. htmloutputelement.setcustomvalidity() sets a custom validity message for the element. if this message is not the empty string, then the element is suffering from a custom validity error, and does not validate. modes this element behaves in one of two modes: default mode and value mode. ...
...And 4 more matches

KeyboardEvent() - Web APIs
the keyboardevent() constructor creates a new keyboardevent. syntax event = new keyboardevent(typearg, keyboardeventinit); values typearg is a domstring representing the name of the event. keyboardeventinitoptional is a keyboardeventinit dictionary, having the following fields: "key", optional and defaulting to "", of type domstring, that sets the value of keyboardevent.key. ...
... constructor creates a new keyboardevent. syntax event = new keyboardevent(typearg, keyboardeventinit); values typearg is a domstring representing the name of the event. keyboardeventinitoptional is a keyboardeventinit dictionary, having the following fields: "key", optional and defaulting to "", of type domstring, that sets the value of keyboardevent.key. "code", optional and defaulting to "", of type domstring, that sets the value of keyboardevent.code. ...
... values typearg is a domstring representing the name of the event. keyboardeventinitoptional is a keyboardeventinit dictionary, having the following fields: "key", optional and defaulting to "", of type domstring, that sets the value of keyboardevent.key. "code", optional and defaulting to "", of type domstring, that sets the value of keyboardevent.code. "location", optional and defaulting to 0, of type unsigned long, that sets the value of keyboardevent.location. "ctrlkey", optional and defaulting to false, of type boolean, that sets the value of keyboardevent.ctrlkey. ...
...And 4 more matches

Using Service Workers - Web APIs
ug 1204581.) service workers should finally fix these issues. service worker syntax is more complex than that of appcache, but the trade off is that you can use javascript to control your appcache-implied behaviors with a fine degree of granularity, allowing you to handle this problem and many more. using a service worker you can easily set an app up to use cached assets first, thus providing a default experience even when offline, before then getting more data from the network (commonly known as offline first). this is already available with native apps, which is one of the main reasons native apps are often chosen over web apps. setting up to play with service workers many service workers features are now enabled by default in newer versions of supporting browsers. if however you find that ...
...t in newer versions of supporting browsers. if however you find that demo code is not working in your installed versions, you might need to enable a pref: firefox nightly: go to about:config and set dom.serviceworkers.enabled to true; restart browser. chrome canary: go to chrome://flags and turn on experimental-web-platform-features; restart browser (note that some features are now enabled by default in chrome.) opera: go to opera://flags and enable support for serviceworker; restart browser. microsoft edge: go to about:flags and tick enable service workers; restart browser. you’ll also need to serve your code via https — service workers are restricted to running across https for security reasons. github is therefore a good place to host experiments, as it supports https. in order to ...
...hich is just a javascript file residing inside our app (note this is the file's url relative to the origin, not the js file that references it.) the scope parameter is optional, and can be used to specify the subset of your content that you want the service worker to control. in this case, we have specified '/sw-test/', which means all content under the app's origin. if you leave it out, it will default to this value anyway, but we specified it here for illustration purposes. the .then() promise function is used to chain a success case onto our promise structure. when the promise resolves successfully, the code inside it executes. finally, we chain a .catch() function onto the end that will run if the promise is rejected. this registers a service worker, which runs in a worker context, and ...
...And 4 more matches

Touch() - Web APIs
ates a new touch object. syntax touch = new touch(touchinit); arguments touchinit is a touchinit dictionary, having the following fields: "identifier", required, of type long, that is the identification number for the touch point. "target", required, of type eventtarget, the item at which the touch point started when it was first placed on the surface. ...
...uired, of type long, that is the identification number for the touch point. "target", required, of type eventtarget, the item at which the touch point started when it was first placed on the surface. "clientx", optional and defaulting to 0, of type double, that is the horizontal position of the touch on the client window of user's screen, excluding any scroll offset. "clienty", optional and defaulting to 0, of type double, that is the vertical position of the touch on the client window of the user's screen, excluding any scroll offset. "screenx", optional and defaulting to 0, of type double, that is the horizontal position of the touch on the user's screen. "screeny", optional and defaulting to 0, of type double, that is the vertical position of the touch on the user's screen. "pagex"...
...pe double, that is the vertical position of the touch on the client window of the user's screen, excluding any scroll offset. "screenx", optional and defaulting to 0, of type double, that is the horizontal position of the touch on the user's screen. "screeny", optional and defaulting to 0, of type double, that is the vertical position of the touch on the user's screen. "pagex", optional and defaulting to 0, of type double, that is the horizontal position of the touch on the client window of user's screen, including any scroll offset. ...
...And 4 more matches

Window.open() - Web APIs
this name can be used as the target for the target attribute of <a> or <form> elements. the name should not contain whitespace. keep in mind that this will not be used as the window's title. windowfeatures optional a domstring containing a comma-separated list of window features given with their corresponding values in the form "name=value". these features include options such as the window's default size and position, whether or not to include toolbar, and so forth. there must be no whitespace in the string. see window features below for documentation of each of the features that can be specified. return value a windowproxy object, which is basically a thin wrapper for the window object representing the newly created window, and has all its features available. if the window couldn't be op...
... and methods of the new window as long as it complies with same-origin policy security requirements. description the open() method creates a new secondary browser window, similar to choosing new window from the file menu. the url parameter specifies the url to be fetched and loaded in the new window. if url is an empty string, then a new blank, empty window (url about:blank) is created with the default toolbars of the main window. note that remote urls won't load immediately. when window.open() returns, the window always contains about:blank. the actual fetching of the url is deferred and starts after the current script block finishes executing. the window creation and the loading of the referenced resource are done asynchronously. examples var windowobjectreference; var windowfeatures = "me...
... features windowfeatures is an optional string containing a comma-separated list of requested features of the new window. after a window is opened, javascript can't be used to change the features. if windowname does not specify an existing window and the windowfeatures parameter is not provided (or if the windowfeatures parameter is an empty string), then the new secondary window will render the default toolbars of the main window. tip: note that in some browsers, users can override the windowfeatures settings and enable (or prevent the disabling of) features position and size features windowfeatures parameter can specify the position and size of the new window. note on position and dimension error correction position if only one of them is specified, the behavior is implementation-depe...
...And 4 more matches

CSS grids, logical values, and writing modes - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
ges that have text starting on the right, rather than the left. browsers are pretty good at dealing with text direction, and you don’t even need to be working in a rtl language to take a look. in the example below, i have two paragraphs. one has no text-align property set, the second has text-align set to left. i have added dir="rtl" to the html element, which switches the writing mode from the default for an english language document of ltr. you can see that the first paragraph remains left to right, due to the text-align value being left . the second however, switches direction and the text runs from right to left . this is a very simple example of the problem with physical values and properties being used in css. they prevent the browser being able to do the work to switch writing mode, a...
...modes. this goes into more depth on that specification than we will touch upon here. writing-mode writing modes are more than just left to right and right to left text, and the writing-mode property helps us display text running in other directions. the writing-mode property can have values of: horizontal-tb vertical-rl vertical-lr sideways-rl sideways-lr the value horizontal-tb is the default for text on the web. it is the direction in which you are reading this guide. the other properties will change the way that text flows in our document, matching the different writing modes found around the world. again, for full details of these see jen’s article. as a simple example, i have two paragraphs below. the first uses the default horizontal-tb, and the second uses vertical-rl. in the ...
...left to right, however the direction of the text is vertical - inline text now runs down the page, from top to bottom. .wrapper > p { border: 2px solid #ffa94d; border-radius: 5px; background-color: #ffd8a8; padding: 1em; margin: 1em; color: #d9480f; max-width: 300px; } <div class="wrapper"> <p style="writing-mode: horizontal-tb">i have writing mode set to the default <code>horizontal-tb</code></p> <p style="writing-mode: vertical-rl">i have writing mode set to <code>vertical-rl</code></p> </div> writing modes in grid layouts if we now take a look at a grid layout example, we can see how changing the writing mode means changing our idea of where the block and inline axis are. the grid in my next example has three columns and two row tracks. this means...
...And 4 more matches

<button>: The Button element - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. ...
...url that processes the information submitted by the button. overrides the action attribute of the button's form owner. does nothing if there is no form owner. formenctype html5 if the button is a submit button (it's inside/associated with a <form> and doesn't have type="button"), specifies how to encode the form data that is submitted. possible values: application/x-www-form-urlencoded: the default if the attribute is not used. multipart/form-data: use to submit <input> elements with their type attributes set to file. text/plain: specified as a debugging aid; shouldn’t be used for real form submission. if this attribute is specified, it overrides the enctype attribute of the button's form owner. formmethod html5 if the button is a submit button (it's inside/associated with a <...
...efixed keyword indicating where to display the response from submitting the form. this is the name of, or keyword for, a browsing context (a tab, window, or <iframe>). if this attribute is specified, it overrides the target attribute of the button's form owner. the following keywords have special meanings: _self: load the response into the same browsing context as the current one. this is the default if the attribute is not specified. _blank: load the response into a new unnamed browsing context — usually a new tab or window, depending on the user’s browser settings. _parent: load the response into the parent browsing context of the current one. if there is no parent, this option behaves the same way as _self. _top: load the response into the top-level browsing context (that is, the...
...And 4 more matches

HTML documentation index - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
e are lots of ways to add color to your html elements to create just the look you want. this article is a primer introducing each of the ways css color can be used in html. 4 block-level elements beginner, development, guide, html, html5, web html (hypertext markup language) elements historically were categorized as either "block-level" elements or "inline-level" elements. by default, a block-level element occupies the entire space of its parent element (container), thereby creating a "block." this article helps to explain what this means. 5 dash adaptive streaming for html 5 video guide, html, html5 dynamic adaptive streaming over http (dash) is an adaptive streaming protocol. 6 date and time formats used in html date, element, format, htm...
...attribute, html, input, reference, select the size attribute defines the width of the <input> and the height of the <select> element. for the input, if the type attribute is text or password then it's the number of characters. this must be an integer value 0 or higher. if no size is specified, or an invalid value is specified, the input has no size declared, and the form control will be the default width based on the user agent. if css targets the element with properties impacting the width, css takes precedence. 50 html attribute: step attribute, attributes, constrain validation, step valid for the numeric input types, including the date, month, week, time, datetime-local, number and range types, the step attribute is a number that specifies the granularity that the va...
...importance. 65 <base>: the document base url element element, html, html document metadata, html:metadata content, reference the html <base> element specifies the base url to use for all relative urls in a document. 66 <basefont> element, fonts, html, layout, obsolete, reference, style, web, basefont the obsolete html base font element (<basefont>) sets a default font face, size, and color for the other elements which are descended from its parent element. 67 <bdi>: the bidirectional isolate element bdi, bidi, directionality, element, html, html text-level semantics, html:flow content, html:palpable content, html:phrasing content, internationalization, left-to-right, reference, right-to-left, text, web, direction, i18n, ltr, rtl the h...
...And 4 more matches

Connection management in HTTP/1.x - HTTP
hop-by-hop headers with their values able to be changed by intermediary nodes. a related topic is the concept of http connection upgrades, wherein an http/1.1 connection is upgraded to a different protocol, such as tls/1.0, websocket, or even http/2 in cleartext. this protocol upgrade mechanism is documented in more detail elsewhere. short-lived connections the original model of http, and the default one in http/1.0, is short-lived connections. each http request is completed on its own connection; this means a tcp handshake happens before each http request, and these are serialized. the tcp handshake itself is time-consuming, but a tcp connection adapts to its load, becoming more efficient with more sustained (or warm) connections. short-lived connections do not make use of this efficiency f...
...happens before each http request, and these are serialized. the tcp handshake itself is time-consuming, but a tcp connection adapts to its load, becoming more efficient with more sustained (or warm) connections. short-lived connections do not make use of this efficiency feature of tcp, and performance degrades from optimum by persisting to transmit over a new, cold connection. this model is the default model used in http/1.0 (if there is no connection header, or if its value is set to close). in http/1.1, this model is only used when the connection header is sent with a value of close. unless dealing with a very old system, which doesn't support a persistent connection, there is no compelling reason to use this model. persistent connections short-lived connections have two major hitches: t...
...e the keep-alive header to specify a minimum time the connection should be kept open). persistent connections also have drawbacks; even when idling they consume server resources, and under heavy load, dos attacks can be conducted. in such cases, using non-persistent connections, which are closed as soon as they are idle, can provide better performance. http/1.0 connections are not persistent by default. ...
...And 4 more matches

Intl.DateTimeFormat() constructor - JavaScript
he source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. syntax new intl.datetimeformat([locales[, options]]) parameters locales optional a string with a bcp 47 language tag, or an array of such strings. to use the browser's default locale, omit this argument or pass undefined. unicode extension are supported (for example "en-us-u-ca-buddhist"). for the general form and interpretation of the locales argument, see the intl page. the following unicode extension keys are allowed: nu numbering system. possible values include: "arab", "arabext", "bali", "beng", "deva", "fullwide", "gujr", "guru", "hanidec", "khmr", "knda",...
... include: "narrow", "short", " long". numberingsystem numbering system. possible values include: "arab", "arabext", " bali", "beng", "deva", "fullwide", " gujr", "guru", "hanidec", "khmr", " knda", "laoo", "latn", "limb", "mlym", " mong", "mymr", "orya", "tamldec", " telu", "thai", "tibt". localematcher the locale matching algorithm to use. possible values are "lookup" and "best fit"; the default is "best fit". for information about this option, see the intl page. timezone the time zone to use. the only value implementations must recognize is "utc"; the default is the runtime's default time zone. implementations may also recognize the time zone names of the iana time zone database, such as "asia/shanghai", "asia/kolkata", "america/new_york". hour12 whether to use 12-hour time (as ...
...this option overrides the hc language tag and/or the hourcycle option in case both are present. hourcycle the hour cycle to use. possible values are "h11", "h12", "h23", or "h24". ...
...And 4 more matches

Intl.PluralRules() constructor - JavaScript
es([locales[, options]]) parameters locales optional. a string with a bcp 47 language tag, or an array of such strings. for the general form and interpretation of the locales argument, see the intl page. options optional. an object with some or all of the following properties: localematcher the locale matching algorithm to use. possible values are "lookup" and "best fit"; the default is "best fit". for information about this option, see the intl page. type the type to use. possible values are: "cardinal" for cardinal numbers (refering to the quantity of things). this is the default value. "ordinal" for ordinal number (refering to the ordering or ranking of things, e.g. "1st", "2nd", "3rd" in english). the following properties fall into two groups: minim...
...ng properties fall into two groups: minimumintegerdigits, minimumfractiondigits, and maximumfractiondigits in one group, minimumsignificantdigits and maximumsignificantdigits in the other. if at least one property from the second group is defined, then the first group is ignored. minimumintegerdigits the minimum number of integer digits to use. possible values are from 1 to 21; the default is 1. minimumfractiondigits the minimum number of fraction digits to use. possible values are from 0 to 20; the default for plain number and percent formatting is 0; the default for currency formatting is the number of minor unit digits provided by the iso 4217 currency code list (2 if the list doesn't provide that information). maximumfractiondigits the maximum number of fraction digits ...
...umber of fraction digits to use. possible values are from 0 to 20; the default for plain number and percent formatting is 0; the default for currency formatting is the number of minor unit digits provided by the iso 4217 currency code list (2 if the list doesn't provide that information). maximumfractiondigits the maximum number of fraction digits to use. possible values are from 0 to 20; the default for plain number formatting is the larger of minimumfractiondigits and 3; the default for currency formatting is the larger of minimumfractiondigits and the number of minor unit digits provided by the iso 4217 currency code list (2 if the list doesn't provide that information); the default for percent formatting is the larger of minimumfractiondigits and 0. minimumsignificantdigits the minimu...
...And 4 more matches

Nullish coalescing operator (??) - JavaScript
the nullish coalescing operator (??) is a logical operator that returns its right-hand side operand when its left-hand side operand is null or undefined, and otherwise returns its left-hand side operand. contrary to the logical or (||) operator, the left operand is returned if it is a falsy value which is not null or undefined. in other words, if you use || to provide some default value to another variable foo, you may encounter unexpected behaviors if you consider some falsy values as usable (eg. '' or 0). see below for more examples. the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. see pr #1482 regarding the addition...
...es. the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. see pr #1482 regarding the addition of this example. ...
...ithub.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. see pr #1482 regarding the addition of this example. syntax leftexpr ?? rightexpr examples using the nullish coalescing operator in this example, we will provide default values but keep values other than null or undefined. ...
...And 4 more matches

<mo> - MathML
tyle provided for use with stylesheets. dir the text direction. possible values are either ltr (left to right) or rtl (right to left). fence there is no visual effect for this attribute, but it specifies whether the operator is a fence (such as parentheses). allowed values are true or false. ...
...ribute, but it specifies whether the operator is a fence (such as parentheses). allowed values are true or false. form specifies the role of the operator in an enclosed expression, which affects spacing and other default properties. for ordinary operators (+, -, etc. ) you usually do not need to specify this attribute explicitly. possible values are: prefix, for opening fences. (it is the default value if the operator is the first argument in a <mrow> element with more than one argument.) infix, for separators. (it is the default value if the operator is not included in a <mrow> element.) postfix, closing fences. (it is the default value if the operator is the last argument in a <mrow> element with more than one argument.) href used to set a hyperlink to a specified uri. largeo...
...he last argument in a <mrow> element with more than one argument.) href used to set a hyperlink to a specified uri. largeop specifies whether the operator should be drawn larger than normal when displaystyle="true" is set. allowed values are either true or false. lspace the amount of space before the operator (see length for values and units). the constant thickmathspace (5/18em) is the default value. mathbackground the background color. you can use #rgb, #rrggbb and html color names. mathcolor the text color. you can use #rgb, #rrggbb and html color names. mathsize the size of the content. see length for possible values. deprecated values are: small, normal and big. these will be removed in the future. mathvariant this attribute specifies the logical class of the operator whic...
...And 4 more matches

kernelUnitLength - SVG: Scalable Vector Graphics
ix for the <feconvolvematrix>, kernelunitlength indicates the intended distance in current filter units (i.e., units as determined by the value of primitiveunits attribute) between successive columns and rows, respectively, in the kernelmatrix. by specifying value(s) for kernelunitlength, the kernel becomes defined in a scalable, abstract coordinate system. if the attribute is not specified, the default value is one pixel in the offscreen bitmap, which is a pixel-based coordinate system, and thus potentially not scalable. if a negative or zero value is specified the default value will be used instead. value <number-optional-number> default value pixel in offscreen bitmap animatable yes <number-optional-number> the first number is the x value. the s...
...ed coordinate system, and thus potentially not scalable. if a negative or zero value is specified the default value will be used instead. value <number-optional-number> default value pixel in offscreen bitmap animatable yes <number-optional-number> the first number is the x value. the second number is the y value. if the x value is not specified, it defaults to the same value as x. fediffuselighting for the <fediffuselighting>, kernelunitlength indicates the intended distance in current filter units (i.e., units as determined by the value of attribute primitiveunits) for the x and y coordinate, respectively, in the surface normal calculation formulas. the first number is the x value. the second number is the y value. if the y value is not specif...
... same value as x. fediffuselighting for the <fediffuselighting>, kernelunitlength indicates the intended distance in current filter units (i.e., units as determined by the value of attribute primitiveunits) for the x and y coordinate, respectively, in the surface normal calculation formulas. the first number is the x value. the second number is the y value. if the y value is not specified, it defaults to the same value as x. by specifying value(s) for kernelunitlength, the kernel becomes defined in a scalable, abstract coordinate system. if the attribute is not specified, the x and y values represent very small deltas relative to a given position, which might be implemented in some cases as one pixel in the intermediate image offscreen bitmap, which is a pixel-based coordinate system, and thu...
...And 4 more matches

<marker> - SVG: Scalable Vector Graphics
one" stroke="black" marker-start="url(#arrow)" marker-end="url(#arrow)" /> <!-- data line with polymarkers --> <polyline points="15,80 29,50 43,60 57,30 71,40 85,15" fill="none" stroke="grey" marker-start="url(#dot)" marker-mid="url(#dot)" marker-end="url(#dot)" /> </svg> attributes markerheight this attribute defines the height of the marker viewport. ...
...rt="url(#dot)" marker-mid="url(#dot)" marker-end="url(#dot)" /> </svg> attributes markerheight this attribute defines the height of the marker viewport. value type: <length> ; default value: 3; animatable: yes markerunits this attribute defines the coordinate system for the attributes markerwidth, markerheight and the contents of the <marker>. value type: userspaceonuse|strokewidth ; default value: strokewidth; animatable: yes markerwidth this attribute defines the width of the marker viewport. ...
...f the marker viewport. value type: <length> ; default value: 3; animatable: yes markerunits this attribute defines the coordinate system for the attributes markerwidth, markerheight and the contents of the <marker>. value type: userspaceonuse|strokewidth ; default value: strokewidth; animatable: yes markerwidth this attribute defines the width of the marker viewport. value type: <length> ; default value: 3; animatable: yes orient this attribute defines the orientation of the marker relative to the shape it is attached to. value type: auto|auto-start-reverse|<angle> ; default value: 0; animatable: yes preserveaspectratio this attribute defines how the svg fragment must be deformed if it is embedded in a container with a different aspect ratio. value type: (none| xminymin| xmidymin| xm...
...And 4 more matches

Namespaces crash course - SVG: Scalable Vector Graphics
g/2000/svg"> <!-- more tags here --> </svg> the namespace declaration is provided by the xmlns parameter. this parameter says that the <svg> element and its child elements belong to whichever xml dialect has the namespace name 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg' which is, of course, svg. note that the namespace declaration only needs to be provided once on a root element. the declaration defines the default namespace, so the user agent knows that all the <svg> element's descendants also belong to the same namespace. user agents check to see if they recognize the namespace name to determine if they know how to handle the markup. note that namespace names are just strings, so the fact that the svg namespace name also looks like a uri isn't important. uris are commonly used because they are unique, th...
...me to determine if they know how to handle the markup. note that namespace names are just strings, so the fact that the svg namespace name also looks like a uri isn't important. uris are commonly used because they are unique, the intention is not to "link" somewhere. (in fact uris are used so frequently that the term "namespace uri" is commonly used instead of "namespace name".) redeclaring the default namespace so if all the descendants of the root element are also defined to be in the default namespace, how do you mix in content from another namespace? easy. you just redefine the default namespace. here's a short example. <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> <body> <!-- some xhtml tags here --> <svg xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" width="300px" height="200px"> <!--...
...u just redefine the default namespace. here's a short example. <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> <body> <!-- some xhtml tags here --> <svg xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" width="300px" height="200px"> <!-- some svg tags here --> </svg> <!-- some xhtml tags here --> </body> </html> in this example the xmlns parameter on the root <html> element declares the default namespace to be xhtml. as a result, it and all its child elements are interpreted by the user agent as belonging to xhtml, except for the <svg> element. the <svg> element has its own xmlns parameter, and by redeclaring the default namespace, this tells the user agent that the <svg> element and its descendants (unless they also redeclare the default namespace) belong to svg. see, namespaces reall...
...And 4 more matches

places/bookmarks - Archive of obsolete content
eates an unsaved bookmark instance. parameters options : object required options: name type title string the title for the bookmark. required. url string the url for the bookmark. required. optional options: name type group group the parent group that the bookmark lives under. defaults to the bookmarks.unsorted group. index number the index of the bookmark within its group. last item within the group by default. tags set a set of tags to be applied to the bookmark. group(options) creates an unsaved bookmark group instance. parameters options : object required options: name type title ...
...s to be applied to the bookmark. group(options) creates an unsaved bookmark group instance. parameters options : object required options: name type title string the title for the group. required. optional options: name type group group the parent group that the bookmark group lives under. defaults to the bookmarks.unsorted group. index number the index of the bookmark group within its parent group. last item within the group by default. separator(options) creates an unsaved bookmark separator instance. parameters options : object optional options: name type group group the parent group that the bookmark group...
...arks.unsorted group. index number the index of the bookmark group within its parent group. last item within the group by default. separator(options) creates an unsaved bookmark separator instance. parameters options : object optional options: name type group group the parent group that the bookmark group lives under. defaults to the bookmarks.unsorted group. index number the index of the bookmark group within its parent group. last item within the group by default. functions save(bookmarkitems, options) creating, saving, and deleting bookmarks are all done with the save() function. this function takes in any of: a bookmark item (bookmark, group, separator) a duck-typed object ...
...And 3 more matches

Adding preferences to an extension - Archive of obsolete content
.rdf file: <em:optionsurl>chrome://stockwatcher2/content/options.xul</em:optionsurl> this line establishes the url of the xul file that describes the options dialog. please note that if you are using code from this tutorial to add to an existing extension, you must uninstall and reinstall your extension to enable the preferences button for your extension in the add-ons list. ...
...chrome://stockwatcher2/content/options.xul</em:optionsurl> this line establishes the url of the xul file that describes the options dialog. please note that if you are using code from this tutorial to add to an existing extension, you must uninstall and reinstall your extension to enable the preferences button for your extension in the add-ons list. ...
...at describes the options dialog. please note that if you are using code from this tutorial to add to an existing extension, you must uninstall and reinstall your extension to enable the preferences button for your extension in the add-ons list. establish the defaults in order to set a default preference for the stock to monitor, we need to add a new folder to our extension's package, called "defaults", which in turn contains another folder called "preferences". ...
...And 3 more matches

Block and Line Layout Cheat Sheet - Archive of obsolete content
hat control reflow processing. nsframe the base class for all frames. mflags flags set on the frame to indicate its state. these flags can be grouped into two categories: flags which affect all frames ("public" flags), and flags that are reserved for an individual frame's private use ("private" flags). ns_frame_in_reflow this bit is set when the frame is being actively being reflowed. by default it is set in willreflow(), and unset in didreflow(). many frames' reflow() method verifies that the bit is set with an assertion. ns_frame_first_reflow this flag is set on a newly created frame, and later cleared by the frame's reflow() method when the frame has had its initial reflow. ns_frame_sync_frame_and_view ns_frame_outside_children this flag is set if the combined area of a frame's ...
...root indicates that this is a frame from which child margins can be calculated. the absence of this flag implies that child margin calculations should ignore the frame and look further up the parent chain. used in nsblockreflowcontext::computecollapsedtopmargin(). this flag causes the nsblockreflowstate's constructor to set the brs_istopmarginroot and brs_isbottommarginroot flags. ...
... nslinebox a block consists of lines and other blocks, stacked vertically. a block frame has one nslinebox for each line, and one nslinebox for each block child. ...
...And 3 more matches

panel - Archive of obsolete content
he panel has a titlebar, set the panel's close attribute to true to have a close button appear on the titlebar. pressing the close button will close the panel. consumeoutsideclicks type: boolean controls whether or not the event that caused the popup to be automatically dismissed (or "rolled up") should be consumed or be dispatched as a normal event. if it is not set, it defaults to the platform behavior. if it set to true the rollup event is consumed. if set to false, the rollup event is not consumed. this attribute should be used instead of setconsumerollupevent. fadetype: one of the values belowthe fade attribute, which may only be used with arrow panels, lets you set up a panel that will automatically fade away after a short time. the default is none. nonethe pan...
...r than the distance from the anchor to the right of the screen (or window), so the panel extends past the left of the anchor, and the arrow slides towards the middle of the panel such that it is still aligned with the anchor. without flip="slide", the panel would have had its width truncated and the panel would not extend to the left of the anchor. ignorekeys type: boolean if false, the default value, the escape key may be used to close the panel. if true, the escape key cannot be used to close the panel. label type: string for panels with titlebars, the label on the titlebar. left type: integer overrides the horizontal position of the popup specified by the showpopup method. level type: one of the values below specifies whether the panel appears on top of ...
...nels with titlebars, the label on the titlebar. left type: integer overrides the horizontal position of the popup specified by the showpopup method. level type: one of the values below specifies whether the panel appears on top of all windows, or just on top of the window the panel is in. if this attribute is not set, the popup window level depends on the platform. on linux, the default value is top, otherwise, the default value is parent. if a panel has one or more text fields, this attribute should not be set, otherwise ime or on-screen keyboard popups will appear incorrectly. for these reasons, you should avoid setting the level if not needed. top the panel is shown in front of all other normal windows, including those of other applications. parent the panel is sh...
...And 3 more matches

tree - Archive of obsolete content
yourself. the tree's data is retrieved from this custom view. the custom view should be attached to the tree by setting its view property. more information is available in the xul tutorial. also tree widget changes. relevant accessbility guidelines provide alternative access (for example, via menus) to column picker and for header behaviors like sorting (these have no default keyboard access). attributes disablekeynavigation, disabled, editable, enablecolumndrag, flags, hidecolumnpicker, onselect, rows, seltype, statedatasource, tabindex, treelines properties accessibletype, builderview, columns, contentview, currentindex, disablekeynavigation, disabled, editingcolumn, editingrow, enablecolumndrag, firstordinalcolumn, inputfield, seltype, sel...
...te that content elements should not be generated. this results in a performance enhancement, but you will not be able to use the dom functions to retrieve the tree rows. hidecolumnpicker type: boolean when set to false, a drop-down will appear in the upper right corner of the tree, which the user may use to show and hide columns. when set to true, the column picker will be hidden. the default value is false. onselect type: script code this event is sent to a tree when a row is selected, or whenever the selection changes. the user can select multiple rows by holding down shift or control and clicking on a row. the onselect event will be sent for each item added to or removed from the selection. rows type: integer the number of rows to display in the e...
...f rows to display in the element. if the element contains more than this number of rows, a scrollbar will appear which the user can use to scroll to the other rows. to get the actual number of rows in the element, use the getrowcount method. seltype type: one of the values below used to indicate whether multiple selection is allowed. single only one row may be selected at a time. (default in listbox and richlistbox.) multiple multiple rows may be selected at once. (default in tree.) for trees, you can also use the following values: cell individual cells can be selected text rows are selected; however, the selection highlight appears only over the text of the primary column. for richlistbox, this is new in firefox 3.5. statedatasource type: uri ...
...And 3 more matches

Creating a Windows Inno Setup installer for XULRunner applications - Archive of obsolete content
the tutorial here uses the my app example from the article getting started with xulrunner. step 1: installing inno setup download inno setup from inno setup downloads. if you only want to compile the installer, install the stable release. if you want to edit scripts, you should get the quickstart pack (which includes istool, the script editor. however, if you don't get the quickstart pack, you can later get istool from inno setup third-party files. step 2: creating the application to make your application standalone, deploy your application according to the deploying xulrunner 1.8 article. ...
...should get the quickstart pack (which includes istool, the script editor. however, if you don't get the quickstart pack, you can later get istool from inno setup third-party files. step 2: creating the application to make your application standalone, deploy your application according to the deploying xulrunner 1.8 article. my app's example follows. myapp/ application.ini chrome/ default/ myapp.exe (copy xulrunner-stub.exe and rename) xulrunner/ please test your application before deploying it. if your application does not run, neither will the installed version. step 3: creating the inno setup script create an inno setup script (.iss file). the inno setup script wizard can't set chrome directory's deployment point, so you have to edit the iss file yourself. also y...
...wizard. ...
...And 3 more matches

Getting started with XULRunner - Archive of obsolete content
s of building a xulrunner application. on windows, i created the root in a new c:\program files\myapp folder, but you can create it wherever you like, using whatever os you like. the same application structure is used on windows, mac and linux. here is the subfolder structure: + myapp/ | +-+ chrome/ | | | +-+ content/ | | | | | +-- main.xul | | | | | +-- main.js | | | +-- chrome.manifest | +-+ defaults/ | | | +-+ preferences/ | | | +-- prefs.js | +-- application.ini | +-- chrome.manifest notice that there are 5 files in the folder structure: application.ini, chrome.manifest (2), prefs.js, and main.xul. the /chrome/chrome.manifest file is optional, but might be useful for backward compatibility. see the note below. for more details on the structure of installable bundles in general see:...
...ed by xulrunner to define specific uris which in turn are used to locate application resources. this will become clearer when we see how the “chrome://” uri is used. application chrome can be in a single or a few jar files or uncompressed as folders and files. i am using the uncompressed method for now. here is the chrome/chrome.manifest: content myapp content/ as mentioned in step 3, the default location of the chrome.manifest has changed in xulrunner 2.0, so we also need a simple chrome.manifest in the application root which will include the the manifest in our chrome root. here is the application root chrome.manifest: manifest chrome/chrome.manifest step 6: set up preferences the prefs.js file tells xulrunner the name of the xul file to use as the main window. here is mine: pref("t...
...on of the chrome.manifest has changed in xulrunner 2.0, so we also need a simple chrome.manifest in the application root which will include the the manifest in our chrome root. here is the application root chrome.manifest: manifest chrome/chrome.manifest step 6: set up preferences the prefs.js file tells xulrunner the name of the xul file to use as the main window. ...
...And 3 more matches

Common Firefox theme issues and solutions - Archive of obsolete content
con { -moz-image-region: rect(0, 48px, 16px, 32px); } #page-proxy-favicon[pageproxystate="invalid"] { opacity: 0.5; } for more information about identity boxes please see the identity box section of the amo editors theme review guidelines no visual clue for disabled url bars there needs to be a visual clue when url bar is disabled. to test this please go to bug 324777 using the default theme and activate the "click me" link. the url bar of the resulting popup window is disabled. address bar "door hangers" door hanger sync panel not styled the sync panel at the bottom of the "door hanger" for the save password panel displayed when a user logs into a website needs to be styled to match rest of panel including border. this issue also applies to the edit bookmark panel, which is...
...e also applies to the edit bookmark panel, which is activated by double clicking on the bookmark star in the url bar. for details, please see bug 708797. "about" pages about:addons disabled add-on icons are not grey scale in tools > add-ons, the icons of disabled icons need to be converted to grey scale. ...
... about:permissions the domains on the domain list of about:permissions do not line up properly due to missing placeholder icons for domains without favicons. this issue is fixed by adding the following css instructions to the file browser/preferences/aboutpermissions.css: .site-favicon { height: 16px; width: 16px; -moz-margin-end: 4px; list-style-image: url("chrome://mozapps/skin/places/defaultfavicon.png"); } web developer tools web developer toolbar {to be added} web console web console buttons do not change appearance on the web console (tools > web developer > web console), the toolbar buttons on the left-hand side do not change their appearance between their toggled on and toggled off status as a result it is not possible to determine which buttons are enabled. web console c...
...And 3 more matches

Processing XML with E4X - Archive of obsolete content
use domparser/domserializer or a non-native jxon algorithm instead. first introduced in javascript 1.6, e4x introduces a native xml object to the javascript language, and adds syntax for embedding literal xml documents in javascript code. a full definition of e4x can be found in the ecma-357 specification. this chapter provides a practical overview of the language; it is not a complete reference. ...
... language; it is not a complete reference. compatibility issues prior to widespread browser support for the <script> element, it was common for javascript embedded in a page to be surrounded by html comment tags to prevent <script> unaware browsers from displaying javascript code to the user. this practice is no longer necessary, but remains in some legacy code. for backwards compatibility, e4x defaults to ignoring comments and cdata sections. you can add an e4x=1 argument to your <script> tag to disable this restriction: <script type="text/javascript;e4x=1"> ... </script> creating an xml object e4x offers two principal ways of creating an xml object. the first is to pass a string to the xml constructor: var languages = new xml('<languages type="dynamic"><lang>javascript</lang><lang>pytho...
..."joe").age); // alerts 46 filter expressions can even use javascript functions: function over40(i) { return i > 40; } alert(people.person.(over40(parseint(age))).name); // alerts joe handling namespaces e4x is fully namespace aware. any xml object that represents a node or attribute provides a name() method which returns a qname object, allowing easy inspection of namespaced elements. ...
...And 3 more matches

Old Proxy API - Archive of obsolete content
proxy implementation is a prototype and the proxy api and semantics specifications are unstable. the spidermonkey implementation may not reflect the latest specification draft. it is subject to change anytime. it is provided as an experimental feature. do not rely on it for production code. introduction proxies are objects for which the programmer has to define the semantics in javascript. the default object semantics are implemented in the javascript engine, often written in lower-level languages like c++. proxies let the programmer define most of the behavior of an object in javascript. they are said to provide a meta-programming api. terminology catch-all mechanism (or "intercession api") the technical term for this feature. handler the object that intercepts properties. proxy the ...
... can be either be trapping or fixed. proxy api catch-alls can be defined only on distinct proxy objects, controlled by a handler object. there are two kinds of proxies: object proxies var proxy = proxy.create(handler, proto); and function proxies : var proxy = proxy.createfunction(handler, calltrap, constructtrap); where: proto is an optional object representing the proxy’s prototype (defaults to null if none is provided). calltrap is a variable-argument function(args) { return any; } that reifies “proxy(args)”. note: the this-binding of the calltrap function is the this-binding of the call-site. constructtrap is an optional variable-argument function(args) { return any-object; } that reifies “new proxy(args)”. the this-binding of the constructtrap is either undefined (in st...
...ler api. handler api there are two kinds of traps: fundamental and derived traps. if one of the fundamental traps isn't implemented and the proxy is used in a way that expects the fundamental trap to be defined, then an error is thrown. if a derived trap is implemented, then that trap's code is called whenever the corresponding behavior happens on the proxy. if the derived trap is undefined, a default implementation using the fundamental traps is used. in other words: fundamental traps are required, derived traps are optional. fundamental traps emulated javascript code handler method description object.getownpropertydescriptor(proxy, name) getownpropertydescriptor: function(name) -> propertydescriptor | undefined should return a valid property descriptor object,...
...And 3 more matches

Images, media, and form elements - Learn web development
ments — only their position on the page amongst other elements. as we will see however, there are various things that css can do with an image. certain replaced elements, such as images and video, are also described as having an aspect ratio. this means that it has a size in both the horizontal (x) and vertical (y) dimensions, and will be displayed using the intrinsic dimensions of the file by default. sizing images as you already know from following these lessons, everything in css generates a box. if you place an image inside a box that is smaller or larger than the intrinsic dimensions of the image file in either direction, it will either appear smaller than the box, or overflow the box. you need to make a decision about what happens with the overflow. in the example below we have two bo...
...sult in "letterboxing" if it is not the same aspect ratio as the box. you could also try the value of fill, which will fill the box but not maintain the aspect ratio. replaced elements in layout when using various css layout techniques on replaced elements, you may well find that they behave slightly differently to other elements. for example, in a flex or grid layout elements are stretched by default to fill the entire area. images will not stretch, and instead will be aligned to the start of the grid area or flex container. you can see this happening in the example below where we have a two column, two row grid container, which has four items in it. all of the <div> elements have a background color and stretch to fill the row and column. the image, however, does not stretch. if you are f...
...e we have a two column, two row grid container, which has four items in it. all of the <div> elements have a background color and stretch to fill the row and column. the image, however, does not stretch. if you are following these lessons in order then you may not have looked at layout yet. just keep in mind that replaced elements, when they become part of a grid or flex layout, have different default behaviors, essentially to avoid them being stretched strangely by the layout. to force the image to stretch to fill the grid cell it is in, you'd have to do something like following: img { width: 100%; height: 100%; } this would however stretch the image, so probably isn't what you'd want to do. form elements form elements can be a tricky issue when it comes to styling with css, and the ...
...And 3 more matches

Normal Flow - Learn web development
previous overview: css layout next this article explains normal flow, or the way that webpage elements lay themselves out if you have not changed their layout. prerequisites: the basics of html (study introduction to html), and an idea of how css works (study introduction to css.) objective: to explain how browsers layout web pages by default, before we begin to make changes. as detailed in the last lesson introducing layout, elements on a webpage lay out in the normal flow, if you have not applied any css to change the way they behave. and, as we began to discover, you can change how elements behave either by adjusting their position in that normal flow, or removing them from it altogether. starting with a solid, well-structured document that is readable...
... in addition, as normal flow is designed to make a readable document, by starting in this way you are working with the document rather than fighting against it as you make changes to the layout. before digging deeper into different layout methods, it is worth revisiting some of the things you will have studied in previous modules with regard to normal document flow. how are elements laid out by default? first of all, individual element boxes are laid out by taking the elements' content, then adding any padding, border and margin around them — it's that box model thing again, which we've looked at earlier. by default, a block level element's content is 100% of the width of its parent element, and as tall as its content. inline elements are as tall as their content, and as wide as their conte...
...this manner, you need to set it to behave like a block level element with display: block; (or even,display: inline-block; which mixes characteristics from both.) that explains individual elements, but what about how elements interact with one another? the normal layout flow (mentioned in the layout introduction article) is the system by which elements are placed inside the browser's viewport. by default, block-level elements are laid out in the block flow direction, based on the parent's writing mode (initial: horizontal-tb) — each one will appear on a new line below the last one, and they will be separated by any margin that is set on them. in english therefore, or any other horizontal, top to bottom writing mode, block-level elements are laid out vertically. inline elements behave different...
...And 3 more matches

How to build custom form controls - Learn web development
control when it is in its active state. because our control is focusable, we double this custom style with the :focus pseudo-class in order to be sure they will behave the same. .select .active, .select:focus { outline: none; /* this box-shadow property is not exactly required, however it's imperative to ensure active state is visible, especially to keyboard users, that we use it as a default value. */ box-shadow: 0 0 3px 1px #227755; } now, let's handle the list of options: /* the .select selector here helps to make we only select element inside our control. */ .select .optlist { /* this will make sure our list of options will be displayed below the value and out of the html flow */ position : absolute; top : 100%; left : 0; } we need an extra class to h...
...ptionlist no height and full width. beautification so now that we have the basic functionality in place, the fun can start. the following is just an example of what is possible, and will match the screenshot at the beginning of this article. however, you should feel free to experiment and see what you can come up with. .select { /* the computations are made assuming 1em == 16px which is the default value in most browsers. if you are lost with px to em conversion, try http://riddle.pl/emcalc/ */ font-size : 0.625em; /* this (10px) is the new font size context for em value in this context */ font-family : verdana, arial, sans-serif; box-sizing : border-box; /* we need extra room for the down arrow we will add */ padding : .1em 2.5em .2em .5em; width : 10em; /* 100px */ ...
...izing : border-box; height : 100%; width : 2em; padding-top : .1em; border-left : .2em solid #000; border-radius: 0 .1em .1em 0; background-color : #000; color : #fff; text-align : center; } next, let's style the list of options: .select .optlist { z-index : 2; /* we explicitly said the list of options will always be on top of the down arrow */ /* this will reset the default style of the ul element */ list-style: none; margin : 0; padding: 0; box-sizing : border-box; /* if the values are smaller than the control, the list of options will be as wide as the control itself */ min-width : 100%; /* in case the list is too long, its content will overflow vertically (which will add a vertical scrollbar automatically) but never horizontally (b...
...And 3 more matches

Index - Learn web development
too many projects fail not from a lack of technical know-how, but from lack of goals and vision. 17 how do i use github pages? beginner, github, guide, web, gh-pages, git, publish github is a "social coding" site. it allows you to upload code repositories for storage in the git version control system. you can then collaborate on code projects, and the system is open-source by default, meaning that anyone in the world can find your github code, use it, learn from it, and improve on it. you can do that with other people's code too! this article provides a basic guide to publishing content using github's gh-pages feature. 18 how do you host your website on google app engine? beginner, google app engine, google cloud platform, guide, host, learn, web, publish, webs...
...ng. in this article we will take a brief look at some best practices for writing your css to make it easily maintainable, and some of the solutions you will find in use by others to help improve maintainability. 122 overflowing content beginner, block formatting context, css, data loss, learn, overflow this lesson introduced the concept of overflow. you should understand that default css avoids making overflowing content invisible. you have discovered that you can manage potential overflow, and also, that you should test work to make sure it does not accidentally cause problematic overflow. 123 sizing items in css beginner, css, intrinsic size, learn, max size, min size, percentage, sizing, viewport units this lesson has given you a rundown of some key is...
..., guide, layout, learn, learning, multi-col, multiple columns you now know how to use the basic features of multiple-column layout, another tool at your disposal when choosing a layout method for the designs you are building. 148 normal flow beginner, css, layout, learn, float, grid, normal flow now that you understand normal flow, and how the browser lays things out by default, move on to understand how to change this default display to create the layout needed by your design. 149 positioning article, beginner, css, codingscripting, guide, layout, positioning, absolute, fixed, relative i'm sure you had fun playing with basic positioning; while it is not a method you would use for entire layouts, as you can see there are many tasks it is suited for.
...And 3 more matches

Third-party APIs - Learn web development
in, then creating a new map using the mapquest.map() method, which takes as its parameters the id of a <div> element you want to display the map in ('map'), and an options object containing the details of the particular map we want to display. in this case we specify the coordinates of the center of the map, a map layer of type map to show (created using the mapquest.tilelayer() method), and the default zoom level. this is all the information the mapquest api needs to plot a simple map. the server you are connecting to handles all the complicated stuff, like displaying the correct map tiles for the area being shown, etc. note: some apis handle access to their functionality slightly differently, requiring the developer to make an http request to a specific url pattern to retrieve data. these a...
...nt types of map that can be shown with the mapquest api. to do this, find the following line: layers: l.mapquest.tilelayer('map') try changing 'map' to 'hybrid' to show a hybrid-style map. try some other values too. the tilelayer reference page shows the different available options, plus a lot more information. adding different controls the map has a number of different controls available; by default it just shows a zoom control. you can expand the controls available using the map.addcontrol() method; add this to your code, inside the window.onload handler: map.addcontrol(l.mapquest.control()); the mapquest.control() method just creates a simple full-featured control set, and it is placed in the top-right hand corner by default. you can adjust the position by specifying an options object as...
... control the functionality" comment. this runs a function called submitsearch() when the form is submitted (the button is pressed). ...
...And 3 more matches

Server-side web frameworks - Learn web development
tabase records). for example, the django web framework provides an orm, and refers to the object used to define the structure of a record as the model. the model specifies the field types to be stored, which may provide field-level validation on what information can be stored (e.g. an email field would only allow valid email addresses). the field definitions may also specify their maximum size, default values, selection list options, help text for documentation, label text for forms etc. the model doesn't state any information about the underlying database as that is a configuration setting that may be changed separately of our code. the first code snippet below shows a very simple django model for a team object. this stores the team name and team level as character fields and specifies a maxi...
...etting that may be changed separately of our code. the first code snippet below shows a very simple django model for a team object. this stores the team name and team level as character fields and specifies a maximum number of characters to be stored for each record. ...
...this can match against a number of fields at a time using different criteria (e.g. ...
...And 3 more matches

Ember interactivity: Events, classes and state - Learn web development
ent. this is a vanilla javascript class and has no special meaning to ember, other than extending from the component super-class. ...
...ent-class header this will create the following empty class file — todomvc/app/components/header.js: import component from '@glimmer/component'; export default class headercomponent extends component { } inside this file we will implement the event handler code. ...
...we know that we want to track both the text of a todo, and whether or not it is is completed. add the following import statement below the existing one: import { tracked } from '@glimmer/tracking'; now add the following class below the previous line you added: class todo { @tracked text = ''; @trac...
...And 3 more matches

Command line crash course - Learn web development
sed tools (e.g. the terminal, and the tools you can access through it). many tutorials and tools that exist on the web today support (and sadly assume) unix-based systems, but not to worry — they are available on most systems. in this section, we’ll look at how to get access to the terminal on your chosen system. linux/unix as hinted at above, linux/unix systems have a terminal available by default, listed among your applications. macos macos has a system called darwin that sits underneath the graphical user interface. darwin is the unix-like system, which provides the terminal, and access to the low-level tools. macos darwin mostly has parity with unix, certainly good enough to not cause us any worries as we work through this article. the terminal is available on macos at applications/u...
...ide windows 10, allowing you to run a “true terminal” directly on windows, without needing a virtual machine. this can be installed directly from the windows store for free. you can find all the documentation you need in the windows subsystem for linux documentation. in terms of what option to choose on windows, we’d strongly recommend trying to install the wsl. you could stick with the default command prompt (cmd), and many tools will work ok, but you’ll find everything easier if you have better parity with unix tools. side note: what's the difference between a command line and a terminal? generally you'll find these two terms used interchangeably. technically, a terminal is software that starts and connects to a shell. a shell is your session and session environment (where things ...
...deeper into the command line on the web — this is only a brief introduction! let's move forward and look at using a few of these tools on the command line. before you go any further, open your terminal program! navigation on the command line when you visit the command line you will inevitably need to navigate to a particular directory to "do something". all the operating systems (assuming a default setup) will launch their terminal program in your "home" directory, and from there you’re likely to want to move to a different place. the cd command lets you change directory. technically, cd isn’t a program but a built-in. this means your operating system provides it out of the box, and also that you can’t accidentally delete it — thank goodness! you don’t need to worry too much abo...
...And 3 more matches

Accessibility API cross-reference
dialog dialog dialog dialog <dialog> a list of references to members of a group, such as a static table of contents. directory see <nav> if it really is a table of contents, use <toc> containing <toci> elements (which are wrappers for internal hyperlinks in such a table). for an index, use <index> with a <l>(list) inside. no default semantics in html, but semantics and other accessibility features may be provided with aria. see also span n/a n/a n/a <div> <div> but if you need custom semantic structure, use <nonstruct> instead window that corresponds to an mdi document. in aria, used to nest browsable rich text content inside interactive content document n/a n/a document ...
...see also div n/a n/a n/a <span> span kind of like a dial, but controls the value in a related field spinbutton n/a n/a spinbutton uneditable text statictext label label see aria-readonly the text nodes of html elem...
... semantics and other accessibility features may be provided with aria. see also div n/a n/a n/a <span> span kind of like a dial, but controls the value in a related field spinbutton n/a n/a spinbutton uneditable text statictext label label see aria-readonly the text nodes of html elements are uneditable by default, apart from <input type=text>, or those with a contenteditable attribute entire status bar. in aria, a type of live region whose content is advisory information for the user but is not important enough to justify an alert, often but not necessarily presented as a status bar. statusbar n/a n/a status a document structural element. ...
...And 3 more matches

Gecko info for Windows accessibility vendors
witching your code to use navrelation_embeds. going forward, this may be the only way to efficiently find the content area, as mozilla will begin to become a windowless application, with an exception for plugins which create their own window. when you see the content window receive focus, first check the role. if it is role_pane or role_document then this should be treated as a document for the default modality of the screen reader. if it is a role_application, role_dialog or role_alert then stay in focus tracking mode -- there is no need to parse the document. in addition, if it is a role_alert, a screen reader should treat it as a message box -- that is, to read the entire contents. these roles can occur on content because of the new accessible dhtml technology which allows the author to spec...
...ectfromwindow() will get you the root iaccessible corresponding to the top level window. hold on to this root iaccessible, and use it to walk through the entire tree of iaccessible's. iaccessible methods that we support: get_accparent get_accchildcount get_accchild get_accname get_accvalue get_accdescription get_accrole get_accstate get_accfocus get_accdefaultaction acclocation accselect acchittest accdodefaultaction accnavigate get_acckeyboardshortcut msaa support: iaccessible events and unique id's what msaa events do we support? event_focus is fired for focus changes on any kind of focusable object event_statechange is used in check boxes, radio buttons, text fields, combo boxes and list boxes. it's also use...
...sible that it was labelled by in order to get more formatting information. it is also useful to check for a description. note that the label and description relations may be used to prevent redundant information from being presented by the screen reader, since the label and description can occur both on their own, and in the name or description fields of an iaccessible. enum { navrelation_default_button = 0x100d }; when used within an html form or a xul dialog, the navrelation_default_button relation will return the iaccessible for the default button. enum { navrelation_embeds = 0x1009 }; this relation is used on the root accessible object for a top level mozilla window, corresponding to what's returned for objid_client for that window. it points to the accessible object cor...
...And 3 more matches

Mozilla DOM Hacking Guide
changes that happened around, april 2002, some things that were not possible before are now possible. i will try to update this guide as soon as possible. please send any comment to fabian guisset. when should domclassinfo be used to add a new interface to an existing dom object to expose a new dom object to javascript to add a new js external constructor, like "new image()" to bypass the default behavior of xpconnect to implement a "replaceable" property to mess with the prototypes of dom objects example of functionality implemented using domclassinfo: constructors of dom objects in the global scope (e.g. node) setting up custom prototypes for those dom objects new image(), new option() window.history[index] document.<formname> how to add a new interface to an existing dom o...
...kefiles, manifests, etc. recompile. nuke components.reg if you build optimized. wonder at the beauty of domclassinfo. how to expose a new dom object to javascript let's now go a step further. not only do we want to add a new interface to an object, but we also want to expose a completely new object to javascript. domclassinfo does almost everything for you, from prototypes to implementing a default tostring() method on your object. we will again take the example of the domimplementation object. it is accessible using document.implementation. it is defined in the w3c dom level 1 core spec. the requirements include that the global constructor domimplementation be accessible, that the tostring() method called on an instance of a domimplementation return "domimplementation", and that it imple...
...e of the scriptable helper class for this dom object. more on this subject in the rest of this document. add the dom object domclassinfo in the sclassinfodata array (nsdomclassinfo.cpp): ns_define_classinfo_data(dom_object_name, scriptable_helper_class, scriptable_flags) for the domimplementation object, the lines would be: ns_define_classinfo_data(domimplementation, nsdomgenericsh, dom_default_scriptable_flags) the place where you have to add the domclassinfo in that array should be obvious. if it is not, ask johnny stenback. add the dom object domclassinfo in the nsdomclassinfo::init() method (nsdomclassinfo.cpp): dom_classinfo_map_begin(dom_object_name, dom_object_main_interface) dom_classinfo_map_entry(interface1) dom_classinfo_map_entry(interface2) ... dom_classinfo_map_end ...
...And 3 more matches

Profile Manager
de you can download the source as well: hg clone http://hg.mozilla.org/automation/profilemanager/ instructions for building can be found in build.txt. reporting bugs profile manager bugs should be reported in bugzilla, under testing -> profilemanager. starting profile manager to start profile manager, just launch profilemanager.exe (on windows) or profilemanager-bin (on linux and mac). by default, profile manager will manage firefox profiles, but you can also use it to work with profiles of other xulrunner apps, like thunderbird or seamonkey. to use profile manager with an application other than firefox, you need to launch it using the application's name as an argument, for example: profilemanager-bin seamonkey profiles and application versions profile manager manages two different ...
...unner apps, like thunderbird or seamonkey. to use profile manager with an application other than firefox, you need to launch it using the application's name as an argument, for example: profilemanager-bin seamonkey profiles and application versions profile manager manages two different lists: one of user profiles, and the other of application versions that can be used with the profiles. by default, this means it tracks a list of firefox applications that are installed on your system, and a list of profiles for use by firefox. an individual profile can be linked to a specific installation of firefox, so that version of firefox will be launched when that profile is selected. for example, profilea might be linked with a copy of firefox 3.6.10, while profileb might be linked with a copy of...
...talled on your system, and a list of profiles for use by firefox. an individual profile can be linked to a specific installation of firefox, so that version of firefox will be launched when that profile is selected. for example, profilea might be linked with a copy of firefox 3.6.10, while profileb might be linked with a copy of firefox 3.5.3. ...
...And 3 more matches

A guide to searching crash reports
the search page by clicking on the "super search" link near the toolbar at the top right of any page in crash-stats. this brings up a search form like the one in the following screenshot. fields are provided for four common search criteria: product, version, platform, and process type. the product field is pre-populated with "firefox" because that is a common case. as the fine print says, the default date range is the past week. the default search: signature facet if you click on the "search" button, you will get results like the ones in the following screenshot. by default, the "signature facet" tab is selected. ("facet" is a term that means "group".) in these results, the found crash reports are grouped according to crash signature and ranked by group size. the columns show each group'...
...lts do the following things. the first link in each "signature" column cell links to a signature report, which contains additional details about crash reports with that signature. the "add term" link in each "signature" column cell lets you perform a narrower subsequent search among crash reports with that signature. the links in each "bugs" column cell link to bug reports in bugzilla. the default search: crash reports if you switch to the "crash reports" tab you will see results like the ones in the following screenshot. this is a list of all the individual crash reports that match the search criteria. if the number of matches is large -- in this case it exceeds 1.3 million, just as we saw in the "signature facet" tab -- the results will be spread across multiple pages, which you can ...
...s. or instead of a signature foo, a moz crash reason or something else. use it as a facet. this lets you skim the full signatures of crashes at a glance, bucketed together a bit. note that because the proto signature includes the entire signature, things aren't grouped all that well. grouping in the previous section we saw one example of grouping, in the "signature facet" tab that is shown by default. but there are many other interesting ways to group searches. facets in the search form to do a search with non-signature grouping first click on the "more options..." text, which reveals the additional fields shown in the following screenshot. (the "show columns" and "sort by" fields are straightforward. they apply to the "crash reports" tab of any search results, and are not related to gro...
...And 3 more matches

NSS 3.12.5 release_notes
tructions. nss 3.12.5 source is also available on ftp.mozilla.org for secure https download: source tarball: https://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/security/nss/releases/nss_3_12_5_rtm/src/. new in nss 3.12.5 ssl3 & tls renegotiation vulnerability see cve-2009-3555 and us-cert vu#120541 for more information about this security vulnerability. all ssl/tls renegotiation is disabled by default in nss 3.12.5. this will cause programs that attempt to perform renegotiation to experience failures where they formerly experienced successes, and is necessary for them to not be vulnerable, until such time as a new safe renegotiation scheme is standardized by the ietf. if an application depends on renegotiation feature, it can be enabled by setting the environment variable nss_ssl_enable_reneg...
...to not be vulnerable, until such time as a new safe renegotiation scheme is standardized by the ietf. if an application depends on renegotiation feature, it can be enabled by setting the environment variable nss_ssl_enable_renegotiation to 1. by setting this environmental variable, the fix provided by these patches will have no effect and the application may become vulnerable to the issue. ...
...nss_ssl_enable_renegotiation to 1. by setting this environmental variable, the fix provided by these patches will have no effect and the application may become vulnerable to the issue. this default setting can also be changed within the application by using the following existing api functions: secstatus ssl_optionset(prfiledesc *fd, print32 option, prbool on) secstatus ssl_optionsetdefault(print32 option, prbool on) there is now a new value for "option", which is: ssl_enable_renegotiation the corresponding new values for ssl_enable_renegotiation are: ssl_renegotiate_never: never renegotiate at all (default). ssl_renegotiate_unrestricted: renegotiate without restriction, whether or not the peer's client hello bears the renegotiation info extension (as we...
...And 3 more matches

NSS 3.12.6 release notes
you also need to download the nspr 4.8.4 binary distributions to get the nspr 4.8.4 header files and shared libraries, which nss 3.12.6 requires. nspr 4.8.4 binary distributions are in https://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/nspr/releases/v4.8.4/. new in nss 3.12.6 ssl3 & tls renegotiation indication extension (rfc 5746) by default, nss 3.12.6 uses the new tls renegotiation indication extension for tls renegotiation but allows simple ssl/tls connections (without renegotiation) with peers that don't support the tls renegotiation indication extension. the behavior of nss for renegotiation can be changed through api function calls, or with the following environment variables: nss_ssl_enable_r...
...negotiation indication extension. ...
... values: [0|n|n]: ssl_renegotiate_never never allow renegotiation - that was the default for 3.12.5 release. [1|u|u]: ssl_renegotiate_unrestricted server and client are allowed to renegotiate without any restrictions. this setting was the default prior 3.12.5 and makes products vulnerable. [2|r|r]: ssl_renegotiate_requires_xtn (default) only allows renegotiation if the peer's hello bears the tls renegotiation_info extension. this is the safe renegotiation. [3|t|t]: ssl_renegotiate_transitional ...
...And 3 more matches

Python binding for NSS
ed after the nss/nspr c function returns. this allows other python threads to execute during the time a nss/nspr function is progress in another thread. also, any "global" values which are set in python-nss are actually thread-local. examples of this are the various callbacks which can be set and their parameters. thus each thread gets it own set of callbacks. many methods/functions provide sane default (keyword) parameters freeing the python programmer from having to specify all parameters yet allowing them to be overriden when necessary. error codes are never returned from methods/functions. python-nss follows the existing python exception mechanism. any error reported by nss/nspr is converted into a python exception and raised. the exact error code, error description, and often contextual er...
... "lines", each line is paired with an indentation level value. the (indent, text) pairs allow you to insert the item into a gui tree structure or simply change the indentation formatting. deprecated elements of the python-nss api are marked with python deprecation warnings as well as being documented in the nss module documentation. as of python 2.7 deprecation warnings are no longer reported by default. it is suggested python developers using python-nss periodically run their code with deprecation warnings enabled. depercated elements will persist for a least two releases before being removed from the api entirely. project history red hat utilizes both nss and python in many of it's projects, however it was not previously possible to call nss directly from python. to solve this problem red h...
...nss/releases/pynss_release_0_16_0/src/ change log the primary enhancements in this version is adding support for the setting trust attributes on a certificate, the ssl version range api, information on the ssl cipher suites and information on the ssl connection. ...
...And 3 more matches

NSS functions
d later ssl_authcertificatehook mxr 3.2 and later ssl_badcerthook mxr 3.2 and later ssl_certdbhandleset mxr 3.2 and later ssl_canbypass mxr 3.11.7 and later ssl_cipherpolicyget mxr 3.2 and later ssl_cipherpolicyset mxr 3.2 and later ssl_cipherprefget mxr 3.2 and later ssl_cipherprefgetdefault mxr 3.2 and later ssl_cipherprefset mxr 3.2 and later ssl_cipherprefsetdefault mxr 3.2 and later ssl_clearsessioncache mxr 3.2 and later ssl_configmpserversidcache mxr 3.2 and later ssl_configsecureserver mxr 3.2 and later ssl_configserversessionidcache mxr 3.2 and later ssl_datapending mxr...
...nd later ssl_getstatistics mxr 3.2 and later ssl_handshakecallback mxr 3.2 and later ssl_importfd mxr 3.2 and later ssl_inheritmpserversidcache mxr 3.2 and later ssl_invalidatesession mxr 3.2 and later ssl_localcertificate mxr 3.4 and later ssl_optionget mxr 3.2 and later ssl_optiongetdefault mxr 3.2 and later ssl_optionset mxr 3.2 and later ssl_optionsetdefault mxr 3.2 and later ssl_peercertificate mxr 3.2 and later ssl_preencryptedfiletostream mxr 3.2 and later ssl_preencryptedstreamtofile mxr 3.2 and later ssl_rehandshake mxr 3.2 and later ssl_rehandshakewithtimeout mxr 3.
...its entry in the old ssl reference. the mozilla cross reference (mxr) link for each function provides access to the function definition, prototype definition, and source code references. function name/documentation source code replacement in nss 3.2 ssl_enable mxr ssl_optionset ssl_enablecipher mxr ssl_cipherprefsetdefault ssl_enabledefault mxr ssl_optionsetdefault ssl_redohandshake mxr ssl_rehandshake ssl_setpolicy mxr ssl_cipherpolicyset certificate functions the public functions listed here are used to interact with certificate databases. if documentation is available for a function listed below, the function name is...
...And 3 more matches

NSS Tools pk12util
le export certificate and private key, specified by the -n option, from the database to the p12 file. -l p12file list certificate and private key from from the p12file file. arguments -n certname specify the nickname of the cert and private key to export. -d dir specify the database directory into which to import to or export from certificates and keys. if not specified the directory defaults to $home/.netscape (when $home exists in the environment), or to ./.netscape (when $home does not exist in the environment). -p prefix specify the prefix used on the cert8.db and key3.db files (for example, my_cert8.db and my_key3.db). this option is provided as a special case. changing the names of the certificate and key databases is not recommended. -h tokenname specify the name of the...
...ic key to be used to encrypt the top level protocol data unit password based encryption pkcs #12 provides for not only the protection of the private keys but also the certificate and meta-data associated with the keys. password based encryption is used to protect private keys on export to a pkcs #12 file and also the entire package when allowed. if no algorithm is specified, the tool defaults to using "pkcs12 v2 pbe with sha1 and 3key triple des-cbc" for private key encryption. for historical export control reasons "pkcs12 v2 pbe with sha1 and 40 bit rc4" is the default for the overall package encryption when not in fips mode and no package encryption when in fips mode. the private key is always protected with strong encryption by default. a list of ciphers follows. symmet...
...on. for historical export control reasons "pkcs12 v2 pbe with sha1 and 40 bit rc4" is the default for the overall package encryption when not in fips mode and no package encryption when in fips mode. the private key is always protected with strong encryption by default. a list of ciphers follows. ...
...And 3 more matches

nsIPrintingPrompt
ment their own print and progress dialogs. each platform has a "base" or "backstop" implementation of the service. the service is automatically registered at start up. historically, platform toolkits with native dialogs have implemented them in the gfx layer usually they were displayed when a new devicecontextspec specific to that platform was created. ...
...s created. windows: the gfx layer no longer supports default toolkit behavior for displaying the native print dialog. if an embedder implemented service returns any error code (other than ns_error_abort) printing will terminate. returning ns_ok assumes that the printsettings object was correctly filled in and if it does not have valid fields for printer name, and so on. it may also terminate. defaults for platform service: showprintdialog - displays a native dialog showpagesetup() - displays a xul dialog showprogress() - displays a xul dialog summary for windows embedders: stated once again: there is no "fallback" native platform support in gfx for the displaying of the native print dialog. ...
...if you wish to have a native progress dialog on windows you will have to create and register your own service. note: the windows version mozilla implements this service which is automatically built and registered for you. ...
...And 3 more matches

Using js-ctypes
os x /* build a str255 ("pascal style") string from the passed-in string */ function makestr(str) { return string.fromcharcode(str.length) + str; } components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/ctypes.jsm"); var carbon = ctypes.open("/system/library/frameworks/carbon.framework/carbon"); stdalert = carbon.declare("standardalert", /* function name */ ctypes.default_abi, /* abi type */ ctypes.int16_t, /* return type */ ctypes.int16_t, /* alert type */ ctypes.char.ptr, /* primary text */ ctypes.char.ptr, /* secondary text */ ctypes.uint32_t, /* alert param */ ctypes.int16...
..."pascal" string, which is a length byte followed by the characters of the string itself. note that this only works correctly if the string is in fact under 256 characters; if it's longer, this will fail spectacularly. in line 9, the carbon library is loaded from the system's carbon framework. line 11 declares the stdalert() function, which will call the carbon standardalert routine. it uses the default abi, returns a 16-bit integer (which is a carbon oserr value), and accepts an integer (the alert type), two strings, a pointer to a parameter block, which we aren't using, and another integer, which is used to return the hit item. see apple's documentation for standardalert for details. after that, we simply set up our parameters by using makestr() to generate the two str255 strings we need, the...
...apple.com/library/mac/documentation/corefoundation/reference/cfusernotificationref/index.html#//apple_ref/c/func/cfusernotificationdisplaynotice * sint32 cfusernotificationdisplaynotice ( * cftimeinterval timeout, * cfoptionflags flags, * cfurlref iconurl, * cfurlref soundurl, * cfurlref localizationurl, * cfstringref alertheader, * cfstringref alertmessage, * cfstringref defaultbuttontitle * ); */ var cfusernotificationdisplaynotice = libcf.declare("cfusernotificationdisplaynotice", ctypes.default_abi, sint32, // return cftimeinterval, // timeout cfoptionflags, // flags cfurlref, // iconurl cfurlref, // soundurl cfurlref, // localizationurl cfstringref, // alertheader cfstringref, // alertmessage cfstringref // defaultbuttontitle ); /* https://...
...And 3 more matches

DevTools API - Firefox Developer Tools
et. parameters: target {target} - the target the toolbox is debugging. return value: toolbox object or undefined if there's no toolbox for the given target.. closetoolbox(target) closes the toolbox for given target. parameters: target {target} - the target of the toolbox that should be closed. return value: a promise that is fulfilled once the toolbox has been destroyed. getdefaulttools() returns an array of tooldefinition objects for the built-in tools. getadditionaltools() returns an array of tooldefinition objects for tools added by addons. gettooldefinition(toolid) fetch the tooldefinition object for a tool if it exists and is enabled. parameters: toolid {string} - the id of the tool. return value: a tooldefinition if a tool with the given id exists...
...fic target. properties target target. the target this toolbox is debugging. hosttype toolbox.hosttype. the type of the host this toolbox is docked to. the value is one of the toolbox.hosttype constants. zoomvalue the current zoom level of the toolbox. constants the toolbox constructor contains following constant properties. toolbox.hosttype.bottom host type for the default toolbox host at the bottom of the browser window. toolbox.hosttype.side host type for the host at the side of the browser window. toolbox.hosttype.window host type for the separate toolbox window. toolbox.hosttype.custom host type for a custom frame host. methods getcurrentpanel() get the currently active toolpanel. return value: the toolpanel object that was retur...
... valid id for an html element. url string, required. an url of the panel document. label string, optional. the tool's name. if undefined the icon should be specified. tooltip string, optional. the tooltip for the tool's tab. panellabel string, optional. an accessibility label for the panel. ordinal integer, optional. the position of the tool's tab within the toolbox. default: 99 visibilityswitch string, optional. a preference name that controls the visiblity of the tool. default: devtools.{id}.enabled icon string, optional. an url for the icon to show in the toolbox tab. if undefined the label should be defined. highlightedicon string, optional. an url for an icon that is to be used when the tool is highlighted (see e.g. paused, inactive debugger). ...
...And 3 more matches

Settings - Firefox Developer Tools
these settings are particularly useful if you have a widescreen monitor. ...
...he console. it makes visible the command line and one or two lines of the console output. the rest of the settings are on the developer tools settings pane. to see the settings, open any of the developer tools, and then: click the "settings" command in the menu: or press f1 to toggle between the active tool and the settings pane the settings pane looks something like this: categories default firefox developer tools this group of checkboxes determines which tools are enabled in the toolbox. new tools are often included in firefox but not enabled by default. available toolbox buttons this group of checkboxes determines which tools get an icon in the toolbox's toolbar. as of firefox 62, if the option to "select an iframe as the currently targeted document" is checked, the icon will ...
...rrently targeted document" is checked, the icon will appear in the toolbar while the settings tab is displayed, even if the current page doesn't include any iframes. note that in firefox 52 we removed the checkbox to toggle the "select element" button. the "select element" button is now always shown. themes this enables you to choose one of two themes. there's a light theme, which is the default: a dark theme: common preferences settings that apply to more than one tool. there's just one of these: enable persistent logs a setting to control whether or not the web console and network monitor clear their output when you navigate to a new page. if common preferences is not included in the settings, web console logs can be persisted by using the 'about:config' ur...
...And 3 more matches

Console messages - Firefox Developer Tools
icon not all console messages contain icons. ...
...enerates a warning or error is executed more than once, it is only logged once and this counter appears to indicate how many times it was encountered. filename and line number for javascript, css and console api messages, the message can be traced to a specific line of code. the console then provides a link to the filename and line number that generated the message. by default, the console is cleared each time you navigate to a new page or reload the current page. to override this behavior, enable persist logs in the console settings menu (gear icon). the context menu options listed below are available on all message categories. additional context menu options are described in the subsection for the message category they apply to. copy message copies the selected m...
... selected message to the clipboard. select all selects all messages available in the message display pane. export visible messages to clipboard copies all messages available in the display pane to the clipboard. file opens a file dialog box so you can save an export of all messages available in the display pane. message categories network network log messages are not shown by default. use the filtering feature to show them. network requests are logged with a line that looks like this: time the time the message was recorded. method the specific http request method. if the request was made as an xmlhttprequest, there's an additional "xhr" tag indicating this. if more information is available, a disclosure triangle lets you display it,...
...And 3 more matches

DOMMatrixReadOnly - Web APIs
e original matrix is not altered. dommatrixreadonly.multiply() returns a new dommatrix created by computing the dot product of the source matrix and the specified matrix: a⋅b. if no matrix is specified as the multiplier, the matrix is multiplied by a matrix in which every element is 0 except the bottom-right corner and the element immediately above and to its left: m33 and m34. these have the default value of 1. the original matrix is not modified. dommatrixreadonly.rotateaxisangle() returns a new dommatrix created by rotating the source matrix by the given angle around the specified vector. the original matrix is not modified. dommatrixreadonly.rotate() returns a new dommatrix created by rotating the source matrix around each of its axes by the specified number of degrees. the original m...
...f degrees. the original matrix is not altered. dommatrixreadonly.rotatefromvector() returns a new dommatrix created by rotating the source matrix by the angle between the specified vector and (1, 0). the original matrix is not modified. dommatrixreadonly.scale() returns a new dommatrix created by scaling the source matrix by the amount specified for each axis, centered on the given origin. by default, the x and z axes are scaled by 1 and the y axis has no default scaling value. the default origin is (0, 0, 0). the original matrix is not modified. dommatrixreadonly.scale3d() returns a new dommatrix created by scaling the source 3d matrix by the given factor along all its axes, centered on the specified origin point. the default origin is (0, 0, 0). the original matrix is not modified. domma...
...the original matrix is not changed. ...
...And 3 more matches

Document.execCommand() - Web APIs
commands that manipulate the current editable region, such as form inputs or contenteditable elements. most commands affect the document's selection (bold, italics, etc.), while others insert new elements (adding a link), or affect an entire line (indenting). when using contenteditable, execcommand() affects the currently active editable element. ...
...this is not implemented in mozilla. avalueargument for commands which require an input argument, is a domstring providing that information. for example, insertimage requires the url of the image to insert. specify null if no argument is needed. commands backcolor changes the document background color. ...
...alue a boolean that is false if the command is unsupported or disabled. note: only returns true if part of a user interaction. don't try using the return value to verify browser support before calling a command. parameters acommandname a domstring specifying the name of the command to execute. see commands for a list of possible commands. ashowdefaultui a boolean indicating whether the default user interface should be shown. this is not implemented in mozilla. avalueargument for commands which require an input argument, is a domstring providing that information. for example, insertimage requires the url of the image to insert. specify null if no argument is needed. commands backcolor changes the document background color. in stylewithcss mode, it affects the background color of...
...And 3 more matches

Element.animate() - Web APIs
ys of values to iterate over. see keyframe formats for more details. options either an integer representing the animation's duration (in milliseconds), or an object containing one or more timing properties: id optional a property unique to animate(): a domstring with which to reference the animation. delay optional the number of milliseconds to delay the start of the animation. defaults to 0. direction optional whether the animation runs forwards (normal), backwards (reverse), switches direction after each iteration (alternate), or runs backwards and switches direction after each iteration (alternate-reverse). defaults to "normal". duration optional the number of milliseconds each iteration of the animation takes to complete. defaults to 0. although this is technically opti...
...s each iteration of the animation takes to complete. defaults to 0. although this is technically optional, keep in mind that your animation will not run if this value is 0. easing optional the rate of the animation's change over time. accepts the pre-defined values "linear", "ease", "ease-in", "ease-out", and "ease-in-out", or a custom "cubic-bezier" value like "cubic-bezier(0.42, 0, 0.58, 1)". defaults to "linear". enddelay optional the number of milliseconds to delay after the end of an animation. this is primarily of use when sequencing animations based on the end time of another animation. defaults to 0. fill optional dictates whether the animation's effects should be reflected by the element(s) prior to playing ("backwards"), retained after the animation has completed playing ("forwar...
... enddelay optional the number of milliseconds to delay after the end of an animation. this is primarily of use when sequencing animations based on the end time of another animation. defaults to 0. fill optional dictates whether the animation's effects should be reflected by the element(s) prior to playing ("backwards"), retained after the animation has completed playing ("forwards"), or both. defaults to "none". iterationstart optional describes at what point in the iteration the animation should start. ...
...And 3 more matches

Using Fetch - Web APIs
status set to false), and it will only reject on network failure or if anything prevented the request from completing. fetch() won't can receive cross-site cookies; you can’t can establish a cross site session using fetch. set-cookie headers from other sites are silently ignored. fetch won’t send cookies, unless you set the credentials init option. (since aug 25, 2017. the spec changed the default credentials policy to same-origin. firefox changed since 61.0b13.) a basic fetch request is really simple to set up. have a look at the following code: fetch('http://example.com/movies.json') .then(response => response.json()) .then(data => console.log(data)); here we are fetching a json file across the network and printing it to the console. the simplest use of fetch() takes one argumen...
...ntent security policy rather than the directive of the resources it's retrieving. supplying request options the fetch() method can optionally accept a second parameter, an init object that allows you to control a number of different settings: see fetch() for the full options available, and more details. ...
... to control a number of different settings: see fetch() for the full options available, and more details. // example post method implementation: async function postdata(url = '', data = {}) { // default options are marked with * const response = await fetch(url, { method: 'post', // *get, post, put, delete, etc. ...
...And 3 more matches

HTML Drag and Drop API - Web APIs
r.setdata("text/plain", ev.target.innertext); ev.datatransfer.setdata("text/html", ev.target.outerhtml); ev.datatransfer.setdata("text/uri-list", ev.target.ownerdocument.location.href); } for a list of common data types used in drag-and-drop (such as text, html, links, and files), see recommended drag types. for more information about drag data, see drag data. define the drag image by default, the browser supplies an image that appears beside the pointer during a drag operation. however, an application may define a custom image with the setdragimage() method, as shown in the following example. function dragstart_handler(ev) { // create an image and then use it for the drag image. // note: change "example.gif" to a real image url or the image // will not be created and the defau...
...ationship or connection will be created between the source and drop locations. during the drag operation, drag effects may be modified to indicate that certain effects are allowed at certain locations. the following example shows how to use this property. function dragstart_handler(ev) { ev.datatransfer.dropeffect = "copy"; } for more details, see: drag effects define a drop zone by default, the browser prevents anything from happening when dropping something onto most html elements. to change that behavior so that an element becomes a drop zone or is droppable, the element must have both ondragover and ondrop event handler attributes. the following example shows how to use those attributes, and includes basic event handlers for each attribute. <script> function dragover_handler(e...
...events anything from happening when dropping something onto most html elements. to change that behavior so that an element becomes a drop zone or is droppable, the element must have both ondragover and ondrop event handler attributes. the following example shows how to use those attributes, and includes basic event handlers for each attribute. ...
...And 3 more matches

Using IndexedDB - Web APIs
eeds, but the objects won't appear in the "name" index. we can now retrieve the stored customer objects using their ssn from the object store directly, or using their name by using the index. to learn how this is done, see the section on using an index. using a key generator setting up an autoincrement flag when creating the object store would enable the key generator for that object store. by default this flag is not set. with the key generator, the key would be generated automatically as you add the value to the object store. the current number of a key generator is always set to 1 when the object store for that key generator is first created. basically the newly auto-generated key is increased by 1 based on the previous key. the current number for a key generator never decreases, other tha...
...must be in readwrite mode. you open such transactions with idbdatabase.transaction. the method accepts two parameters: the storenames (the scope, defined as an array of object stores that you want to access) and the mode (readonly or readwrite) for the transaction. the method returns a transaction object containing the idbindex.objectstore method, which you can use to access your object store. by default, where no mode is specified, transactions open in readonly mode. note: as of firefox 40, indexeddb transactions have relaxed durability guarantees to increase performance (see bug 1112702.) previously in a readwrite transaction idbtransaction.oncomplete was fired only when all data was guaranteed to have been flushed to disk. in firefox 40+ the complete event is fired after the os has been told...
...sed to. a few more examples will help, too. if you start seeing transaction_inactive_err error codes then you've messed something up. transactions can receive dom events of three different types: error, abort, and complete. we've talked about the way that error events bubble, so a transaction receives error events from any requests that are generated from it. a more subtle point here is that the default behavior of an error is to abort the transaction in which it occurred. unless you handle the error by first calling stoppropagation() on the error event then doing something else, the entire transaction is rolled back. this design forces you to think about and handle errors, but you can always add a catchall error handler to the database if fine-grained error handling is too cumbersome. if you do...
...And 3 more matches

KeyframeEffectOptions - Web APIs
uration the animation will not play. simply put, these properties describe how the user agent should go about making the transition from keyframe to keyframe, and how to behave when the animation begins and ends. properties composite optional determines how values are combined between this animation and other, separate animations that do not specify their own specific composite operation. defaults to replace. add dictates an additive effect, where each successive iteration builds on the last. for instance with transform, a translatex(-200px) would not override an earlier rotate(20deg) value but result in translatex(-200px) rotate(20deg). accumulate is similar but a little smarter: blur(2) and blur(5) become blur(7), not blur(2) blur(5). replace overwrites the previous value with t...
...an earlier rotate(20deg) value but result in translatex(-200px) rotate(20deg). accumulate is similar but a little smarter: blur(2) and blur(5) become blur(7), not blur(2) blur(5). replace overwrites the previous value with the new one. iterationcomposite optional determines how values build from iteration to iteration in this animation. can be set to accumulate or replace (see above). defaults to replace. pseudoelement optional the selector of the pseudo-element to be targeted, if any. defaults to null. delay optional the number of milliseconds to delay the start of the animation. defaults to 0. direction optional whether the animation runs forwards (normal), backwards (reverse), switches direction after each iteration (alternate), or runs backwards and switches direction af...
...although this is technically optional, keep in mind that your animation will not run if this value is 0. easing optional the rate of the animation's change over time. ...
...And 3 more matches

Capabilities, constraints, and settings - Web APIs
specifying the values or ranges of values it wishes to use for any of the constrainable properties about which it has a preference. the track's getconstraints() method returns the set of constraints passed into the most recent call to applyconstraints(). this may not represent the actual current state of the track, due to properties whose requested values had to be adjusted and because platform default values aren't represented. for a complete representation of the track's current configuration, use getsettings(). in the media stream api, both mediastream and mediastreamtrack have constrainable properties. determining if a constraint is supported if you need to know whether or not a given constriant is supported by the user agent, you can find out by calling navigator.mediadevices.getsuppor...
...200px; } .leftside { float: left; width: calc(calc(100%/2) - 10px); } .rightside { float: right; width: calc(calc(100%/2) - 10px); } textarea { padding: 8px; } h3 { margin-bottom: 3px; } #supportedconstraints { column-count: 2; -moz-column-count: 2; } #log { padding-top: 10px; } javascript content now let's take a look at the javascript code that makes everything work. ...
...th: calc(calc(100%/2) - 10px); } .rightside { float: right; width: calc(calc(100%/2) - 10px); } textarea { padding: 8px; } h3 { margin-bottom: 3px; } #supportedconstraints { column-count: 2; -moz-column-count: 2; } #log { padding-top: 10px; } javascript content now let's take a look at the javascript code that makes everything work. defaults and variables first we have the default constraint sets, as strings. ...
...And 3 more matches

Multi-touch interaction - Web APIs
nt as well as application specific var pinch_threshhold = ev.target.clientwidth / 10; if (diff1 >= pinch_threshhold && diff2 >= pinch_threshhold) ev.target.style.background = "green"; } else { // empty tpcache tpcache = new array(); } } } touch start handler the touchstart event handler caches touch points to support 2-touch gestures. it also calls preventdefault() to keep the browser from applying further event handling (for example, mouse event emulation). function start_handler(ev) { // if the user makes simultaneous touches, the browser will fire a // separate touchstart event for each touch point. thus if there are // three simultaneous touches, the first touchstart event will have // targettouches length of one, the second event will have a len...
...urther event handling (for example, mouse event emulation). function start_handler(ev) { // if the user makes simultaneous touches, the browser will fire a // separate touchstart event for each touch point. thus if there are // three simultaneous touches, the first touchstart event will have // targettouches length of one, the second event will have a length // of two, and so on. ...
... function move_handler(ev) { // note: if the user makes more than one "simultaneous" touches, most browsers // fire at least one touchmove event and some will fire several touchmoves. // consequently, an application might want to "ignore" some touchmoves. ...
...And 3 more matches

Web Authentication API - Web APIs
redential containing an authenticatorattestationresponse. note that it is absolutely critical that the challenge be a buffer of random information (at least 16 bytes) and it must be generated on the server in order to ensure the security of the registration process. browser calls authenticatormakecredential() on authenticator - internally, the browser will validate the parameters and fill in any defaults, which become the authenticatorresponse.clientdatajson. one of the most important parameters is the origin, which is recorded as part of the clientdata so that the origin can be verified by the server later. the parameters to the create() call are passed to the authenticator, along with a sha-256 hash of the clientdatajson (only a hash is sent because the link to the authenticator may be a low-b...
...he get() call, typically with little or no modification. note that it is absolutely critical that the challenge be a buffer of random information (at least 16 bytes) and it must be generated on the server in order to ensure the security of the authentication process. browser calls authenticatorgetcredential() on authenticator - internally, the browser will validate the parameters and fill in any defaults, which become the authenticatorresponse.clientdatajson. one of the most important parameters is the origin, which recorded as part of the clientdata so that the origin can be verified by the server later. the parameters to the get() call are passed to the authenticator, along with a sha-256 hash of the clientdatajson (only a hash is sent because the link to the authenticator may be a low-bandwid...
...tions publickeycredentialcreationoptions the options passed to credentialscontainer.create(). publickeycredentialrequestoptions the options passed to credentialscontainer.get(). examples for security reasons, web authentication calls (create() and get()) are cancelled if the browser window loses focus while the call is pending. // sample arguments for registration var createcredentialdefaultargs = { publickey: { // relying party (a.k.a. - service): rp: { name: "acme" }, // user: user: { id: new uint8array(16), name: "john.p.smith@example.com", displayname: "john p. smith" }, pubkeycredparams: [{ type: "public-key", alg: -7 }], attestat...
...And 3 more matches

Using the Web Speech API - Web APIs
u want to have recognised in a particular app.) when a word or phrase is successfully recognised, it is returned as a result (or list of results) as a text string, and further actions can be initiated as a result. the web speech api has a main controller interface for this — speechrecognition — plus a number of closely-related interfaces for representing grammar, results, etc. generally, the default speech recognition system available on the device will be used for the speech recognition — most modern oses have a speech recognition system for issuing voice commands. think about dictation on macos, siri on ios, cortana on windows 10, android speech, etc. note: on some browsers, like chrome, using speech recognition on a web page involves a server-based recognition engine. your audio is se...
...or this simple demo. speechrecognition.maxalternatives: sets the number of alternative potential matches that should be returned per result. this can sometimes be useful, say if a result is not completely clear and you want to display a list if alternatives for the user to choose the correct one from. ...
... or firefox os. browser support support for web speech api speech synthesis is still getting there across mainstream browsers, and is currently limited to the following: firefox desktop and mobile support it in gecko 42+ (windows)/44+, without prefixes, and it can be turned on by flipping the media.webspeech.synth.enabled flag to true in about:config. firefox os 2.5+ supports it, by default, and without the need for any permissions. chrome for desktop and android have supported it since around version 33, without prefixes. html and css the html and css are again pretty trivial, simply containing a title, some instructions for use, and a form with some simple controls. the <select> element is initially empty, but is populated with <option>s via javascript (see later on.) ...
...And 3 more matches

Mozilla CSS extensions - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
once a given property is standardized and implemented without the prefix, the prefixed version ...
...moz-image-rect() border-color -moz-use-text-colorobsolete since gecko 52 (removed in bug 1306214); use currentcolor instead. ...
...lorobsolete since gecko 52 (removed in bug 1306214); use currentcolor instead. ...
...And 3 more matches

Linear-gradient Generator - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
width: 420px; margin: 0; border: 1px solid #ddd; background-color: #fff; display: table; -moz-user-select: none; -webkit-user-select: none; -ms-user-select: none; user-select: none; } .ui-color-picker .picking-area { width: 198px; height: 198px; margin: 5px; border: 1px solid #ddd; position: relative; float: left; display: table; } .ui-color-picker .picking-area:hover { cursor: default; } /* hsv format - hue-saturation-value(brightness) */ .ui-color-picker .picking-area { background: url("images/picker_mask.png"); background: -moz-linear-gradient(bottom, #000 0%, rgba(0, 0, 0, 0) 100%), -moz-linear-gradient(left, #fff 0%, rgba(255, 255, 255, 0) 100%); background: -webkit-linear-gradient(bottom, #000 0%, rgba(0, 0, 0, 0) 100%), -webkit-linear-gradient(left, #fff 0%,...
...eight: 150%; } /* button */ #controls .button { height: 24px; padding: 0 10px; background-color: #379b4a; border-radius: 3px; font-size: 14px; color: #fff; display: inline; float: left; } #controls .button[data-state='disabled'] { background-color: #ccc !important; color: #777 !important; } #controls .button[data-state='disabled']:hover { background-color: #ccc !important; cursor: default !important; } #controls .button:hover { cursor: pointer; background-color: #208b20; } /* active point */ .ui-input-slider { height: 24px; line-height: 20px; } #delete-point { margin: 0 58px 0 0; float: right !important; } #controls .ui-color-picker[data-topic="picker"] { margin: 20px 0 0 0; } #controls .ui-input-slider[data-topic="axis-rotation"] { } #controls .ui-dropdown { width...
... getprecision, createslider : createslider, }; })(); /** * ui-slidersmanager */ var slidermanager = (function slidermanager() { 'use strict'; var subscribers = {}; var sliders = []; function trackmouse(elem, callback, startfunc, endfunc) { startfunc = startfunc || function(e) {}; endfunc = endfunc || function(e) {}; elem.addeventlistener('mousedown', function(e) { e.preventdefault(); startfunc(e); document.addeventlistener('mousemove', callback); document.addeventlistener('mouseup', function up(e) { document.removeeventlistener('mousemove', callback); document.removeeventlistener('mouseup', up); endfunc(e); }); }); elem.addeventlistener('click', function(e) { e.stoppropagation(); }); } var slider = function(node) { var topic = node.g...
...And 3 more matches

quotes - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
pends on user agentapplies toall elementsinheritedyescomputed valueas specifiedanimation typediscrete formal syntax none | auto | [ <string> <string> ]+ examples basic quote marks html <q>to be or not to be. that's the question!</q> css q { quotes: '"' '"' "'" "'"; } q::before { content: open-quote; } q::after { content: close-quote; } result auto quotes for most browsers, the default value of quotes is auto (firefox 70+), or the browser otherwise had this default behavior (chromiums, safari, edge), so this example works without it being explicitly being set. html <div lang="fr"> <q>ceci est une citation française.</q> <div> <hr> <div lang="ru"> <q>Это русская цитата</q> <div> <hr> <div lang="de"> <q>dies ist ein deutsches zitat</q> <div> <hr> <div l...
... full support 14safari ios full support 9samsung internet android full support 1.0auto keywordchrome no support nonotes no support nonotes notes this value is not supported, but the default browser behavior is to choose appropriate quotes for the user's language settingedge no support nonotes no support nonotes notes this value is not supported, but the default browser behavior is to choose appropriate quotes for the user's language settingfirefox full support ...
... nonotes notes this value is not supported, but the default browser behavior is to choose appropriate quotes for the user's language settingfirefox full support 70ie no support nonotes no support nonotes notes this value is not supported, but the default browser behavior is to choose appropriate quotes for the user's language settingopera no support nonotes no support nonotes notes this value is not supported, but the default browser behavior is to choose appropriate quotes for the user's language settingsafari no support ...
...And 3 more matches

HTML attribute reference - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
alt <applet>, <area>, <img>, <input> alternative text in case an image can't be displayed. async <script> executes the script asynchronously. autocapitalize global attribute sets whether input is automatically capitalized when entered by user autocomplete <form>, <input>, <select>, <textarea> indicates whether controls in this form can by default have their values automatically completed by the browser. autofocus <button>, <input>, <keygen>, <select>, <textarea> the element should be automatically focused after the page loaded. autoplay <audio>, <video> the audio or video should play as soon as possible. background <body>, <table>, <td>, <th> specifies the url of an image file. note: althou...
...edded document must agree to enforce upon itself. data <object> specifies the url of the resource. data-* global attribute lets you attach custom attributes to an html element. datetime <del>, <ins>, <time> indicates the date and time associated with the element. decoding <img> indicates the preferred method to decode the image. default <track> indicates that the track should be enabled unless the user's preferences indicate something different. defer <script> indicates that the script should be executed after the page has been parsed. dir global attribute defines the text direction. allowed values are ltr (left-to-right) or rtl (right-to-left) dirname <input>, <textarea> ...
...he maximum number of characters allowed in the element. minlength <input>, <textarea> defines the minimum number of characters allowed in the element. media <a>, <area>, <link>, <source>, <style> specifies a hint of the media for which the linked resource was designed. method <form> defines which http method to use when submitting the form. can be get (default) or post. min <input>, <meter> indicates the minimum value allowed. multiple <input>, <select> indicates whether multiple values can be entered in an input of the type email or file. muted <audio>, <video> indicates whether the audio will be initially silenced on page load. name <button>, <form>, <fieldset>, <iframe>, <input>, <keygen>, <ob...
...And 3 more matches

<audio>: The Embed Audio element - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
e clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. the above example shows simple usage of the <audio> element. in a similar manner to the <img> element, we include a path to the media we want to embed inside the src attribute; we can include other attributes to specify information such as whether we want it to autoplay and loop, whether we want to show the browser's default audio controls, etc. the content inside the opening and closing <audio></audio> tags is shown as a fallback in browsers that don't support the element. attributes this element's attributes include the global attributes. autoplay a boolean attribute: if specified, the audio will automatically begin playback as soon as it can do so, without waiting for the entire audio file to finish downloa...
...value is nan. if the media has no known end (such as for live streams of unknown duration, web radio, media incoming from webrtc, and so forth), this value is +infinity. loop a boolean attribute: if specified, the audio player will automatically seek back to the start upon reaching the end of the audio. muted a boolean attribute that indicates whether the audio will be initially silenced. its default value is false. preload this enumerated attribute is intended to provide a hint to the browser about what the author thinks will lead to the best user experience. it may have one of the following values: none: indicates that the audio should not be preloaded. metadata: indicates that only audio metadata (e.g. length) is fetched. auto: indicates that the whole audio file can be downloade...
...out what the author thinks will lead to the best user experience. it may have one of the following values: none: indicates that the audio should not be preloaded. metadata: indicates that only audio metadata (e.g. length) is fetched. auto: indicates that the whole audio file can be downloaded, even if the user is not expected to use it. empty string: a synonym of the auto value. the default value is different for each browser. the spec advises it to be set to metadata. usage notes: the autoplay attribute has precedence over preload. if autoplay is specified, the browser would obviously need to start downloading the audio for playback. the browser is not forced by the specification to follow the value of this attribute; it is a mere hint. src the url of the audio to ...
...And 3 more matches

<img>: The Image Embed element - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
as an invalid value, browsers handle it as if the anonymous value was used. see cors settings attributes for additional information. decoding provides an image decoding hint to the browser. allowed values: sync decode the image synchronously, for atomic presentation with other content. async decode the image asynchronously, to reduce delay in presenting other content. auto default: no preference for the decoding mode. the browser decides what is best for the user. height the intrinsic height of the image, in pixels. must be an integer without a unit. importance indicates the relative download importance of the resource. priority hints allow the values: auto: no preference. the browser may use its own heuristics to prioritize the image. high: the image is of ...
...o the server. note: this attribute is allowed only if the <img> element is a descendant of an <a> element with a valid href attribute. this gives users without pointing devices a fallback destination. loading indicates how the browser should load the image: eager: loads the image immediately, regardless of whether or not the image is currently within the visible viewport (this is the default value). lazy: defers loading the image until it reaches a calculated distance from the viewport, as defined by the browser. the intent is to avoid the network and storage bandwidth needed to handle the image until it's reasonably certain that it will be needed. this generally improves the performance of the content in most typical use cases. note: loading is only deferred when javascript is e...
...ughout a session, by strategically placing images in a page's markup such that a server can track how many images are requested and when. referrerpolicy a string indicating which referrer to use when fetching the resource: no-referrer: the referer header will not be sent. no-referrer-when-downgrade: no referer header is sent when navigating to an origin without https. this is the default if no policy is otherwise specified. origin: the referer header will include the page's origin (scheme, host, and port). origin-when-cross-origin: navigating to other origins will limit the included referral data to the scheme, host, and port, while navigating from the same origin will include the full path and query string. unsafe-url: the referer header will always include the origin, pat...
...And 3 more matches

<input type="email"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
er, still be changed by javascript code directly setting the htmlinputelement.value property. note: because a read-only field cannot have a value, required does not have any effect on inputs with the readonly attribute also specified. size the size attribute is a numeric value indicating how many characters wide the input field should be. the value must be a number greater than zero, and the default value is 20. since character widths vary, this may or may not be exact and should not be relied upon to be so; the resulting input may be narrower or wider than the specified number of characters, depending on the characters and the font (font settings in use). this does not set a limit on how many characters the user can enter into the field. it only specifies approximately how many can be seen...
...in characters, for the entered e-mail address using the minlength attribute; similarly, use maxlength to set the maximum length of the entered e-mail address. the example below creates a 32 character-wide e-mail address entry box, requiring that the contents be no shorter than 3 characters and no longer than 64 characters. <input type="email" size="32" minlength="3" maxlength="64"> providing default options as always, you can provide a default value for an email input box by setting its value attribute: <input type="email" value="default@example.com"> offering suggested values taking it a step farther, you can provide a list of default options from which the user can select by specifying the list attribute. this doesn't limit the user to those options, but does allow them to select c...
.... this doesn't limit the user to those options, but does allow them to select commonly-used e-mail addresses more quickly. this also offers hints to autocomplete. the list attribute specifies the id of a <datalist>, which in turn contains one <option> element per suggested value; each option's value is the corresponding suggested value for the email entry box. ...
...And 3 more matches

<input type="image"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
rl to which to submit the data. this takes precedence over the action attribute on the <form> element that owns the <input>. this attribute is also available on <input type="submit"> and <button> elements. formenctype a string that identifies the encoding method to use when submitting the form data to the server. there are three permitted values: application/x-www-form-urlencoded this, the default value, sends the form data as a string after url encoding the text using an algorithm such as encodeuri(). multipart/form-data uses the formdata api to manage the data, allowing for files to be submitted to the server. you must use this encoding type if your form includes any <input> elements of type file (<input type="file">). text/plain plain text; mostly useful only for debugging, so you c...
...nstructed by starting with the url given by the formaction or action attribute, appending a question mark ("?") character, then appending the form's data, encoded as described by formenctype or the form's enctype attribute. this url is then sent to the server using an http get request. this method works well for simple forms that contain only ascii characters and have no side effects. this is the default value. post the form's data is included in the body of the request that is sent to the url given by the formaction or action attribute using an http post request. this method supports complex data and file attachments. dialog this method is used to indicate that the button simply closes the dialog with which the input is associated, and does not transmit the form data at all. this attribute...
...a value specified here overrides any target given by the target attribute on the <form> that owns this input. in addition to the actual names of tabs, windows, or inline frames, there are a few special keywords that can be used: _self loads the response into the same browsing context as the one that contains the form. this will replace the current document with the received data. this is the default value used if none is specified. _blank loads the response into a new, unnamed, browsing context. this is typically a new tab in the same window as the current document, but may differ depending on the configuration of the user agent. _parent loads the response into the parent browsing context of the current one. if there is no parent context, this behaves the same as _self. _top loads the ...
...And 3 more matches

<input type="time"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
value a domstring representing a time, or empty. events change and input supported common attributes autocomplete, list, readonly, and step idl attributes value, valueasdate, valueasnumber, and list. methods select(), stepdown(), and stepup(). value a domstring containing the value of the time entered into the input. ...
...e: because a read-only field cannot have a value, required does not have any effect on inputs with the readonly attribute also specified. step the step attribute is a number that specifies the granularity that the value must adhere to, or the special value any, which is described below. only values which are equal to the basis for stepping (min if specified, value otherwise, and an appropriate default value if neither of those is provided) are valid. a string value of any means that no stepping is implied, and any value is allowed (barring other constraints, such as min and max). note: when the data entered by the user doesn't adhere to the stepping configuration, the user agent may round to the nearest valid value, preferring numbers in the positive direction when there are two equally clo...
... such as min and max). note: when the data entered by the user doesn't adhere to the stepping configuration, the user agent may round to the nearest valid value, preferring numbers in the positive direction when there are two equally close options. for time inputs, the value of step is given in seconds, with a scaling factor of 1000 (since the underlying numeric value is in milliseconds). the default value of step is 60, indicating 60 seconds (or 1 minute, or 60,000 milliseconds). at this time, it's unclear what a value of any means for step when used with time inputs. this will be updated as soon as that information is determined. using time inputs although among the date and time input types time has the widest browser support, it is not yet approaching universal, so it is likely that yo...
...And 3 more matches

<video>: The Video Embed element - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. the above example shows simple usage of the <video> element. in a similar manner to the <img> element, we include a path to the media we want to display inside the src attribute; we can include other attributes to specify information such as video width and height, whether we want it to autoplay and loop, whether we want to show the browser's default video controls, etc. the content inside the opening and closing <video></video> tags is shown as a fallback in browsers that don't support the element. attributes like all other html elements, this element supports the global attributes. autoplay a boolean attribute; if specified, the video automatically begins to play back as soon as it can do so without stopping to finish loading the dat...
...etend it’s the size specified in the attribute. specifically, the image would raster at these dimensions and naturalwidth/naturalheight on images would return the values specified in this attribute. explainer, examples loop a boolean attribute; if specified, the browser will automatically seek back to the start upon reaching the end of the video. muted a boolean attribute that indicates the default setting of the audio contained in the video. if set, the audio will be initially silenced. its default value is false, meaning that the audio will be played when the video is played. playsinline a boolean attribute indicating that the video is to be played "inline", that is within the element's playback area. note that the absence of this attribute does not imply that the video will always be p...
... with regards to what content is loaded before the video is played. it may have one of the following values: none: indicates that the video should not be preloaded. metadata: indicates that only video metadata (e.g. length) is fetched. auto: indicates that the whole video file can be downloaded, even if the user is not expected to use it. empty string: synonym of the auto value. the default value is different for each browser. the spec advises it to be set to metadata. note: the autoplay attribute has precedence over preload. if autoplay is specified, the browser would obviously need to start downloading the video for playback. the specification does not force the browser to follow the value of this attribute; it is a mere hint. src the url of the video to embed. th...
...And 3 more matches

Content-Security-Policy - HTTP
types may be loaded. child-src defines the valid sources for web workers and nested browsing contexts loaded using elements such as <frame> and <iframe>. instead of child-src, if you want to regulate nested browsing contexts and workers, you should use the frame-src and worker-src directives, respectively. connect-src restricts the urls which can be loaded using script interfaces default-src serves as a fallback for the other fetch directives. font-src specifies valid sources for fonts loaded using @font-face. frame-src specifies valid sources for nested browsing contexts loading using elements such as <frame> and <iframe>. img-src specifies valid sources of images and favicons. manifest-src specifies valid sources of application manifest files. media-src specifies val...
... pay special attention to the connect-src directive here. even though the second policy would allow the connection, the first policy contains connect-src 'none'. adding additional policies can only further restrict the capabilities of the protected resource, which means that there will be no connection allowed and, as the strictest policy, connect-src 'none' is enforced. ...
...ne' is enforced. ...
...And 3 more matches

JavaScript modules - JavaScript
ation for more details.disabled from version 12.0.0: this feature is behind the --experimental-modules runtime flag. full support 8.5.0notes disabled notes module filenames must end with .mjs, not .js. ...
...cope of a single script — they aren't available in the global scope. therefore, you will only be able to access imported features in the script they are imported into, and you won't be able to access them from the javascript console, for example. you'll still get syntax errors shown in the devtools, but you'll not be able to use some of the debugging techniques you might have expected to use. ...
...ll not be able to use some of the debugging techniques you might have expected to use. default exports versus named exports the functionality we've exported so far has been comprised of named exports — each item (be it a function, const, etc.) has been referred to by its name upon export, and that name has been used to refer to it on import as well. there is also a type of export called the default export — this is designed to make it easy to have a default function provided by a module, and also helps javascript modules to interoperate with existing commonjs and amd module systems (as explained nicely in es6 in depth: modules by jason orendorff; search for "default exports"). let's look at an example as we explain how it works. in our basic-modules square.js you can find a function call...
...And 3 more matches

Intl.DateTimeFormat - JavaScript
ike to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. constructor intl.datetimeformat() creates a new datetimeformat object. static methods intl.datetimeformat.supportedlocalesof() returns an array containing those of the provided locales that are supported without having to fall back to the runtime's default locale. instance methods intl.datetimeformat.prototype.format() getter function that formats a date according to the locale and formatting options of this datetimeformat object. intl.datetimeformat.prototype.formattoparts() returns an array of objects representing the date string in parts that can be used for custom locale-aware formatting. intl.datetimeformat.prototype.resolvedoptions()...
... most concise way based on the locale and options provided when instantiating datetimeformat. intl.datetimeformat.prototype.formatrangetoparts() this method receives two dates and returns an array of objects containing the locale-specific tokens representing each part of the formatted date range. ...
...ased on the locale and options provided when instantiating datetimeformat. intl.datetimeformat.prototype.formatrangetoparts() this method receives two dates and returns an array of objects containing the locale-specific tokens representing each part of the formatted date range. examples using datetimeformat in basic use without specifying a locale, datetimeformat uses the default locale and default options. ...
...And 3 more matches

Proxy - JavaScript
rn "world"; } return reflect.get(...arguments); }, }; const proxy3 = new proxy(target, handler3); console.log(proxy3.message1); // hello console.log(proxy3.message2); // world constructor proxy() creates a new proxy object. static methods proxy.revocable() creates a revocable proxy object. examples basic example in this simple example, the number 37 gets returned as the default value when the property name is not in the object. it is using the get handler. const handler = { get: function(obj, prop) { return prop in obj ? obj[prop] : 37; } }; const p = new proxy({}, handler); p.a = 1; p.b = undefined; console.log(p.a, p.b); // 1, undefined console.log('c' in p, p.c); // false, 37 no-op forwarding proxy in this example, we are using a native j...
...on with a proxy, you can easily validate the passed value for an object. this example uses the set handler. let validator = { set: function(obj, prop, value) { if (prop === 'age') { if (!number.isinteger(value)) { throw new typeerror('the age is not an integer'); } if (value > 200) { throw new rangeerror('the age seems invalid'); } } // the default behavior to store the value obj[prop] = value; // indicate success return true; } }; const person = new proxy({}, validator); person.age = 100; console.log(person.age); // 100 person.age = 'young'; // throws an exception person.age = 300; // throws an exception extending constructor a function proxy could easily extend a constructor with a new constructor. this examp...
...r class name of two different elements. here's how using the set handler. ...
...And 3 more matches

Media - Progressive web apps (PWAs)
<div> with an id attribute.) when printing the document, the navigation area has no purpose. this css (below) removes the navigation area when printing the document: @media print { #nav-area {display: none;} } some common media types are: screen color device display print printed paged media projection projected display all all media (the default) more details there are other ways to specify the media type for a set of rules. the document's markup language might allow the media type to be specified when the stylesheet is linked to the document. for example, in html, you have the option to specify the media type with a media attribute in the link element. in css, you can use @import at the start of a stylesheet to import another...
...the page margins to one inch on all four sides: @page {margin: 1in;} this rule ensures that every h1 element starts on a new page: h1 {page-break-before: always;} more details for full details of css support for paged media, see paged media in the css specification. like other features of css, printing depends on browser choice and its settings. for example, the mozilla browser supplies default margins, headers, and footers for printing. keep in mind that you can't completely control the printed format. it is impossible to anticipate every user's browser choice and settings at the time of printing. user interfaces css has some special properties for devices that support a user interface, like computer displays. these properties dynamically change the appearance of content as the user...
...es the shape of the pointer: some of the common shapes are as follows. place your mouse over the items in this list to see the actual pointer shapes in your browser: selector selects pointer indicating a link wait indicating that the program cannot accept input progress indicating that the program is working, but can still accept input default the default (usually an arrow) an outline property creates an outline that is often used to indicate keyboard focus. its values are similar to the border property, except that you cannot specify individual sides. some other features of user interfaces are implemented using attributes, in the normal way. for example, an element that is disabled or read-only has the disabled attribute or...
...And 3 more matches

Mobile first - Progressive web apps (PWAs)
in our planning your app article, we provided a high level look into the kinds of planning and functionality decisions you should make before you start coding an app, including some ideas for desktop and mobile design. ...
...f planning and functionality decisions you should make before you start coding an app, including some ideas for desktop and mobile design. this article offers some related ideas, looking at the concept of mobile first — the practice of designing a website so that the default layout/configuration is for mobile devices, and layouts and features for desktop browsers are then layered on top of that default. this guide looks at a few useful techniques inside the mobile first umbrella. ...
...mobile design. this article offers some related ideas, looking at the concept of mobile first — the practice of designing a website so that the default layout/configuration is for mobile devices, and layouts and features for desktop browsers are then layered on top of that default. this guide looks at a few useful techniques inside the mobile first umbrella. first things first — mobile as a default you may think that concentrating on the mobile experience first sounds pointless, as we are more used to dealing with desktop sites, and we surely need to consider the full gamut of features for the overall experience across desktop, mobile, etc., before then paring it down to a mobile experience that is simpler, more streamlined, or whatever. this rings true, yes, but in our experience mobile f...
...And 3 more matches

dx - SVG: Scalable Vector Graphics
t contains a single value, dx defines a shift along the x-axis for all alternate glyph. if there are multiple values, dx defines a shift along the x-axis for each individual glyph relative to the preceding glyph. if there are less values than glyphs, the remaining glyphs use a value of 0. if there are more values than glyphs, extra values are ignored. ...
.... if there are more values than glyphs, extra values are ignored. value list of <length> default value none animatable yes fedropshadow for <fedropshadow>, dx defines the x offset of the droped shadow. the unit used to resolve the value of the attribute is set by the primitiveunits attribute of the <filter> element. value <number> default value 2 animatable yes feoffset for <feoffset>, dx defines the x offset of the filter input graphic. the unit used to resolve the value of the attribute is set by the primitiveunits attribute of the <filter> element. ...
...the attribute is set by the primitiveunits attribute of the <filter> element. value <number> default value 2 animatable yes feoffset for <feoffset>, dx defines the x offset of the filter input graphic. the unit used to resolve the value of the attribute is set by the primitiveunits attribute of the <filter> element. value <number> default value 0 animatable yes glyphref warning: as of svg2 <glyphref> is deprecated and shouldn't be used. for <glyphref>, dx defines the x offset of the glyph, in the font metric system. value <number> default value 0 animatable yes text for <text>, if it contains a single value, dx defines a shift along the x-axis for all glyphs. if...
...And 3 more matches

dy - SVG: Scalable Vector Graphics
ontains a single value, dy defines a shift along the y-axis for all alternate glyph. if there are multiple values, dy defines a shift along the y-axis for each individual glyph relative to the preceding glyph. if there are less values than glyphes, the remaining glyphes use a value of 0. if there are more values than glyphes, extra values are ignored. ...
...if there are more values than glyphes, extra values are ignored. value list of <length> default value none animatable yes fedropshadow for <fedropshadow>, dy defines the y offset of the dropped shadow. the unit used to resolve the value of the attribute is set by the primitiveunits attribute of the <filter> element. value <number> default value 2 animatable yes feoffset for <feoffset>, dy defines the y offset of the filter input graphic. the unit used to resolve the value of the attribute is set by the primitiveunits attribute of the <filter> element. ...
...the attribute is set by the primitiveunits attribute of the <filter> element. value <number> default value 2 animatable yes feoffset for <feoffset>, dy defines the y offset of the filter input graphic. the unit used to resolve the value of the attribute is set by the primitiveunits attribute of the <filter> element. value <number> default value 0 animatable yes glyphref warning: as of svg2 <glyphref> is deprecated and shouldn't be used. for <glyphref>, dy defines the y offset of the glyph, in the font metric system. value <number> default value 0 animatable yes text for <text>, if it contains a single value, dy defines a shift along the y-axis for all glyphs. if...
...And 3 more matches

<a> - SVG: Scalable Vector Graphics
see warning below */ svg|a:link, svg|a:visited { cursor: pointer; } svg|a text, text svg|a { fill: blue; /* even for text, svg uses fill over color */ text-decoration: underline; } svg|a:hover, svg...
... outline: dotted 1px blue; } since this element shares its tag name with html's <a> element, selecting a with css or queryselector may apply to the wrong kind of element. try the @namespace rule to distinguish the two. attributes download instructs browsers to download a url instead of navigating to it, so the user will be prompted to save it as a local file. ...
...th css or queryselector may apply to the wrong kind of element. try the @namespace rule to distinguish the two. attributes download instructs browsers to download a url instead of navigating to it, so the user will be prompted to save it as a local file. value type: <string> ; default value: none; animatable: no href the url or url fragment the hyperlink points to. value type: <url> ; default value: none; animatable: yes hreflang the human language of the url or url fragment that the hyperlink points to. value type: <string> ; default value: none; animatable: yes ping a space-separated list of urls to which, when the hyperlink is followed, post requests with the body ping will be sent by the browser (in the background). typically used for tracking. for a more widely-supported f...
...And 3 more matches

<svg> - SVG: Scalable Vector Graphics
<svg viewbox="0 0 300 100" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" stroke="red" fill="grey"> <circle cx="50" cy="50" r="40" /> <circle cx="150" cy="50" r="4" /> <svg viewbox="0 0 10 10" x="200" width="100"> <circle cx="5" cy="5" r="4" /> </svg> </svg> attributes baseprofile deprecated since svg 2 the minimum svg language profile that the document requires. ...
...rey"> <circle cx="50" cy="50" r="40" /> <circle cx="150" cy="50" r="4" /> <svg viewbox="0 0 10 10" x="200" width="100"> <circle cx="5" cy="5" r="4" /> </svg> </svg> attributes baseprofile deprecated since svg 2 the minimum svg language profile that the document requires. value type: <string> ; default value: none; animatable: no contentscripttype deprecated since svg 2 the default scripting language used by the svg fragment. value type: <string> ; default value: application/ecmascript; animatable: no contentstyletype deprecated since svg 2 the default style sheet language used by the svg fragment. value type: <string> ; default value: text/css; animatable: no height the displayed height of the rectangular viewport. (not the height of its coordinate system.) value ty...
...the svg fragment. value type: <string> ; default value: application/ecmascript; animatable: no contentstyletype deprecated since svg 2 the default style sheet language used by the svg fragment. value type: <string> ; default value: text/css; animatable: no height the displayed height of the rectangular viewport. (not the height of its coordinate system.) value type: <length>|<percentage> ; default value: auto; animatable: yes preserveaspectratio how the svg fragment must be deformed if it is displayed with a different aspect ratio. ...
...And 3 more matches

<symbol> - SVG: Scalable Vector Graphics
5" style="opacity:1.0" /> <use xlink:href="#mydot" x="20" y="5" style="opacity:0.8" /> <use xlink:href="#mydot" x="35" y="5" style="opacity:0.6" /> <use xlink:href="#mydot" x="50" y="5" style="opacity:0.4" /> <use xlink:href="#mydot" x="65" y="5" style="opacity:0.2" /> </svg> attributes height this attribute determines the height of the symbol. ...
... this attribute determines the height of the symbol. value type: <length>|<percentage> ; default value: auto; animatable: yes preserveaspectratio this attribute defines how the svg fragment must be deformed if it is embedded in a container with a different aspect ratio. value type: (none| xminymin| xmidymin| xmaxymin| xminymid| xmidymid| xmaxymid| xminymax| xmidymax| xmaxymax) (meet|slice)? ...
...ent must be deformed if it is embedded in a container with a different aspect ratio. value type: (none| xminymin| xmidymin| xmaxymin| xminymid| xmidymid| xmaxymid| xminymax| xmidymax| xmaxymax) (meet|slice)? ...
...And 3 more matches

SVG documentation index - SVG: Scalable Vector Graphics
no summary! 22 alignment-baseline svg, svg attribute the alignment-baseline attribute specifies how an object is aligned with respect to its parent. this property specifies which baseline of this element is to be aligned with the corresponding baseline of the parent. for example, this allows alphabetic baselines in roman text to stay aligned across font size changes. it defaults to the baseline with the same name as the computed value of the alignment-baseline property. 23 alphabetic deprecated, svg, svg attribute the alphabetic attribute defines the lower baseline of a font. it has the same syntax and semantics as the baseline descriptor within an @font-face. 24 amplitude needscompattable, svg, svg attribute the amplitude attri...
...h color profile a raster image included through the <image> element should use. 48 color-rendering svg, svg attribute the color-rendering attribute provides a hint to the svg user agent about how to optimize its color interpolation and compositing operations. 49 contentscripttype deprecated, svg, svg attribute the contentscripttype attribute specifies the default scripting language for the given document fragment on the <svg> element. 50 contentstyletype deprecated, svg, svg attribute the contentstyletype attribute specifies the style sheet language for the given document fragment on the <svg> element. 51 cursor svg, svg attribute the cursor attribute specifies the mouse cursor displayed when the mouse pointer is ...
...he resulting number of applying the kernelmatrix of a <feconvolvematrix> element to the input image color value is divided to yield the destination color value. 61 dominant-baseline reference, svg, svg attribute the dominant-baseline attribute specifies the dominant baseline, which is the baseline used to align the box’s text and inline-level contents. it also indicates the default alignment baseline of any boxes participating in baseline alignment in the box’s alignment context. 62 dur svg, svg attribute the dur attribute indicates the simple duration of an animation. 63 dx svg, svg attribute the dx attribute indicates a shift along the x-axis on the position of an element or its content. 64 dy svg, svg attribute ...
...And 3 more matches

Content Scripts - Archive of obsolete content
the sdk's apis (no access to globals exports, require) but can access web content sdk apis that use content scripts, like page-mod and tabs, provide functions that enable the add-on's main code to load content scripts into web pages content scripts can be loaded in as strings, but are more often stored as separate files under the add-on's "data" directory. jpm doesn't make a "data" directory by default, so you must add it and put your content scripts in there. a message-passing api allows the main code and content scripts to communicate with each other this complete add-on illustrates all of these principles. its "main.js" attaches a content script to the current tab using the tabs module. in this case the content script is passed in as a string. the content script simply replaces the conten...
...ire("sdk/page-mod"); var contentscriptvalue = 'document.body.innerhtml = ' + ' "<h1>page matches ruleset</h1>";'; pagemod.pagemod({ include: "*.mozilla.org", contentscript: contentscriptvalue }); the contentscriptfile option treats the string as a resource:// url pointing to a script file stored in your add-on's data directory. jpm doesn't make a "data" directory by default, so you must add it and put your content scripts in there. this add-on supplies a url pointing to the file "content-script.js", located in the data subdirectory under the add-on's root directory: // main.js var data = require("sdk/self").data; var pagemod = require("sdk/page-mod"); pagemod.pagemod({ include: "*.mozilla.org", contentscriptfile: data.url("content-script.js") }); // content...
... after the dom for the page has been loaded: that is, at the point the domcontentloaded event fires. at this point, content scripts are able to interact with the dom content, but externally-referenced stylesheets and images may not have finished loading. "end": load the scripts after all content (dom, js, css, images) for the page has been loaded, at the time the window.onload event fires. the default value is "end". note that tab.attach() doesn't accept contentscriptwhen, because it's generally called after the page has loaded. passing configuration options the contentscriptoptions is a json object that is exposed to content scripts as a read-only value under the self.options property: // main.js var tabs = require("sdk/tabs"); tabs.on('ready', function(tab) { tab.attach({ conte...
...And 2 more matches

Chapter 5: Let's build a Firefox extension - Archive of obsolete content
k/file-input-stream;1"]. createinstance(components.interfaces.nsifileinputstream); stream.init(afile, 0x01, 0, 0); var cvstream = components.classes["@mozilla.org/intl/converter-input-stream;1"]. ...
... widgets. in phase 3, we’ll try this out (figure 15). fixme: figure 15: finished preference panel directory structure figure 16 shows the directory structure we’ll be using in phase 3. table 5 explains the new files being used. table 5: files used in phase 3 fixme: make the table cleaner name purpose sessionstore-prefs.js file sets defaults for preferences. this should always be located inside defaults\preferences prefs.xul the preference panel fixme: figure 16: source file structure deciding the format for your preferences next you need to determine the names, types, and values for your preferences (table 6). each preference should be prefixed with something that uniquely identifies your...
... extensions.sessionstore.warnonclear boolean activated when deleting sessions. if true, causes a confirmation dialog to appear; if false, deletes immediately. extensions.sessionstore.replacetabs integer activated when restoring sessions. 0: leave current tabs 1: overwrite current tabs 2: ask each time defaults definition file listing 25 gives the contents for the default preferences, as described in table 6. save this in defaults\preferences\sessionstoreprefs.js. listing 25: content for sessionstore-prefs.js pref("extensions.sessionstore.warnonclear", true); pref("extensions.sessionstore.replacetabs", 2); creating the preference panel create prefs.xul with the contents from listing 26. the prefwi...
...And 2 more matches

Chapter 4: Using XPCOM—Implementing advanced processes - Archive of obsolete content
ion, add the contents of listing 3 to the prefs.js file in the user profile folder. opening test.xul will show the local file url in the location bar. copy and paste this into the appropriate spot in listing 3. note: the location of the user profile will vary depending on your system. on windows vista, it will be located at c:\users\username\appdata\roaming\mozilla\firefox\profiles\random number.default\ ; on windows xp or 2000, it will be c:\documents and settings\username\application data\mozilla\firefox\profiles\random number.default\ ; on linux, it will be ~/.mozilla/firefox/random number.default/ ; on mac os x, it will be ~/library/application support/firefox/profiles/random number.default/ in the interests of security, delete these lines from prefs.js after finishing these tests. note th...
...extensions don't need special code like that in listing 2 in order to get privileges. ...
... .createinstance(components.interfaces.nsifileinputstream); filestream.init(file, 1, 0, false); var converterstream = components.classes['@mozilla.org/intl/converter-input-stream;1'] .createinstance(components.interfaces.nsiconverterinputstream); converterstream.init(filestream, charset, filestream.available(), converterstream.default_replacement_character); var out = {}; converterstream.readstring(filestream.available(), out); var filecontents = out.value; converterstream.close(); filestream.close(); alert(filecontents); outputting text files fixme: not sure this example is relevant in an english context, maybe something from the snippets listing 16 shows how to take text internally represented as unicode and output it to ...
...And 2 more matches

Setting Up a Development Environment - Archive of obsolete content
o edit, so if you see a .kpf or .komodoproject file in an example you download, this is a komodo project file. we recommend git and github for source control, but any decent software configuration management system will do. to package xpi files, we use make. we chose make because this is the same system used by mozilla to build firefox, and it is available for all operating systems. make is a default tool in most unix-based systems. it can be installed on mac os x as part of the xcode tools package, and on windows with cygwin. in cygwin installations you'll have to explicitly check the make and zip utilities from the long list of packages to download and install. also make sure that make is in the executable system path. after setting up make, you should be able to open a command line window...
...n directory by just running the following command (again, from the src directory): make clean you can also run these commands from komodo. click on tools > run command.... in the "run" textbox you should type this: bash -c "make" or replace "make" with "make clean" for the clean command. the "bash -c" part forces komodo to use bash, which for some reason can't be set properly as the default command shell. it isn't necessary to add this, but it's better so that it is consistent with the make command we'll see next. in the "start in" textbox you should choose %p (directory path of active project). if you don't see this textbox, click on the "more" button. you also have the option to save the command, by clicking on the "add to toolbox" checkbox. to see the toolbox, click on view > ta...
...e mozilla gecko sdk. if you need to compile idls, go to the sdk page and download a compiled version for your system. also note any prerequisites you may need. if your system is not listed in the supported builds, you'll have to build the sdk yourself from the mozilla source. good luck with that. you should also set up your environment so that xpidl.exe (or just xpidl on other systems) is in the default executable path, and also add a variable called gecko_sdk, that points to your sdk build: export gecko_sdk=/path/to/your/sdk our build system should pick it up from there. to make it work in komodo in unix-based systems, we add the command to the .bash_login file in the home directory, and we modify the commands to this: bash -c ". ~/.bash_login; make" an example project with xpcom co...
...And 2 more matches

Promises - Archive of obsolete content
esource://gre/modules/deferredsave.jsm"); /** * handles the asynchronous reading and writing of add-on-specific json * data files. * * @param {string} the basename of the file. * @param {object} a json-compatible object which will be used in place * of the file's data, if the file does not already exist. * @optional * * @return {promise<jsonstore>} */ function jsonstore(name, default_={}) { return task.spawn(function* () { // determine the correct path for the file. let addon = yield aom.getaddonbyid(addon_id); let dir = yield addon.getdatadirectory(); this.path = os.path.join(dir, name + ".json"); // read the file's contents, or fall back to defaults. try { this.data = json.parse( yield os.file.
...n.getdatadirectory(); this.path = os.path.join(dir, name + ".json"); // read the file's contents, or fall back to defaults. try { this.data = json.parse( yield os.file.read(this.path, { encoding: "utf-8" })); } catch (e if e.becausenosuchfile) { this.data = json.parse(json.stringify(default_)); } // create a saver to write our json-stringified data to our // path, at 1000ms minimum intervals. this.saver = new deferredsave(this.path, () => json.stringify(this.data), 1000); return this; }.bind(this)); } /** * immediately save the data to disk. * * @return {promi...
....saver.flush(); }; /** * queue a save operation. the operation will commence after a full * second has passed without further calls to this method. * * @return {promise} a promise which resolves when the file's contents * have been written. ...
...And 2 more matches

Index of archived content - Archive of obsolete content
ustomizing the download progress bar delayed execution dialogs and prompts downloading files drag & drop embedding svg examples and demos from articles file i/o finding window handles forms related code snippets html in xul for rich tooltips html to dom isdefaultnamespace js xpcom javascript debugger service javascript timers javascript daemons management label and description lookupnamespaceuri lookupprefix miscellaneous modules on page load page loading po...
... xml-related code snippets xml:base support in old browsers xpath getattributens common pitfalls communication between html and your extension creating custom firefox extensions with the mozilla build system custom about: urls default preferences deploying a plugin as an extension developing add-ons displaying web content in an extension without security issues downloading json and javascript in extensions enhanced extension installation extension etiquette extension library extension packaging extension samples extension themin...
...unner applications custom app bundles for mac os x debugging a xulrunner application deploying xulrunner dialogs in xulrunner getting started with xulrunner how to enable locale switching in a xulrunner application macfaq make your xulrunner app match the system locale opening a link in the default browser specifying startup chrome window using crash reporting in a xulrunner application using ldap xpcom with xulrunner using soap in xulrunner 1.9 what xulrunner provides windows and menus in xulrunner xul application packaging xulrunner 1.8.0.1 release notes xulrunner 1.8.0.4 release no...
...And 2 more matches

Structure of an installable bundle - Archive of obsolete content
ndle description version information /install.rdf extension/theme install manifest /application.ini application launch manifest /bootstrap.js the bootstrap script for extensions not requiring a restart (those with <em:bootstrap>true</em:bootstrap> in their install.rdf). note that other files and directories (e.g. ...
...bootstrap>true</em:bootstrap> in their install.rdf). note that other files and directories (e.g. chrome.manifest, components, defaults) in bootstrapped extensions are not processed by a supporting application. ...
... in their install.rdf). note that other files and directories (e.g. chrome.manifest, components, defaults) in bootstrapped extensions are not processed by a supporting application. ...
...And 2 more matches

Migrate apps from Internet Explorer to Mozilla - Archive of obsolete content
="width: 40px; border: 1px solid black;"> text </div> // will fail in strict mode <div style="width: 40; border: 1px solid black;"> text </div> </body> </html> since the above example has a strict doctype, the page is rendered in strict standards mode. the first div will have a width of 40px, since it uses units, but the second div won't get a width, and thus will default to 100% width. the same would apply if the width were set through javascript. javascript and css since mozilla supports the css standards, it also supports the css dom standard for setting css through javascript. you can access, remove, and change an element's css rules through the element's style member: <div id="mydiv" style="border: _fckstyle="border: 1px solid black;"> text </div> <scri...
...ent. fromelement relatedtarget for mouse events, this is the element from which the mouse moved away. keycode keycode for keyboard events, this is a number representing the key that was pressed. it is 0 for mouse events. for keypress events (not keydown/keyup) of keys that produce output, the mozilla equivalent is charcode, not keycode. returnvalue preventdefault() used to prevent the event's default action from occurring. screenx screenx the x coordinate of the event, in relation to the screen. screeny screeny the y coordinate of the event, in relation to the screen. shiftkey shiftkey boolean property that returns whether the shift key was pressed during the event. srcelement target the eleme...
...cument(aid) { var rv = null; // if contentdocument exists, w3c compliant (mozilla) if (document.getelementbyid(aid).contentdocument){ rv = document.getelementbyid(aid).contentdocument; } else { // ie rv = document.frames[aid].document; } return rv; } </script> another difference between mozilla and internet explorer is the html that the rich text editor creates. mozilla defaults to using css for the generated markup. however, mozilla allows you to toggle between html and css mode using the usecss execcommand and toggling it between true and false. internet explorer always uses html markup. mozilla (css): <span style="color: blue;">big blue</span> mozilla (html): <font color="blue">big blue</font> internet explorer: <font color="blue">big blue</font> below is ...
...And 2 more matches

Writing to Files - Archive of obsolete content
t of errors that might occur. the newoutputstream method takes two arguments in this example. the first argument is the file to write to, and the second is a set of flags which control the writing. in this case, the 'text' flag is used which indicates that you will be writing text to the file. when writing text files, characters are writing using a chosen character set, encoded automatically. the default character set is 'utf-8' but this can be changed using an additional, yet optional, argument to the newoutputstream method. see below for more details about this. creating and appending to files a number of flags control whether a new file is created when writing or whether data is appended to an existing file. these flags should be included in addition to the 'text' or 'binary' flags when using ...
...is can be changed using an additional, yet optional, argument to the newoutputstream method. see below for more details about this. creating and appending to files a number of flags control whether a new file is created when writing or whether data is appended to an existing file. these flags should be included in addition to the 'text' or 'binary' flags when using the newoutputstream method. the default when writing is to create a new file when the file to write to does not exist, and replace the existing file if it does. however, there are three flags that can be used to control this behaviour. append if used, always write data to the end of the file. this flag is used when adding more to an existing file. if this flag is not used, the data is written at the beginning of the file, overwrit...
...ewoutputstream(file, "text nocreate append"); the flags are specified in a space separated list as the second argument to the newoutputstream method. in this example, the nocreate flag is used to prevent the creation of new files, and the append flag is used to append to an existing file. writing text files characters are written to a text input stream using a specified character encoding, which defaults to utf-8. this means that a single character will occupy several bytes if it has a value greater than 128. this encoding is done automatically as long as you specify the 'text' flag to nsiscriptableio.newoutputstream(). other character encodings are available; see writing other character encodings below for details about writing text in other encodings. there are several methods available to wri...
...And 2 more matches

PopupEvents - Archive of obsolete content
nique can be applied to any type of popup. in this example, a label within a panel is initialized with the current time. ...
...ithin a panel is initialized with the current time. <panel id="time-panel" onpopupshowing="this.lastchild.value = (new date()).tolocaleformat('%t')"> <label value="time:"/> <label id="time"/> </panel> <toolbarbutton label="show time" popup="time-panel"/> you can prevent a menu or popup from appearing by calling the preventdefault method of the event from within a popupshowing listener. the default operation of the popupshowing event is to continue showing the popup. ...
...="this.lastchild.value = (new date()).tolocaleformat('%t')"> <label value="time:"/> <label id="time"/> </panel> <toolbarbutton label="show time" popup="time-panel"/> you can prevent a menu or popup from appearing by calling the preventdefault method of the event from within a popupshowing listener. the default operation of the popupshowing event is to continue showing the popup. the preventdefault method will stop this from happening and the popup will not be opened. <menu label="edit"> <menupopup onpopupshowing="if (gdisallowed) event.preventdefault();"> <menuitem label="undo"/> <menuitem label="redo"/> </menupopup> </menu> in this example, a global variable gdisallowed is checked and the preventdefault method is called. if you want to prevent a context menu from opening it i...
...And 2 more matches

More Event Handlers - Archive of obsolete content
ementbyid("outerbox"); outerbox.addeventlistener('command',boxpressed,true); </script> here, an event listener has been added to the button and another event listener has been added to the box. the stoppropagation method has been called in the box's listener, so the button's listener never gets called. if this call was removed, both listeners would be called and both alerts would appear. ...
... has been added to the box. the stoppropagation method has been called in the box's listener, so the button's listener never gets called. if this call was removed, both listeners would be called and both alerts would appear. prevent default action if no event handlers have been registered for an event, then after completing the capturing and bubbling phases, the element will handle the event in a default way. what will happen depends on the event and the type of element. for example, the 'popupshowing' event is sent to a popup just before it is displayed. the default action is to display the popup. if the default action is prevented, the popup will not be displayed. the default action can be prevented with the event object's preventdefault method, as in the example below. example 3 : source view ...
...ple, the 'popupshowing' event is sent to a popup just before it is displayed. the default action is to display the popup. if the default action is prevented, the popup will not be displayed. the default action can be prevented with the event object's preventdefault method, as in the example below. example 3 : source view <button label="types" type="menu"> <menupopup onpopupshowing="event.preventdefault();"> <menuitem label="glass"/> <menuitem label="plastic"/> </menupopup> </button> alternatively, for attribute event listeners, you can just return false from the code. note that preventing the default action is not the same as stopping event propagation with the stoppropagation method. even if the default action has been prevented, the event will still continue to propagate. similarly...
...And 2 more matches

Splitters - Archive of obsolete content
. when a splitter is placed inside a vertical box, it will allow resizing vertically. the syntax of a splitter is as follows: <splitter id="identifier" state="open" collapse="before" resizebefore="closest" resizeafter="closest"> the attributes are as follows: id the unique identifier of the splitter. state indicates the state of the splitter. set this to open, the default, to have the split panel initially open, or set it to collapsed to have one of the panels shrunk down (collapsed) and the other occupying all of the space. collapse this indicates which side of the panel should collapse when the splitter notch (or grippy) is clicked or set into a collapsed state. set this to before for the element before the splitter, or after for the element after the split...
... it to collapsed to have one of the panels shrunk down (collapsed) and the other occupying all of the space. collapse this indicates which side of the panel should collapse when the splitter notch (or grippy) is clicked or set into a collapsed state. set this to before for the element before the splitter, or after for the element after the splitter. if you set this to none, which is also the default, the splitter grippy does not collapse when clicked. resizebefore when the splitter is dragged, the elements to the left (or above) resize. this attribute indicates which element should resize. set this to closest to have the element immediately to the left of the splitter resize. set this to farthest to have the element that is the farthest away from the splitter to the left resize. (the fi...
...t collapse when clicked. resizebefore when the splitter is dragged, the elements to the left (or above) resize. this attribute indicates which element should resize. set this to closest to have the element immediately to the left of the splitter resize. set this to farthest to have the element that is the farthest away from the splitter to the left resize. (the first element in the box). the default value is closest. resizeafter when the splitter is dragged, the elements to the right (or below) resize. this attribute indicates which element should resize. set this to closest to have the element immediately to the right of the splitter resize. set this to farthest to have the element that is the farthest away from the splitter to the right resize. (the last element in the box). this attr...
...And 2 more matches

Using Remote XUL - Archive of obsolete content
1.0"?> <window xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"> <iframe src="https://www.mozilla.org/" flex="1" /> </window> the xul iframe element is just like its html counterpart: it defines an area within which web content can be displayed. its src attribute contains the url of the page being displayed in the iframe. we set this value to the mozilla.org home page by default so that page loads into the iframe when we first load the xul document. the iframe's flex attribute tells the browser to stretch the iframe to fill the space available to it. without it, the iframe's size would be a fixed default and wouldn't change when the user resized their window. [optionally show what this looks like] the value of the flex attribute determines the extent to which the elem...
...-writing-guidelines.html" /> </menupopup> </menu> <menu label="tools"> <menupopup> <menuitem label="view source" value="https://lxr.mozilla.org/seamonkey/" /> <menuitem label="tree status" value="https://tinderbox.mozilla.org/showbuilds.cgi?tree=seamonkey" /> <menuitem label="new checkins" value="https://bonsai.mozilla.org/cvsquery.cgi?treeid=default&amp;..." /> <menuitem label="submit a bug" value="https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/" /> </menupopup> </menu> <button label="faq" value="https://www.mozilla.org/faq.html" /> <button label="search" value="https://www.mozilla.org/search.html" /> </menubar> <iframe src="https://www.mozilla.org/" flex="1" /> </window> the menupopup elemen...
...d step 5: appearance there's an obvious problem with the menus: their labels look plain. this makes them ugly and not like menus at all. in order to give them style we have to reference a stylesheet with rules for styling menus. we could write one ourselves, but we'll make our lives easier and use one of the stylesheets that comes with mozilla-based browsers. in this case, we'll reference the default application stylesheet--the one used by the browser to style its own interface. <?xml version="1.0"?> <?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://global/skin/" type="text/css"?> <window xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"> ... </window> the xml-stylesheet processing instruction references a stylesheet, applying its rules to the widgets in the xul document into which i...
...And 2 more matches

XUL accessibility guidelines - Archive of obsolete content
rver. guidelines keyboard access keyboard access is important to users who can't use a mouse. many screen reader users and those with physical disabilities rely on the keyboard as their primary input tool. these users require easy, predictable, and well-documented keyboard control. tab order provide a logical tab order and ensure that users can navigate all content using a keyboard. by default, the tab order is determined by the order of the elements in the underlying code. it can also be set programmatically with the tabindex attribute if needed, but this should be done sparingly and thoroughly tested whenever it is used. the navigation order should be logical, generally left to right, top to bottom. navigation order may vary depending on the nature of the application or the reading d...
...nager allows users to sort bookmarks by a particular column of information and choose which columns to display. because column headers and the column picker, in the upper right hand corner of the tree, can not receive focus, they are not operable with a keyboard. in the bookmark manager this functionality is available under the view menu which is accessible to a keyboard user. toolbarbuttons by default, toolbar buttons cannot receive focus with a keyboard. the recommended way of fixing this is that all functionality associated with a toolbar be duplicated elsewhere in the application, such as in a menu item or context menu. in cases where duplication of functionality is not possible (such as a window without a menu bar), toolbar buttons can be made focusable by adding the special css rule -moz-...
...ects) of your application. display it is often said that "presentation is everything." while it is true that presentation is essential, documents should also be structured so that the user can invoke display preferences that may be necessary for accessibility. presentation should also be flexible to window and font resizing. cooperative applications adapt well to the user's environment. system defaults maintain system defaults. many users set their computers to use larger than normal fonts and/or specific color themes. by default, xul menus, labels, and other widgets get their font, size, and color settings from the user settings specified in the operating system. respect these defaults unless you have a specific and unavoidable reason to change them. if you must change them, use css to size ...
...And 2 more matches

preference - Archive of obsolete content
rence element corresponds to a preference which is stored in the user's preferences file. you can connect a user interface element such as a checkbox to a preference element using the user interface element's preference attribute. more information is available in the preferences system article. attributes disabled, instantapply, inverted, name, onchange, readonly, tabindex, type properties defaultvalue, disabled, hasuservalue, inverted, locked, name, preferences, readonly, tabindex, type, value, valuefrompreferences methods reset examples <preferences> <preference id="pref_id" name="preference.name" type="int"/> </preferences> see preferences system for a complete example. attributes disabled type: boolean indicates whether the element is disabled or not. if this attribu...
...set to either true or false. usually a checkbox would be connected to these preferences. int an integer string a string unichar a unicode string wstring a localized string. in this situation the preference will save the path to a property file which contains the actual value of the preference. file a file. the file path will be stored in the preferences. properties defaultvalue (readonly) returns the default value of the preference. the type of the property depends on the value of the type property. if the preference has no default value, this property returns null. disabled type: boolean gets and sets the value of the disabled attribute. hasuservalue type: boolean true if the preference has been changed from its default value. ...
... type: boolean if set to true, then the user cannot modify the value of the element. tabindex type: integer gets and sets the value of the tabindex attribute. type type: string gets and sets the value of the type attribute. value gets and sets the value of the user preference specified in name. in pref dialogs with instantapply == true (default on mac os x) this value is kept in sync with the actual value stored in the preferences (see valuefrompreferences). when instantapply is off (default on windows), this gets and sets the current value of the preference in the currently open dialog. there's a special case of value === undefined, indicating that the preference does not have a user-set value (hasuservalue == false). in this case t...
...And 2 more matches

Application Update - Archive of obsolete content
t%,%version%,%build_id%,%channel% for example pref("app.update.url", "https://yourserver.net/update/3/%product%/%version%/%build_id%/%build_target%/%locale%/%channel%/%os_version%/%distribution%/%distribution_version%/update.xml"); // url user can browse to manually if for some reason all update installation // attempts fail. ...
...rpage"); // a default value for the "more information about this update" link // supplied in the "an update is available" page of the update wizard. pref("app.update.url.details", "http://yourserver.net/yourpage"); // user-settable override to app.update.url for testing purposes. ...
...e.url.details", "http://yourserver.net/yourpage"); // user-settable override to app.update.url for testing purposes. ...
...And 2 more matches

Building a Theme - Archive of obsolete content
create two new empty text files, one called chrome.manifest and the other called install.rdf. the file preview.png is shown as a preview of the theme in the themes panel of the add-ons window. the file icon.png is used as an icon in the same panel. we'll leave both of them out for now, unless you have something picked out that you want to use. the remaining directories will be extracted from the default theme. first, you'll want to create a directory somewhere. copy your firefox installation's omni.ja into this directory. the location differs by operating system: linux: /usr/lib/mozillafirefox/chrome/classic.ja or /usr/lib/firefox-*.*.*/omni.ja windows: \program files\mozilla firefox\omni.ja mac os x: /applications/firefox.app/contents/macos/omni.ja now, open (or unzip) this file into the di...
...this extension will work with. never use a * in a minversion, it almost certainly will not do what you expect it to. 39.* - the maximum version of firefox you're saying this extension will work with. set this to be no newer than the newest currently available version! in this case, "39.*" indicates that the extension works with firefox 39 and any subsequent 39.x release. themes are compatible by default, unless you set strict compatibility mode for your theme. if you get a message that the install.rdf is malformed, it is helpful to load it into firefox using the file->open file command and it will report xml errors to you. see install manifests for a complete listing of the required and optional properties. save the file. styling the browser's ui with css firefox's user interface is writ...
...ionality using javascript. these xul elements are styled using css. if you don't know css, it's going to be a steep learning curve, and you may want to try some html-based tutorials to start with. the browser ui has absolutely no styling on its own - if you try to start up with an empty theme, firefox will be unusable, as the button elements will be drawn as plain text. this is why we copied the default styles in the setup step. when writing a theme, the easiest way to determine what css selectors you need to write is to use the dom inspector which you should have installed in the setup step. you can use this to inspect any element in a web page or an xul document, which makes it invaluable for themes. updating the toolbar's styling note in firefox 4.0 and up, the highlight feature of dom in...
...And 2 more matches

Theme changes in Firefox 2 - Archive of obsolete content
warning-overlay.xul safebrowsing/browser-protection.css new file containing the overlay that's drawn over the browser when you browse to a suspected phishing site. search/enginemanager.xul enginemanager.css new file containing the ui for the search engine manager window. toolkit/mozapps/preferences/fontscaling.xul - removed from firefox 2. changes to the default theme the table below lists all the changes made in the default theme for firefox 2; you can use this information as a starting point for figuring out the changes you need to make. file description of change browser/bookmarks/addbookmark.css updated to include microsummary-related css changes. browser/bookmarks/bookmarksproperties.css new file; includes micro...
...tems that are disabled in the add-ons manager. mozapps/extensions/itemenabledfader.png new file; a translucent png used as an overlay on top of items that are enabled in the add-ons manager. mozapps/extensions/notifybadges.png new file; contains the icons used ito badge the icons for add-ons in the add-on manager window to indicate their status. these look like this in the default theme: the first icon (green here) indicates that an add-on has an update available. the second icon (yellow here)appears to be used for blocklisted items; trying to confirm. the third icon (red here) indicates that an add-on is disabled, either by the user or because it's incompatible with the application. the fourth icon (blue here)(not sure what this one means). ...
...s icon is displayed at the left side of the message strip that appears across the top of the window. mozapps/extensions/update.css this file, which skins the firefox update wizard, has fewer styles in it due to the redesigned update wizard. mozapps/extensions/viewbuttons.png new file; contains icons for each of the views that may be available in the add-ons manager. in the default theme, these look something like this: the top row contains dimmed versions of the icons below them. the first icon is for the extensions view. the second is for themes. the third is for locales, the fourth is for plugins, the fifth is for updates, and the sixth is for installs. mozapps/pref this entire directory is no longer used in firefox 2 and should be removed. ...
...And 2 more matches

XForms Input Element - Archive of obsolete content
ta to which this xforms control is bound (see the spec). attributes ui common appearance - the value of this attribute gives a hint to the xforms processor as to which type of widget(s) to use to represent this control accesskey - used to specify the keyboard shortcut for focusing this control single-node binding special inputmode - not supported for this control incremental - supported. the default value is 'false'. mozilla extensions labelposition - only for boolean types: show the label before or after the checkbox (see below) type restrictions the input element can be bound to a node containing simple content of any data type except xsd:base64binary, xsd:hexbinray or any data type derived from these. representations the xforms input element can be represented by the following widge...
...abel before or after the checkbox (see below) type restrictions the input element can be bound to a node containing simple content of any data type except xsd:base64binary, xsd:hexbinray or any data type derived from these. representations the xforms input element can be represented by the following widgets for the spcified data types (or types derived from these data types): text field - the default widget when no type is specified or the data is of type xsd:string (xhtml/xul) checkbox - used for xsd:boolean instance data. (xhtml/xul) datepicker - used to represent data of type xsd:date (xhtml/xul) calendar - used to represent data of type xsd:date when appearance attribute also has the value 'full' (xhtml/xul) month list - used to represent data of type xsd:gmonth (xhtml only) days list - u...
...sent data of type xsd:date when appearance attribute also has the value 'full' (xhtml/xul) month list - used to represent data of type xsd:gmonth (xhtml only) days list - used to represent data of type xsd:gday (xhtml only) number field - used to represent data of numeric type (fx 3.0 only, xul only) more detail about each of these widgets follows below. text field displaying a text field is the default presentation. xforms inputs are most often used when a form author needs to allow for the input/output of simple text into an instance node. allows for free-form data entry (xhtml/xul). characteristics a text field is presented to the user when there is no type given for the bound node or a type is specified that is not handled by one of the other widgets (as documented below). analogous widgets...
...And 2 more matches

Mozilla XForms User Interface - Archive of obsolete content
r can also influence the widget by using the appearance attribute on the element. form controls module this section contains a short description for each form control element. input a key xforms element to show and change the instance data to which it is bound. usually bound to data that can be well-represented by a string (see the spec). it can have the following representations: text field - default representation. used for most data types, especially text data. checkbox - used for boolean instance data datepicker - default representation for date data types. similar to a combobox. consists of a text field for direct input and a dropdown calendar that can also be used to input the date value. calendar - used for date data types when appearance = 'full'. days list - used when the data...
... number field - used for numerical data types. secret used for inputting passwords. each character typed by the user is represented by an asterisk on the screen (see the spec). textarea serves to show/change multiline text (see the spec). output serves to show the instance data that the element is bound to in a read-only manner (see the spec). it can have the following presentations: text - default representation for data of most types, especially static text. calendar - used for date data types when appearance = 'full'. image - if the instance node contains an image, then an output element can be used in combination with the mediatype element to display the image. upload provides a means for the user to select a file (see the spec). range allows the user to choose a value from within ...
...ment can be used in combination with the mediatype element to display the image. upload provides a means for the user to select a file (see the spec). range allows the user to choose a value from within a specific range of values. it is represented by a slider widget (see the spec). trigger allows the user to initiate actions (see the spec). it can have the following representations: button - default representation. link/clickable text - used when appearance = 'minimal'. submit invokes the submission of the selected instance data to its target destination, which could be local or remote (see the spec). it can have the following representations: button - default representation. link/clickable text - used when appearance = 'minimal'. select list control. allows the user to choose one o...
...And 2 more matches

Building up a basic demo with A-Frame - Game development
op of webgl, and provides pre built components to use in applications — models, video players, skyboxes, geometries, controls, animations, cursors, etc. it is based on the entity component system, which is known in the game development world, but it targets web developers with a familiar markup structure, manipulable with javascript. the end result is 3d web experiences, which are vr-enabled by default. environment setup let's start by setting up an environment to create something with a-frame. we'll then build up a demo and run it. you should start off by: making sure you are using a modern browser with good webgl support (and webxr support if you have available vr or ar hardware) such as the latest firefox or chrome — download firefox nightly or chrome (v54 or higher). (optional) set ...
... a wooden barn — wherever you like! add the following html before the <a-cube> element: <a-sky color="#dddddd"></a-sky> at this point, if you save the code and refresh your browser you can already see the cube on the screen with our custom background: here's the code we have created so far: you can also check it out on github. a-frame takes care of setting up everything you need: a default light source and camera are included, so the cube is visible. the controls are already working: you can use the mouse for looking around and the keyboard for movement (try the w, a, s, and d keys.) there's even an "enter vr mode" button in the bottom right corner of the screen, to allow you to shift to full screen, stereoscopic image viewing if you have the necesary vr hardware set up and ready...
...ition of the camera explicitly and move it back a little bit from the center of the scene, so we'll be able to see the shapes. add this just before the closing </a-scene> element: <a-camera position="0 1 4" cursor-visible="true" cursor-scale="2" cursor-color="#0095dd" cursor-opacity="0.5"> </a-camera> we've also defined a cursor for the given camera, using the cursor-* attributes (by default it is invisible.) — we've set its scale so it will more easily visible, its color, and some opacity so it won't completely covering the objects behind it. adding lights the basic light types in a-frame are directional and ambient. the first type is a directional light placed somewhere on the scene while the second one reflects the light from the first type, so it looks more natural; this can ...
...And 2 more matches

Visual typescript game engine - Game development
ion staff. for main account session staff like login, register etc. client config if you want web app without any networking then setup: appusenetwork: boolean = false; you want to use communication for multiplayer but you don't want to use server database account sessions. the setup this on false in main client config class. appuseaccountssystem: boolean = false; networking is disabled by default. find configuration at ./src/lib/client-config.ts /** * addson * all addson are ansync loaded scripts. * - cache is based on webworkers. * - hackertimer is for better performace also based on webworkers. * - dragging is script for dragging dom elements. */ private addson: addson = [ { name: "cache", enabled: true, scriptpath: "externals/cacheinit.ts", }, { ...
...ed: true, scriptpath: "externals/hack-timer.js", }, { name: "dragging", enabled: true, scriptpath: "externals/drag.ts", }, ]; /** * @description this is main coordinary types of positions * can be "diametric-fullscreen" or "frame". * @property drawreference * @type string */ private drawreference: string = "frame"; /** * aspectratio default value, can be changed in run time. */ private aspectratio: number = 1.333; /** * domain is simple url address, * recommendent to use for local propose lan ip * like : 192.168.0.xxx if you wanna run ant test app with server. */ private domain: string = "maximumroulette.com"; /** * networkdeeplogs control of dev logs for webrtc context only. */ private networkdeeplo...
...string = "maximumroulette.com"; /** * networkdeeplogs control of dev logs for webrtc context only. */ private networkdeeplogs: boolean = false; /** * masterserverkey is channel access id used to connect * multimedia server channel. */ private masterserverkey: string = "multi-platformer-sever1.maximum"; /** * rtcserverport port used to connect multimedia server. ...
...And 2 more matches

Index - MDN Web Docs Glossary: Definitions of Web-related terms
the term block can have several meanings depending on the context. it may refer to: 33 block (css) css, codingscripting, design, glossary, html a block on a webpage is an html element that appears on a new line, i.e. underneath the preceding element in a horizontal writing mode, and above the following element (commonly known as a block-level element). for example, <p> is by default a block-level element, whereas <a> is an inline element — you can put several links next to one another in your html source and they will sit on the same line as one another in the rendered output. 34 block (scripting) codingscripting, glossary, javascript in javascript, a block is a collection of related statements enclosed in braces ("{}"). for example, you can put a bloc...
... or unmodified) under the same license. 166 gpu glossary, graphics, infrastructure the gpu (graphics processing unit) is a computer component similar to the cpu (central processing unit). it specializes in the drawing of graphics (both 2d and 3d) on your monitor. 167 gaia boot2gecko, firefox os, gaia, glossary, infrastructure, intro the user interface and default application suite of the firefox os platform. 168 garbage collection codingscripting, glossary garbage collection is a term used in computer programming to describe the process of finding and deleting objects which are no longer being referenced by other objects. 169 gecko firefox os, gecko, glossary, infrastructure, intro, mozilla gecko is the layout eng...
...), and mvw (model-view-whatever). 260 main axis css, glossary, main axis, flexbox the main axis in flexbox is defined by the direction set by the flex-direction property. there are four possible values for flex-direction. these are: 261 main thread glossary, reference, web performance the main thread is where a browser processes user events and paints. by default, the browser uses a single thread to run all the javascript in your page, as well as to perform layout, reflows, and garbage collection. this means that long-running javascript functions can block the thread, leading to an unresponsive page and a bad user experience. 262 mathml codingscripting, glossary, mathml, mathematical markup language, xml mathml (an xml application) is...
...And 2 more matches

Styling tables - Learn web development
</tbody> <tfoot> <tr> <th scope="row" colspan="2">total albums</th> <td colspan="2">77</td> </tr> </tfoot> </table> the table is nicely marked up, easily styleable, and accessible, thanks to features such as scope, <caption>, <thead>, <tbody>, etc. unfortunately, it doesn't look good when rendered on the screen (see it live at punk-bands-unstyled.html): with only the default browser styling it looks cramped, hard to read, and boring. we need to use some css to fix this up. styling our table let's work through styling our table example together. to start with, make a local copy of the sample markup, download both images (noise and leopardskin), and put the three resulting files in a working directory somewhere on your local computer. next, create a new file call...
...sulting files in a working directory somewhere on your local computer. next, create a new file called style.css and save it in the same directory as your other files. ...
...: 3px solid purple; } thead th:nth-child(1) { width: 30%; } thead th:nth-child(2) { width: 20%; } thead th:nth-child(3) { width: 15%; } thead th:nth-child(4) { width: 35%; } th, td { padding: 20px; } the most important parts to note are as follows: a table-layout value of fixed is generally a good idea to set on your table, as it makes the table behave a bit more predictably by default. normally, table columns tend to be sized according to how much content they contain, which produces some strange results. with table-layout: fixed, you can size your columns according to the width of their headings, and then deal with their content as appropriate. this is why we've selected the four different headings with the thead th:nth-child(n) (:nth-child) selector ("select the nth child th...
...And 2 more matches

Flexbox - Learn web development
the <section>: section { display: flex; } this causes the <section> element to become a flex container, and its children to become flex items. the result of this should be something like so: so, this single declaration gives us everything we need — incredible, right? we have our multiple column layout with equal sized columns, and the columns are all the same height. this is because the default values given to flex items (the children of the flex container) are set up to solve common problems such as this. to be clear, let's reiterate what is happening here. the element we've given a display value of flex to is acting like a block-level element in terms of how it interacts with the rest of the page, but its children are being laid out as flex items — the next section will explain i...
... called flex items (the <article> elements in our example). bear this terminology in mind as you go through subsequent sections. you can always refer back to it if you get confused about any of the terms being used. columns or rows? flexbox provides a property called flex-direction that specifies what direction the main axis runs in (what direction the flexbox children are laid out in) — by default this is set to row, which causes them to be laid out in a row in the direction your browser's default language works in (left to right, in the case of an english browser). try adding the following declaration to your <section> rule: flex-direction: column; you'll see that this puts the items back in a column layout, much like they were before we added any css. before you move on, delete this d...
...rst, take a local copy of this example. now, add the following to the bottom of the example's css: div { display: flex; align-items: center; justify-content: space-around; } refresh the page and you'll see that the buttons are now nicely centered, horizontally and vertically. we've done this via two new properties. align-items controls where the flex items sit on the cross axis. by default, the value is stretch, which stretches all flex items to fill the parent in the direction of the cross axis. if the parent hasn't got a fixed width in the cross axis direction, then all flex items will become as long as the longest flex items. this is how our first example got equal height columns by default. the center value that we used in our above code causes the items to maintain their intr...
...And 2 more matches

Beginner's guide to media queries - Learn web development
@media print { body { font-size: 12pt; } } note: the media type here is different from the so-called mime type. note: there were a number of other media types defined in the level 3 media queries specification; these have been deprecated and should be avoided. note: media types are optional; if you do not indicate a media type in your media query then the media query will default to being for all media types. media feature rules after specifying the type, you can then target a media feature with a rule. width and height the feature we tend to detect most often in order to create responsive designs (and that has widespread browser support) is viewport width, and we can apply css if the viewport is above or below a certain width — or an exact width — using the min-...
...s you can test if the user has the ability to hover over an element, which essentially means they are using some kind of pointing device; touchscreen and keyboard navigation does not hover. @media (hover: hover) { body { color: rebeccapurple; } } open this example in the browser, or view the source. if we know the user cannot hover, we could display some interactive features by default. for users who can hover, we might choose to make them available when a link is hovered over. also in level 4 is the pointer media feature. this takes three possible values, none, fine and coarse. a fine pointer is something like a mouse or trackpad. it enables the user to precisely target a small area. a coarse pointer is your finger on a touchscreen. the value none means the user has no pointi...
...omes larger. this second approach is described as mobile first responsive design and is quite often the best approach to follow. the view for the very smallest devices is quite often a simple single column of content, much as it appears in normal flow. this means that you probably don't need to do a lot of layout for small devices — order your source well and you will have a readable layout by default. the below walkthrough takes you through this approach with a very simple layout. in a production site you are likely to have more things to adjust within your media queries, however the approach would be exactly the same. walkthrough: a simple mobile-first layout our starting point is an html document with some css applied to add background colors to the various parts of the layout. * { ...
...And 2 more matches

Practical positioning examples - Learn web development
ely it is that you'll need some javascript to implement your desired functionality. general setup to begin with, add the following between your opening and closing <style> tags: html { font-family: sans-serif; } * { box-sizing: border-box; } body { margin: 0; } this is just some general setup to set a sans-serif font on our page, use the border-box box-sizing model, and get rid of the default <body> margin. next, add the following just below your previous css: .info-box { width: 450px; height: 400px; margin: 0 auto; } this sets a specific width and height on the content, and centers it on the screen using the old margin: 0 auto trick. previously in the course we advised against setting a fixed height on content containers if at all possible; it is ok in this circumstance beca...
...ve different tabs at different heights. styling our tabs now we want to style tabs to look like tabs — basically, these are a horizontal navigation menu, but instead of loading different web pages when they are clicked on like we've seen previously in the course, they cause different panels to be displayed on the same page. first, add the following rule at the bottom of your css to remove the default padding-left and margin-top from the unordered list: .info-box ul { padding-left: 0; margin-top: 0; } note: we are using descendant selectors with .info-box at the start of the chain throughout this example — this is so that we can insert this feature into a page with other content already on it, without fear of interfering with the styles applied to other parts of the page. next, we'l...
...els sit on top of one another. the rule also gives the panels the same set height as the container, and gives the content some padding, a text color, and a background-color. the second rule we'll add here makes it so that a panel with a class of active-panel set on it will have a z-index of 1 applied to it, which will make it sit above the other panels (positioned elements have a z-index of 0 by default, which would put them below). again, we'll add this class using javascript at the appropriate time. .info-box article { position: absolute; top: 0; left: 0; height: 352px; padding: 10px; color: white; background-color: #a60000; } .info-box .active-panel { z-index: 1; } adding our javascript the final step to getting this feature working is to add some javascript. put the follo...
...And 2 more matches

Client-side form validation - Learn web development
a red dashed border when it is invalid and a more subtle solid black border when valid. we also added a background gradient when the input is required and invalid. try out the new behavior in the example below: note: you can find this example live on github as fruit-validation.html (see also the source code.) try submitting the form without a value. note how the invalid input gets focus, a default error message ("please fill out this field") appears, and the form is prevented from being sent. the presence of the required attribute on any element that supports this attribute means the element matches the :required pseudoclass whether it has a value or not. if the <input> has no value, the input will match the :invalid pseudoclass. note: for good user experience, indicate to the user when...
...can find this example live on github as fruit-length.html (see also the source code.) note: <input type="number"> (and other types, such as range and date) can also take a step attribute, which specifies what increment the value will go up or down by when the input controls are used (such as the up and down number buttons). in the above example we've not included a step attribute, so the value defaults to 1. this means that floats, like 3.2, will also show as invalid. full example here is a full example to show usage of html's built-in validation features. first, some html: <form> <p> <fieldset> <legend>do you have a driver's license?<abbr title="this field is mandatory" aria-label="required">*</abbr></legend> <!-- while only one radio button in a same-named group can be ...
... emailerror.textcontent = 'you need to enter an e-mail address.'; } else if(email.validity.typemismatch) { // if the field doesn't contain an email address // display the following error message. emailerror.textcontent = 'entered value ne...
...And 2 more matches

The HTML5 input types - Learn web development
the server-side as well as the client-side, because client-side validation is too easy to turn off, so malicious users can still easily send bad data through to your server. read website security for an idea of what could happen; implementing server-side validation is somewhat beyond the scope of this module, but you should bear it in mind. note that a@b is a valid email address according to the default provided constraints. this is because the email input type allows intranet email addresses by default. to implement different validation behavior, you can use the pattern attribute, and you can also custom the error messages; we'll talk how to use these features in the client-side form validation article later on. note: if the data entered is not an email address, the :invalid pseudo-class will...
...n about in client-side form validation. url field a special type of field for entering urls can be created using the value url for the type attribute: <input type="url" id="url" name="url"> it adds special validation constraints to the field. the browser will report an error if no protocol (such as http:) is entered, or if the url is otherwise malformed. on devices with dynamic keyboards, the default keyboard will often display some or all of the colon, period, and forward slash as default keys. see below for an example (taken on firefox for android): note: just because the url is well-formed doesn't necessarily mean that it refers to a location that actually exists! numeric field controls for entering numbers can be created with an <input> type of number. this control looks like a text...
...evices with dynamic keyboards, the numeric keyboard is generally displayed. the following screenshot (from firefox for android) provides an example: with the number input type, you can constrain the minimum and maximum values allowed by setting the min and max attributes. you can also use the step attribute to set the increment increase and decrease caused by pressing the spinner buttons. by default, the number input type only validates if the number is an integer. to allow float numbers, specify step="any". if omitted, the step value defaults to 1, meaning only whole numbers are valid. let's look at some examples. the first one below creates a number control whose value is restricted to any value between 1 and 10, and whose increase and decrease buttons change its value by 2. <input type=...
...And 2 more matches

Getting started with HTML - Learn web development
on.value = 'show solution'; } updatecode(); }); var htmlsolution = '<em>this is my text.</em>'; var solutionentry = htmlsolution; textarea.addeventlistener('input', updatecode); window.addeventlistener('load', updatecode); // stop tab key tabbing out of textarea and // make it write a tab at the caret position instead textarea.onkeydown = function(e){ if (e.keycode === 9) { e.preventdefault(); insertatcaret('\t'); } if (e.keycode === 27) { textarea.blur(); } }; function insertatcaret(text) { var scrollpos = textarea.scrolltop; var caretpos = textarea.selectionstart; var front = (textarea.value).substring(0, caretpos); var back = (textarea.value).substring(textarea.selectionend, textarea.value.length); textarea.value = front + text + back; caretpos = care...
...ch as <em> or <strong>. consider the following example: <em>first</em><em>second</em><em>third</em> <p>fourth</p><p>fifth</p><p>sixth</p> <em> is an inline element. as you see below, the first three elements sit on the same line, with no space in between. on the other hand, <p> is a block-level element. each p element appears on a new line, with space above and below. (the spacing is due to default css styling that the browser applies to paragraphs.) note: html5 redefined the element categories: see element content categories. while these definitions are more accurate and less ambiguous than their predecessors, the new definitions are a lot more complicated to understand than block and inline. this article will stay with these two terms. note: the terms block and inline, as used in t...
...tent categories. while these definitions are more accurate and less ambiguous than their predecessors, the new definitions are a lot more complicated to understand than block and inline. this article will stay with these two terms. note: the terms block and inline, as used in this article, should not be confused with the types of css boxes that have the same names. while the names correlate by default, changing the css display type doesn't change the category of the element, and doesn't affect which elements it can contain and which elements it can be contained in. one reason html5 dropped these terms was to prevent this rather common confusion. note: find useful reference pages that include lists of block and inline elements. see block-level elements and inline elements. empty elements ...
...And 2 more matches

From object to iframe — other embedding technologies - Learn web development
18171785211" width="600" height="450" frameborder="0" style="border:0" allowfullscreen>\n</iframe>'; let solutionentry = htmlsolution; textarea.addeventlistener('input', updatecode); window.addeventlistener('load', updatecode); // stop tab key tabbing out of textarea and // make it write a tab at the caret position instead textarea.onkeydown = function(e){ if (e.keycode === 9) { e.preventdefault(); insertatcaret('\t'); } if (e.keycode === 27) { textarea.blur(); } }; function insertatcaret(text) { const scrollpos = textarea.scrolltop; const caretpos = textarea.selectionstart; const front = (textarea.value).substring(0, caretpos); const back = (textarea.value).substring(textarea.selectionend, textarea.value.length); textarea.value = front + text + back; caretpo...
...0 removes the border. using this isn't really recommended any more, as the same effect can be better achieved using border: none; in your css. src this attribute, as with <video>/<img>, contains a path pointing to the url of the document to be embedded. width and height these attributes specify the width and height you want the iframe to be. fallback content in the same way as ot...
...with http. (in the best case scenario, your user's web browser will give them a scary warning.) all reputable companies that make content available for embedding via an <iframe> will make it available via https — look at the urls inside the <iframe> src attribute when you are embedding content from google maps or youtube, for example. note: github pages allow content to be served via https by default, so is useful for hosting content. if you are using different hosting and are not sure, ask your hosting provider about it. always use the sandbox attribute you want to give attackers as little power as you can to do bad things on your website, therefore you should give embedded content only the permissions needed for doing its job. of course, this applies to your own content, too. a container...
...And 2 more matches

Introduction to events - Learn web development
he media recorder api, for example, has a dataavailable event, which fires when some audio or video has been recorded and is available for doing something with (for example saving it, or playing it back). the corresponding ondataavailable handler's event object has a data property available containing the recorded audio or video data to allow you to access it and do something with it. preventing default behavior sometimes, you'll come across a situation where you want to prevent an event from doing what it does by default. the most common example is that of a web form, for example, a custom registration form. when you fill in the details and select the submit button, the natural behavior is for the data to be submitted to a specified page on the server for processing, and the browser to be redi...
... name: </label> <input id="lname" type="text"> </div> <div> <input id="submit" type="submit"> </div> </form> <p></p> div { margin-bottom: 10px; } now some javascript — here we implement a very simple check inside an onsubmit event handler (the submit event is fired on a form when it is submitted) that tests whether the text fields are empty. ...
... the form submission — and then display an error message in the paragraph below our form to tell the user what's wrong: const form = document.queryselector('form'); const fname = document.getelementbyid('fname'); const lname = document.getelementbyid('lname'); const para = document.queryselector('p'); form.onsubmit = function(e) { if (fname.value === '' || lname.value === '') { e.preventdefault(); para.textcontent = 'you need to fill in both names!'; } } obviously, this is pretty weak form validation — it wouldn't stop the user validating the form with spaces or numbers entered into the fields, for example — but it is ok for example purposes. the output is as follows: note: for the full source code, see preventdefault-validation.html (also see it running live here.) eve...
...And 2 more matches

Getting started with Ember - Learn web development
rt tutorial, in which we'll make a version of the classic todomvc sample app, teaching you how to use the essentials of the ember framework along the way. todomvc is a basic to-do tracking app implemented in many different technologies. here is the completed ember version, for reference. a note on todomvc and accessibility the todomvc project has a few issues in terms of adhering to accessible/default web practices. there are a couple of github issues open about this on the todomvc family of projects: add keyboard access to demos re-enable outline on focusable elements ember has a strong commitment to being accessible by default and there is an entire section of the ember guides on accessibility on what it means for website / app design. that said, because this tutorial is a focus on th...
...ng the scaffolding for a new ember app. make sure you navigate to somewhere appropriate in the terminal before you run it. (good suggestions are your "desktop" or "documents" directories, so that it is easy to find): ember new todomvc or, on windows: npx ember-cli new todomvc this generates a production-ready application development environment that includes the following features by default: development server with live reload. plugin-architecture that allows for third-party packages to richly enhance your application. the latest javascript via babel and webpack integration. automated testing environment that runs your tests in the browser, allowing you to test like a user. transpilation, and minification, of both css and javascript for production builds. conventions f...
...nstall --save-dev todomvc-app-css todomvc-common next, find the ember-cli-build.js file inside the todomvc directory (it's right there inside the root) and open it in your chosen code editor. ember-cli-build.js is responsible for configuring details about how your project is built — including bundling all your files together, asset minification, and creating sourcemaps — with reasonable defaults, so you don't typically need to worry about this file. we will however add lines to the ember-cli-build.js file to import our shared css files, so that they become part of our build without having to explicitly @import them into the app.css file (this would require url rewrites at build time and therefore be less efficient and more complicated to set up). in ember-cli-build.js, find the...
...And 2 more matches

Ember resources and troubleshooting - Learn web development
ns this is nowhere near an extensive list, but it is a list of things that came up around the time of writing (latest update, may 2020). how do i debug what's going on in the framework? for framework-specific things, there is the ember-inspector add-on, which allows inspection of: routes & controllers components services promises data (i.e: from a remote api — from ember-data, by default) deprecation information render performance for general javascript debugging, check out our guides on javascript debugging as well as interacting with the browser's other debugging tools. in any default ember project, there will be two main javascript files, vendor.js and {app-name}.js. both of these files are generated with sourcemaps, so when you open the vendor.js or {app-name}.js to ...
...he vendor.js or {app-name}.js to search for relevant code, when a debugger is placed, the sourcemap will be loaded and the breakpoint will be placed in the pre-transpiled code for easier correlation to your project code. for more information on sourcemaps, why they're needed, and what the ember-cli does with them, see the advanced use: asset compilation guide. note that sourcemaps are enabled by default. ember-data comes pre-installed; do i need it? not at all. while ember-data solves the most common problems that any app dealing with data will run in to, it is possible to roll your own front-end data client. a common alternative is to any fully-featured front-end data client is the fetch api. using the design patterns provided by the framework, a route using fetch() would look something l...
... while ember-data solves the most common problems that any app dealing with data will run in to, it is possible to roll your own front-end data client. a common alternative is to any fully-featured front-end data client is the fetch api. using the design patterns provided by the framework, a route using fetch() would look something like this: import route from '@ember/routing/route'; export default class myroute extends route { async model() { let response = await fetch('some/url/to/json/data'); let json = await response.json(); return { data: json }; } } see more information on specifying the route's model here. why can't i just use javascript? this is the most common question ember folks hear from people who have previous experience with react. while it is t...
...And 2 more matches

React interactivity: Editing, filtering, conditional rendering - Learn web development
ow open todo.js. we’re going to do some refactoring. a ui for editing in order to allow users to edit a task, we have to provide a user interface for them to do so. first, import usestate into the todo component like we did before with the app component, by updating the first import statement to this: import react, { usestate } from "react"; we'll now use this to set an isediting state, the default state of which should be false. add the following line just inside the top of your todo(props) { … } component definition: const [isediting, setediting] = usestate(false); next, we're going to rethink the <todo /> component — from now on, we want it to display one of two possible “templates", rather than the single template it's used so far: the "view" template, when we are just viewin...
...">renaming {props.name}</span> </button> <button type="submit" classname="btn btn__primary todo-edit"> save <span classname="visually-hidden">new name for {props.name}</span> </button> </div> </form> ); const viewtemplate = ( <div classname="stack-small"> <div classname="c-cb"> <input id={props.id} type="checkbox" defaultchecked={props.completed} onchange={() => props.toggletaskcompleted(props.id)} /> <label classname="todo-label" htmlfor={props.id}> {props.name} </label> </div> <div classname="btn-group"> <button type="button" classname="btn"> edit <span classname="visually-hidden">{props.name}</span> </button> <button ...
...ondition in jsx, we can use a ternary operator. in the case of our <todo /> component, our condition is "is this task being edited?" change the return statement inside todo() so that it reads like so: return <li classname="todo">{isediting ? editingtemplate : viewtemplate}</li>; your browser should render all your tasks just like before. to see the editing template, you will have to change the default isediting state from false to true in your code for now; we will look at making the edit button toggle this in the next section! toggling the <todo /> templates at long last, we are ready to make our final core feature interactive. to start with, we want to call setediting() with a value of true when a user presses the "edit" button in our viewtemplate, so that we can switch templates. update ...
...And 2 more matches

Beginning our React todo list - Learn web development
an classname="visually-hidden"> tasks</span> </button> </div> <h2 id="list-heading"> 3 tasks remaining </h2> <ul role="list" classname="todo-list stack-large stack-exception" aria-labelledby="list-heading" > <li classname="todo stack-small"> <div classname="c-cb"> <input id="todo-0" type="checkbox" defaultchecked={true} /> <label classname="todo-label" htmlfor="todo-0"> eat </label> </div> <div classname="btn-group"> <button type="button" classname="btn"> edit <span classname="visually-hidden">eat</span> </button> <button type="button" classname="btn btn__danger"> delete <span c...
... toggle-btn" aria-pressed="true"> <span classname="visually-hidden">show </span> <span>all</span> <span classname="visually-hidden"> tasks</span> </button> here, aria-pressed tells assistive technology (like screen readers) that the button can be in one of two states: pressed or unpressed. think of these as analogs for on and off. setting a value of true means that the button is pressed by default. the class visually-hidden has no effect yet, because we have not included any css. once we have put our styles in place, though, any element with this class will be hidden from sighted users and still available to screen reader users — this is because these words are not needed by sighted users; they are there to provide more information about what the button does for screenreader users that ...
...re information about what the button does for screenreader users that do not have the extra visual context to help them. further down, you can find our <ul> element: <ul role="list" classname="todo-list stack-large stack-exception" aria-labelledby="list-heading" > the role attribute helps assistive technology explain what kind of element a tag represents. a <ul> is treated like a list by default, but the styles we're about to add will break that functionality. this role will restore the "list" meaning to the <ul> element. if you want to learn more about why this is necessary, you can check out scott o'hara’s article, “fixing lists”. the aria-labelledby attribute tells assistive technologies that we're treating our list heading as the label that describes the purpose of the list b...
...And 2 more matches

Starting our Svelte Todo list app - Learn web development
prop being specified when we instantiate the app component inside src/main.js, which isn't used inside app. the console should currently give you a message along the lines of "<app> was created with unknown prop 'name'". to get rid of this, remove the name prop from src/main.js; it should now look like so: import app from './app.svelte' const app = new app({ target: document.body }) export default app now if you check your testing server url you'll see our todos.svelte component being rendered: adding static markup for the moment we will start with a static markup representation of our app, so you can see what it will look like. copy and paste the following into our todos.svelte component file, replacing the existing content: <!-- todos.svelte --> <div class="todoapp stack-large">...
...class="btn toggle-btn" aria-pressed="true"> <span class="visually-hidden">show</span> <span>all</span> <span class="visually-hidden">tasks</span> </button> here, aria-pressed tells assistive technology (like screen readers) that the button can be in one of two states: pressed or unpressed. think of these as analogs for on and off. setting a value of true means that the button is pressed by default. the class visually-hidden has no effect yet, because we have not included any css. once we have put our styles in place, though, any element with this class will be hidden from sighted users and still available to screen reader users — this is because these words are not needed by sighted users; they are there to provide more information about what the button does for screenreader users that ...
...t what the button does for screenreader users that do not have the extra visual context to help them. further down, you can find the following <ul> element: <ul role="list" classname="todo-list stack-large" aria-labelledby="list-heading"> the role attribute helps assistive technology explain what kind of semantic value an element has — or what its purpose is. a <ul> is treated like a list by default, but the styles we're about to add will break that functionality. this role will restore the "list" meaning to the <ul> element. if you want to learn more about why this is necessary, you can check out scott o'hara’s article, “fixing lists”. the aria-labelledby attribute tells assistive technologies that we're treating our <h2> with an id of list-heading as the label that describes the pu...
...And 2 more matches

TypeScript support in Svelte - Learn web development
a typo like traget instead of target) typescript will complain: in the app.svelte component, the setuptypescript.js script has added the lang="ts" attribute to the <script> tag. moreover, thanks to type inference, in many cases we won't even need to specify types to get code assistance. for example, if you start adding an ms property to the alert component call, typescript will infer from the default value that the ms property should be a number: and if you pass something that is not a number it will complain about it: the application template has a validate script configured that runs svelte-check against your code. this package allows you to detect errors and warnings normally displayed by a code editor from the command line, which makes it pretty useful for running it in a continuous...
... moreactions.svelte now we'll do the same for the moreactions.svelte component. add the lang='ts' attribute, like before. typescript will warn us about the todos prop and the t variable in the call to todos.filter(t =>...). warn: variable 'todos' implicitly has an 'any' type, but a better type may be inferred from usage. (ts) export let todos warn: parameter 't' implicitly ...
...completedtodos: number = todos.filter[...] is invalid. for more information read how do i type reactive assignments? / i get an "implicitly has type 'any' error". filterbutton.svelte now we'll take care of the filterbutton component. add the lang='ts' attribute to the <script> tag, as usual. you'll notice there are no warnings — typescript infers the type of the filter variable from the default value. but we know that there are only three valid values for the filter: all, active, and completed. so we can let typescript know about them by creating an enum filter. create a filter.enum.ts file in the types folder. give it the following contents: export enum filter { all = 'all', active = 'active', completed = 'completed', } now we will use this from the filterbut...
...And 2 more matches

Introduction to automated testing - Learn web development
once all the questions have been asked, it will ask you if the information entered is ok. type yes and press enter/return and npm will generate a package.json file in your directory. this file is basically a config file for the project. you can customize it later, but for now it'll look something like this: { "name": "node-test", "version": "1.0.0", "description": "test for np...
...wing command: npm install --global gulp-cli next, run the following command inside your npm project directory root to set up gulp as a dependency of your project: npm install --save-dev gulp now create a new file inside your project directory called gulpfile.js. this is the file that will run all our tasks. inside this file, put the following: const gulp = require('gulp'); gulp.task('default', function() { console.log('gulp running'); }); this requires the gulp module we installed earlier, and then runs a basic task that does nothing except for printing a message to the terminal — this is useful for letting us know that gulp is working. each gulp task is written in the same basic format — gulp's task() method is run, and given two parameters — the name of the task, and a ca...
...vascript syntax features to traditional syntax that works in older browsers (see gulp-babel). see the links above for full instructions on the different gulp packages we are using. to use each plugin, you need to first install it via npm, then require any dependencies at the top of the gulpfile.js file, then add your test(s) to the bottom of it, and finally add the name of your task inside the default task. html-tidy install using the following line: npm install --save-dev gulp-htmltidy note: --save-dev adds the package as a dependency to your project. if you look in your project's package.json file, you'll see an entry for it in the devdependencies property. add the following dependency to gulpfile.js: const htmltidy = require('gulp-htmltidy'); add the following test t...
...And 2 more matches

HTTP logging
you to capture only the "interesting" part of the browser's behavior (i.e. your bug), which makes the http log much smaller and easier to analyze. launch the browser and get it into whatever state you need to be in just before your bug occurs. open a new tab and type in "about:networking" into the url bar. go to the "logging section" adjust the location of the log file if you don't like the default adjust the list of modules that you want to log: this list has the exact same format as the moz_log environment variable (see below). generally the default list is ok, unless a mozilla developer has told you to modify it. click on start logging. reproduce the bug (i.e. go to the web site that is broken for you and make the bug happen in the browser) make a note of the value of "current log f...
...make the appropriate adjustments if those aren't the case.) reproduce whatever problem it is that you're having. once you've reproduced the problem, exit firefox and look for the generated log files in your temporary directory. you can type "%temp%" directly into the windows explorer location bar to get there quickly. linux this secti...
...make the appropriate adjustments if those aren't the case.) reproduce whatever problem it is that you're having. once you've reproduced the problem, exit firefox and look for the generated log files in your temporary directory. you can type "%temp%" directly into the windows explorer location bar to get there quickly. advanced techniqu...
...And 2 more matches

The Firefox codebase: CSS Guidelines
ation is preferred add a space after each comma, except within color functions: linear-gradient(to bottom, black 1px, rgba(255,255,255,0.2) 1px) always add a space before !important. omit units on 0 values do this: margin: 0; not this: margin: 0px; use expanded syntax it is often harder to understand what the shorthand is doing and the shorthand can also hide some unwanted default values. it is good to privilege expanded syntax to make your intentions explicit. do this: border-color: red; not this: border: red; put multiple selectors on different lines do this: h1, h2, h3 { font-family: sans-serif; text-align: center; } not this: h1, h2, h3 { font-family: sans-serif; text-align: center; } naming standards for class names lower-case-with-dashes is...
...us that the padding is symmetrical (so rtl won't be an issue). note: see css logical properties and values for more information. testing to test for rtl layouts, you can go to about:config and set intl.uidirection to -1. ...
...above", select the "always" option chrome area the automatic adjustments previously mentioned only apply to pages rendered in the content area. the chrome area of firefox uses colors as authored, which is why using pre-defined variables, currentcolor or inheritance is useful to integrate with the system theme with little hassle. if not, as a last resort, using system colors also works for non-default windows themes or linux. in general, the following colors are used: -moz-field: textbox or field background colors, also used as the background color of listboxes or trees. -moz-fieldtext: textbox or field text colors, also used as the text color of listboxes or trees. -moz-dialog: window or dialog background color. -moz-dialogtext: window or dialog text color. graytext: used on disabled i...
...And 2 more matches

Eclipse CDT Manual Setup
ative hooks or polling" and "refresh on access" to prevent eclipse giving you annoying "resource is out of sync" messages when files change from under it due to mercurial or other external activity. select "c/c++ > build > console" and set "limit console output (number of lines)" to something large, like "1000000". eclipse cdt will try to format c/c++ code that you add as you type. however, its default formats are not a good match to mozilla's style rules. download this first pass at an eclipse formatter configuration for mozilla c/c++ coding style, and install it by opening the workspace preferences, selecting "c/c++ > code style > formatter", and then using the "import" button to import that file. the "active profile" field should then automatically change to "mozilla". depending on the area ...
...ou work on, you may need to tweak this configuration using the "edit" button. (note that the format settings under "general > editors > text editors" have no effect in c/c++ views, since the c/c++ settings are more specific and override those settings. however, you may still want to tweak those settings if you'll be editing other file types in eclipse.) select "c/c++ > editor" and set "workspace default" to "doxygen". select "c/c++ > editor > content assist" and set the auto-activation delay to 0 so that autocomplete suggestions don't seem to be laggy. (sadly, there is no auto-activation option to activate autocomplete suggestion., so as soon as you type any alphabetical character that may begin with a symbol name like there is in other ides.) select "c/c++ > editor > save actions" and deselec...
... directories and files have disappeared from the project explorer tab on the left. also, if your main object directory is in your source tree, and not somewhere outside it, make sure that it has not disappeared from the project explorer tab. reopen the project properties window and select "c/c++ build" from the left of the project properties window. select the "builder settings" tab, untick "use default build command", set the build command to "just-print-mozilla-build.py" or, if you're on mac, to "bash -l -c 'just-print-mozilla-build.py'" (on mac eclipse doesn't seem to pick up the environment properly, so it's necessary to invoke just-print-mozilla-build.py indirectly through bash). (just-print-mozilla-build.py is a fast script that we'll download in the next section.) (append '--objdir /path/...
...And 2 more matches

Obsolete Build Caveats and Tips
tor is visual studio 2010; if you want to use it, you must use a previous version of it !), or 2005 professional from build_instructions those who need to work with the code for firefox 3/mozilla 1.9 and earlier can check out the latest source using cvs. in reality, you should probably not need to do this, since that code is very obsolete. this note below seems redundant as this is true by default https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/dh8che7s%28v=vs.110%29.aspx note: starting with gecko 7.0, you should no longer include "-zc:wchar_t-" in the command line when building on windows. if you're using visual studio, go to project properties > c/c++ > language > treat wchar_t as built-in type and set it to "yes". from source_code/mercurial mozilla-2.0 (firefox 4.0) code for the firef...
... firefox 3.5 (gecko 1.9.1) release lives in releases/mozilla-1.9.1. to get this code, do the following: # pull the mozilla source to the folder 191src/ - may take a while # as hundreds of megabytes of history is downloaded to .hg hg clone https://hg.mozilla.org/releases/mozilla-1.9.1/ 191src cd 191src note: starting with gecko 5.0, you can actually build firefox without a .mozconfig file. by default, a similar-to-release build is done. from windows_sdk_versions visual c++ 9 (vs2008) professional/express download and install the windows 7 sdk. note that you need service pack 1--for the express edition it is a separate download. visual c++ 8 (vs2005) professional download and install the windows 7 sdk. install this microsoft hotfix to allow linking to work correctly. visual c++ 7.
...rsion=600 to your .mozconfig. windows server 2003 r2 platform sdk obsolete since gecko 12.0 (firefox 12.0 / thunderbird 12.0 / seamonkey 2.9)this feature is obsolete. although it may still work in some browsers, its use is discouraged since it could be removed at any time. try to avoid using it. this is your only option if you're on windows 2000. this also used to be necessary for building a default gecko 1.9.2 through 8 with visual c++ express editions (see atlbase.h for more). you can download the sdk from the microsoft download center. you need to install at least the "windows core sdk", "web workshop (ie) sdk", and the "data access services (mdac) sdk". for all sdks, you may choose not to install sample code and documentation to save space and download time. gecko 1.9.2 through 11...
...And 2 more matches

mach
to use is effectively the following: if a .mozconfig file (some say it is the file mozconfig without the dot) exists in the current directory, use that. if the mozconfig environment variable is set, use the file pointed to in that variable. if the current working directory mach is invoked with is inside an object directory, the mozconfig used when creating that object directory is used. the default mozconfig search logic is applied. here are some examples: # use an explicit mozconfig file. $ mozconfig=/path/to/mozconfig ./mach build # alternatively (for persistent mozconfig usage): $ export mozconfig=/path/to/mozconfig $ ./mach build # let's pretend the mozconfig environment variable isn't set. this will use # the mozconfig from the object directory. $ cd objdir-firefox $ mach build a...
...e): $ export mozconfig=/path/to/mozconfig $ ./mach build # let's pretend the mozconfig environment variable isn't set. this will use # the mozconfig from the object directory. $ cd objdir-firefox $ mach build adding mach to your shell's search path if you add mach to your path (by modifying the path environment variable to include your source directory, or by copying mach to a directory in the default path like /usr/local/bin) then you can type mach anywhere in your source directory or your objdir. mach expands relative paths starting from the current working directory, so you can run commands like mach build . to rebuild just the files in the current directory. for example: $ cd devtools/client $ mach build webconsole # rebuild only the files in the devtools/client/webconsole directory $ m...
...uth). so this 3rd point does not make much sense, does it? are there any known issues? yes, of course several! mach is still relatively young ("born" in 2012) and there are a number of bugs and numerous areas for improvement. some larger known issues include: mintty (alternative terminal emulator on windows) doesn't work. text encoding issues (especially on windows where latin-1 is not the default system encoding). failed commands spew lots of extra error output, e.g. you will see a big mach error message when all that happened was an invoked command returned a non-0 exit code - possibly expectedly so in mozilla! generally, mach is known to work pretty well without issues for most people and works terribly for others with even the "basics" being quite unsatisfactory. how do i report bu...
...And 2 more matches

Download
n totalbytes is relevant. this depends on the saver and the download source. launchwhensucceeded boolean if this property is true when the download finishes successfully, the target file will be opened or executed automatically. launcherpath string local file path of the application to be used to launch the target file, or null if the file should be launched with the default application associated with the contenttype property or the extension of the target file. onchange function this can be set to a function that is called after other properties change. warning: this property cannot be used if the download is part of a downloadlist. progress read only number progress percent, from 0 to 100. intermediate va...
...individual state properties (for example, the succeeded property) instead. saver read only downloadsaver saver object associated with this download. source read only downloadsource source of this download. starttime read only date indicates the start time of the download. when the download starts, this property is set to a valid date object. the default value is null before the download starts. stopped read only boolean indicates that the download never started, has been completed successfully, failed, or has been canceled. this property becomes false when a download is started for the first time, or when a failed or canceled download is restarted. succeeded read only boolean this propery is true if the download h...
...g the network transfer. you can use the downloadtarget.size property to get the actual size of the completely-downloaded file once the download has succeeded. when hasprogress is false, this property is always zero. trytokeeppartialdata boolean indicates whether any partially downloaded data should be retained, to use when restarting a failed or canceled download. the default is false. whether partial data can actually be retained depends on the saver and the download source, and may not be known before the download is started. to have any effect, this property must be set before starting the download. resetting this property to false after the download has already started will not remove any partial data. note: if this property is set to true, care sho...
...And 2 more matches

Release phase
e: host hg.mozilla.org user user@host.domain if you have already cloned the remote repository using the http protocol using this command: $ hg clone http://hg.mozilla.org/releases/l10n-central/x-testing then you will need to edit the .hg/hgrc file (inside the x-testing local clone) to tell mercurial to push using ssh. ...
...ave already cloned the remote repository using the http protocol using this command: $ hg clone http://hg.mozilla.org/releases/l10n-central/x-testing then you will need to edit the .hg/hgrc file (inside the x-testing local clone) to tell mercurial to push using ssh. ...
...you should now be able to push to the remote repository! commit, outgoing, and push you should try to commit your work regularly as you progress through the localization files. keep in mind that the hg commit...
...And 2 more matches

Mozilla Port Blocking
08/15/2001, cert issued a vulnerability note vu#476267 for a "cross-protocol" scripting attack, known as the html form protocol attack which allowed sending arbitrary data to most tcp ports. a simple exploit of this hole allows an attacker to send forged unsigned mail through a mail server behind your firewall: a really nasty hole. mozilla responded by modifying how protocols can access ports. by default, mozilla now blocks access to specific ports which are used by vulnerable services in order to prevent security vulnerabilites due to "cross-protocol scripting". each protocol's handler can override this blocking for itself in order to enable the required access for that protocol. potential problems caused by port blocking port blocking can cause problems if a site or web application requires acc...
...ser attempts to access a uri on a blocked port, mozilla shows one of the following alerts to the user or in the error console. ...
..._allowed)" if your product or web site uses a port which is blocked by mozilla's default port blocking rules, you can either change the port of your service to a unblocked value (recommended if possible) or ask your mozilla users to enable the port. for details on which ports are blocked and how to override the blocking see below. modifying mozilla's port blocking at run time users can modify the default port blocking through the addition of preferences containing comma delimited lists of port numbers to the user.js file (for single users with the user_pref(…) command) in the user's profile directory. see the example below. additionaly administrators can edit the all.js file (for multi-user systems with pref(…) ) in the defaults/pref/ sub-directory in the installation directory. enabling port...
...And 2 more matches

AsyncTestUtils extended framework
if you need to wrap an existing url listener or need a callback or fancy promise, create an instance of asyncurllistener. copy listener: asynccopylistener. bringing messages into the picture synthetic set definitions most of the code involved in creating synthetic messages takes an object that defines how to generate the set. the following is a list of frequently used attributes where the default value is listed after the attribute name. there are more attributes you can specify; consult the documentation for more information. (see the bottom of this page for links to the source files.) count: 10 the number of messages that should be in the set. note that the default is subject to change, so if you want 10, say 10, instead of relying on the default. msgsperthread: 1 how many message...
...bute name. there are more attributes you can specify; consult the documentation for more information. (see the bottom of this page for links to the source files.) count: 10 the number of messages that should be in the set. note that the default is subject to change, so if you want 10, say 10, instead of relying on the default. msgsperthread: 1 how many messages should be in each thread? the default is that every message is its own thread; no message is a reply to any other message. ...
...if you pass an object, it should be an object with one or more of the following attributes: minutes, hours, days, weeks. these attributes specify how old the message should be. for example, {weeks: 2, days: 3} would be a message sent exactly 17 days ago. if you pass age, you should also pass age_incr. ...
...And 2 more matches

JSS Provider Notes
ces. use the binary release of jss from mozilla.org. apply for your own jce code-signing certificate following the procedure at how to implement a provider for the javatm cryptography extension. then you can sign your own jss jar file. installing the provider in order to use any part of jss, including the jca provider, you must first call cryptomanager.initialize(). by default, the jca provider will be installed in the list of providers maintained by the java.security.security class. if you do not wish the provider to be installed, create a cryptomanager.initializationvalues object, set its installjssprovider field to false, and pass the initializationvalues object to cryptomanager.initialize(). specifying the cryptotoken all cryptographic operations in jss and...
...installed, create a cryptomanager.initializationvalues object, set its installjssprovider field to false, and pass the initializationvalues object to cryptomanager.initialize(). specifying the cryptotoken all cryptographic operations in jss and nss occur on a particular pkcs #11 token, implemented in software or hardware. there is no clean way to specify this token through the jca api. by default, the jss provider carries out all operations except messagedigest on the internal key storage token, a software token included in jss/nss. messagedigest operations take place by default on the internal crypto token, another internal software token in jss/nss. there is no good design reason for this difference, but it is necessitated by a quirk in the nss implementation. in order to use a differ...
... another internal software token in jss/nss. there is no good design reason for this difference, but it is necessitated by a quirk in the nss implementation. in order to use a different token, use cryptomanager.setthreadtoken(). this sets the token to be used by the jss jca provider in the current thread. when you call getinstance() on a jca class, the jss provider checks the current per-thread default token (by calling cryptomanager.getthreadtoken()) and instructs the new object to use that token for cryptographic operations. the per-thread default token setting is only consulted inside getinstance(). once a jca object has been created it will continue to use the same token, even if the application later changes the per-thread default token. whenever a new thread is created, its token is in...
...And 2 more matches

Mozilla-JSS JCA Provider notes
thms. you have two choices. use the binary release of jss from mozilla.org. apply for your own jce code-signing certificate following the procedure at how to implement a provider for the javatm cryptography extension. then you can sign your own jss jar file. installing the provider in order to use any part of jss, including the jca provider, you must first call cryptomanager.initialize(). by default, the jca provider will be installed in the list of providers maintained by the java.security.security class. if you do not wish the provider to be installed, create a cryptomanager.initializationvalues object, set its installjssprovider field to false, and pass the initializationvalues object to cryptomanager.initialize(). specifying the cryptotoken all cryptographic operations in jss and nss oc...
... to be installed, create a cryptomanager.initializationvalues object, set its installjssprovider field to false, and pass the initializationvalues object to cryptomanager.initialize(). specifying the cryptotoken all cryptographic operations in jss and nss occur on a particular pkcs #11 token, implemented in software or hardware. there is no clean way to specify this token through the jca api. by default, the jss provider carries out all operations except messagedigest on the internal key storage token, a software token included in jss/nss. messagedigest operations take place by default on the internal crypto token, another internal software token in jss/nss. there is no good design reason for this difference, but it is necessitated by a quirk in the nss implementation. in order to use a differen...
...n, another internal software token in jss/nss. there is no good design reason for this difference, but it is necessitated by a quirk in the nss implementation. in order to use a different token, use cryptomanager.setthreadtoken(). this sets the token to be used by the jss jca provider in the current thread. when you call getinstance() on a jca class, the jss provider checks the current per-thread default token (by calling cryptomanager.getthreadtoken()) and instructs the new object to use that token for cryptographic operations. the per-thread default token setting is only consulted inside getinstance(). once a jca object has been created it will continue to use the same token, even if the application later changes the per-thread default token. whenever a new thread is created, its token is initi...
...And 2 more matches

NSS_3.12_release_notes.html
ellia nss_camellia_cbc camellia_block_size new macros for rsa (see blapit.h): rsa_max_modulus_bits rsa_max_exponent_bits new macros in certt.h: x.509 v3 ku_encipher_only cert_max_serial_number_bytes cert_max_dn_bytes pkix cert_rev_m_do_not_test_using_this_method cert_rev_m_test_using_this_method cert_rev_m_allow_network_fetching cert_rev_m_forbid_network_fetching cert_rev_m_allow_implicit_default_source cert_rev_m_ignore_implicit_default_source cert_rev_m_skip_test_on_missing_source cert_rev_m_require_info_on_missing_source cert_rev_m_ignore_missing_fresh_info cert_rev_m_fail_on_missing_fresh_info cert_rev_m_stop_testing_on_fresh_info cert_rev_m_continue_testing_on_fresh_info cert_rev_mi_test_each_method_separately cert_rev_mi_test_all_local_information_first cert_rev_mi_no_overall_info_r...
...estamping sec_oid_pkix_ca_repository sec_oid_iso_sha1_with_rsa_signature changed oids (see secoidt.h) sec_oid_pkcs12_key_usage changed to sec_oid_bogus_key_usage sec_oid_ansix962_ecdsa_signature_with_sha1_digest changed to sec_oid_ansix962_ecdsa_sha1_signature note: sec_oid_ansix962_ecdsa_signature_with_sha1_digest is also kept for compatibility reasons. ...
...shake callbacks bug 402308: fix miscellaneous compiler warnings in nss/cmd bug 402777: lib/util can't be built stand-alone. bug 407866: contributed improvement to security/nss/lib/freebl/mpi/mp_comba.c bug 410587: ssl_getchannelinfo returns secsuccess on invalid arguments bug 416508: fix a _msc_ver typo in sha512.c, and use sec_begin_protos/sec_end_protos in secport.h bug 419242: 'all' is not the default makefile target in lib/softoken and lib/softoken/legacydb bug 419523: export cert_newtempcertificate. bug 287061: crl number should be a big integer, not ulong bug 301213: combine internal libpkix function tests into a single statically linked program bug 324740: add generation of sia and aia extensions to certutil bug 339737: libpkix ocsp checking calls cert_verifycert bug 358785: merge nss_libp...
...And 2 more matches

NSS 3.14 release notes
new features: support for tls 1.1 (rfc 4346) experimental support for dtls 1.0 (rfc 4347) and dtls-srtp (rfc 5764) support for aes-ctr, aes-cts, and aes-gcm support for keying material exporters for tls (rfc 5705) in addition to the above new features, the following major changes have been introduced: support for certificate signatures using the md5 hash algorithm is now disabled by default. the nss license has changed to mpl 2.0. previous releases were released under a mpl 1.1/gpl 2.0/lgpl 2.1 tri-license. for more information about mpl 2.0, please see http://www.mozilla.org/mpl/2.0/faq.html. for an additional explantation on gpl/lgpl compatibility, see security/nss/copying in the source code. export and des cipher suites are disabled by default. non-ecc aes and triple des ciph...
...hanged to mpl 2.0. previous releases were released under a mpl 1.1/gpl 2.0/lgpl 2.1 tri-license. for more information about mpl 2.0, please see http://www.mozilla.org/mpl/2.0/faq.html. for an additional explantation on gpl/lgpl compatibility, see security/nss/copying in the source code. export and des cipher suites are disabled by default. non-ecc aes and triple des cipher suites are enabled by default. nss 3.14 source tarballs can be downloaded from https://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/security/nss/releases/nss_3_14_rtm/src/. the cvs tag is nss_3_14_rtm. new in nss 3.14 the sections that follow discuss specific changes in nss 3.14 in more detail. support for tls 1.1 (rfc 4346) has been added (https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=565047). to better support tls 1.1 and ...
... of tls, a new version range api was introduced to allow applications to specify the desired minimum and maximum versions. these functions are intended to replace the now-deprecated use of the ssl_enable_ssl3 and ssl_enable_tls socket options. the following functions have been added to the libssl library included in nss 3.14 ssl_versionrangeget (in ssl.h) ssl_versionrangegetdefault (in ssl.h) ssl_versionrangegetsupported (in ssl.h) ssl_versionrangeset (in ssl.h) ssl_versionrangesetdefault (in ssl.h) to better ensure interoperability with peers that support tls 1.1, nss has altered how it handles certain ssl protocol layer events. such changes may present interoperability concerns when enabling tls 1.1. when connec...
...And 2 more matches

NSS 3.46 release notes
see bug 1575411 for details. bugs fixed in nss 3.46 bug 1572164 - don't unnecessarily free sess...
... see bug 1575411 for details. bugs fixed in nss 3.46 bug 1572164 - don't unnecessarily free session in nsc_wrapkey bug 1574220 - improve controls after errors in tstcln, sel...
... see bug 1575411 for details. ...
...And 2 more matches

NSS 3.48 release notes
sanen tom prince distribution information the hg tag is nss_3_48_rtm. nss 3.48 requires nspr 4.24 or newer. nss 3.48 source distributions are available on ftp.mozilla.org for secure https download: source tarballs: https://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/security/nss/releases/nss_3_48_rtm/src/ other releases are available in nss releases. notable changes in nss 3.48 tls 1.3 is the default maximum tls version. see bug 1573118 for details. tls extended master secret is enabled by default, where possible. see bug 1575411 for details. the master password pbe now uses 10,000 iterations by default when using the default sql (key4.db) storage. because using an iteration count higher than 1 with the legacy dbm (key3.db) storage creates files that are incompatible with previous version...
...sing an iteration count higher than 1 with the legacy dbm (key3.db) storage creates files that are incompatible with previous versions of nss, applications that wish to enable it for key3.db are required to set environment variable nss_allow_legacy_dbm_iteration_count=1. applications may set environment variable nss_min_mp_pbe_iteration_count to request a higher iteration count than the library's default, or nss_max_mp_pbe_iteration_count to request a lower iteration count for test environments. see bug 1562671 for details. certificate authority changes the following ca certificates were added: bug 1591178 - entrust root certification authority - g4 cert sha-256 fingerprint: db3517d1f6732a2d5ab97c533ec70779ee3270a62fb4ac4238372460e6f01e88 upcoming changes in ...
...test environments. see bug 1562671 for details. certificate authority changes the following ca certificates were added: bug 1591178 - entrust root certification authority - g4 cert sha-256 fingerprint: db3517d1f6732a2d5ab97c533ec70779ee3270a62fb4ac4238372460e6f01e88 upcoming changes in nss 3.49 the legacy dbm database, libnssdbm, will no longer be built by default. see bug 1594933 for details. bugs fixed in nss 3.48 bug 1600775 - require nspr 4.24 for nss 3.48 bug 1593401 - fix race condition in self-encrypt functions bug 1599545 - fix assertion and add test for early key update bug 1597799 - fix a crash in nssckfwobject_getattributesize bug 1591178 - add entrust root certification authority - g4 certificate to nss bug 1590001 - prevent negotiati...
...And 2 more matches

NSS API Guidelines
, or blapi. within pkcs #11, wraps crypto lib/freebl blapi.h, blapit.h jar provides support for reading and writing data in java archive (jar) format, including zlib compression. port lib/jar jar-ds.h, jar.h, jarfile.h nss provides high-level initialiazation and shutdown of security services. specifically, this library provides nss_init() for establishing default certificate, key, module databases, and initializing a default random number generator. nss_shutdown() closes these databases, to prevent further access by an application. above high cert, high key lib/nss nss.h pk11wrap provides access to pkcs #11 modules, through a unified interface. the pkcs11wrap library provides functions for selecting/finding pkcs #11 modules and slots.
...matter if from an arena, or the heap, as long as from our allocators. combined with purify, this also helps us catch cases where things being allocated by one allocator are freed by another, which is a common windows pitfall. the security code often wants to be sure to zero memory, when it's being freed; we'll add it to the primitives to deal with. the arena_threadmark preprocessor definition (default in debug builds), and code it encloses, will add some checking for the following situation: thread a marks the arena, and allocates some memory from it. thread b allocates some memory from the arena. thread a releases the arena back to the mark. thread b now finds itself with a pointer to released data. some thread -- doesn't matter which -- allocates some data from the arena; this may ove...
... agressive pointer-tracking facility all these are useful, but they don't combine well. now some of the pointer-tracking pressure has eased off, we can drop its use when it becomes too difficult. many routines are defined to take an nssarena *arenaopt argument. this means if an arena is specified (non-null), it is used, otherwise (null) the routine uses the heap. you can think of the heap as a default arena you can't destroy. error handling nss 3.0 introduces the concept of an error stack. when something goes wrong, the call stack unwinds, with routines returning an error indication. each level which flags a problem, adds its own error number to the stack. at the bottom of the stack is the fundamental error, for example: file not found, and on top is an error precisely relating to what you a...
...And 2 more matches

SpiderMonkey Build Documentation
re so that tools don't have to also understand a build system. to generate a compile_commands.json with the spidermonkey configure script, enable the compiledb backend, like this: /bin/sh ../configure.in <options> --enable-build-backends=compiledb,recursivemake (recursivemake is there as you'd likely also want to be able to build!) windows builds since version 28, threadsafe builds are the default, and should work out of the box on all posix platforms. hence, the following instructions should only be relevant if you're on windows or compiling an older version of spidermonkey. the mozillabuild batch file you used to open your shell (e.g. start-shell-msvc2013.bat or start-shell-msvc2013-x64.bat) determines whether the compiler toolchain will target 32-bit or 64-bit builds. to create a 64-b...
...4.a \ c:/mozilla-build/msys/local/lib/libplds4.a \ c:/mozilla-build/msys/local/lib/libplc4.a" if you get symbol loading or dynamic library errors, you can force the correct nspr to load with: path="$path;c:/mozilla-build/msys/local/lib/" ./js specifying installation directories make install puts files in the following directories by default. you can override this by passing options to the configure script: what it is where it gets put configure option executables, shell scripts /usr/local/bin --bindir libraries, data /usr/local/lib --libdir architecture-independent data /usr/local/share --sharedir c header files /usr/local/include --includedir for con...
...ch substitutes <prefixdir> for /usr/local in all the settings above, in one step. this is usually the least troublesome thing to do, as it preserves the typical arrangement of lib, bin, and the rest. note: all directories you pass to configure are recorded in the generated makefile, so you don't need to specify them again until you re-run configure. building spidermonkey as a static library by default, spidermonkey builds as a shared library. however, you can build spidermonkey as a static library by specifying the --disable-shared-js flag when you run configure. specifying compilers and compiler flags if you want to use a compiler other than the one the configure script chooses for you by default, you can set the cxx variable in the environment when you run configure. this will save the val...
...And 2 more matches

JSClass
type description name const char * class name flags uint32_t class flags. this field is the bitwise or of one or more of the jsclass_* constants described in jsclass.flags. addproperty jspropertyop a hook called just after adding a new property. may modify the new property value. use null or js_propertystub (spidermonkey 31 or older) for default behavior. delproperty jsdeletepropertyop a hook called when deleting a property. may veto. use null or js_deletepropertystub (spidermonkey 31 or older) for default behavior. getproperty jspropertyop a hook called when getting a property. this is the default getter for the class. use null or js_propertystub (spidermonkey 31 or older) for de...
...se null or js_deletepropertystub (spidermonkey 31 or older) for default behavior. getproperty jspropertyop a hook called when getting a property. this is the default getter for the class. use null or js_propertystub (spidermonkey 31 or older) for default behavior. setproperty jsstrictpropertyop a hook called when setting a property. this is the default setter for the class. when a script creates a new property, this is called after addproperty. use null or js_strictpropertystub (spidermonkey 31 or older) for default behavior. enumerate jsenumerateop method for enumerating object properties. use null or js_enumeratestub (spidermonkey 31 or older) for default behavior. obsolete since jsapi 37 the jsclas...
...perties. use null or js_enumeratestub (spidermonkey 31 or older) for default behavior. obsolete since jsapi 37 the jsclass_new_enumerate flag instructs spidermonkey to call this as a jsnewenumerateop. resolve jsresolveop hook for implementing lazy properties. see jsclass.resolve for details. use null or js_resolvestub (spidermonkey 31 or older) for default behavior. obsolete since jsapi 36 the jsclass_new_resolve flag instructs spidermonkey to call this as a jsnewresolveop. obsolete since jsapi 16the jsclass_new_resolve_gets_start flag further affects this hook. ...
...And 2 more matches

JS_PropertyStub
default implementations of the required callbacks in jsclass. syntax bool js_propertystub(jscontext *cx, js::handleobject obj, js::handleid id, js::mutablehandlevalue vp); bool js_strictpropertystub(jscontext *cx, js::handleobject obj, js::handleid id, js::mutablehandlevalue vp, js::objectopresult &result); // added in spidermonkey 45 bool js_strictpropertystub(jscontext *cx, js::handleobject obj, js::handleid id, bool strict, js::mutablehandlevalue vp); // obsolete since jsapi 39 bool js_resolvestub(jscontext *cx, js::handleobject obj, js::handleid id, bool *resolvedp); // obsolete since jsapi 37 bool js_deletepropertystub(jscontext *cx, js::handleobject obj, js::handleid id, bool *succeeded...
... to be called directly by a jsapi application. rather, they are convenient stand-ins anywhere the jsapi requires callbacks of certain types. examples at jsclass illustrate how stub functions can be used. js_propertystub is of type jspropertyop, the type of getter callback. it can be used in jsclass.addproperty, and jsclass.getproperty. it behaves exactly like a property callback that accepts the default property behavior: it does nothing and returns true. js_strictpropertystub is of type jsstrictpropertyop, the type of setter callback. it can be used in jsclass.setproperty. it behaves exactly like a property callback that accepts the default property behavior: it does nothing and returns true. js_deletepropertystub is of type jsdeletepropertyop, the type of setter callback. it can be used in j...
...f type jsstrictpropertyop, the type of setter callback. it can be used in jsclass.setproperty. it behaves exactly like a property callback that accepts the default property behavior: it does nothing and returns true. js_deletepropertystub is of type jsdeletepropertyop, the type of setter callback. it can be used in jsclass.delproperty. it behaves exactly like a property callback that accepts the default property behavior: it does nothing and returns true. js_enumeratestub is a stub for jsclass.enumerate. it does nothing and returns true. js_resolvestub is a stub for jsclass.resolve. it does nothing and returns true. js_convertstub is a stub for jsclass.convert. its behavior is the same as the default conversion behavior for objects. it attempts to call the object's valueof and tostring functi...
...And 2 more matches

Embedded Dialog API
cks into the embedding application for creating new windows. the complete windowing portion of the api is large and complex, but it need not be entirely implemented. its simplest requirements are that the app must allow gecko to create new browser windows and new simple, empty windows. gecko can use the latter to pose dialogs built from xul. xul dialogs are part of the gecko package; they are the default dialog posing mechanism. many embedding applications will find them entirely sufficient. however while xul dialogs are very configurable, they will not behave and probably not look precisely like dialogs which the application builds for itself, independently of gecko. applications which implement merely the simplest, base gecko windowing api will then have a mixture of xul and native windows. app...
...ly all applications. many embeddors however choose to implement their own dialogs, and this is of course the only way to gain complete control and consistency. an embedding application may implement its own version of all dialogs in gecko. (note that at time of writing this may not be strictly true; work continues on this topic.) all overrideable dialogs are implemented by gecko as a component. a default (xul) implementation of each is provided as part of the gecko package. to replace these default dialogs with its own versions, an application must replace the component which implements them. and note that if an application chooses to replace one of gecko's default dialog components, that application must override every dialog in the component. however note that the complete set of all dialogs is...
...omponents in which they reside. stay tuned for updates. however, it's nearly accurate to claim that the majority of all dialogs and alerts posed by gecko do reside in a single generic component, nsipromptservice (nsipromptservice). an mfc example is implemented in promptservice.cpp. a powerplant example is implemented in promptservice.cpp. ...
...And 2 more matches

Mork
file is a collection of top-level structures, of which there exists four: dictionaries, tables, rows, and groups (changesets). dictionaries, tables, and rows all have corresponding metastructures. meta-dictionaries are in practice only used to change the scope of alias definitions (the '(a=c)' that you can see in files). meta-tables are used to establish some facts about the table as well as the default row scope. meta-rows do not appear to be used at all, although the parser seems to consider setting the charset, row scope, and atom scope. some notes on further terminology: when referring to cells or aliases, the first component is the key and the second component is the value. expanding refers to taking a '^' hex buffer and replacing it with the alias value for the hex key (explained below).
...eta-row of a table, unless otherwise qualified. dictionaries a dictionary establishes a series of aliases. if inside the meta-dictionary, the only cell we care about is if the key is 'a' (for atom scope). this value is used to establish which dictionary the aliases are added to. most files will have just two dictionaries: the column scope dictionary ('c') and the value scope dictionary ('v', the default). the keys are hexadecimal numbers starting at 0x80, because the values less than 0x80 are theoretically their representative ascii values. tables a table is set of rows, potentially with a meta-row. the table id is specified using the mid at the beginning of the table. furthermore, the scope of the mid also serves as the default scope of rows defined within the table. the meta-row of the table (...
...dicates that said row should be removed from the table. rows for the most part, a row should not be seen outside of a table; the only time i have seen one outside a table is for table meta-rows. the first mid, as you should expect by now, is the row id, with the scope being an important part of the id, in that 1:scope1 is not the same row as 1:scope2. if the scope is not specified, then it is the default scope of the table (if it has one) or 'r' otherwise. these row ids are global, even if defined in a table. indeed, defining a row in a table is a shortcut for both defining a row and adding the row to the table. the presence of an initial minus means to delete all cells before adding new cells. a minus after the mid indicates that the next cell should be deleted. i haven't seen that case though, ...
...And 2 more matches

Places Developer Guide
o be bookmarked. var bookmarkuri = cc["@mozilla.org/network/io-service;1"] .getservice(ci.nsiioservice) .newuri("http://www.mozilla.com", null, null); var bookmarkid = bookmarks.insertbookmark( bookmarks.toolbarfolder, // the id of the folder the bookmark will be placed in. bookmarkuri, // the uri of the bookmark - an nsiuri object. ...
... // the uri of the bookmark - an nsiuri object. bookmarks.default_index, // the position of the bookmark in its parent folder. "my bookmark title"); // the title of the bookmark. creating a folder var folderid = bookmarks.createfolder( bookmarks.toolbarfolder, // the id of the folder the new folder will be placed in. "my folder title", // the title of the new folder. bookmarks.default_index); // the position of the new folder in its parent folder. creating a separator var separatorid = bookmarks.insertseparator( bookmarks.toolbarfolder, // the id of the folder the separator will be placed in. bookmarks.default_index); // the position of the separator in its parent folder. creating a livemark var ioservice = cc["@mozilla.org/network/io-service;1"] .g...
.../livemark-service;2"] .getservice(ci.nsilivemarkservice); livemarks.createlivemark(bookmarks.toolbarfolder, // the id of the folder the livemark will be placed in "my livemark title", // the title of the livemark siteuri, // the uri of the site. a nsiuri object. feeduri, // the uri of the actual feed. a nsiuri object. bookmarks.default_index); // the position of the livemark in its parent folder. accessing bookmarks and related items accessing item properties for all items: string getitemtitle(aitemid) - returns an item's title int64 getitemindex(aitemid) - returns an item's position in it's parent folder prtime getitemtype(aitemid) - returns the type of an item (bookmark, folder, separator) prtime getitemdateadded(...
...And 2 more matches

Querying Places
holds the search parameters the query options: nsinavhistoryqueryoptions, allows configuration of the search result the history service: nsinavhistoryservice, executes the query the first first step is to create the query and options, and fill them with the parameters you want. use nsinavhistoryservice.getnewquery() and nsinavhistoryservice.getnewqueryoptions() to retrieve empty objects. the defaults for these objects will result in a query that returns all of your browser history in a flat list: chromeutils.definemodulegetter(this, "placesutils", "resource://gre/modules/placesutils.jsm"); // no query options set will get all history, sorted in database order, // which is nsinavhistoryqueryoptions.sort_by_none. let options = placesutils.history.getnewqueryopt...
...lt types nsinavhistoryqueryoptions has a resulttype property that allows configuration of the grouping and level of detail to be returned in the results. the different values for this property are listed below. these values are also properties of nsinavhistoryqueryoptions, and are accessed like this: components.interfaces.nsinavhistoryqueryoptions.results_as_visit. results_as_uri: this is the default, and returns one result node of type result_type_uri for each uri that matches the query. the visit date for each node will be the last visit date for that url. results_as_visit: this option returns one entry for each time a page was visited matching the given query. the result may contain duplicate entries for urls, each with a different date. the nodes are of type result_type_visit, and provid...
...olders can be retrieved by setting the "folders" member in the query object. this item is an array of folder ids from the bookmark service. typically, you will only have one folder id in this list, which will given you the contents of that folder. you can set multiple folders and the result will be the intersection of all the folders. for sorting, you will generally want to use sort_by_none (the default) since this will return items in their "natural" order as specified by the user in the bookmarks manager. other sortings will work, however. for bookmark queries you will generally want no query parameters to retrieve all items from the requested folder(s). when you specify exactly one folder and no query parameters, the system will be more efficient querying and keeping the results up-to-date s...
...And 2 more matches

XPCOM array guide
does not provide any methods that will allow adding and removing members. nsimutablearray - a scriptable container for scriptable xpcom objects, which allows addition and removal of member objects. this interface actually derives from nsiarray. nstarray<t> - a c++ class which provides a typesafe container for objects or primitive types (pointers, integers, and so on). the objects must define a default constructor and a copy constructor. to use indexof without providing a comparator, they must also define an operator==. for sorting without providing a comparator they must define an operator<. note that this class differs from the other array types by using unsigned indices. nscomarray<t> - a c++ class which provides a typesafe, reference-counted container for pointers to a single type of com o...
...when holding pointers, doesn't own the pointer. nsis...
...when holding pointers, doesn't own the pointer. ...
...And 2 more matches

nsIAppShellService
gecko 1.9.1 void unregistertoplevelwindow(in nsixulwindow awindow); note: prior to gecko 8.0, all references to nsidomwindow used in this interface were nsidomwindowinternal. attributes attribute type description applicationprovidedhiddenwindow boolean return true if the application hidden window was provided by the application. if it was not, the default hidden window was used. this will usually be false on all non-mac platforms. read only. hiddendomwindow nsidomwindow return the (singleton) application hidden window, automatically created and maintained by this appshellservice. read only. hiddenwindow nsixulwindow return the (singleton) application hidden window, automatically created and maintained by this appshel...
...arameters awindowwidth the width to make the initial window(s) opened. awindowheight the height to make the initial window(s) opened. return value true if a window was opened. createtoplevelwindow() this method creates a window, which will be initially invisible. ...
... achromemask chrome flags affecting the kind of os border given to the window. (see nsibrowserwindow for bit/flag definitions). ainitialwidth width, in pixels, of the window. ...
...And 2 more matches

nsIDBFolderInfo
obsolete since gec...
...); void getlocale(in nsstring result); native code only! obsolete since gecko 1.8 void getmailboxname(in nsstring boxname); native code only! ...
... delta missing description exceptions thrown missing exception missing description changenumunreadmessages() void changenumunreadmessages( in long delta ); parameters delta missing description exceptions thrown missing exception missing description getbooleanproperty() boolean getbooleanproperty( in string propertyname, in boolean defaultvalue ); parameters propertyname missing description defaultvalue missing description return value missing description exceptions thrown missing exception missing description getcharacterset() void getcharacterset( out acstring charset, out boolean overriden ); parameters charset missing description overriden missing ...
...And 2 more matches

nsIMarkupDocumentViewer
a content viewer for an html or xml markup document. inherits from: nsisupports last changed in gecko 7.0 (firefox 7.0 / thunderbird 7.0 / seamonkey 2.4) method overview void scrolltonode(in nsidomnode node); void sizetocontent(); attributes attribute type description allowplugins boolean if true, plugins are allowed within the doc shell. default = true. obsolete since gecko 1.8 authorstyledisabled boolean disable entire author style level (including html presentation hints) bidicharacterset octet whether to force the user's character set 1 - use the document character set 2 - use the character set chosen by the user. obsolete since gecko 6.0 bidicontrolstextmode octet the order of bidirection...
...ce the user's character set 1 - use the document character set 2 - use the character set chosen by the user. obsolete since gecko 6.0 bidicontrolstextmode octet the order of bidirectional text in form controls. 1 - logical 2 - visual 3 - like the containing document. obsolete since gecko 2.0 bidinumeral octet the type of numerals to display. 1 - depending on context, default is arabic numerals 2 - depending on context, default is hindi numerals 3 - arabic numerals 4 - hindi numerals. bidioptions pruint32 use this attribute to access all the bidi options in one operation. bidisupport octet whether to use platform bidi support or mozilla's bidi support 1 - use mozilla's bidi support 2 - use the platform bidi support 3 - disable bidi suppor...
...e this attribute to access all the bidi options in one operation. bidisupport octet whether to use platform bidi support or mozilla's bidi support 1 - use mozilla's bidi support 2 - use the platform bidi support 3 - disable bidi support. biditextdirection octet options for bidi presentation. use these attributes to access the individual bidi options. ...
...And 2 more matches

nsIMsgIncomingServer
acstring oldname, in acstring newname); void performbiff(in nsimsgwindow amsgwindow); void performexpand(in nsimsgwindow amsgwindow); void removefiles(); void setboolattribute(in string name, in boolean value); void setboolvalue(in string attr, in boolean value); void setcharattribute(in string name, in acstring value); void setcharvalue(in string attr, in acstring value); void setdefaultlocalpath(in nsilocalfile adefaultlocalpath); void setfilevalue(in string relpref, in string abspref, in nsilocalfile avalue); void setfilterlist(in nsimsgfilterlist afilterlist); void setintattribute(in string name, in long value); void setintvalue(in string attr, in long value); void setunicharattribute(in string name, in astring value); void setunicharvalue(in string attr, in astrin...
...ng value); void setunicharattribute(in string name, in astring value); void setunicharvalue(in string attr, in astring value); void shutdown(); void storepassword(); astring tostring(); void writetofoldercache(in nsimsgfoldercache foldercache); attributes attribute type description accountmanagerchrome astring read only. biffminutes long biffstate unsigned long canbedefaultserver boolean read only. cancompactfoldersonserver boolean read only. cancreatefoldersonserver boolean candelete boolean can this server be removed from the account manager? for instance, local mail is not removable, but an imported folder is. canemptytrashonexit boolean read only. canfilemessagesonserver boolean canhavefilters boolean read only. cansearchmessages boolean read o...
... imported folder is. canemptytrashonexit boolean read only. canfilemessagesonserver boolean canhavefilters boolean read only. cansearchmessages boolean read only. canundodeleteonserver boolean read only. constructedprettyname astring helper function to construct the pretty name in a server type specific way - for example, mail for foo@test.com, news on news.mozilla.org. read only. defaultcopiesandfoldersprefstoserver boolean if the server supports fcc/sent/etc, default prefs can point to the server. otherwise, copies and folders prefs should point to local folders. by default this value is set to true via global pref 'allows_specialfolders_usage' (mailnews.js). for nntp, the value is overridden to be false. if isps want to modify this value, they should do that in their rdf file ...
...And 2 more matches

nsINavHistoryQueryOptions
ttributes attribute type description applyoptionstocontainers boolean if true, the query options are only applied to the containers. asyncenabled boolean when true, the root container node generated by these options and all of its descendant containers are opened asynchronously if they support doing so. by default, this is false. note: currently, only bookmark folder containers support being opened asynchronously. excludeitemifparenthasannotation obsolete since gecko 13.0 autf8string this option excludes items from a bookmarks query if the parent of the item has this annotation. an example is to exclude livemark items (parent folders have the "livemark/...
...xample is to exclude livemark items (parent folders have the "livemark/feeduri" annotation). ignored for queries over history. excludeitems boolean this option excludes all uris and separators from a bookmarks query. this would be used if you just wanted a list of bookmark folders and queries (such as the left pane of the places page). ignored for queries over history. defaults to false. excludequeries boolean set to true to exclude queries ("place:" uris) from the query results. simple folder queries (bookmark folder symlinks) will still be included. defaults to false. excludereadonlyfolders boolean set to true to exclude read-only folders from the query results. this is designed for cases where you want to give ...
...ers it out. it doesn't affect the query at all, and doesn't affect more complex queries (such as "folders with annotation x"). expandqueries boolean when set, allows items with "place:" uris to appear as containers, with the container's contents filled in from the stored query. if not set, these will appear as normal items. doesn't do anything if excludequeries is set. defaults to false. note that this has no effect on folder links, which are place: uris returned by nsinavbookmarkservice's getfolderuri method. these are always expanded and will appear as bookmark folders. includehidden boolean most items in history are marked "hidden." only toplevel pages that the user sees in the url bar are not hidden. hidden things include ...
...And 2 more matches

nsIScriptableIO
a socket. nsiinputstream: a stream returned by a previous call to this method, or any other object that implements nsiinputstream. string: a string from which to read data. amode a space-delineated string of mode terms controlling the manner in which the stream is accessed. if none of these modes are desired, specify an empty string. text: read unicode-converted text. the default character set is utf-8; to read text in another character set, set the acharset argument to the desired character set. buffered: a stream that uses a buffer to hold a block of the next piece of the data to be read. this mode is generally used as a wrapper for other streams. by default, the buffer size is 1024 bytes; however, the size may be changed by specifying the abuffersize parameter. if th...
...ne which is used to concatenate the input from multiple streams as if they were one long, continuous stream. the returned stream implements the nsimultiplexinputstream interface. this mode may not be used in conjunction with the text or buffered modes. acharset the character set to use for interpreting the text data being read. used only in conjunction with the text input mode. by default, streams are interpreted in utf-8. areplacechar the character used to replace unknown characters in the input stream. abuffersize the size of the buffer to use. by default, the buffer is 1024 bytes long. return value returns an nsiinputstream object to use for reading the stream. if the multi mode was specified, this object also implements the nsimultiplexinputstream ...
... nsitransport: a transport object such as a socket. nsioutputstream: a stream returned by a previous call to this method, or any other object that implements nsioutputstream. amode a space-delineated string of mode terms controlling the manner in which the stream is accessed. if none of these modes are desired, specify an empty string. text: write unicode-converted text. the default character set is utf-8; to write text in another character set, set the acharset argument to the desired character set. buffered: a stream that buffers the data being written. this mode is generally used as a wrapper for other streams. by default, the buffer size is 1024 bytes; however, the size may be changed by specifying the abuffersize parameter. if the text mode is specified, a buffer is a...
...And 2 more matches

nsITextInputProcessor
// optional. keycode: keyboardevent.dom_vk_return, // required if printable key, but optional if non-printable key. location: keyboardevent.dom_vk_standard, // optional, may be computed from code attribute value. repeat: false, // optional. }); // the other attributes are always ignored. ...
.../ optional, may be computed from code attribute value. repeat: false, // optional. }); // the other attributes are always ignored. var dodefault = tip.keydown(keyevent); when you dispatch keyup event, just do this: var keyevent = new keyboardevent("", { key: "a", code: "keya", keycode: keyboardevent.dom_vk_a }); var dodefault = tip.keyup(keyevent); startcomposition(), flushpendingcomposition(), commitcomposition(), commitcompositionwith(), and cancelcomposition() can take a keyboardevent which causes modifying the composition state. specifying a keyboard event is strongly recommended if the textinputprocessor emulates input from keyboard. for example: tip.setpendingcompositionstring("a"); tip.appendclausetopending...
... 0x03 a clause attribute but this is typically not used. this means that the clause is not converted but selected to convert or modify. attr_converted_clause 0x04 a clause attribute. this means that the clause is already converted. attr_selected_clause 0x05 a clause attribute. this means that the clause is already converted and is selected to convert. key_default_prevented 0x00000001 one of akeyflags. when this is specified, defaultprevented attribute of dispatching keyboard events true. this is not useful in usual cases. this may be useful for automated tests. key_non_printable_key 0x00000002 one of akeyflags. when you attempt to dispatch a non-printable key's events, it's recommented this be specified. if the key attribute value is ...
...And 2 more matches

nsIAbCard/Thunderbird3
birthyear, birthmonth, birthday webpage1 (work), webpage2 (home) custom1, custom2, custom3, custom4 notes integral properties: lastmodifieddate popularityindex prefermailformat (see nsiabprefermailformat) boolean properties: allowremotecontent inherits from: nsiabitem method overview nsivariant getproperty(in autf8string name, in nsivariant defaultvalue); [noscript] astring getpropertyasastring(in string name); [noscript] autf8string getpropertyasautf8string(in string name); [noscript] pruint32 getpropertyasuint32(in string name); [noscript] boolean getpropertyasbool(in string name); void setproperty(in autf8string name, in nsivariant value); [noscript] void setpropertyasastring(in strin...
...iated mail list. this will be removed from the interface at a later date. maillisturi string if ismaillist is true then maillisturi will contain the uri of the associated mail list. this will be removed from the interface at a later date. methods getproperty() returns a property for the given name. nsivariant getproperty(in autf8string name, in nsivariant defaultvalue); parameters name the case-sensitive name of the property to get. defaultvalue the value to return if the property does not exist. return value the value of the attribute asked for. exceptions thrown ns_error_not_available<tt> if the named property does not exist. <tt>ns_error_cannot_convert_data if the property cannot be converted to the desired type. getpropertyasast...
...ertyasautf8string() getpropertyasuint32() getpropertyasbool() [noscript] astring getpropertyasastring(in string name); [noscript] autf8string getpropertyasautf8string(in string name); [noscript] pruint32 getpropertyasuint32(in string name); [noscript] boolean getpropertyasbool(in string name); returns a property for the given name. these functions convert values in the same manner as the default implementation of nsivariant. of particular note is that boolean variables are converted to integers as in c/c++ (true is a non-zero value), so that false will be converted to a string of 0 and not false<code>. these functions are marked <code>[noscript] since xpcconnect performs automatic type conversion on nsivariant such that they are not needed for scripts, only for c++ callers. parameters...
...And 2 more matches

Index - Firefox Developer Tools
or developer tools. 31 eyedropper firefox, tools, web development:tools the eyedropper tool enables you to select colors in the current page. it works like a magnifying glass over the page, enabling you to select with pixel precision. underneath the magnifying glass it shows the color value for the current pixel using whichever scheme you've selected in settings > inspector > default color unit: 34 index tools found 158 pages: 35 json viewer firefox includes a json viewer. if you open a json file in the browser, or view a remote url with the content-type set to application/json, it is parsed and given syntax highlighting. arrays and objects are shown collapsed, and you can expand them using the "+" icons. 36 measure a port...
...cific area of a web page. 37 memory devtools, firefox, mozilla, tools the memory tool lets you take a snapshot of the current tab's memory heap. it then provides a number of views of the heap that can show you which objects account for memory usage and exactly where in your code you are allocating memory. ...
...ools, firefox, mozilla, tools the memory tool lets you take a snapshot of the current tab's memory heap. it then provides a number of views of the heap that can show you which objects account for memory usage and exactly where in your code you are allocating memory. 38 aggregate view before firefox 48, this was the default view of a heap snapshot. ...
...And 2 more matches

Network request list - Firefox Developer Tools
you can override this behavior by checking "enable persistent logs" in the settings. network request columns you can toggle columns on and off by right-clicking on the table header and choosing the specific column from the context menu. ...
...you can override this behavior by checking "enable persistent logs" in the settings. network request columns you can toggle columns on and off by right-clicking on the table header and choosing the specific column from the context menu. ...
...e information you are looking for easier to view. the mouse pointer changes to a resize icon when you move it over the border of a column. you can drag to manually set the size of column. starting in firefox 76 you can double-click a column divider to resize the column to the left of it to fit its contents. the reset columns command on the context menu also resets the width of the columns to the default values. clicking the column header label sorts the request list by that column. you can reset the sort to the default by selecting "reset sorting" from the context menu. here is a list of all available columns: status: the http status code returned. the numeric code is displayed on a colored background, to help unusual ones stand out. if there was no response, this column is empty. or yo...
...And 2 more matches

Toolbox - Firefox Developer Tools
eb developer menu (under "tools" on os x and linux, or "firefox" on windows) click the wrench icon (), which is in the main toolbar or under the hamburger menu (), then select "toggle tools" activate any tool hosted in the toolbox (for example, the javascript debugger or the page inspector) press ctrl + shift + i on windows and linux, or cmd + opt + i on os x. see also keyboard shortcuts. by default, the window appears docked to the bottom side of the firefox window, but you can detach it if you like. this is what it looks like when it's docked: the window itself is split into two parts: a toolbar along the top, and a main pane underneath: note: since firefox 62, you can drag and drop tabs in the main toolbar of the toolbox to reorder your tools as you wish (bug 1226272). docking mode...
... window appears docked to the bottom side of the firefox window, but you can detach it if you like. this is what it looks like when it's docked: the window itself is split into two parts: a toolbar along the top, and a main pane underneath: note: since firefox 62, you can drag and drop tabs in the main toolbar of the toolbox to reorder your tools as you wish (bug 1226272). docking mode by default, the toolbox appears docked to the bottom of the browser window, but you can also dock it to the right-hand side of the window, or make it a standalone window, using buttons in the toolbar. toolbar the toolbar contains controls to activate a particular tool, to dock/float the window, and to close the window. node picker on the far left there's a button to activate the node picker. this lets...
...not all the hosted tools are always listed here: only the tools actually available in this context are shown (for example, not all tools support remote debugging yet, so if the debugging target is not the firefox instance that launched the window, not all the hosted tools will be shown). extra tools next there's an array of buttons that can be added or removed in the developer tool settings. ...
...And 2 more matches

Drawing shapes with canvas - Web APIs
oviding familiarity with some of the basic shapes. working with paths is essential when drawing objects onto the canvas and we will see how that can be done. the grid before we can start drawing, we need to talk about the canvas grid or coordinate space. our html skeleton from the previous page had a canvas element 150 pixels wide and 150 pixels high. to the right, you see this canvas with the default grid overlayed. normally 1 unit in the grid corresponds to 1 pixel on the canvas. the origin of this grid is positioned in the top left corner at coordinate (0,0). all elements are placed relative to this origin. so the position of the top left corner of the blue square becomes x pixels from the left and y pixels from the top, at coordinate (x,y). later in this tutorial we'll see how we can trans...
...is positioned in the top left corner at coordinate (0,0). all elements are placed relative to this origin. so the position of the top left corner of the blue square becomes x pixels from the left and y pixels from the top, at coordinate (x,y). later in this tutorial we'll see how we can translate the origin to a different position, rotate the grid and even scale it, but for now we'll stick to the default. drawing rectangles unlike svg, <canvas> only supports two primitive shapes: rectangles and paths (lists of points connected by lines). all other shapes must be created by combining one or more paths. luckily, we have an assortment of path drawing functions which make it possible to compose very complex shapes. first let's look at the rectangle. there are three functions that draw rectangles o...
...the closepath() for the stroked triangle, only two lines would have been drawn, not a complete triangle. arcs to draw arcs or circles, we use the arc() or arcto() methods. arc(x, y, radius, startangle, endangle, anticlockwise) draws an arc which is centered at (x, y) position with radius r starting at startangle and ending at endangle going in the given direction indicated by anticlockwise (defaulting to clockwise). arcto(x1, y1, x2, y2, radius) draws an arc with the given control points and radius, connected to the previous point by a straight line. let's have a more detailed look at the arc method, which takes six parameters: x and y are the coordinates of the center of the circle on which the arc should be drawn. radius is self-explanatory. the startangle and endangle parameters defi...
...And 2 more matches

Transformations - Web APIs
with transformations there are more powerful ways to translate the origin to a different position, rotate the grid and even scale it. saving and restoring state before we look at the transformation methods, let's look at two other methods which are indispensable once you start generating ever more complex drawings. save() saves the entire state of the canvas. restore() restores the most recently saved canvas state. ...
...od is called, the last saved state is popped off the stack and all saved settings are restored. a save and restore canvas state example this example tries to illustrate how the stack of drawing states functions by drawing a set of consecutive rectangles. ...
...nd all saved settings are restored. a save and restore canvas state example this example tries to illustrate how the stack of drawing states functions by drawing a set of consecutive rectangles. ...
...And 2 more matches

DelayNode() - Web APIs
ntax var delaynode = new delaynode(context); var delaynode = new delaynode(context, options); parameters inherits parameters from the audionodeoptions dictionary. context a reference to an audiocontext or offlineaudiocontext. options optional an object specifying the delay node options. can contain the following members: delaytime: the initial delay time for the node, in seconds. the default is 0. maxdelaytime: the maximum delay time for the node, in seconds. defaults to 1. return value a new delaynode object instance. example const audioctx = new audiocontext(); const delaynode = new delaynode(audioctx, { delaytime: 0.5, maxdelaytime: 2, }); specifications specification status comment web audio apithe definition of 'delaynode()' in that speci...
...dn/browser-compat-data and send us a pull request. ...
... full support 53ie no support noopera full support 42safari ? ...
...And 2 more matches

GainNode() - Web APIs
te: you should typically call audiocontext.creategain() to create a gain node. syntax var gainnode = new gainnode(context, options) parameters inherits parameters from the audionodeoptions dictionary. context a reference to an audiocontext. options optional options are as follows: gain: the amount of gain to apply. this parameter is a-rate and it's nominal range is (-∞,+∞). the default is 1. return value a new gainnode object instance. specifications specification status comment web audio apithe definition of 'gainnode()' in that specification. working draft initial definition. browser compatibility the compatibility table on this page is generated from structured data. if you'd like to contribute to the data, please check out htt...
.../mdn/browser-compat-data and send us a pull request. ...
... full support 53ie no support noopera full support 42safari ? ...
...And 2 more matches

HTMLInputElement.stepDown() - Web APIs
the htmlinputelement.stepdown([n]) method decrements the value of a numeric type of <input> element by the value of the step attribute or up to n multiples of the step attribute if a number is passed as the parameter. the method, when invoked, decrements the value by (step * n), where n defaults to 1 if not specified, and step defaults to the default value for step if not specified. valid on all numeric, date, and time input types that support the step attribute, includingdate, month, week, time, datetime-local, number, and range. given <input id="mytime" type="time" max="17:00" step="900" value="17:00">, invoking mytime.step(3) will change the value to 16:15, decrementing the time by 3 * 900, or 45 minutes. mytime.step(), with no parameter, would have resulted in 16:45, as n defaults to 1. ...
...p="900"> <!-- decrements by intervals of 7 days (one week) --> <input type="date" max="2019-12-25" step="7"> <!-- decrements by intervals of 12 months (one year) --> <input type="month" max="2019-12" step="12"> the method, when invoked, changes the form control's value by the value given in the step attribute, multiplied by the parameter, within the constraints set within the form control. the default value for the parameter, if not is passed, is 1. the method will not cause the value to go below the min value set or defy the constraints set by the step attribute. a negative value for n will increment the value, but will not increment beyond the max value. if the value before invoking the stepdown() method is invalid, for example, if it doesn't match the constraints set by the step attribute,...
...od will return a value that does match the form controls constraints. if the form control is non time, date, or numeric in nature, and therefore does not support the step attribute (see the list of supported input types in the the table above), or if the step value is set to any, an invalidstateerror exception is thrown. htmlinputelement.stepdown() decrements the value by (step * n), where n defaults to 1 if not specified. throws an invalid_state_err exception: if the method is not applicable to for the current type value, if the element has no step value, if the value cannot be converted to a number, if the resulting value is above the max or below the min. syntax element.stepdown( [ stepdecrement ] ); parameters stepdecrement the optional stepdecrement pa...
...And 2 more matches

HTMLInputElement.stepUp() - Web APIs
the htmlinputelement.stepup() method increments the value of a numeric type of <input> element by the value of the step attribute, or the default step value if the step attribute is not explicitly set. the method, when invoked, increments the value by (step * n), where n defaults to 1 if not specified, and step defaults to the default value for step if not specified. ...
... the htmlinputelement.stepup() method increments the value of a numeric type of <input> element by the value of the step attribute, or the default step value if the step attribute is not explicitly set. the method, when invoked, increments the value by (step * n), where n defaults to 1 if not specified, and step defaults to the default value for step if not specified. ...
...019-12-25t19:30" step="7"> number 1 0.1 increments <input type="number" min="0" step="0.1" max="10"> range 1 increments by 2: <input type="range" min="0" step="2" max="10"> the method, when invoked, changes the form control's value by the value given in the step attribute, multiplied by the parameter, within the constraints set on the form control. the default value for the parameter, if no value is passed, is 1. the method will not cause the value to exceed the set max value, or defy the constraints set by the step attribute. if the value before invoking the stepup() method is invalid—for example, if it doesn't match the constraints set by the step attribute—invoking the stepup() method will return a value that does match the form controls constr...
...And 2 more matches

IIRFilterNode() - Web APIs
. context a reference to an audiocontext. options options are as follows: feedforward: a sequence of feedforward coefficients. feedback: a sequence of feedback coefficients. unlike other nodes in the web audio api, the options passed into the iir filter upon creation are not optional. the filter needs these values to work and with the vast range of filters available, there is no default. return value a new iirfilternode object instance. examples let feedforward = [0.00020298, 0.0004059599, 0.00020298]; let feedbackward = [1.0126964558, -1.9991880801, 0.9873035442]; const audiocontext = window.audiocontext || window.webkitaudiocontext; const audioctx = new audiocontext(); const iirfilter = new iirfilternode(audioctx, { feedforward: feedforward, feedback: feedbackward }); s...
...rowser-compat-data and send us a pull request. ...
... full support 53ie no support noopera full support 42safari ? ...
...And 2 more matches

KeyboardEvent.getModifierState() - Web APIs
fiers except shift are active. if (event.getmodifierstate("control") + event.getmodifierstate("alt") + event.getmodifierstate("meta") > 1) { return; } // handle shortcut key with standard modifier if (event.getmodifierstate("accel")) { switch (event.key.tolowercase()) { case "c": if (event.getmodifierstate("shift")) { // handle accel + shift + c event.preventdefault(); // consume the key event } break; case "k": if (!event.getmodifierstate("shift")) { // handle accel + k event.preventdefault(); // consume the key event } break; } return; } // do somethig different for arrow keys if scrolllock is locked. if ((event.getmodifierstate("scrolllock") || event.getmodifierstate("scroll") /* hack for ie */...
.../ do somethig different for arrow keys if scrolllock is locked. ...
...state("control") && !event.getmodifierstate("alt") && !event.getmodifierstate("meta")) { switch (event.key) { case "arrowdown": case "down": // hack for ie and old gecko event.preventdefault(); // consume the key event break; case "arrowleft": case "left": // hack for ie and old gecko // do something different if scrolllock is locked. event.preventdefault(); // consume the key event break; case "arrowright": case "right": // hack for ie and old gecko // do something different if scrolllock is locked. ...
...And 2 more matches

PannerNode.PannerNode() - Web APIs
audionodeoptions dictionary. context a baseaudiocontext representing the audio context you want the node to be associated with. ...
...e to be associated with. ...
...rties you want the pannernode to have (it also inherits the options defined in the audionodeoptions dictionary.): panningmodel: the pannernode.panningmodel you want the pannernode to have (the default is equalpower.) distancemodel: the pannernode.distancemodel you want the pannernode to have (the default is inverse.) positionx: the pannernode.positionx you want the pannernode to have (the default is 0.) positiony: the pannernode.positiony you want the pannernode to have (the default is 0.) positionz: the pannernode.positionz you want the pannernode to have (the default is 0.) orientationx: the pannernode.orientationx you want the pannernode to have (the default is 1.) orientationy: the pannernode.orientationy you want the pannernode to have (the default is 0.) orientationz: the ...
...And 2 more matches

PannerNode - Web APIs
of a cone inside of which there will be no volume reduction. pannernode.coneouterangle a double value describing the angle, in degrees, of a cone outside of which the volume will be reduced by a constant value, defined by the coneoutergain attribute. pannernode.coneoutergain a double value describing the amount of volume reduction outside the cone defined by the coneouterangle attribute. its default value is 0, meaning that no sound can be heard. pannernode.distancemodel an enumerated value determining which algorithm to use to reduce the volume of the audio source as it moves away from the listener. possible values are "linear", "inverse" and "exponential". the default value is "inverse". pannernode.maxdistance a double value representing the maximum distance between the audio source an...
...ode.maxdistance a double value representing the maximum distance between the audio source and the listener, after which the volume is not reduced any further. pannernode.orientationx represents the horizontal position of the audio source's vector in a right-hand cartesian coordinate system. while this audioparam cannot be directly changed, its value can be altered using its value property. the default is value is 1. pannernode.orientationy represents the vertical position of the audio source's vector in a right-hand cartesian coordinate system. the default is 0. while this audioparam cannot be directly changed, its value can be altered using its value property. the default is value is 0. pannernode.orientationz represents the longitudinal (back and forth) position of the audio source's vec...
...the vertical position of the audio source's vector in a right-hand cartesian coordinate system. the default is 0. while this audioparam cannot be directly changed, its value can be altered using its value property. the default is value is 0. pannernode.orientationz represents the longitudinal (back and forth) position of the audio source's vector in a right-hand cartesian coordinate system. the default is 0. while this audioparam cannot be directly changed, its value can be altered using its value property. the default is value is 0. pannernode.panningmodel an enumerated value determining which spatialisation algorithm to use to position the audio in 3d space. pannernode.positionx represents the horizontal position of the audio in a right-hand cartesian coordinate system. the default is 0. ...
...And 2 more matches

PointerEvent.PointerEvent() - Web APIs
the pointerevent() constructor creates a new synthetic and untrusted pointerevent object instance. syntax event = new pointerevent(type, pointereventinit); arguments type is a domstring representing the name of the event (see pointerevent event types). ...
...ax event = new pointerevent(type, pointereventinit); arguments type is a domstring representing the name of the event (see pointerevent event types). pointereventinitoptional is a pointereventinit dictionary, having the following fields: pointerid — optional and defaulting to 0, of type long, that sets the value of the instance's pointerevent.pointerid. width — optional and defaulting to 1, of type double, that sets the value of the instance's pointerevent.width. ...
...e event (see pointerevent event types). pointereventinitoptional is a pointereventinit dictionary, having the following fields: pointerid — optional and defaulting to 0, of type long, that sets the value of the instance's pointerevent.pointerid. width — optional and defaulting to 1, of type double, that sets the value of the instance's pointerevent.width. height — optional and defaulting to 1, of type double, that sets the value of the instance's pointerevent.height. pressure — optional and defaulting to 0, of type float, that sets the value of the instance's pointerevent.pressure. ...
...And 2 more matches

ReadableStream.ReadableStream() - Web APIs
method, called immediately when the object is constructed. the contents of this method are defined by the developer, and should aim to get access to the stream source, and do anything else required to set up the stream fuctionality. if this process is to be done asynchronously, it can return a promise to signal success or failure. the controller parameter passed to this method is a readablestreamdefaultcontroller or a readablebytestreamcontroller, depending on the value of the type property. this can be used by the developer to control the stream during set up. pull(controller) optional this method, also defined by the developer, will be called repeatedly when the stream's internal queue of chunks is not full, up until it reaches its high water mark. if pull() returns a promise, then it won'...
...controller) optional this method, also defined by the developer, will be called repeatedly when the stream's internal queue of chunks is not full, up until it reaches its high water mark. if pull() returns a promise, then it won't be called again until that promise fulfills; if the promise rejects, the stream will become errored. the controller parameter passed to this method is a readablestreamdefaultcontroller or a readablebytestreamcontroller, depending on the value of the type property. this can be used by the developer to control the stream as more chunks are fetched. cancel(reason) optional this method, also defined by the developer, will be called if the app signals that the stream is to be cancelled (e.g. if readablestream.cancel() is called). the contents should do whatever is nece...
...ontains a domstring describing why the stream was cancelled. type optional this property controls what type of readable stream is being dealt with. if it is included with a value set to "bytes", the passed controller object will be a readablebytestreamcontroller capable of handling a byob (bring your own buffer)/byte stream. if it is not included, the passed controller will be a readablestreamdefaultcontroller. autoallocatechunksize optional for byte streams, the developer can set the autoallocatechunksize with a positive integer value to turn on the stream's auto-allocation feature. with this turned on, the stream implementation will automatically allocate an arraybuffer with a size of the given integer, and the consumer can also use a default reader. queuingstrategy optional an ob...
...And 2 more matches

WaveShaperNode.WaveShaperNode() - Web APIs
meters from the audionodeoptions dictionary. context a reference to an audiocontext. options optional options are as follows: curve: the shaping curve used for the waveshaping effect. the input signal is nominally within the range [-1;1]. oversample: specifies what type of oversampling (if any) should be used when applying the shaping curve. valid values are 'none', '2x', or '4x'. the default is 'none'. return value a new waveshapernode object instance. specifications specification status comment web audio apithe definition of 'waveshapernode()' in that specification. working draft initial definition. browser compatibility the compatibility table on this page is generated from structured data. if you'd like to contribute to the data, ple...
...rowser-compat-data and send us a pull request. ...
... full support 53ie no support noopera full support 42safari ? ...
...And 2 more matches

WebGL best practices - Web APIs
mentation to push all pending commands out for execution, flushing them out of the queue, instead of waiting for more commands to enqueue before sending for execution. for example, it is possible for the following to never complete without context loss: sync = glfencesync(gl_sync_gpu_commands_complete, 0); glclientwaitsync(sync, 0, gl_timeout_ignored); webgl doesn't have a swapbuffers call by default, so a flush can help fill the gap, as well. use webgl.flush() when not using requestanimationframe when not using raf, (such as when using rpaf; see below) use webgl.flush() to encourage eager execution of enqueued commands. because raf is directly followed by the frame boundary, an explicit webgl.flush() isn't really needed with raf. avoid blocking api calls in production (e.g. geterror, get...
...le precision annotations if you expect to pass an essl300 int between shaders, and you need it to have 32-bits, you must use highp or you will have portability problems. ...
...rs, and you need it to have 32-bits, you must use highp or you will have portability problems. ...
...And 2 more matches

Window.prompt() - Web APIs
return value a string containing the text entered by the user, or null. ...
... return value a string containing the text entered by the user, or null. ...
... return value a string containing the text entered by the user, or null. ...
...And 2 more matches

Implementing a Microsoft Active Accessibility (MSAA) Server - Accessibility
hecked, etc. [important] get_acchelp: get context sensitive help for the iaccessible. get_acchelptopic: we don't use this, it's only if the windows help system is used. get_acckeyboardshortcut: what is the keyboard shortcut for this iaccessible (underlined alt+combo mnemonic) get_accfocus: which child is focused? [important] get_accselection: which children of this item are selected? get_accdefaultaction: get a description or name of the default action for this component, such as "jump" for links. accselect: select the item associated with this iaccessible. [important] acclocation: get the x,y coordinates, and the height and width of this iaccessible node. [important] accnavigate: navigate to the first/last child, previous/next sibling, up, down, left or right from this iaccessible. [imp...
...sociated with this iaccessible. [important] acclocation: get the x,y coordinates, and the height and width of this iaccessible node. [important] accnavigate: navigate to the first/last child, previous/next sibling, up, down, left or right from this iaccessible. [important, but no need to implement up/down/left/right] acchittest: find out what iaccessible exists and a specific coordinate. accdodefaultaction: perform the action described by get_accdefaultaction. put_accname: change the name. put_accvalue: change the value. msaa events cheat sheet for information on what each event does, see the msdn event constants page. check with your assistive technology partners to find out what events you need to support. there's a very good chance they won't ask for more than the events marked [imp...
... with your assistive technology partners to find out what states you need to support. ...
...And 2 more matches

@namespace - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
the @namespace rule is generally only useful when dealing with documents containing multiple namespaces—such as html5 with inline svg or mathml, or xml that mixes multiple vocabularies. ...
...ect elements within that namespace. the @namespace rule is generally only useful when dealing with documents containing multiple namespaces—such as html5 with inline svg or mathml, or xml that mixes multiple vocabularies. any @namespace rules must follow all @charset and @import rules, and precede all other at-rules and style declarations in a style sheet. @namespace can be used to define the default namespace for the style sheet. when a default namespace is defined, all universal and type selectors (but not attribute selectors, see note below) apply only to elements in that namespace. the @namespace rule can also be used to define a namespace prefix. when a universal, type, or attribute selector is prefixed with a namespace prefix, then that selector only matches if the namespace and name o...
...where in the document, and the <svg> and <math> elements will be assigned their proper namespaces (http://www.w3.org/2000/svg and http://www.w3.org/1998/math/mathml). note: in xml, unless a prefix is defined directly on an attribute (e.g., xlink:href), that attribute has no namespace. in other words, attributes do not inherit the namespace of the element they're on. ...
...And 2 more matches

all - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
te that none of these values affect the unicode-bidi and direction properties. values initial specifies that all the element's properties should be changed to their initial values. inherit specifies that all the element's properties should be changed to their inherited values. unset specifies that all the element's properties should be changed to their inherited values if they inherit by default, or to their initial values if not. revert specifies behavior that depends on the stylesheet origin to which the declaration belongs: user-agent origin equivalent to unset. user origin rolls back the cascade to the user-agent level, so that the specified values are calculated as if no author-level or user-level rules were specified for the element. author origin rolls back the cas...
...r: #f0f0f0; color: blue; } blockquote { background-color: skyblue; color: red; } result no all property <blockquote id="quote">lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit.</blockquote> phasellus eget velit sagittis. body { font-size: small; background-color: #f0f0f0; color:blue; } blockquote { background-color: skyblue; color: red; } the <blockquote> uses the browser's default styling together with a specific background and text color. it also behaves as a block element: the text that follows it is beneath it. all:unset <blockquote id="quote">lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit.</blockquote> phasellus eget velit sagittis. body { font-size: small; background-color: #f0f0f0; color:blue; } blockquote { background-color: skyblue; color: red; } blo...
...o behaves as a block element: the text that follows it is beneath it. all:unset <blockquote id="quote">lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit.</blockquote> phasellus eget velit sagittis. body { font-size: small; background-color: #f0f0f0; color:blue; } blockquote { background-color: skyblue; color: red; } blockquote { all: unset; } the <blockquote> doesn't use the browser default styling: it is an inline element now (initial value), its background-color is transparent (initial value), but its font-size is still small (inherited value) and its color is blue (inherited value). all:initial <blockquote id="quote">lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit.</blockquote> phasellus eget velit sagittis. body { font-size: small; background-color: #f0f0f0; color:b...
...And 2 more matches

<color> - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
ly added to allow developers to override an inherited solid color. with the advent of alpha channels in css colors level 3, transparent was redefined as a true color. it can now be used wherever a <color> value can be used. currentcolor keyword the currentcolor keyword represents the value of an element's color property. this lets you use the color value on properties that do not receive it by default. if currentcolor is used as the value of the color property, it instead takes its value from the inherited value of the color property. currentcolor example html <div style="color:blue; border: 1px dashed currentcolor;"> the color of this text is blue. <div style="background:currentcolor; height:9px;"></div> this block is surrounded by a blue border. </div> result rgb colors the rg...
...generally inner) of the two borders away from the light source for 3-d elements that appear 3-d due to two concentric layers of surrounding border. window window background. should be used with the windowtext foreground color. windowframe window frame. windowtext text in windows. should be used with the window background color. mozilla system color extensions -moz-buttondefault the border color that goes around buttons that represent the default action for a dialog box. -moz-buttonhoverface the background color of a button that the mouse pointer is over (which would be threedface or buttonface when the mouse pointer is not over it). should be used with the -moz-buttonhovertext foreground color. -moz-buttonhovertext the text color of a button that the mous...
...items. often similar to highlighttext. should be used with the -moz-menuhover background color. -moz-menubartext text color in menu bars. often similar to menutext. should be used on top of menu background. -moz-menubarhovertext color for hovered text in menu bars. often similar to -moz-menuhovertext. should be used on top of -moz-menuhover background. -moz-nativehyperlinktext default platform hyperlink color. -moz-oddtreerow background color for odd-numbered rows in a tree. should be used with the -moz-fieldtext foreground color. in gecko versions prior to 1.9, use -moz-field. see also -moz-eventreerow. -moz-win-communicationstext should be used for text in objects with -moz-appearance: -moz-win-communications-toolbox;. -moz-win-mediatext should be used f...
...And 2 more matches

font-size - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
larger, smaller relative-size keywords. the font will be larger or smaller relative to the parent element's font size, roughly by the ratio used to separate the absolute-size keywords above. <length> a positive <length> value. for most font-relative units (such as em and ex), the font size is relative to the parent element's font size. for font-relative units ...
...nt size is relative to the parent element's font size. for font-relative units that are root-based (such as rem), the font size is relative to the size of the font used by the <html> (root) element. <percentage> a positive <percentage> value, relative to the parent element's font size. note: to maximize accessibility, it is generally best to use values that are relative to the user's default font size. description there are several ways to specify the font size, including with keywords or numerical values for pixels or ems. choose the appropriate method based on the needs for the particular web page. keywords keywords are a good way to set the size of fonts on the web. by setting a keyword font size on the <body> element, you can set relative font-sizing everywhere else on the p...
...han the size chosen by a web designer. avoid using them for font sizes if you wish to create an inclusive design. ems another way of setting the font size is with em values. the size of an em value is dynamic. when defining the font-size property, an em is equal to the font size of the element on which the em is used. if you haven't set the font size anywhere on the page, then it is the browser default, which is often 16px. so, by default 1em = 16px, and 2em = 32px. if you set a font-size of 20px on the body element, then 1em = 20px and 2em = 40px. note that the value 2 is essentially a multiplier of the current em size. in order to calculate the em equivalent for any pixel value required, you can use this formula: em = desired element pixel value / parent element font-size in pixels for exa...
...And 2 more matches

revert - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
the revert css keyword reverts the cascaded value of the property from its current value to the value the property would have had if no changes had been made by the current style origin to the current element. thus, it resets the property to its inherited value if it inherits from its parent or to the default value established by the user agent's stylesheet (or by user styles, if any exist). it can be applied to any css property, including the css shorthand all. ...
...). it can be applied to any css property, including the css shorthand all. this removes from the cascade all of the styles that have been overridden until the style being rolled back to is reached. if used by a site's own styles (the author origin), revert rolls back the property's cascaded value to the user's custom style, if one exists; otherwise, it rolls the style back to the user agent's default style. if used in a user's custom stylesheet, or if the style was applied by the user (the user origin), revert rolls back the cascaded value to the user agent's default style. if used within the user agent's default styles, this keyword is functionally equivalent to unset. the revert keyword works exactly the same as unset in many cases. the only difference is for properties that have values...
...f you have a rule to make all paragraphs red then all paragraphs will still be red in all sections. revert is just a value. it is still possible to override revert value using specificity. the revert keyword is different from and should not be confused with initial, which uses the initial value defined on a per-property basis by the css specifications. in contrast, user-agent stylesheets set default values on the basis of css selectors. for example, the initial value for the display property is inline, whereas a normal user-agent stylesheet sets the default display value of <div>s to block, of <table>s to table, etc. examples revert vs unset although revert and unset are similar they differ for some properties for some elements. so in the below example, we set custom font-weight in a g...
...And 2 more matches

HTML attribute: step - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
nput types, including the date, month, week, time, datetime-local, number and range types, the step attribute is a number that specifies the granularity that the value must adhere to or the keyword any. the step sets the stepping interval when clicking up and down spinner buttons, moving a slider left and right on a range, and validating the different date types. ...
...on a range, and validating the different date types. if not explicitly included, step defaults to 1 for number and range, and 1 unit type (minute, week, month, day) for the date/time input types. the value can must be a positive number - integer or float -- or the special value any, which means no stepping is implied, and any value is allowed (barring other constraints, such as min and max). the default stepping value for number inputs is 1, allowing only integers to be entered, unless the stepping base is not an integer. the default stepping value for time is 1 second, with 900 being equal to 15 minutes. ...
... a positive number - integer or float -- or the special value any, which means no stepping is implied, and any value is allowed (barring other constraints, such as min and max). the default stepping value for number inputs is 1, allowing only integers to be entered, unless the stepping base is not an integer. the default stepping value for time is 1 second, with 900 being equal to 15 minutes. ...
...And 2 more matches

<input type="datetime-local"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
ibutes autocomplete, list, readonly, and step idl attributes list, value, valueasnumber. methods select(), stepdown(), stepup() value a domstring representing the value of the date entered into the input. the format of the date and time value used by this input type is described in local date and time strings in date and time formats used in html. ...
... the element has no minimum value. this value must specify a date string earlier than or equal to the one specified by the max attribute. step the step attribute is a number that specifies the granularity that the value must adhere to, or the special value any, which is described below. only values which are equal to the basis for stepping (min if specified, value otherwise, and an appropriate default value if neither of those is provided) are valid. a string value of any means that no stepping is implied, and any value is allowed (barring other constraints, such as min and max). note: when the data entered by the user doesn't adhere to the stepping configuration, the user agent may round to the nearest valid value, preferring numbers in the positive direction when there are two equally clo...
...in and max). note: when the data entered by the user doesn't adhere to the stepping configuration, the user agent may round to the nearest valid value, preferring numbers in the positive direction when there are two equally close options. for datetime-local inputs, the value of step is given in seconds, with a scaling factor of 1000 (since the underlying numeric value is in milliseconds). the default value of step is 60, indicating 60 seconds (or 1 minute, or 60,000 milliseconds). at this time, it's unclear what a value of any means for step when used with datetime-local inputs. this will be updated as soon as that information is determined. using datetime-local inputs date/time inputs sound convenient at first glance; they provide an easy ui for choosing dates and times, and they normaliz...
...And 2 more matches

<input type="month"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
ethods select(), stepdown(), stepup(). value a domstring representing the value of the month and year entered into the input, in the form yyyy-mm (four or more digit year, then a hyphen ("-"), followed by the two-digit month). the format of the month string used by this input type is described in format of a valid local month string in date and time formats used in html. ...
...e: because a read-only field cannot have a value, required does not have any effect on inputs with the readonly attribute also specified. step the step attribute is a number that specifies the granularity that the value must adhere to, or the special value any, which is described below. only values which are equal to the basis for stepping (min if specified, value otherwise, and an appropriate default value if neither of those is provided) are valid. a string value of any means that no stepping is implied, and any value is allowed (barring other constraints, such as min and max). note: when the data entered by the user doesn't adhere to the stepping configuration, the user agent may round to the nearest valid value, preferring numbers in the positive direction when there are two equally clo...
...nts, such as min and max). note: when the data entered by the user doesn't adhere to the stepping configuration, the user agent may round to the nearest valid value, preferring numbers in the positive direction when there are two equally close options. for month inputs, the value of step is given in months, with a scaling factor of 1 (since the underlying numeric value is also in months). the default value of step is 1 month. using month inputs date-related inputs (including month) sound convenient at first glance; they promise an easy ui for choosing dates, and they normalize the data format sent to the server, regardless of the user's locale. however, there are issues with <input type="month"> because at this time, many major browsers don't yet support it. we'll look at basic and more co...
...And 2 more matches

<input type="submit"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
nts click supported common attributes type and value idl attributes value methods none value an <input type="submit"> element's value attribute contains a domstring which is displayed as the button's label. buttons do not have a true value otherwise. ...
...ent's value attribute contains a domstring which is displayed as the button's label. buttons do not have a true value otherwise. <input type="submit" value="send request"> if you don't specify a value, the button will have a default label, chosen by the user agent. ...
...url to which to submit the data. this takes precedence over the action attribute on the <form> element that owns the <input>. this attribute is also available on <input type="image"> and <button> elements. formenctype a string that identifies the encoding method to use when submitting the form data to the server. there are three permitted values: application/x-www-form-urlencoded this, the default value, sends the form data as a string after url encoding the text using an algorithm such as encodeuri(). multipart/form-data uses the formdata api to manage the data, allowing for files to be submitted to the server. you must use this encoding type if your form includes any <input> elements of type file (<input type="file">). text/plain plain text; mostly useful only for debugging, so you c...
...And 2 more matches

<select>: The HTML Select element - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
a <label> for accessibility purposes, as well as a name attribute to represent the name of the associated data point submitted to the server. each menu option is defined by an <option> element nested inside the <select>. each <option> element should have a value attribute containing the data value to submit to the server when that option is selected. if no value attribute is included, the value defaults to the text contained inside the element. you can include a selected attribute on an <option> element to make it selected by default when the page first loads. the <select> element has some unique attributes you can use to control it, such as multiple to specify whether multiple options can be selected, and size to specify how many options should be shown at once. it also accepts most of the ge...
...he name of the control. required a boolean attribute indicating that an option with a non-empty string value must be selected. size if the control is presented as a scrolling list box (e.g. when multiple is specified), this attribute represents the number of rows in the list that should be visible at one time. browsers are not required to present a select element as a scrolled list box. the default value is 0. note: according to the html5 specification, the default value for size should be 1; however, in practice, this has been found to break some web sites, and no other browser currently does that, so mozilla has opted to continue to return 0 for the time being with firefox. usage notes selecting multiple options on a desktop computer, there are a number of ways to select multiple ...
...te: mouse users can hold the ctrl, command, or shift keys (depending on what makes sense for your operating system) and then click multiple options to select/deselect them. warning: the mechanism for selecting multiple non-contiguous items via the keyboard described below currently only seems to work in firefox. also note: on macos, the ctrl + up and ctrl + down shortcuts conflict with the os default shortcuts for mission control and application windows, so you'll have to turn these off before it will work. keyboard users can select multiple contiguous items by: focusing on the <select> element (e.g. using tab). selecting an item at the top or bottom of the range they want to select using the up and down cursor keys to go up and down the options. holding down the shift key and then usi...
...And 2 more matches

<th> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
htmltableheadercellelement attributes this element includes the global attributes. abbr this attribute contains a short abbreviated description of the cell's content. some user-agents, such as speech readers, may present this description before the content itself. colspan this attribute contains a non-negative integer value that indicates for how many columns the cell extends. ...
...r this attribute contains a short abbreviated description of the cell's content. some user-agents, such as speech readers, may present this description before the content itself. colspan this attribute contains a non-negative integer value that indicates for how many columns the cell extends. its default value is 1. values higher than 1000 will be considered as incorrect and will be set to the default value (1). ...
...values higher than 65534 are clipped down to 65534. scope this enumerated attribute defines the cells that the header (defined in the <th>) element relates to. ...
...And 2 more matches

<tt>: The Teletype Text element (obsolete) - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
this element was created for the purpose of rendering text as it would be displayed on a fixed-width display such as a teletype, text-only screen, or line printer. the terms non-proportional, monotype, and monospace are used interchangeably and have the same general meaning: they describe a typeface whose characters are all the same number of pixels wide. this element is obsolete, however. ...
... dom interface htmlelement attributes this element only includes the global attributes examples basic example this example uses <tt> to show text entered into, and output by, a terminal application. ...
...attributes this element only includes the global attributes examples basic example this example uses <tt> to show text entered into, and output by, a terminal application. ...
...And 2 more matches

Feature-Policy: unsized-media - HTTP
the http feature-policy header unsized-media directive controls whether the current document is allowed to change the size of media elements after the initial layout is complete. this restriction solves "layout instability" problem caused by providing default dimensions for images whose size is not specified in advance so that image doesn't change size after loading. syntax feature-policy: unsized-media <allowlist>; <allowlist> an allowlist is a list of origins that takes one or more of the following values, separated by spaces: *: the feature will be allowed in this document, and all nested browsing contexts (iframes) regardless of their origin. 'self': the feature will be allowed in this document, and in all nested browsing contexts (iframes) in the same origin. 'src': (in an ifr...
... the feature is disabled in top-level and nested browsing contexts. <origin(s)>: the feature is allowed for specific origins (for example, https://example.com). origins should be separated by a space. the values * (enable for all origins) or 'none' (disable for all origins) may only be used alone, while 'self' and 'src' may be used with one or more origins. features are each defined to have a default allowlist, which is one of: *: the feature is allowed by default in top-level browsing contexts and all nested browsing contexts (iframes). 'self': the feature is allowed by default in top-level browsing contexts and in nested browsing contexts (iframes) in the same origin. the feature is not allowed in cross-origin documents in nested browsing contexts. 'none': the feature is disabled in to...
...the page will re-flow every time an image with unknown dimensions is loaded. ...
...And 2 more matches

The arguments object - JavaScript
otype.slice.call(arguments, 1); html += args.join('</li><li>'); html += '</li></' + type + 'l>'; // end list return html; } you can pass any number of arguments to this function, and it adds each argument as a list item to a list of the type indicated. for example: let listhtml = list('u', 'one', 'two', 'three'); /* listhtml is: "<ul><li>one</li><li>two</li><li>three</li></ul>" */ rest, default, and destructured parameters the arguments object can be used in conjunction with rest, default, and destructured parameters. function foo(...args) { return args; } foo(1, 2, 3); // [1, 2, 3] while the presence of rest, default, or destructured parameters does not alter the behavior of the arguments object in strict mode code, there are subtle differences for non-strict code. in strict-m...
... default, and destructured parameters. function foo(...args) { return args; } foo(1, 2, 3); // [1, 2, 3] while the presence of rest, default, or destructured parameters does not alter the behavior of the arguments object in strict mode code, there are subtle differences for non-strict code. in strict-mode code, the arguments object behaves the same whether or not a function is passed rest, default, or destructured parameters. that is, assigning new values to variables in the body of the function will not affect the arguments object. nor will assigning new variables to the arguments object affect the value of variables. note: you cannot write a "use strict"; directive in the body of a function definition that accepts rest, default, or destructured parameters. doing so will throw a syntax ...
...he function will not affect the arguments object. nor will assigning new variables to the arguments object affect the value of variables. note: you cannot write a "use strict"; directive in the body of a function definition that accepts rest, default, or destructured parameters. doing so will throw a syntax error. ...
...And 2 more matches

Date.prototype.toLocaleTimeString() - JavaScript
ons arguments customize the behavior of the function and let applications specify the language whose formatting conventions should be used. in implementations, which ignore the locales and options arguments, the locale used and the form of the string returned are entirely implementation dependent. see the intl.datetimeformat() constructor for details on these parameters and how to use them. the default value for each date-time component property is undefined, but if the hour, minute, second properties are all undefined, then hour, minute, and second are assumed to be "numeric". return value a string representing the time portion of the given date instance according to language-specific conventions. performance when formatting large numbers of dates, it is better to create an intl.datetimefo...
...eric". return value a string representing the time portion of the given date instance according to language-specific conventions. performance when formatting large numbers of dates, it is better to create an intl.datetimeformat object and use the function provided by its format property. ...
...string representing the time portion of the given date instance according to language-specific conventions. performance when formatting large numbers of dates, it is better to create an intl.datetimeformat object and use the function provided by its format property. examples using tolocaletimestring() in basic use without specifying a locale, a formatted string in the default locale and with default options is returned. ...
...And 2 more matches

Intl.Collator() constructor - JavaScript
below). kn whether numeric collation should be used, such that "1" < "2" < "10". possible values are "true" and "false". this option can be set through an options property or through a unicode extension key; if both are provided, the options property takes precedence. kf whether upper case or lower case should sort first. possible values are "upper", "lower", or "false" (use the locale's default). this option can be set through an options property or through a unicode extension key; if both are provided, the options property takes precedence. options optional. an object with some or all of the following properties: localematcher the locale matching algorithm to use. possible values are "lookup" and "best fit"; the default is "best fit". for information about this option, s...
... sensitivity which differences in the strings should lead to non-zero result values. possible values are: "base": only strings that differ in base letters compare as unequal. ...
...tic marks compare as unequal. examples: a ≠ b, a ≠ á, a = a. "case": only strings that differ in base letters or case compare as unequal. examples: a ≠ b, a = á, a ≠ a. "variant": strings that differ in base letters, accents and other diacritic marks, or case compare as unequal. other differences may also be taken into consideration. examples: a ≠ b, a ≠ á, a ≠ a. the default is "variant" for usage "sort"; it's locale dependent for usage "search". ignorepunctuation whether punctuation should be ignored. possible values are true and false; the default is false. numeric whether numeric collation should be used, such that "1" < "2" < "10". possible values are true and false; the default is false. this option can be set through an options property or through a ...
...And 2 more matches

Intl.NumberFormat.prototype.resolvedOptions() - JavaScript
he locale actually used. if any unicode extension values were requested in the input bcp 47 language tag that led to this locale, the key-value pairs that were requested and are supported for this locale are included in locale. numberingsystem the value provided for this properties in the options argument, if present, or the value requested using the unicode extension key "nu" or filled in as a default. notation the value provided for this property in the options argument, if present, or "standard filled in as a default. compactdisplay the value provided for this property in the options argument, or "short" filled in as a default. this property is only present if the notation is set to "compact". signdisplay the value provided for this property in the options argument, or "auto" filled...
...these properties are only present if style is "currency". ...
...these properties are only present if style is "currency". ...
...And 2 more matches

this - JavaScript
n" console.log(b) // "mdn" note: you can always easily get the global object using the global globalthis property, regardless of the current context in which your code is running. function context inside a function, the value of this depends on how the function is called. since the following code is not in strict mode, and because the value of this is not set by the call, this will default to the global object, which is window in a browser. function f1() { return this; } // in a browser: f1() === window; // true // in node: f1() === globalthis; // true in strict mode, however, if the value of this is not set when entering an execution context, it remains as undefined, as shown in the following example: function f2() { 'use strict'; // see strict mode return this; } f2()...
... be passed as the first argument to call or apply and this will be bound to it. var obj = {a: 'custom'}; // we declare a variable and the variable is assigned to the global window as its property. ...
... the // this of its enclosing function. the value of bar can be set // in the call, which in turn sets the value of the // returned function. var obj = { bar: function() { var x = (() => this); return x; } }; // call bar as a method of obj, setting its this to obj // assign a reference to the returned function to fn var fn = obj.bar(); // call fn without setting this, would normally default // to the global object or undefined in strict mode console.log(fn() === obj); // true // but caution if you reference the method of obj without calling it var fn2 = obj.bar; // calling the arrow function's this from inside the bar method() // will now return window, because it follows the this from fn2. console.log(fn2()() == window); // true in the above, the function (call it anonymous func...
...And 2 more matches

<mtable> - MathML
ear. these elements are similar to <table> , <tr> and <td> elements of html. note: the <mtable> element resets the displaystyle attribute to false. if you want to use this element as an inline-block, you might want to set <mtable displaystyle="true">...</mtable>. attributes align specifies the vertical alignment of the table with respect to its environment. possible values are: axis (default): the vertical center of the table aligns on the environment's axis (typically the minus sign). baseline: the vertical center of the table aligns on the environment's baseline. bottom: the bottom of the table aligns on the environments baseline. center: see baseline. top: the top of the table aligns on the environments baseline. in addition, values of the align attribute can end with a...
...derbird 17.0 / seamonkey 2.14) the parsing has been updated to treat whitespace correctly. alignmentscope unimplemented class, id, style provided for use with stylesheets. columnalign specifies the horizontal alignment of the cells. multiple values separated by space are allowed and apply to the corresponding columns (e.g. columnalign="left right center"). possible values are: left, center (default) and right. columnlines specifies column borders. multiple values separated by space are allowed and apply to the corresponding columns (e.g. columnlines="none none solid"). possible values are: none (default), solid and dashed. columnspacing specifies the space between table columns. unimplemented columnwidth specifies the width of table columns. displaystyle a boolean value specifying w...
...displaystyle a boolean value specifying whether more vertical space is used for displayed equations or, if set to false, a more compact layout is used to display formulas. the main effect is that larger versions of operators are displayed, when displaystyle is set to true. unimplemented equalcolumns a boolean value indicating whether to force all columns to have the same total height. false is default. unimplemented equalrows a boolean value indicating whether to force all rows to have the same total height. false is default. frame specifies borders of the entire table. possible values are: none (default), solid and dashed. framespacing specifies additional space added between the table and frame. groupalign unimplemented href used to set a hyperlink to a specified uri. mathbackgrou...
...And 2 more matches

The "codecs" parameter in common media types - Web media technologies
ust be one of 8, 10, or 12; which values are valid varies depending on the profile and other properties. m the one-digit monochrome flag; if this is 0, the video includes the u and v planes in addition to the y plane. otherwise, the video data is entirely in the y plane and is therefore monochromatic. see yuv in digital video concepts for details on how the yuv color system works. the default value is 0 (not monochrome). ccc ccc indicates the chroma subsampling as three digits. the first digit is subsampling_x, the second is subsampling_y. if both of those are 1, the third is the value of chroma_sample_position; otherwise, the third digit is always 0. this, combined with the m component, can be used to construct the chroma subsampling format: determining th...
...monochrome) the third digit in ccc indicates the chroma sample position, with a value of 0 indicating that the position is unknown and must be separately provided during decoding; a value of 1 indicating that the sample position is horizontally colocated with the (0, 0) luma sample; and a value of 2 indicating that the sample position is colocated with (0, 0) luma. the default value is 110 (4:2:0 chroma subsampling). cp the two-digit color_primaries value indicates the color system used by the media. for example, bt.2020/bt.2100 color, as used for hdr video, is 09. the information for this—and for each of the remaining components—is found in the color config semantics section of the av1 specification. the default value is 01 (itu-r bt.709). ...
...ing components—is found in the color config semantics section of the av1 specification. the default value is 01 (itu-r bt.709). tc the two-digit transfer_characteristics value. this value defines the function used to map the gamma (delightfully called the "opto-electrical transfer function" in technical parlance) from the source to the display. for example, 10-bit bt.2020 is 14. the default value is 01 (itu-r bt.709). mc the two-digit matrix_coefficients constant selects the matrix coefficients used to convert the red, blue, and green channels into luma and chroma signals. for example, the standard coefficients used for bt.709 are indicated using the value 01. the default value is 01 (itu-r bt.709). f a one-digit flag indicating whether the color should be al...
...And 2 more matches

pathLength - SVG: Scalable Vector Graphics
th="50"/> <!-- compute everything like if the path length was 30 user units long --> <path d="m 0,40 h100" pathlength="30"/> <!-- compute everything like if the path length was 10 user units long --> <path d="m 0,50 h100" pathlength="10"/> </svg> circle for <circle>, pathlength lets authors specify a total length for the circle, in user units. ...
...nits long --> <path d="m 0,50 h100" pathlength="10"/> </svg> circle for <circle>, pathlength lets authors specify a total length for the circle, in user units. value <number> default value none animatable yes ellipse for <ellipse>, pathlength lets authors specify a total length for the ellipse, in user units. value <number> default value none animatable yes line for <line>, pathlength lets authors specify a total length for the line, in user units. ...
...number> default value none animatable yes ellipse for <ellipse>, pathlength lets authors specify a total length for the ellipse, in user units. value <number> default value none animatable yes line for <line>, pathlength lets authors specify a total length for the line, in user units. value <number> default value none animatable yes path for <path>, pathlength lets authors specify a total length for the path, in user units. value <number> default value none animatable yes polygon for <polygon>, pathlength lets authors specify a total length for the shape, in user units. ...
...And 2 more matches

<altGlyph> - SVG: Scalable Vector Graphics
the <altglyph> svg element allows sophisticated selection of the glyphs used to render its child character data. usage context categoriestext content element, text content child elementpermitted contentany elements or character data attributes x this attribute defines the corresponding absolute x-coordinates for rendering the element. value type: <list-of-coordinates> ; default value: absolute x-coordinate of ancestor <text> or <tspan>; animatable: yes y this attribute defines the corresponding absolute y-coordinates for rendering the element. value type: <list-of-coordinates> ; default value: absolute y-coordinate of ancestor <text> or <tspan>; animatable: yes dx this attribute indicates a shift along the x-axis on the position of the element. value type: <list-of-coordinates> ;...
...x-coordinate of ancestor <text> or <tspan>; animatable: yes y this attribute defines the corresponding absolute y-coordinates for rendering the element. value type: <list-of-coordinates> ; default value: absolute y-coordinate of ancestor <text> or <tspan>; animatable: yes dx this attribute indicates a shift along the x-axis on the position of the element. value type: <list-of-coordinates> ; default value: relative x-coordinate of ancestor <text> or <tspan>; animatable: yes dy this attribute indicates a shift along the x-axis on the position of the element. value type: <list-of-coordinates> ; default value: relative y-coordinate of ancestor <text> or <tspan>; animatable: yes rotate this attribute defines the supplemental rotation that will be applied to the element. value type: <list-o...
...ive x-coordinate of ancestor <text> or <tspan>; animatable: yes dy this attribute indicates a shift along the x-axis on the position of the element. value type: <list-of-coordinates> ; default value: relative y-coordinate of ancestor <text> or <tspan>; animatable: yes rotate this attribute defines the supplemental rotation that will be applied to the element. value type: <list-of-numbers> ; default value: none; animatable: yes (non-additive) glyphref the glyph identifier, the format of which is dependent on the format defined by the format attribute of the given font. ...
...And 2 more matches

<linearGradient> - SVG: Scalable Vector Graphics
orm="rotate(90)"> <stop offset="5%" stop-color="gold" /> <stop offset="95%" stop-color="red" /> </lineargradient> </defs> <!-- using my linear gradient --> <circle cx="5" cy="5" r="4" fill="url('#mygradient')" /> </svg> attributes gradientunits this attribute defines the coordinate system for attributes x1, x2, y1, y2 value type: userspaceonuse|objectboundingbox ; default value: objectboundingbox; animatable: yes gradienttransform this attribute provides additional transformation to the gradient coordinate system. value type: <transform-list> ; default value: identity transform; animatable: yes href this attribute defines a reference to another <lineargradient> element that will be used as a template. value type: <url> ; default value: none; animatable: yes ...
...> ; default value: identity transform; animatable: yes href this attribute defines a reference to another <lineargradient> element that will be used as a template. value type: <url> ; default value: none; animatable: yes spreadmethod this attribute indicates how the gradient behaves if it starts or ends inside the bounds of the shape containing the gradient. value type: pad|reflect|repeat ; default value: pad; animatable: yes x1 this attribute defines the x coordinate of the starting point of the vector gradient along which the linear gradient is drawn. value type: <length> ; default value: 0%; animatable: yes x2 this attribute defines the x coordinate of the ending point of the vector gradient along which the linear gradient is drawn. ...
...d|reflect|repeat ; default value: pad; animatable: yes x1 this attribute defines the x coordinate of the starting point of the vector gradient along which the linear gradient is drawn. value type: <length> ; default value: 0%; animatable: yes x2 this attribute defines the x coordinate of the ending point of the vector gradient along which the linear gradient is drawn. value type: <length> ; default value: 100%; animatable: yes xlink:href an <iri> reference to another <lineargradient> element that will be used as a template. value type: <iri> ; default value: none; animatable: yes y1 this attribute defines the y coordinate of the starting point of the vector gradient along which the linear gradient is drawn. ...
...And 2 more matches

<mask> - SVG: Scalable Vector Graphics
,0,0,1,50,35 a20,20,0,0,1,90,35 q90,65,50,95 q10,65,10,35 z" fill="black" /> </mask> <polygon points="-10,110 110,110 110,-10" fill="orange" /> <!-- with this mask applied, we "punch" a heart shape hole into the circle --> <circle cx="50" cy="50" r="50" mask="url(#mymask)" /> </svg> attributes height this attribute defines the height of the masking area. ...
... we "punch" a heart shape hole into the circle --> <circle cx="50" cy="50" r="50" mask="url(#mymask)" /> </svg> attributes height this attribute defines the height of the masking area. value type: <length> ; default value: 120%; animatable: yes maskcontentunits this attribute defines the coordinate system for the contents of the <mask>. value type: userspaceonuse|objectboundingbox ; default value: userspaceonuse; animatable: yes maskunits this attribute defines defines the coordinate system for attributes x, y, width and height on the <mask>. ...
...th> ; default value: 120%; animatable: yes maskcontentunits this attribute defines the coordinate system for the contents of the <mask>. value type: userspaceonuse|objectboundingbox ; default value: userspaceonuse; animatable: yes maskunits this attribute defines defines the coordinate system for attributes x, y, width and height on the <mask>. value type: userspaceonuse|objectboundingbox ; default value: objectboundingbox; animatable: yes x this attribute defines the x-axis coordinate of the top-left corner of the masking area. value type: <coordinate> ; default value: -10%; animatable: yes y this attribute defines the y-axis coordinate of the top-left corner of the masking area. ...
...And 2 more matches

<text> - SVG: Scalable Vector Graphics
the svg <text> element draws a graphics element consisting of text. it's possible to apply a gradient, pattern, clipping path, mask, or filter to <text>, like any other svg graphics element. if text is included in svg not inside of a <text> element, it is not rendered. this is different than being hidden by default, as setting the display property won't show the text. html,body,svg { height:100% } <svg viewbox="0 0 240 80" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"> <style> .small { font: italic 13px sans-serif; } .heavy { font: bold 30px sans-serif; } /* note that the color of the text is set with the * * fill property, the color property is for html only */ .rrrrr { font: italic 40px serif; fill: red; } </style> <text x="20" y="35" class="small">my</text> <text ...
... is for html only */ .rrrrr { font: italic 40px serif; fill: red; } </style> <text x="20" y="35" class="small">my</text> <text x="40" y="35" class="heavy">cat</text> <text x="55" y="55" class="small">is</text> <text x="65" y="55" class="rrrrr">grumpy!</text> </svg> attributes x the x coordinate of the starting point of the text baseline. value type: <length>|<percentage> ; default value: 0; animatable: yes y the y coordinate of the starting point of the text baseline. value type: <length>|<percentage> ; default value: 0; animatable: yes dx shifts the text position horizontally from a previous text element. value type: <length>|<percentage> ; default value: none; animatable: yes dy shifts the text position vertically from a previous text element. value type: <lengt...
...ble: yes y the y coordinate of the starting point of the text baseline. value type: <length>|<percentage> ; default value: 0; animatable: yes dx shifts the text position horizontally from a previous text element. value type: <length>|<percentage> ; default value: none; animatable: yes dy shifts the text position vertically from a previous text element. value type: <length>|<percentage> ; default value: none; animatable: yes rotate rotates orientation of each individual glyph. can rotate glyphs individually. ...
...And 2 more matches

<textPath> - SVG: Scalable Vector Graphics
stroke="red" d="m10,90 q90,90 90,45 q90,10 50,10 q10,10 10,40 q10,70 45,70 q70,70 75,50" /> <!-- </defs> --> <text> <textpath href="#mypath"> quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog. </textpath> </text> </svg> attributes href the url to the path or basic shape on which to render the text. if the path attribute is set, href has no effect. ...
...path> </text> </svg> attributes href the url to the path or basic shape on which to render the text. if the path attribute is set, href has no effect. value type: <url> ; default value: none; animatable: yes lengthadjust where length adjustment should be applied to the text: the space between glyphs, or both the space and the glyphs themselves. value type: spacing|spacingandglyphs; default value: spacing; animatable: yes method which method to render individual glyphs along the path. ...
...s set, href has no effect. value type: <url> ; default value: none; animatable: yes lengthadjust where length adjustment should be applied to the text: the space between glyphs, or both the space and the glyphs themselves. value type: spacing|spacingandglyphs; default value: spacing; animatable: yes method which method to render individual glyphs along the path. value type: align|stretch ; default value: align; animatable: yes path the path on which the text should be rendered. value type: <path_data> ; default value: none; animatable: yes side which side of the path the text should be rendered. value type: left|right ; default value: left; animatable: yes spacing how space between glyphs should be handled. ...
...And 2 more matches

Interacting with page scripts - Archive of obsolete content
for the sake of security, stability, and simplicity, this is usually what you want. you don't want arbitrary web pages to be able to access objects in content scripts, and you don't want objects created by content scripts to clash with objects created by page scripts. but sometimes, you will want to share objects between the two scopes. ...
...ation aid, and will be removed eventually. communicating with page scripts there are two different ways a content script can communicate with a page script: using the dom postmessage() api using custom dom events using the dom postmessage api note that before firefox 31 code in content scripts can't use window to access postmessage() and addeventlistener() and instead must use document.defaultview. see the section below on using postmessage() before firefox 31. you can communicate between the content script and page scripts using window.postmessage(). content script to page script suppose we have a page called "listen.html" hosted at "my-domain.org", and we want to send messages from the add-on to a script embedded in that page. in the main add-on code, we have a page-mod that att...
.../ listen.js window.addeventlistener('message', function(event) { console.log(event.data); // message from page script console.log(event.origin); }, false); postmessage() before firefox 31 if your add-on is running in a version of firefox before firefox 31, then your content script can't access the postmessage() or addeventlistener() apis using window, but must access them using document.defaultview instead. so the content scripts in the above examples need to be rewritten like this: // talk.js document.defaultview.postmessage("message from content script", "http://my-domain.org/"); // listen.js document.defaultview.addeventlistener('message', function(event) { console.log(event.data); // message from page script console.log(event.origin); }, false); using custom dom events as...
...also, there's no need to clone the message when using custom dom events in this direction. in this example, "...

widget - Archive of obsolete content
scripting widget content to interact with the widget's content you need to load a separate script into the panel. in the sdk these scripts are called "content scripts" because they're explicitly used for interacting with web content. while content scripts can access the content they're attached to, they can't us...
... scaled to be 16x16 pixels. panel panel an optional panel to open when the user clicks on the widget. note: if you also register a "click" listener, it will be called instead of the panel being opened. however, you can show the panel from the listener by calling this.panel.show(). width integer optional width in pixels of the widget. if not given, a default width is used. onclick function include this to listen to the widget's click event. onmessage function include this to listen to the widget's message event. onmouseover function include this to listen to the widget's mouseover event. onmouseout function include this to listen to the widget's mouseout e...
... widget's attach event. tooltip string optional text to show when the user's mouse hovers over the widget. if not given, the label is used. allow object an optional object describing permissions for the content. it should contain a single key named script whose value is a boolean that indicates whether or not to execute script in the content. script defaults to true. contentscriptfile string,array a local file url or an array of local file urls of content scripts to load. content scripts specified by this property are loaded before those specified by the contentscript property. contentscript string,array a string or an array of strings containing the texts of content scripts to load. content scripts sp...
... contentscriptoptions object read-only value exposed to content scripts under self.options property. any kind of jsonable value (object, array, string, etc.) can be used here. optional. widget represents a widget object. methods destroy() removes the widget from the add-on bar. postmessage(data) sends a message to the widget's content script...

/loader - Archive of obsolete content
ure the loader for a specific use case. don't get too excited about configuration options, keep in mind that modules are more useful if they can be used across loader instances. unless you have specific needs it's best to stick to an sdk-compatible configuration, like this: let { loader } = require('toolkit/loader'); let loader = loader({ // please note: illustrated `paths` is expected to be a default base, // but depending on your use case you may have more mappings. paths: { // resolve all non-relative module requirements to // `resource:///modules/` base uri. '': 'resource:///modules/', // reserve `toolkit/` prefix for generic, mozilla toolkit modules // and resolve them to `resource://gre/modules/commonjs/toolkit/` uri. 'toolkit/': 'resource://gre/modules/commo...
...ad(loader, module); sandbox() the sandbox() function is a utility function for creating js sandboxes. it is used by the loader to create scopes into which modules are loaded. it takes the following set of configuration options: name: a string value which identifies the sandbox in about:memory. will throw exception if omitted. principal: string uri or nsiprincipal for the sandbox. if omitted defaults to system principal. prototype: object that the returned sandbox will inherit from. defaults to {}. wantxrays: a boolean value indicating whether code outside the sandbox wants x-ray vision with respect to objects inside the sandbox. defaults to true. let sandbox = sandbox({ name: 'resource:///modules/foo/bar.js', wantxrays: false, prototype: { console: { log: dump.bind(dump,...
... '), warn: dump.bind(dump, 'warn: '), error: dump.bind(dump, 'error: ') } } }); evaluate() evaluates code in the supplied sandbox. if options.source is provided then its value is evaluated, otherwise source is read from the supplied uri. either way, any exceptions will be reported as from the uri. optionally more options may be specified: options.encoding: source encoding, defaults to 'utf-8'. options.line: line number to start count from in stack traces. defaults to 1. options.version: version of js used, defaults to '1.8'. // load script from the given location to a given sandbox: evaluate(sandbox, 'resource://path/to/script.js') // evaluate `code` as if it was from `foo/bar.js`: evaluate(sandbox, 'foo/bar.js', { source: code, version: '1.7' // you could also ...
...odules/devtools/gcli.js resolveuri('sdk/core/promise', mapping); // => resource://gre/modules/commonjs/sdk/core/promise.js override() this function is used to create a fresh object that contains own properties of two arguments it takes. if arguments have properties with conflicting names the property from the second argument overrides that from the first. this function is helpful for combining default and passed properties: override({ a: 1, b: 1 }, { b: 2, c: 2 }) // => { a: 1, b: 2, c: 2 } descriptor() this utility function takes an object and as an argument and returns property descriptor map for its own properties. it is useful when working with object functions introduced in es5 (object.create, object.defineproperties, ..): // define properties of `source` on `target`. object.definepro...

window/utils - Archive of obsolete content
open('data:text/html,hello window'); this function wraps nsiwindowwatcher.openwindow. parameters uri : string uri of the document to be loaded into the window. only chrome, resource, and data schemes are accepted. options : object options for the function, with the following properties: name type parent nsidomwindow parent for the new window. optional, defaults to null. name string name that is assigned to the window. optional, defaults to null. features object map of features to set for the window, defined like this: { width: 10, height: 15, chrome: true }. see the window.open features documentation for more details. optional, defaults to an empty map: {}. var { open } = require('sdk/window/utils'); va...
... returns nsidomwindow opendialog(options) opens a top level window and returns its nsidomwindow representation. this is the same as open, but you can supply more features. it wraps window.opendialog. parameters options : object options for the function, with the following properties: name type url string uri of the document to be loaded into the window. ...
...he same as open, but you can supply more features. it wraps window.opendialog. parameters options : object options for the function, with the following properties: name type url string uri of the document to be loaded into the window. defaults to "chrome://browser/content/browser.xul". name string optional name that is assigned to the window. defaults to "_blank". features string map of features to set for the window, defined like: { width: 10, height: 15, chrome: true }. for the set of features you can set, see the window.opendialog documentation. optional, defaults to: 'chrome,all,dialog=no'. args object extra argument(s) to be attached to the new window as the window.arguments property. ...
...r:browser: get "normal" browser windows devtools:scratchpad: get scratchpad windows navigator:view-source: get view source windows if you're not also passing options, you can omit this, and it's the same as passing null. options : object options object containing the following property: name type includeprivate boolean whether to include private windows. defaults to false. the add-on must also have opted into private windows for this to have an effect. returns array: array of nsidomwindow instances. isdocumentloaded(window) check if the given window's document is completely loaded. this means that its "load" event has been fired and all content is loaded, including the whole dom document, images, and any other sub-resources. parameters window...

console - Archive of obsolete content
and line with jpm run or jpm test then these messages appear in the command shell you used. if the add-on has been installed in firefox, then the messages appear in the browser console. if you're developing your add-on using the extension auto-installer, then the add-on is installed in firefox, meaning that messages will appear in the browser console. but see the discussion of logging levels: by default, messages logged using log(), info(), trace(), or warn() won't be logged in these situations. console methods all console methods except exception() and trace() accept one or more javascript objects as arguments and log them to the console. depending on the console's underlying implementation and user interface, you may be able to examine the properties of non-primitive objects that are logged.
... extensions.extensionid.sdk.console.loglevel, where extensionid is an add-on's program id. if set, this determines the logging level for the specified add-on. this overrides the global p...
...ception(), info(), log(), time(), timeend(), trace(), warn() info error(), exception(), info(), log(), time(), timeend(), trace(), warn() warn error(), exception(), warn() error error(), exception() off nothing setting the logging level the logging level defaults to "error". there are two system preferences that can be used to override this default: extensions.sdk.console.loglevel: if set, this determines the logging level for all installed sdk-based add-ons. extensions.extensionid.sdk.console.loglevel, where extensionid is an add-on's program id. if set, this determines the logging level for the specified add-on. this overrides the global preference if both preferences are set. both these preferences can be set programmatic...
...fig. the value for each preference is the desired logging level, given as a string. when you run your add-on using jpm run (without --profile set) or jpm test, the global extensions.sdk.console.loglevel preference is automatically set to "info". this means that calls to console.log() will appear in the console output. when you install an add-on into firefox, the logging level will be "error" by default (that is, unless you have set one of the two preferences). this means that messages written using debug(), log(), info(), trace(), and warn() will not appear in the console. this includes add-ons being developed using the extension auto-installer. ...

Getting Started (jpm) - Archive of obsolete content
prompt. install firefox developer version for testing your add-on. initializing an empty add-on in the command prompt, create a new directory. navigate to it, type jpm init, and hit enter: mkdir my-addon cd my-addon jpm init you'll then be asked to supply some information about your add-on: this will be used to create your add-on's package.json file. for now, just press enter to accept the default for each property. for more information on jpm init, see the jpm command reference. once you've supplied a value or accepted the default for these properties, you'll be shown the complete contents of "package.json" and asked to accept it. implementing the add-on now you can write the add-on's code. unless you've changed the value of "entry point" ("main" in package.json), this goes in "index.j...
... save the file. next, create a directory called "data" in your add-on's root, mkdir data and save these three icon files to the "data" directory: icon-16.p...
... save the file. ...
...xpi to test that this worked, try installing the xpi file in your own firefox installation. you can do this by pressing the ctrl+o key combination (cmd+o on mac) from within firefox, or selecting the "open" item from firefox's "file" menu. this will bring up a file selection dialog: navigate to the "@my-addon.xpi" file, open it and follow the prompts to install the add-on. note that firefox by default requires add-ons, even locally developed ones, to be signed. after installation they'll show up disabled in the list of installed add-ons, noting the missing signature. during development, or if you don't plan to distribute, you can open about:config and set xpinstall.signatures.required to false to run it unsigned. this setting applies to any add-on, so take extra care to not accidently install ...

Extension Etiquette - Archive of obsolete content
e,devtoolsseparator"). sub-menus should be used for single extensions needing multiple menu items, and a tools menu item should not be created for options and preferences (for options and preferences, see the add-on manager). if possible, create a menu item in the menu where it is most applicable; for instance, a bookmark sharing extension should be called from the bookmarks menu. to maintain the default theme, avoid the use of an icon next to the menu items. other ui elements in general, toolbar items are very useful to end users because they can be removed or added to various toolbars as necessary. status bar items should only be added for extensions that need constant monitoring, such as ad blocking, page ranking, or cookie management. likewise, use context menu items sparingly — only for ...
...ng, page ranking, or cookie management. likewise, use context menu items sparingly — only for tasks that are done frequently or on specific elements of a web page. focus don't steal focus. it's not your extension's job to take focus from the web content. if the user loads a website and they ask for focus, they should get it. overriding their request isn't very nice. about dialogs there is a default popup about dialog that is created from install.rdf data; creating a new xul about box is usually unnecessary. you can decrease download size by omitting a customized about box. make one only if you have a special feature that needs to be included — for example, a custom updater. theming if you have xul buttons in your extension that do functions similar to ones that already exist in a browse...
...n the jquery object itself, for future use by the caller. when available, these methods should always be used to prevent conflicts with third-party code. names and metadata naming be creative! don't be redundant and include "extension," "mozilla/firefox/thunderbird," or the version number in the name. be original! descriptions use something that is descriptive, but that would fit in the default add-on manager width. the mozilla extensions (inspector/reporter/talkback) believe starting with a verb is the best way. for example, "does an action in the browser." documentation assume that the vast majority of your users don't have inner working knowledge of mozilla. make sure your extension's homepage states the "obvious," including the purpose of your extension. users also appreciate when...
...lude everything a user could ever want to customize in your extension, remembering more can be added later. for a large number of options for your extension, break the options window into multiple pages (tabs) that are well labeled. don't hesitate to give long descriptions for each preference, as long as they are easy to understand, even for non-computer-savvy users. however, please make sure the default set of preferences is adequate — don't require people to tweak options in order to get your extension's core functionality. preferences' internal names internal firefox preference names for extensions or to be clear, the name of the preference as it appears in the about:config, should start with "extensions.," then the name of the extension, with a dot, then the name of the preference. for in...

Chapter 3: Introduction to XUL—How to build a more intuitive UI - Archive of obsolete content
ottom). use the ordinal attribute to alter their order. the ordinal attribute takes positive integer values, which are used to order the box’s layout—in the example in listing 5, the buttons would be laid out in the order button3, button2, button1 (figure 4). if multiple elements have the same ordinal value, they will be laid out in the same relative order they appear in the source code. the default value for ordinal is 1. <vbox> <button label="button1" ordinal="3"/> <button label="button2" ordinal="2"/> <button label="button3" ordinal="1"/> </vbox> listing 5: changing order with ordinal figure 4: output of listing 5 box size you can set the size of xul elements explicitly using the width and height attributes, as shown in listing 6. if you are creating elements that can grow u...
...x layout of radio buttons figure 12: output from listing 15 text boxes use the textbox element to accept text input. in html, there are two separate elements—input for one line of text, and textarea for multiple lines. but both these functions are handled by textbox as shown in listing 16, which produces output as shown in figure 13. the textbox element uses the value attribute to set its default content; content entered by the user also can be captured using the value attribute. to set a maximum length in characters, declare the maxlength attribute with a positive integer value. setting type="password" will turn the textbox into a special password-entry field, in which characters are hidden as they're typed. every character entered into a textbox generates an input event. if you use the...
...element to create a control for making selections from a drop-down list. as shown in listing 17, this is implemented in combination with the menupopup element; it produces output as shown in figure 14. a click reveals the drop-down list; when an item is selected, the values of that item’s label and value attributes are copied to the label and value attributes of the menulist element itself. by default, the first menu item is selected, but any menu can be preselected by adding selected="true" to it. <menulist> <menupopup> <menuitem label="item 1" value="1"/> <menuitem label="item 2" value="2"/> <menuitem label="item 3" value="3"/> </menupopup> </menulist> listing 17: a menulist example figure 14: output from listing 17 by adding editable="true" to the menulist element, yo...
... secure and more convenient approach. the tabbrowser element is even more capable than the browser element because it includes the basic tab-handling features from firefox. to use this requires xpconnect privileges, the same as autocomplete does; this will be covered in chapter 4. opening a page if you specify a uri value for the src attribute in the browser element, that uri will be opened by default. if the src attribute's value changes, you can dynamically open a different web page or xul document. functions like back, forward, reload can all be called using the goback(), goforward(), and reload() methods. using the stop() method stops loading the page currently in the process of being opened. access restrictions with frames defined using html's frame and iframe elements, it is possible ...

Appendix E: DOM Building and Insertion (HTML & XUL) - Archive of obsolete content
ve a user's pc open to remote attack. building dom trees in most cases, dom trees should be built exclusively with dom creation methods. the following methods will all safely create a dom tree without risk of remote execution. json templating jsontodom.namespaces = { html: "http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml", xul: "http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul" }; jsontodom.defaultnamespace = jsontodom.namespaces.html; function jsontodom(jsontemplate, doc, nodes) { function namespace(name) { var reelemnameparts = /^(?:(.*):)?(.*)$/.exec(name); return { namespace: jsontodom.namespaces[reelemnameparts[1]], shortname: reelemnameparts[2] }; } // note that 'elemnameorarray' is: either the full element name (eg. [html:]div) or an array of elements in ...
...tr) { // array of elements? parse each one... if (array.isarray(elemnameorarray)) { var frag = doc.createdocumentfragment(); array.foreach(arguments, function(thiselem) { frag.appendchild(tag.apply(null, thiselem)); }); return frag; } // single element? parse element namespace prefix (if none exists, default to defaultnamespace), and create element var elemns = namespace(elemnameorarray); var elem = doc.createelementns(elemns.namespace || jsontodom.defaultnamespace, elemns.shortname); // set element's attributes and/or callback functions (eg. onclick) for (var key in elemattr) { var val = elemattr[key]; if (nodes && key == "key") { ...
...they're not in any namespace) elem.setattributens(attrns.namespace || "", attrns.shortname, val); } } // create and append this element's children var childelems = array.slice(arguments, 2); childelems.foreach(function(childelem) { if (childelem != null) { ...
...event listeners can be defi...

The Box Model - Archive of obsolete content
ul box alignment example. we recommend you play around with it for a while to get an idea of how the basic parts of the box model work. in order to use this page, you'll need to install the remote xul manager extension and add developer.mozilla.org to the whitelist. boxes a xul box is very similar to an html div. ...
...container with no styling at all (divs may have some default styling, though). their behavior is similar. however, one of the fundamental differences between xul and html has been the fact that xul boxes can be oriented vertically or horizontally (this behavior is being introduced into html standards). there are 3 basic box elements in xul: hbox, vbox and box. an hbox is oriented horizontally by default, meaning that its child nodes are displayed next to each other from left to right. a vbox is oriented vertically by default, its child nodes displayed one below the other from top to bottom. a box is a generic version that you can orient as you please, but its default is horizontal orientation, so it's pretty much equivalent to an hbox and it is seldom used. here's a very simple example of an hb...
...with these you can make an hbox have vertical orientation and viceversa, although that isn't very useful. ...
..., but in the other direction. unlike most style attributes, the flex attribute is considered acceptable to use in xul code. this is because this attribute is used much too often, and it would require a great deal of css code to avoid using it. at any rate, it can always be overriden using css, so your extension won't lose skinability because of it. flexibility is defined as a numeric value. the default value for most elements is 0, which means that the element will not stretch in the direction of its orientation, and its size in that dimension will be determined by its contents and padding. if you want an element to be flexible, you should set its flexibility to 1. this makes the element stretch to occupy as much available space there is in the direction of its orientation. if we add flexibilit...

The Essentials of an Extension - Archive of obsolete content
version range in which the extension can be installed. here's more about the version format. if the application or version range don't match, you won't be allowed to install the extension, or the extension will be installed in a disabled state. users can disable version checks through preferences or installing add-ons like the add-on compatibility reporter. beginning with firefox 11, add-ons will default to compatible and firefox will mostly ignore the version range. testing your add-ons with every firefox version is always recommended, though. this is the information firefox and other mozilla applications need to install an add-on. any errors or missing information will cause the installation process to fail, or the extension to be installed in a disabled state. the chrome.manifest file chro...
...olhello classic/1.0 skin/unix/ skin xulschoolhello classic/1.0 skin/mac/ os=darwin skin xulschoolhello classic/1.0 skin/win/ os=winnt locale xulschoolhello en-us locale/ this way we can have separate skins for windows, mac os x, and linux (plus other unix-like systems), each defined in a separate directory. since most other systems are unix-based, the "unix" skin is the default, with no flags. the chrome as mentioned earlier, the chrome is composed of 3 sections: content, locale and skin. the content is the most important section, holding user interface (xul) and script (js) files. the skin section has the files that define most of the look and feel of the ui (using css and images, just like web pages). finally, the locale section holds all text used in the extension,...
...anced topics. there isn't much styling you can do to a minimal menu and a very simple alert message, so the hello world extension only includes an empty css file and the compulsory global skin file: <?xml-stylesheet type="text/css" href="chrome://global/skin/" ?> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/css" href="chrome://xulschoolhello/skin/browseroverlay.css" ?> the global skin css file holds the default styles for all xul elements and windows. forgetting to include this file in a xul window usually leads to interesting and often unwanted results. in our case we don't really need to include it, since we're overlaying the main browser xul file, and that file already includes this global css. at any rate it's better to always include it. this way it's harder to make the mistake of not including it.
...really just creating a zip archive of the contents of the main folder, then changing the filename extension to .xpi. do not zip the containing folder, just its contents. the content folder, chrome.manifest, install.rdf, and other files and directories should be at the root level of your archive. if you zip the containing folder, your extension will not load. note that the tools menu is hidden by default on firefox 4 and above, on windows and some linux distributions. check menu bar under the options menu of the firefox menu button to enable it. once you're done, you can look at this reference solution: hello world 2. « previousnext » this tutorial was kindly donated to mozilla by appcoast. ...

Setting up an extension development environment - Archive of obsolete content
s, take a look at multiple firefox profiles. this particularly comes in handy for the use of all currently available firefox versions. it even allows the running of simultaneous versions, at the same time. to quickly achieve our task of creating just a developer profile, we will start the application with the parameters: /path/to/firefox -no-remote -p profilename without these parameters, the default behavior of your mozilla applications is to only open the everyday user profile: named default. as we are specifically defining the user profile dev, if you don't have the dev profile already created, the profile selection window opens, where you can create it. in the following example, the described command starts a new instance of firefox, with a profile called dev; even if an instance of fire...
...n move the link to your desktop, or your preferred location. to run this version of firefox, simply double click on this file. explore this profile a little: change some settings, install any additional extensions, and finally close this instance of firefox. now run your firefox profile manager. (linux, mac os x, windows instructions.) you'll see the list of available user profiles one which is default (stable) and other (unstable) profile(s) created automatically when you run other versions of firefox earlier. choose default and uncheck "don't ask at startup" checkbox. click "start firefox". now when you start any version of firefox you may choose any profile you like. development command flags as of gecko 2 (firefox 4), javascript files are cached ("fastload"). the -purgecaches command-line...
...ion developer's extension, which provides a menu interface for firefox settings. accessing thunderbird development preferences to change preference settings in thunderbird, open the "preferences" (unix) or "options" (windows) interface. on the "advanced" page, select the "general" tab then click the "config editor" button. recommended development preferences not all preferences are defined by default, and are therefore not listed by default. you will have to create new (boolean) entries for them. for more information about mozilla preferences, refer to the mozillazine article on "about:config". tip: you can install either the developer profile or devprefs add-ons to handle setting these preferences automatically, and skip the rest of this section. devprefs can now be found at https://githu...
...om.report_all_js_exceptions = true. see exception logging in javascript for details. devtools.errorconsole.deprecation_warnings = true. detect deprecated code use. warning: never set nglayout.debug.disable_xul_fastload to true in a production environment; it exists solely to aid in debugging. in particular, add-ons should never change this preference. note: the error console is disabled by default starting in gecko 2.0. you can re-enable it by changing the devtools.errorconsole.enabled preference to true and restarting the browser. with this, javascript.options.showinconsole is also set to true by default. development extensions these extensions may help you with your development. dom inspector, used to inspect and edit the live dom of any web document or xul application (firefox and...

Tabbed browser - Archive of obsolete content
tyoverlay.js that make it easy to open url in tabs such as openuilinkin and openuilink. openuilinkin( url, where, allowthirdpartyfixup, postdata, referrerurl ) where: "current" current tab (if there aren't any browser windows, then in a new window instead) "tab" new tab (if there aren't any browser windows, then in a new window instead) "tabshifted" same as "tab" but in background if default is to select new tabs, and vice versa "window" new window "save" save to disk (with no filename hint!) openuilink( url, e, ignorebutton, ignorealt, allowkeywordfixup, postdata, referrerurl ) the following code will open a url in a new tab, an existing tab, or an existing window based on which mouse button was pressed and which hotkeys (ex: ctrl) are being held. the code given is fo...
...found; index++) { // get the next tab var currenttab = tabbrowser.tabcontainer.childnodes[index]; // does this tab contain our custom attribute? if (currenttab.hasattribute(attrname)) { // yes--select and focus it. tabbrowser.selectedtab = currenttab; // focus *this* browser window in case another one is currently focused tabbrowser.ownerdocument.defaultview.focus(); found = true; } } if (!found) { // our tab isn't open. open it now. var browserenumerator = wm.getenumerator("navigator:browser"); var tabbrowser = browserenumerator.getnext().gbrowser; // create tab var newtab = tabbrowser.addtab(url); newtab.setattribute(attrname, "xyz"); // focus tab tabbrowser.selectedtab = newtab; // focus *t...
...en it now. var browserenumerator = wm.getenumerator("navigator:browser"); var tabbrowser = browserenumerator.getnext().gbrowser; // create tab var newtab = tabbrowser.addtab(url); newtab.setattribute(attrname, "xyz"); // focus tab tabbrowser.selectedtab = newtab; // focus *this* browser window in case another one is currently focused tabbrowser.ownerdocument.defaultview.focus(); } } the function can be called like so: openandreuseonetabperattribute("myextension-myattribute", "http://developer.mozilla.org/"). closing a tab this example closes the currently selected tab. gbrowser.removecurrenttab(); there is also a more generic removetab method, which accepts a xul tab element as its single parameter. changing active tab this moves one tab forward...
...e tab this moves one tab forward (to the right). gbrowser.tabcontainer.advanceselectedtab(1, true); this moves one tab to the left. gbrowser.tabcontainer.advanceselectedtab(-1, true); detecting page load see also code snippets:on page load function examplepageload(event) { if (event.originaltarget instanceof components.interfaces.nsidomhtmldocument) { var win = event.originaltarget.defaultview; if (win.frameelement) { // frame within a tab was loaded. win should be the top window of // the frameset. if you don't want do anything when frames/iframes // are loaded in this web page, uncomment the following line: // return; // find the root document: win = win.top; } } } // do not try to add a callback until the browser window has // been ...

Locked config settings - Archive of obsolete content
x, but not for thunderbird locked settings can be put into a mozilla.cfg file in the c:\program files\mozilla.org\mozilla directory. the mozilla.cfg file is an encoded file of javascript commands. the encoding is a simple "byte-shifting" with an offset of 13 (netscape 4 used a similar encoding, but with a of 7 instead). this file also needs to be "called" from c:\program files\mozilla.org\mozilla\defaults\pref\all.js by appending the following line at the end: pref("general.config.filename", "mozilla.cfg"); note: newer versions of mozilla or firefox store the all.js file in greprefs rather than defaults\pref the moz-byteshift.pl script allows to encode...: moz-byteshift.pl -s 13 <mozilla.cfg.txt >mozilla.cfg ... and to decode mozilla.cfg files: moz-byteshift.pl -s -13 <mozilla.cfg >mozilla.c...
...note that the file must start with //, or else it is not recognized by mozilla. as the encoding of the file is pretty trivial, the encoding as such does not provide any real security. ...
...note that the file must start with //, or else it is not recognized by mozilla. as the encoding of the file is pretty trivial, the encoding as such does not provide any real security. instead make sure that file protections make this file unmodifiable by the unprivileged user. ...
...s configuration) unfortunately seem to be inaccessible to mozilla.cfg, which means that these cannot be locked. if you have trouble getting the moz-byteshift.pl script to work locally, there is also an online version available. note: in recent versions of mozilla (tested on windows and linux, with 1.5, 1.6 and 1.7b), the mozilla.cfg file needs to be placed in mozilla's root directory, rather than default\pref where all.js resides. if you suspect syntax errors in your config file, you can display the exact error message by enclosing your code in a try-catch block: try { ... } catch(e) { displayerror("test", e); } clear text configuration if you don't care about encoding the mozilla.cfg file, append this config to all.js instead : pref("general.config.obscure_value", 0); pref("general.conf...

Hidden prefs - Archive of obsolete content
l review. until it is fully reviewed, it may contain inaccurate or incorrect information. address book "get map" button pref ("mail.addr_book.mapit_url.format" ) the format for this pref is: @a1 == address, part 1 @a2 == address, part 2 @ci == city @st == state @zi == zip code @co == country if the pref is set to "", no "get map" button will appear in the addressbook card preview pane. the default (defined in mailnews.js) is: pref("mail.addr_book.mapit_url.format", "http://www.mapquest.com/maps/map.adp...st&zipcode=@zi"); addressbook quick search query pref ("mail.addr_book.quicksearchquery.format" ) the format for this pref is: @v == the escaped value typed in the quick search bar in the addressbook every occurance of @v will be replaced. note, the ui has "name or email contains:". th...
...ddr_book.quicksearchquery.format" ) the format for this pref is: @v == the escaped value typed in the quick search bar in the addressbook every occurance of @v will be replaced. note, the ui has "name or email contains:". this entity (searchnameoremail.label) is defined in messenger.dtd. so if you change the quick search query to match based on phone number, the ui will not match the query. the default (defined in mailnews.js) is: pref("mail.addr_book.quicksearchquery.format","?(or(primaryemail,c,@v)(displayname,c,@v)(firstname,c,@v)(lastname,c,@v))"); "and", "or" and "not" are valid. see http://lxr.mozilla.org/mozilla/sourc...drdatabase.idl for the list of valid attributes "c" == contains. see nsabquerystringtoexpression::createbooleanconditionstring() for other operators. mail composition "...
....header", "approved"); this will cause "approved" to show up in the compose window address picker, under to:, cc:, bcc:, newsgroup:, etc. for example: when that mail gets sent, approved: test@test.com will be in the message in the headers. this is a useful trick for newsgroup moderators who want moderate from mozilla. ...
...message in the headers. this is a useful trick for newsgroup moderators who want moderate from mozilla. mail/news prefs "autcollect addresses" prefs from mailnews.js: // by default, only collect addresses the user sends to (outgoing) pref("mail.collect_email_address_incoming", false); pref("mail.collect_email_address_outgoing", true); pref("mail.collect_email_address_newsgroup", false); // by default, use the personal addressbook for collection pref("mail.collect_addressbook","moz-abmdbdirectory://abook.mab"); for the reasons why the defaults changed, see this document on the collected address book. there is ui for the "mail.collect_email_address_outgoing" pref. see "edit | preferences.. | mail & newsgroups | addressing" "other compose header" pref from mailnews.js: // you can specify a...

Running Tamarin performance tests - Archive of obsolete content
other tests may be specified by selecting ./runtests.py -c [misc,scimark,jsbench]. also for better accuracy tests may be run multiple times. specifying ./runtests.py -i 10 will run each tests 10 time and use the fastest result. if more than 2 repetitions are specified the 95% percentile confidence rating is calculated. the confidence ...
...e builtin.abc (used to be location of global.abc) -b --builtinabc location of builtin.abc -s --shellabc location of shell_toplevel.abc -x --exclude comma separated list of directories to skip -h --help display help and exit -t --notime do not generate timestamps (cleaner diffs) -f --forcerebuild force rebuild all test files -c --config sets the config string [default os-tvm] -q --quiet display minimum output during testrun -l --log also log all output to given logfile --summaryonly only display final summary --rebuildtests rebuild the tests only - do not run against vm --showtimes shows the time for each test --ascargs args to pass to asc on rebuild of test files --vmargs args to pass to vm --timeo...
...og all output to given logfile --summaryonly only display final summary --rebuildtests rebuild the tests only - do not run against vm --showtimes shows the time for each test --ascargs args to pass to asc on rebuild of test files --vmargs args to pass to vm --timeout max time to run all tests --testtimeout max time to let a test run, in sec (default -1 = never timeout) --html also create an html output file --notimecheck do not recompile .abc if timestamp is older than .as --java location of java executable (default=java) --javaargs arguments to pass to java --random run tests in random order --seed explicitly specify random seed for --random -s --avm2 second avmplus c...
...og logs results to a file -k --socketlog logs results to a socket server -r --runtime name of the runtime vm used, including switch info eg. ttvmi (tamarin-tracing interp) -m --memory logs the high water memory mark --aotsdk location of the aot sdk used to compile tests to standalone executables. --aotout where the resulting binaries should be put (defaults to the location of the as file). --aotargs any extra arguments to pass to compile.py. --vmversion specify vmversion e.g. 502, use this if cannot be calculated from executable --vm2version specify version of avm2 --vmargs2 args to pass to avm2, if not specified --vmargs will be used --nooptimize do not optimize files when compiling --perfm par...

Tamarin build documentation - Archive of obsolete content
form tamarin-redux build on osx 10.6 (snow leopard) (to build tamarin-central on mac please see previous cross-platform instructions here: https://developer.mozilla.org/index.php?title=en/tamarin/tamarin_build_documentation&revision=21 the bug when building on snow leopard (bug 537817) has been fixed in the tamarin-redux repo. the work for that fix also included some changes to the configure.py default behavior to decouple the --target switch from sdk choice: there is a new switch, --mac-sdk, that selects the 10.4u, 10.5 or 10.6 sdk. its options are '104u', '105' or '106' (note: no '.') if you don't pass the --mac-sdk switch you will get no sdk in your build. if you pass '--mac-sdk=104u' you will also get gcc/g++ 4.0. if you pass '--mac-sdk=105' or '--mac-sdk=106' you will get the gcc/g+...
...ehavior to decouple the --target switch from sdk choice: there is a new switch, --mac-sdk, that selects the 10.4u, 10.5 or 10.6 sdk. its options are '104u', '105' or '106' (note: no '.') if you don't pass the --mac-sdk switch you will get no sdk in your build. if you pass '--mac-sdk=104u' you will also get gcc/g++ 4.0. if you pass '--mac-sdk=105' or '--mac-sdk=106' you will get the gcc/g++ default for the machine you're building on. example call to build on an x86_64 machine with the 10.5 sdk: $ ../configure.py --mac-sdk=105 --target=x86_64-darwin if asc is not set, you will need to add asc.jar to the utils directory in tamarin-redux (bug 631641). download ftp://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/js/tamarin/builds/asc/latest/asc.jar put it in utils/ building tamarin for android 2.3.3 on mac...
...dir objdir-release $ cd objdir-release $ python ../configure.py $ make ... $ shell/avmshell.exe shell 1.0 build cyclone ... microsoft visual studio visual studio 2008 (vs2008) is the preferred windows build environment. visual studio 2003 and 2005 are no longer supported. to build tamarin: copy tamarin/platform/win32/armasm.rules to c:/program files/microsoft visual studio 9.0/vc/vcprojectdefaults build "builtin.h" following the instructions below in the section "compiling and running applications" do the same for shell_toplevel.h, starting in avmplus/shell, using the command "python shell_toplevel.py" open the tamarin project file "platform/win32/avmplus2008.sln". choose your desired configuration and target, and build. note: now that bug 478714 has been fixed, the name of the (shel...
...et, and build. note: now that bug 478714 has been fixed, the name of the (shell) executable will always be "avm.exe" no matter which build configuration you select. the avm.exe file will be found in a directory reflecting your configuration choice. for example, if you chose the win32 debug_debugger configuration your build will be under \tamarin-redux\platform\win32\obj_9\shell\debug_debugger by default. building the x64 release_debugger configuration will create avm.exe under \tamarin-redux\platform\win32\x64\release_debugger. note the "\obj9" directory under \platform\win32 for the win32 builds and "\x64" directory under \platform\win32 for 64-bit builds; this looks a little odd but preserves previous behavior as much as possible to avoid initial disruption from the shell rename fix. you mus...

confirm - Archive of obsolete content
ow an error on occuring the extended form. see the notes at the end of this document for a safe way to implement a fallback. atext the string to be displayed in the confirmation dialog. this string is typically in the form of a prompt for the user (e.g., "are you sure you want to delete the selected file(s)?"). adialogtitle the string to be used as the dialog title. defaults to "confirm" (or the localized equivalent). abuttonflags a set of flags defining the buttons that should appear in the dialog. the value is calculated by multiplying the corresponding button position constant with a button title constant for each button, then adding the results and any additional options (see other constants). button position constants button_...
... button_delay_enable: specifies that the buttons should only become clickable after a certain delay. note that this only applies to buttons 0 and 2, not button 1 ...
... button_title_yes: a 'yes' button button_title_no: a 'no' button button_title_save: a 'save' button button_title_dont_save: a 'don't save' button button_title_revert: a 'revert' button button_title_is_string: custom title specified by the corresponding abuttonxtitle parameter other constants button_pos_0_default: specifies button 0 as the default button. unless specified otherwise, this is the default. button_pos_1_default: specifies button 1 as the default button. button_pos_2_default: specifies button 2 as the default button. button_delay_enable: specifies that the buttons should only become clickable after a certain delay. note that this only applies to buttons 0 and 2, not button 1 (the "cancel" button). std_ok...
... std_yes_no_buttons: use this instead of the constants above to have standard 'yes' and 'no' buttons. warning: do not make any assumptions on the button placement - the underlying implementation can freely decide where each of the three buttons is placed. the following examples show the result of calling confirm() with three buttons 0='a', 1='b' and 2='c'. ...

Commands - Archive of obsolete content
her locates a controller by looking at the currently focused element to see if it has a controller which can handle the command. xul elements have a controllers property which is used to check. you can use the controllers property to add your own controllers. you might use this to have a listbox respond to cut, copy and paste operations, for instance. an example of this will be provided later. by default, only textboxes have a controller that does anything. the textbox controller handles clipboard operations, selection, undo and redo as well as some editing operations. note that an element may have multiple controllers, which will all be checked. if the currently focused element does not have a suitable controller, the window is checked next. the window also has a controllers property which you ...
...n. you can get the command dispatcher using the document's commanddispatcher property, or you can retrieve it from the controllers list on an element or a window. the command dispatcher contains methods for retrieving controllers for commands and for retrieving and modifying the focus. adding controllers you can implement your own controllers to respond to commands. you could even override the default handling of a command with careful placement of the controller. a controller is expected to implement four methods, which are listed below: supportscommand (command) this method should return true if the controller supports a command. if you return false, the command is not handled and command dispatcher will look for another controller. a single controller may support multiple commands. isc...
.... if you delete all the rows in the example, the delete command will become disabled. you may have to click the listbox to update the menu in this simple example. the docommand method will be called when the delete menu item is selected, and this will cause the selected row in the listbox to be deleted. nothing needs to happen for the onevent method, so no code is added for this method. override default controller we attach this controller to the listbox by calling the appendcontroller method of the listbox's controllers. nsicontrollers has a number of methods that may be used to manipulate the controllers. for instance, there is also an insertcontrollerat method which inserts a controller into an element before other ones. this might be useful to override commands. for example, the following e...
... next, we'll find out how to update commands. « previousnext » ...

Creating a Window - Archive of obsolete content
s"?> this line is used to specify the style sheets to use for the file. this is the syntax that xml files use to import style sheets. in this case, we import the styles found in the global part of a skin package. we didn't specify a specific file so mozilla will determine which files in the directory to use. in this case, the all-important global.css file is selected. this file contains all the default declarations for all of the xul elements. because xml does not have any knowledge of how elements should be displayed, the file indicates how. generally, you will put this line at the top of every xul file. you can also import other style sheets using a similar syntax. note that you would normally import the global style sheet from within your own style sheet file. <window this line declares t...
...ld appear on the title bar of the window when it is displayed. in this case the text 'find files' will appear. orient="horizontal" the orient attribute specifies the arrangement of the items in the window. the value horizontal indicates that items should be placed horizontally across the window. you may also use the value vertical, which means that the items are placed in a column. this is the default value, so you may leave the attribute off entirely if you wish to have vertical orientation. xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"> this line declares the namespace for xul, which you should put on the window element to indicate that all of its children are xul. note that this url is never actually downloaded. mozilla will recognize this url internally. <!-- ot...
...e basic file for the find file dialog. create a file called findfile.xul and put it in the content directory specified in the findfile.manifest file (we've created in the previous section). add the xul template shown at the top of this page to the file and save it. you can use the command-line parameter '-chrome' to specify the xul file to open when mozilla starts. ...
...of course, because we haven't put any ui elements in the window, you won't see a window appear. we'll add some elements in the next section. to see the effect though, the following will open the bookmarks window: mozilla -chrome chrome://communicator/content/bookmarks/bookmarksmanager.xul if you are using firefox, try below. ...

Open and Save Dialogs - Archive of obsolete content
eated and stored in the variable 'fp'. the 'init' function is used to initialize the file picker. this function takes three arguments, the window that is opening the dialog, the title of the dialog and the mode. the mode here is modeopen which is used for an open dialog. you can also use modegetfolder and modesave for the other two modes. these modes are constants of the nsifilepicker interface. ...
...arguments, the window that is opening the dialog, the title of the dialog and the mode. the mode here is modeopen which is used for an open dialog. you can also use modegetfolder and modesave for the other two modes. these modes are constants of the nsifilepicker interface. default directory and filters there are two features you can set of the dialog before it is displayed. the first is the default directory that is displayed when the dialog is opened. the second is a filter that indicates the list of file types that are displayed in the dialog. this would be used, for example, to hide all but .html files. you can set the default directory by setting the displaydirectory property of the file picker object to a directory. the directory should be an nsilocalfile object. if you do not set t...
...to add filters, call the appendfilters() function to set the file types that you wish to have displayed. ...
...p3"); this line will add a filter for wave and mp3 audio files. the first argument is the title of the file type and the second is a semicolon-seperated list of file masks. you can add more masks or fewer masks as needed. you can call appendfilter as many times as necessary to add additional filters. the order you add them determines their priority. typically, the first one added is selected by default. getting the selected file finally, you can show the dialog by calling the show() function. it takes no arguments but returns a status code that indicates what the user selected. note that the function does not return until the user has selected a file. the function returns one of three constants: returnok - the user selected a file and pressed ok. the file the user selected will be stored i...

datepicker - Archive of obsolete content
ar, month and date. grid - a datepicker with a calendar grid for selecting a date. popup - a normal datepicker with three fields, but with an additional dropdown button to display a popup grid. there are several ways to set the selected day. in xul, the value attribute may be set to a value of the form yyyy-mm-dd to initialize the datepicker to a certain date. if not specified, the datepicker defaults to the current day. to change the selected date, the value property may be used to set a new value in the form yyyy-mm-dd. the datevalue property may be used to retrieve and set the date using a date object. in addition, the date, month and year properties may be used to retrieve and modify each component of the date separately. !!attention: there is also a datepicker in tb-calendar with diffe...
...ble the element, leave this attribute out entirely. visible controls have a disabled property which, except for menus and menuitems, is normally preferred to use of the attribute, as it may need to update additional state. firstdayofweek type: integer which day of the week to display as the first day in the grid. the values range from 0 to 6, where 0 is sunday and 6 is saturday. the default value is determined by the locale, so only use this attribute if you want to override it. readonly type: boolean if set to true, then the user cannot change the value of the element. however, the value may still be modified by a script. tabindex type: integer the tab order of the element. the tab order is the order in which the focus is moved when the user presses the "tab" key.
...cus is moved when the user presses the "tab" key. elements with a higher tabindex are later in the tab sequence. type type: one of the values below you can set the type attribute to one of the values below to specify the type of datepicker to use normal a datepicker with three fields for entering the year, month and date. this is the default value so do not specify the type attribute if this kind is desired. grid a datepicker that displays a calendar grid where one month is shown at a time. popup a datepicker with three entry fields but an additional dropdown button, which, when pressed, will display a popup calendar grid. value type: string ...
...osition, dispatchevent(), docommand, focus, getattribute(), getattributenode(), getattributenodens(), getattributens(), getboundingclientrect(), getclientrects(), getelementsbyattribute, getelementsbyattributens, getelementsbyclassname(), getelementsbytagname(), getelementsbytagnamens(), getfeature, getuserdata, hasattribute(), hasattributens(), hasattributes(), haschildnodes(), insertbefore(), isdefaultnamespace(), isequalnode, issamenode, issupported(), lookupnamespaceuri, lookupprefix, normalize(), queryselector(), queryselectorall(), removeattribute(), removeattributenode(), removeattributens(), removechild(), removeeventlistener(), replacechild(), setattribute(), setattributenode(), setattributenodens(), setattributens(), setuserdata related interfaces nsidomxulcontrolelement ...

scale - Archive of obsolete content
« xul reference home [ examples | attributes | properties | methods | related ] a scale (sometimes referred to as a "slider") allows the user to select a value from a range. a bar displayed either horizontally or vertically allows the user to select a value by dragging a thumb on the bar. use the orient attribute to specify the orientation of the scale. the default value is horizontal which displays a horizontal scale. lower values are to the left and higher values are to the right. set the orient attribute to vertical to use a vertical scale. the user may use the arrow keys to increment and decrement the value by one unit, or the page up and page down keys to increment and decrement the value by one page, as specified by the pageincrement attribute. the home and end keys set the ...
...ut entirely. visible controls have a disabled property which, except for menus and menuitems, is normally preferred to use of the attribute, as it may need to update additional state. increment type: integer the amount by which the curpos (for scroll bars) or value (for number boxes and scale) attribute changes when the arrows are clicked(or scales are dragged). the default value is 1. min type: integer the minimum value the control's value may take. the default value is 0. type: integer the maximum value that the scale or number box may be set to. the default value is 100 for scales and infinity for number boxes. movetoclick type: boolean if true, clicking the slide area of the scale moves the thumb directly...
... type: integer the maximum value that the scale or number box may be set to. the default value is 100 for scales and infinity for number boxes. movetoclick type: boolean if true, clicking the slide area of the scale moves the thumb directly to that position. if false, clicking the slide area moves the thumb only one increment in that direction. if not specified, the default value is used, which varies for each platform. pageincrement type: integer the amount by which the value of the curpos or value attribute changes when the tray of the scroll bar (the area in which the scroll bar thumb moves) is clicked, or when the page up or page down keys are pressed. the default value is 10. tabindex type: integer the tab order of the element. the tab order i...
...osition, dispatchevent(), docommand, focus, getattribute(), getattributenode(), getattributenodens(), getattributens(), getboundingclientrect(), getclientrects(), getelementsbyattribute, getelementsbyattributens, getelementsbyclassname(), getelementsbytagname(), getelementsbytagnamens(), getfeature, getuserdata, hasattribute(), hasattributens(), hasattributes(), haschildnodes(), insertbefore(), isdefaultnamespace(), isequalnode, issamenode, issupported(), lookupnamespaceuri, lookupprefix, normalize(), queryselector(), queryselectorall(), removeattribute(), removeattributenode(), removeattributens(), removechild(), removeeventlistener(), replacechild(), setattribute(), setattributenode(), setattributenodens(), setattributens(), setuserdata decrease() return type: no return value...

treecol - Archive of obsolete content
eerow> </treeitem> <treeitem> <treerow> <treecell value="false"/> <treecell label="bob"/> </treerow> </treeitem> </treechildren> </tree> to make the checkbox visible on some platforms, the following styles need to be added to the stylesheet (see treecol.type). on firefox 2.x and 3.x, all operating systems other than mac os x already use these styles by default. if targeting firefox for mac os x, be sure to use these styles but include your own checkbox image. however, chrome://global/skin/checkbox/cbox-check.gif is available in seamonkey on mac os x.. treechildren::-moz-tree-checkbox { /* unchecked checkbox treecells. this style must come before treechildren::-moz-tree-checkbox(checked) otherwise it won't take effect. */ list-style-image: none; }...
...ribute also controls whether the column picker allows the user to deselect this column. sort type: uri or xml attribute set this to a rdf property or xml attribute to have the data in the column sorted based on that property. the property will usually be the same as that of the cell label. sortactive type: boolean this should be set to true for the column which should be sorted by default. sortdirection type: one of the values below set this attribute to set the direction that template-generated content is sorted. use the sortresource attribute to specify the sort key. ascending the data is sorted in ascending order. descending the data is sorted in descending order. natural the data is sorted in natural order, which means the order that it is stored in. ...
...ee column header. if this attribute is left out, no image appears and the label is used instead. the class treecol-image must be used on the treecol element for the image to appear. you should still specify a label for use in the column picker if ignoreincolumnpicker is not true and hidecolumnpicker is not true on the tree. type type: one of the values below the type of tree column. the default is a text column that displays the content as text. checkbox the content of the columns are checkboxes. progressmeter the content of the columns are a progress meters. this is used in mozilla's download manager window. text the content of the columns is text. width type: string (representing an integer) the preferred width of the tree column. the value should not inc...
...osition, dispatchevent(), docommand, focus, getattribute(), getattributenode(), getattributenodens(), getattributens(), getboundingclientrect(), getclientrects(), getelementsbyattribute, getelementsbyattributens, getelementsbyclassname(), getelementsbytagname(), getelementsbytagnamens(), getfeature, getuserdata, hasattribute(), hasattributens(), hasattributes(), haschildnodes(), insertbefore(), isdefaultnamespace(), isequalnode, issamenode, issupported(), lookupnamespaceuri, lookupprefix, normalize(), queryselector(), queryselectorall(), removeattribute(), removeattributenode(), removeattributens(), removechild(), removeeventlistener(), replacechild(), setattribute(), setattributenode(), setattributenodens(), setattributens(), setuserdata style classes the following class may be used to sty...

XULRunner tips - Archive of obsolete content
pplication follow these steps: download the dom inspector (instead of clicking the "add to..." button, right-click and select "save link as..."). ...
...in doesn't matter, as long as you register it appropriately in the manifest. in addition, a branding content package must be registered to include the application logos: content branding chrome/branding/ 3 files should be provided in this folder: about.png, icon48.png and icon64.png. see firefox for example. making windows display correct application name and icon when buttons are grouped by default, the task bar on windows might group windows belonging to the same process into one button to save space. this button is usually called "xulrunner.exe" and has xulrunner's icon. there are two approaches to display the branding of your application instead: when compiling xulrunner yourself: create a file module.ver in the directory mozilla/xulrunner/app with the contents: win32_module_descrip...
...without these settings password manager will not store login details. pref("signon.remembersignons", true); pref("signon.expiremasterpassword", false); pref("signon.signonfilename", "signons.txt"); you also need to get an instance of the login manager service, which internally initializes the system: components.classes["@mozilla.org/login-ma...
...tion.ini on the mac: /applications/firefox.app/contents/macos/firefox-bin -app /path/to/application.ini note that at least on the mac, you need to use a full path. partial paths don't seem to work. troubleshooting window title missing if the title of your xul <window> is blank, even though you specified a title attribute, make sure the extension on your xul file is .xul rather than .xml default theme to create a default theme you need to create a folder in the extensions folder with an install.rdf in it. as of oct. 2008, the folder needs to have the same name as the one in firefox 3.0. \myapp\extensions{972ce4c6-7e08-4474-a285-3208198ce6fd}\install.rdf it should also have an <em:internalname>classic/1.0</em:internalname> as that is the default theme in firefox. ...

Extentsions FAQ - Archive of obsolete content
overflow or negative margins but i forgot offhand how to do that. how to create a dynamic drop down menu that may have submenus using javascript for an extension? these two links should give you a starting point: http://www..xulplanet.com/tutorials/...u/advmenu.html http://www.xulplanet.com/tutorials/x...dommodify.html request for a thunderbird extension that can automatically detect the default domain when composing e-mails via autodetect. <https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=312818> "thunderbird requires domain in addresses and doesn't always add default" there is an extension that allows what you want attached to one of the comments in this bug. how to get the value of a text box when a button is clicked? read http://developer.mozilla.org/en/docs/extension_faq and check ...
...all.rdf and use a known to amo minversion/maxversion. no confirmation that the answer given worked yet. is it possible to open the url in a new tab? var tab = gbrowser.addtab( url ); // and if you want it to load in the foreground: gbrowser.selectedtab = tab; is it possible to read the html-code of the current url/site? yes, this is possible. use the dom api (http://www.w3schools.com/dom/default.asp has a good tutorial). not the best answer but a good starting point for the question asker to do some research towards the answer. why does his extension not able to read the contents of a folder and then produce a segmentation fault after his extension reads preferences in thunderbird? the person was missing a method call to getservice. are there any built in libraries that can be u...
... you shouldn't store data there, so there's nothing to backup. do not store files within the extension directory. the profile directory is ment to do so. storing files within the extension directory is a no-no because it might break the multi-user support of those mozilla products, as it is possible to install extensions directly within the application directory. inspector, talkback and the default theme are nowadays installed like this. does firefox clean up the preferences set by extension? if not, how to proceed? when user chooses to uninstall an extension, a nsiobserverservice notification is sent out. the problem is, while your extension is still active, user can cancel uninstallation, and when it is physically uninstalled, your code can't run. right. and if you uninstall firefox,...
...ve the option of clearing extension's data, but it should be implemented at application level, not by each extension individually. it might be an option to stick with it and perform stuff when it comes to application shutdown. the sanitize stuff does this (clean stuff on exit). http://lxr.mozilla.org/mozilla1.8/so...ents/nsbrowser... firefox will clean all those preferences which are still "default", that is not changed by the user or the application/extension. to provide those default preferences to your extension see: http://kb.mozillazine.org/dev_:_usin...lt_preferences btw: resetting prefences to default will clear them in case no default prefence is (still) available. those will be completely removed upon next application launch. is it possible to create a sidebar on the top of t...

Theme changes in Firefox 4 - Archive of obsolete content
/chrome/toolkit/skin contains toolkit skin files. note: when extracting omni.jar, you may incorrectly get false warnings from some virus protection software. in addition, due to the way the archive is optiimized, some zip utilities don't work with it. controlling the actual icon size used by add-on toolbar buttons the iconsize attribute of the browser's toolbar elements now has a different default value on each toolbar independently. the value does not necessarily reflect the user preference in the toolbar customization palette anymore. the theme can now override the value by setting a special css property on the toolbar. the iconsize attribute of the toolbox element in the main browser window (#navigator-toolbox) still reflects the user preference in the toolbar customization palette. u...
...uming correct stylesheet and images) small 16x16 pixels large 24x24 pixels note: for stock buttons, the theme is free to use icons of any size. however, the theme should be designed in such a way that the above add-on button icon sizes fit correctly. note: add-ons always use a 24x24 pixels icon when the button is displayed in the toolbar customization palette. default values of the iconsize attribute on browser toolbars if the theme doesn't override the value of the iconsize attribute, the following defaults are used: toolbar element id default iconsize value menu bar #toolbar-menubar small navigation bar #nav-bar small or large depending on user preference. bookmarks toolbar #personaltoolbar small ...
...onsize value menu bar #toolbar-menubar small navigation bar #nav-bar small or large depending on user preference. bookmarks toolbar #personaltoolbar small tab bar #tabstoolbar small add-on bar #addon-bar small custom toolbars some other value small or large depending on user preference. overriding the default values themes can override the value of the iconsize attribute on each toolbar by specifying a special value for the counter-reset css property on the toolbar itself. css property on the toolbar element value forced on the iconsize attribute counter-reset: largeicons; large counter-reset: smallicons; small for toolbars in the upper part of the window, ...
...ce in the toolbar customization palette. to do this, use a css rule that depends on the iconsize attribute on the #navigator-toolbox element. note: a rule that depends on the user preference cannot be applied to the add-on bar because it is not a child of the #navigator-toolbox element. however, the theme can force large icons in the add-on bar regardless of the user preference. examples the default windows theme wants to force small icons on the navigation bar regardless of the user preference. thus, it includes this rule in browser.css: #nav-bar { counter-reset: smallicons; } to use large icons for add-on buttons in the bookmarks toolbar when the related user preference is set: #navigator-toolbox[iconsize="large"] > #personaltoolbar { counter-reset: largeicons; } to use large ico...

Building up a basic demo with Three.js - Game development
in the page, and we will write our example code inside the second. there are two helper variables already included, which store the window's width and height. before reading further, copy this code to a new text file, and save it in your working directory as index.html. renderer a renderer is a tool which displays scenes right in your browser. there are a few different renderers: webgl is the default, and others you can use are canvas, svg, css, and dom. they differ in how everything is rendered, so the webgl implementation will implement differently than the css one. despite the variety of ways they achieve the goal, the experience will look the same for the user. thanks to this approach, a fallback can be used, if a desired technology is not supported by the browser. var renderer = new thr...
...ocument.body.appendchild(renderer.domelement); we are creating a new webgl renderer, setting its size to fit the whole available space on the screen, and appending the dom structure to the page. you might have noticed the antialias parameter in the first line — this renders the edges of shapes more smoothly. the setclearcolor() method sets our background to a light gray colour, instead of the default black one. add this code into our second <script> element, just below the javascript comment. scene a scene is the place where everything happens. when creating new objects in the demo, we add them all inside the scene to become visible on the screen. in three.js, the scene is represented by a scene object. let's create it, by adding the following line below our previous lines: var scene = ne...
...ects on the screen to have the right proportions when rendered, and not look stretched. let's explain values we are setting for the code above: the value we set for the field of view, 70, is something we can experiment with: the higher the value, the greater the amount of scene the camera will show. imagine a normal camera view, versus a fish eye effect, which allows a lot more to be seen. the default value is 50. the aspect ratio is set to the current width and height of the window so it will be dynamically adjusted. we could set a fixed ratio — for example 16 ⁄ 9, which is the aspect ratio of a widescreen tv. the default value is 1. the z position, with the value of 50 units, is the distance between the camera and the center of the scene on the z axis. here we're moving the camera back...
...ue is 1. the z position, with the value of 50 units, is the distance between the camera and the center of the scene on the z axis. here we're moving the camera back, so the objects in the scene can be viewed. 50 feels about right. it's not too near, or too far, and the sizes of the objects allow them to stay on the scene, within the given field of view. the x and y values, if not specified, will default to 0. you should experiment with these values and see how they change what you see in the scene. note: the distance values (e.g. for the camera z position) are unitless, and can be anything you deem suitable for your scene: milimeters, meters, feet, or miles. it's up to you. rendering the scene everything is ready, but we still can't see anything. although we've set-up the renderer, we sti...

Mobile touch controls - Game development
we can get the first touch (e.touches[0], our example is not multitouch-enabled), extract the pagex and pagey variables and set the player's ship position on the screen by subtracting the canvas offset (distance from the canvas and the edge of the screen) and half the player's wid...
...n get the first touch (e.touches[0], our example is not multitouch-enabled), extract the pagex and pagey variables and set the player's ship position on the screen by subtracting the canvas offset (distance from the canvas and the edge of the screen) and half the player's width and height. to see if it's working correctly we can output the x and y positions using the output element. the preventdefault() function is needed to prevent the browser from moving — without it you'd have the default behaviour, and the canvas would be dragged around the page, which would show the browser scroll bars and look messy. touch events in phaser we don't have to do this on our own; frameworks like phaser offer systems for managing touch events for us — see managing the touch events. pointer theory a po...
...captain rogers is a simple game — it can be controlled by two fingers, the left one moving the ship and the right one controlling the ship's gun. there's no multitouch or gestures — everything is handled by single pointer inputs. ...
...this is a paid, official phaser plugin, but you can find free and open source alternatives. the initialization of virtual joystick looks like this: this.pad = this.game.plugins.add(phaser.virtualjoystick); this.stick = this.pad.addstick(30, 30, 80, 'generic'); in the create() function of the game state we're creating a virtual pad and a generic stick that has four directional virtual buttons by default. this is placed 30 pixels from the top and left edges of the screen and is 80 pixels wide. the stick being pressed can be handled during the gameplay in the update function like so: if(this.stick.isdown) { // move the player } we can adjust the player's velocity based on the current angle of the stick and move him appropriately. summary that covers adding touch controls for mobile; in th...

Responsive design - Learn web development
gn isn't a separate technology — it is a term used to describe an approach to web design or a set of best practices, used to create a layout that can respond to the device being used to view the content. in marcotte's original exploration this meant flexible grids (using floats) and media queries, however in the almost 10 years since that article was written, working responsively has become the default. modern css layout methods are inherently responsive, and we have new things built into the web platform to make designing responsive sites easier. the rest of this article will point you to the various web platform features you might want to use when creating a responsive site. media queries responsive design was only able to emerge due to the media query. the media queries level 3 specificat...
... simple responsive design using media queries and a flexible grid. on narrow screens the layout displays the boxes stacked on top of one another: on wider screens they move to two columns: note: you can find the live example and source code for this example on github. modern layout technologies modern layout methods such as multiple-column layout, flexbox, and grid are responsive by default. they all assume that you are trying to create a flexible grid and give you easier ways to do so. multicol the oldest of these layout methods is multicol — when you specify a column-count, this indicates how many columns you want your content to be split into. the browser then works out the size of these, a size that will change according to the screen size. .container { column-count: 3; }...
...s a site that does not have a responsive design. the trouble is that your responsive design with breakpoints and media queries won't work as intended on mobile browsers. if you've got a narrow screen layout that kicks in at 480px viewport width or less, and the viewport is set at 960px, you'll never see your narrow screen layout on mobile. by setting width=device-width you are overriding apple's default width=960px with the actual width of the device, so your media queries will work as intended. so you should always include the above line of html in the head of your documents. there are other settings you can use with the viewport meta tag, however in general the above line is what you will want to use. initial-scale: sets the initial zoom of the page, which we set to 1. height: sets a spe...
... @ rule designed to replace the viewport meta tag — @viewport — however, it has poor browser support. when both are used the meta tag overrides @viewport. summary responsive design refers to a site or application design that responds to the environment in which it is viewed. it encompasses a number of css and html features and techniques and is now essentially just how we build websites by default. consider the sites that you visit on your phone — it is probably fairly unusual to come across a site that is the desktop version scaled down, or where you need to scroll sideways to find things. this is because the web has moved to this approach of designing responsively. it has also become much easier to achieve responsive designs with the help of the layout methods you have learned in thes...

CSS FAQ - Learn web development
lasses allow you to style multiple elements, therefore they can lead to shorter stylesheets, rather than having to write out the same styling information in multiple rules that use id selectors. shorter stylesheets are more performant. class selectors have lower specificity than id selectors, so are easier to override if needed. note: see selectors for more information. ...
...n lead to shorter stylesheets, rather than having to write out the same styling information in multiple rules that use id selectors. shorter stylesheets are more performant. class selectors have lower specificity than id selectors, so are easier to override if needed. note: see selectors for more information. how do i restore the default value of a property? initially css didn't provide a "default" keyword and the only way to restore the default value of a property is to explicitly re-declare that property. for example: /* heading default color is black */ h1 { color: red; } h1 { color: black; } this has changed with css 2; the keyword initial is now a valid value for a css property. it resets it to its default value, which is defined in the css specification of the given property. /* h...
...(see eric meyer's note about the working group's stance). ...
... kind of error, try to define rules only once for a certain selector, and group all rules belonging to that selector. use of a shorthand property using shorthand properties for defining style rules is good because it uses a very compact syntax. using shorthand with only some attributes is possible and correct, but it must be remembered that undeclared attributes are automatically reset to their default values. this means that a previous rule for a single attribute could be implicitly overridden. #stockticker { font-size: 12px; font-family: verdana; font-weight: bold; } .stocksymbol { font: 14px arial; color: red; } <div id="stockticker"> nys: <span class="stocksymbol">ge</span> +1.0 ... </div> in the previous example the problem occurred on rules belonging to different elements, but it c...

Client-side storage - Learn web development
onalgreeting = document.queryselector('.personal-greeting'); next up, we need to include a small event listener to stop the form from actually submitting itself when the submit button is pressed, as this is not the behavior we want. add this snippet below your previous code: // stop the form from submitting when a button is pressed form.addeventlistener('submit', function(e) { e.preventdefault(); }); now we need to add an event listener, the handler function of which will run when the "say hello" button is clicked. the comments explain in detail what each bit does, but in essence here we are taking the name the user has entered into the text input box and saving it in web storage using setitem(), then running a function called namedisplaycheck() that will handle updating the actu...
... function called adddata() when the form is submitted (when the submit <button> is pressed leading to a successful form submission): // create an onsubmit handler so that when the form is submitted the adddata() function is run form.onsubmit = adddata; now let's define the adddata() function. ...
...> is pressed leading to a successful form submission): // create an onsubmit handler so that when the form is submitted the adddata() function is run form.onsubmit = adddata; now let's define the adddata() function. ...
...ransaction.oncomplete = function() { console.log('transaction completed: database modification finished.'); // update the display of data to show the newly added item, by running displaydata() again. displaydata(); }; transaction.onerror = function() { console.log('transaction not opened due to error'); }; } this is quite complex; breaking it down, we: run event.preventdefault() on the event object to stop the form actually submitting in the conventional manner (this would cause a page refresh and spoil the experience). create an object representing a record to enter into the database, populating it with values from the form inputs. note that we don't have to explicitly include an id value — as we explained earlier, this is auto-populated. open a readwrite transact...

Advanced Svelte: Reactivity, lifecycle, accessibility - Learn web development
rrays and objects. many web frameworks use the virtual dom technique to update the page. basically, the virtual dom is an in-memory copy of the contents of the web page. the framework updates this virtual representation which is then synced with the "real" dom. this is much faster than directly updating the dom and allows the framework to apply many optimization techniques. these frameworks, by default, basically re-run all our javascript on every change against this virtual dom, and apply different methods to cache expensive calculations and optimize execution. they make little to no attempt to understand what our javascript code is doing. svelte doesn't use a virtual dom representation. instead, it parses and analyzes our code, creates a dependency tree, and then generates the required javas...
...o in with the additional details. create a new file — components/newtodo.svelte. ...
...spatch = createeventdispatcher() let name = '' let nameel // reference to the name input dom node const addtodo = () => { dispatch('addtodo', name) name = '' nameel.focus() // give focus to the name input } const oncancel = () => { name = '' nameel.focus() // give focus to the name input } </script> <form on:submit|preventdefault={addtodo} on:keydown={e => e.key === 'escape' && oncancel()}> <h2 class="label-wrapper"> <label for="todo-0" class="label__lg">what needs to be done?</label> </h2> <input bind:value={name} bind:this={nameel} type="text" id="todo-0" autocomplete="off" class="input input__lg" /> <button type="submit" disabled={!name} class="btn btn__primary btn__lg">add</button> </form> try the app out...
... how to achieve it with svelte. we've already seen that svelte uses export let var = ... to declare props. but if instead of using let you export a const, class or function, it is read-only outside the component. function expressions are valid props, however. ...

Getting started with Vue - Learn web development
if you like these settings over the existing presets and want to use them again, type y , otherwise type n. the cli will now begin scaffolding out your project, and installing all of your dependencies. if you've never run the vue cli before, you'll get one more question — you'll be asked to choose a package manager. you can use the arrow keys to select which one you prefer. the vue cli will default to this package manager from now on. if you need to use a different package manager after this, you can pass in a flag --packagemanager=<package-manager>, when you run vue create. so if you wanted to create the moz-todo-vue project with npm and you'd previously chosen yarn, you’d run vue create moz-todo-vue --packagemanager=npm. note: we've not gone over all of the options here, but you can ...
...ific syntax that we'll cover later. note: by setting the lang attribute on the <template> tag, you can use pug template syntax instead of standard html — <template lang="pug">. we'll stick to standard html through this tutorial, but it is worth knowing that this is possible. <script> contains all of the non-display logic of your component. ...
...when you register a component in this way, you're registering it locally. ...
...nt in this way, you're registering it locally. locally registered components can only be used inside the components that register them, so you need to import and register them in every component file that uses them. this can be useful for bundle splitting/tree shaking since not every page in your app necessarily needs every component. import helloworld from './components/helloworld.vue'; export default { name: 'app', components: { //you can register components locally here. helloworld } }; note: if you want to use typescript syntax, you need to set the lang attribute on the <script> tag to signify to the compiler that you're using typescript — <script lang="ts">. <style> is where you write your css for the component. if you add a scoped attribute — <style scoped> — vue w...

Package management basics - Learn web development
ile — package.json — that allows us to save our configuration details in case we want to recreate this environment later on, or even publish the package to the npm registry (although this is somewhat beyond the scope of this article). type the following command, making sure you are inside the parcel-experiment directory: npm init you will now be asked some questions; npm will then create a default package.json file based on the answers: name: a name to identify the app. just press return to accept the default parcel-experiment. version: the starting version number for the app: again, just press return to accept the default 1.0.0. description: a quick description of the app's purpose. type in something really simple, like "a simple npm package to learn about using npm", then press retu...
... press return one more time to accept these settings. ...
... press return one more time to accept these settings. go into your parcel-experiment directory and you should now find you've got a package.json file. ...
...license, description and so on) then generate a package.json for you that contains meta information about your project and its dependencies. installing dependencies npm install date-fns yarn add date-fns we also saw install in action above. this would directly add the date-fns package to the working directory in a sub-directory called node_modules, along with date-fns’s own dependencies. by default this command will install the latest version of date-fns, but you can control this too. you can ask for date-fns@1, which gives you the latest 1.x version (which is 1.30.1). or you could try date-fns@^2.3.0, which means the latest version after or including 2.3.0 (2.8.1 at the time of writing). updating dependencies npm update yarn upgrade this will look at the currently installed dependencies...

Adding a new CSS property
cko that is responsible for producing a computed value for every property for every element. see the gecko overview for more information about the style system. this document assumes that you have a specifcation for the property available. issues about how to write such a specification (including things such as whether it is appropriate to use prefixes or when properties should be inherited by default) are not covered here. if you need more details on any of the points mentioned here, a good place to find them is by looking at other changes in the version control history of the files mentioned. getting started first, you'll want to add an appropriate test entry to property_database.js. see the documentation at the top of the file and the other entries for examples. this will cause tests o...
...can be run with the command "./mach mochitest -f plain layout/style/". then, unless you're implementing a shorthand property, you need to decide which style struct the computed value of the property should go in. (again, see the gecko overview for more information.) it should generally be grouped with related properties. remember that each style struct contains only properties that inherit by default or only properties that do not. (which set the property is in is given in the specification, which says "inherited: yes" or "inherited: no" in the property's definition.) also note that some of the style structs intentionally contain only properties set/reset by a particular common shorthand property; this improves the effectiveness of some of the performance and memory optimizations done with ...
...ny associated prose. this line describes the conceptual representation (but not syntax) of the computed value of the property. the data structures in gecko that store the computed value must correspond to this concept, or inheritance won't work as described by the specification. ...
...n't work as described by the specification. so first, you need to add a member variable (or variables) to the chosen style struct in nsstylestruct.h and fix the default constructor and the copy constructor of that struct in nsstylestruct.cpp. if this variable needs to be a tagged union, use nsstylecoord. but don't use nsstylecoord if you only need a single type that nsstylecoord provides. the default constructor must initialize the variable to match the initial value of the property, as described in the "initial value:" line in the specification's definition of the property. you then need to add code to nsrulenode::compute*data (where the * is for the style struct) to transform a specified value of the property into a computed value of the property. this needs to match the specification's d...

Debugging on Mac OS X
com.apple.security.get-task-allow entitlement allowed by submitting a try build and downloading the dmg generated by the "rpk" shippable build job. a debugger can be attached to firefox processes of these builds. try builds use the developer.entitlements.xml file from the source tree while production builds use production.entitlements.xml. on macos 10.15+, downloaded try builds will not launch by default because notarization is required. to workaround this problem, remove the quarantine extended attribute from the downloaded nightly: $ xattr -r -d com.apple.quarantine /path/to/nightly.app local builds local builds of mozilla-central do not enable hardened runtime and hence do not have debugging restrictions. as a result, some functionality will be permitted on local builds, but blocked on pr...
...r -r -d com.apple.quarantine /path/to/nightly.app local builds local builds of mozilla-central do not enable hardened runtime and hence do not have debugging restrictions. as a result, some functionality will be permitted on local builds, but blocked on production builds which have hardened runtime enabled. bug 1522409 was filed to automate codesigning local builds to enable hardened runtime by default and eliminate this discrepancy. to obtain a hardened runtime build without using try infrastructure, a developer can manually codesign builds using the macos codesign(1) command with the developer.entitlements.xml file from the tree. this requires creating a codesigning identity. disabling system integrity protection (sip) if debugging a production build is required, follow apple's documented ...
...run the executable for debugging since you will get build errors). click "close" to close the scheme editor. at this point you can run the application from xcode, and when you pause or hit breakpoints it should show open the correct source file at the correct line. setting up lldb lldb is the debugger xcode provides/uses. one important issue that the mozilla .lldbinit file fixes is that by default some breakpoints will be listed as "pending", and xcode will not stop at them. if you don't include the mozilla's .lldbinit, you must at least put settings set target.inline-breakpoint-strategy always in your $home/.lldbinit as recommended on debugging mozilla with lldb. the .lldbinit file in the source tree imports many useful mozilla specific lldb settings, commands and formatters into lldb, ...
... click the "run" button or select "run" from the product menu. setting breakpoints setting a breakpoint is easy. just open the source file you want to debug in xcode, and click in the margin to the left of the line of code where you want to break. during the debugging session, each time that line is executed, the debugger will break there, and you will be able to debug it. note that with the default configuration, some breakpoints will be listed as "pending", and xcode will not stop at them. if you don't include the mozilla's .lldbinit, you must at least put settings set target.inline-breakpoint-strategy always in your $home/.lldbinit as recommended on debugging mozilla with lldb. using mozilla-specific lldb commands if you included the .lldbinit when setting up lldb, you can use mozilla-...

Debugging on Windows
when it's the case) can be useful. breakpoints are kept across runs, this can be a good way to debug startup issues. run the program until you hit an assertion. you will get a dialog box asking if you would like to debug. hit "cancel". the msdev ide will launch and load the file where the assertion happened. this will also create a visual c++ mozilla project in the directory of the executable by default. attach the debugger to an existing mozilla process. in the visual studio, select debug > attach to process. if you want to debug a content process, you can hover on the tab of page you want to debug, which would show the pid. you can then select the process from dialog opened from "attach to process". for more information, see attach to running processes with the visual studio debugger. deb...
...op down list. check "locate additional dlls" option. for each dll, click the "new" button which creates a new entry and then hit the "..." buttons which lets you browse to the dll. you will only be able to add one dll at a time. vc++ 7.0 automatically finds additional dlls. customizing the debugger's variable value view you can customize how visual c++ displays classes in the variable view. ...
...tomize how visual c++ displays classes in the variable view. by default vc++ displays "{...}" and you need to click the small + icon to expand the members. you can change this behaviour, and make visual c++ display whatever data member you want in whatever order, formatter however you like instead of just "{...}". you need to locate a file called "autoexp.dat" in your visual c++ installation. by default it will be: vc++ 6.0: c:\program files\microsoft visual studio\common\msdev98\bin\autoexp.dat vc++ 7.0: c:\program files\microsoft visual studio .net 2003\common7\packages\debugger\autoexp.dat the file has information about the format in the beginning, and after a little practice you should be well on your way. here are some entries that will make your life easier: ;; mozilla (1.7beta and...
... environment variable, while the other affects only the currently running program instance in memory. environment variable there is an environment variable that can disable breaking for assertions. this is how you would normally set it: set xpcom_debug_break=warn the environment variable takes also other values besides warn, see xpcom_debug_break for more details. note that unlike unix, the default for windows is not warn, it's to pop up a dialog. to set the environment variable for visual studio, use project > properties > debugging > environment and click the little box. then use xpcom_debug_break=warn changing running code you normally shouldn't need to do this (just quit the application, set the environment variable described above, and run it again). and this can be dangerous (like ...

HTTP Cache
document describes the new http cache version 2. the code resides in /network/cache2. api here is a detailed description of the http cache v2 api, examples included. this document only contains what cannot be found or may not be clear directly from the idl files comments. the cache api is completely thread-safe and non-blocking. there is no ipc support. it's only accessible on the default chrome process. when there is no profile the new http cache works, but everything is stored only in memory not obeying any particular limits. it is strongly encoraged to not use the old cache api any more - nsicacheservice et al. it will soon be completely obsoleted and removed (bug 913828). nsicachestorageservice the http cache entry-point. accessible as a service only, fully thread...
...of frequently used metadata (a.k.a. disk cache memory pool) this is a description of this feature status that is currently only a patch in bug 986179. current behavior is simpler and causes a serious memory consumption regression (bug 975367). for the disk cache entries we keep some of the most recent and most used cache entries' meta data in memory for immediate zero-thread-loop opening. the default size of this meta data memory pool is only 250kb and is controlled by a new browser.cache.disk.metadata_memory_limit preference. when the limit is exceeded, we purge (throw away) first expired and then least used entries to free up memory again. only cacheentry objects that are already loaded and filled with data and having the 'consumer reference == 0' (bug 942835) can be purged. the 'least u...
...en least used entries to free up memory again. only cacheentry objects that are already loaded and filled with data and having the 'consumer reference == 0' (bug 942835) can be purged. the 'least used' entries are recognized by the lowest value of frecency we re-compute for each entry on its every access. ...
...ognized by the lowest value of frecency we re-compute for each entry on its every access. the decay time is controlled by the browser.cache.frecency_half_life_hours preference and defaults to 6 hours. the best decay time will be based on results of an experiment. the memory pool is represented by two lists (strong refering ordered arrays) of cacheentry objects: sorted by expiration time (that default to 0xffffffff) sorted by frecency (defaults to 0) we have two such pools, one for memory-only entries actually representing the memory-only cache and one for disk cache entries for which we only keep the meta data. each pool has a different limit checking - the memory cache pool is controlled by browser.cache.memory.capacity, the disk entries pool is already described above. the pool can be a...

Internationalized Domain Names (IDN) Support in Mozilla Browsers
ntation on july 10, 2003, only a few weeks after the icann's guideline was published. this makes it possible for netscape 7.1/mozilla 1.4 users to access japanese host names under .jp top domain without any additional setup using just the built-in idn functionality. ...
...lt-in idn functionality. real world examples punycode there are real world examples of idn that you can test with netscape 7.1, which uses punycode as the default idn encoding. for example, most sample links on the following test pages can be used without any further setting: http://www.nunames.nu/eu-lang-test.htm (domain names with latin 1 accented characters) http://www.nunames.nu/lldemo/default.htm (domain names in other languages) on july 10, 2003 and thereafter, you can access a large number of japanese domain name sites under the .jp top domain with no further setting on netscape 7.1/mozilla 1.4: http://mitsuketa-nihongo.jp race (row-based ascii compatible encoding) almost all idn registration data are expected to change to punycode by the end of 2003. some country will compl...
...onfig into the location/url bar. this will list all the preferences for your current profile. these preferences can be modified or new ones can be created without quitting the browser using the steps described below. create a new preference item using the menu new > string via a right-mouse click. the name of the preference is: network.idn_prefix. the value should be "bq--". ...
...this means that there is no longer any need to use a plug-in to process non-ascii domain names. ...

API-provided widgets
to create a widget, you should pass a specification object with its desired properties. this document details the available properties. properties property description id the id of the widget (required). type a string indicating the type of widget. possible types are button for simple button widgets (the default) view for buttons that open a panel or subview, depending on where they are placed. custom for fine-grained control over the creation of the widget. viewid only useful for views (and required there): the id of the that should be shown when clicking the widget. tooltiptext string to use for the tooltip of the widget label string to use for the label of the widget ...
... custom for fine-grained control over the creation of the widget. viewid only useful for views (and required there): the id of the that should be shown when clicking the widget. ...
...et. viewid only useful for views (and required there): the id of the that should be shown when clicking the widget. tooltiptext string to use for the tooltip of the widget label string to use for the label of the widget removable whether the widget is removable (optional, default: true). nb: if you specify false here, you must provide a defaultarea, too. overflows whether widget can overflow when in an overflowable toolbar (optional, default: true) defaultarea default area to add the widget to (optional, default: none; required if non-removable) shortcutid id of an element that has a shortcut for this widget (optional, default: null). this is only used to display the shortcut as part of the tooltip fo...
...lt: null). this is only used to display the shortcut as part of the tooltip for builtin widgets (which have strings inside customizablewidgets.properties). if you're in an add-on, you should not set this property, and should instead include the shortcut as part of the tooltiptext you pass in yourself. showinprivatebrowsing whether to show the widget in private browsing mode (optional, default: true) event handlers you can also define several event handlers which will be called at various stages in a widget's lifetime: event handler name description onbuild(adoc) only useful for custom widgets (and required there); a function that will be invoked with the document in which to build a widget. should return the dom node that has been constructed. nb: the ...

Fonts for Mozilla's MathML engine
e and click the install button. download stixv2.0.2.zip. open the zip archive, move inside the /stixv2.0.0/fonts/otf/ directory. you will find the stixmath-regular, stix-regular, stix-bold, stix-italic, stix-bolditalic font files. open the stixmath-regular font file and click the install button. if desired, you may also do the same for the other font files. note:cambria math is installed by default on windows 7 and later versions and should ensure relatively good mathml rendering. an enhancement request has been submitted to microsoft to install latin modern math and stix by default. os x install the latin modern math and stix fonts as follows: download latinmodern-math-1959.zip. extract the zip archive, move inside the latinmodern-math-1959 directory and then inside the otf director...
...alic font files. open the stixmath-regular font file and click the "install the font" button from the window that opens. if desired, you may also do the same for the other font files. note: a deprecated version of stix is preinstalled starting with os x lion and should ensure relatively good mathml rendering. enhancement requests have been submitted to apple to ship opentype math fonts in the default installation. if you have a developer account, these are problems 16841023 and 17021145. linux install the latin modern math, stix or xits fonts, which are generally available from your package manager. on debian/ubuntu/mint and other debian-based distributions, use the following command: sudo apt-get install fonts-lmodern fonts-stix on fedora and other fedora-based distributions, use the f...
...ile to the system font location list and regenerate the fontconfig cache: ln -sf /etc/fonts/conf.avail/09-texlive-fonts.conf /etc/fonts/conf.d/ fc-cache -sf android you must use the mathml-fonts add-on. note: there is an enhancement request opened on the noto bug tracker to improve math support. firefox os you must use the mathml-fonts add-on. note: we plan to bundle a math font in the default installation. other systems on other systems, consider installing a math font using your package manager. note that these fonts are generally delivered with tex distributions such as tex live, but you might need to follow specific instructions so that your system is aware of the fonts. as a last resort, install the mathml fonts add-on. advanced setup arabic mathematical alphabetic symbols c...
...odern math and stix into some local font folder and (if necessary) to run fc-cache on it. on os x and linux, the standard paths are ~/library/fonts/ and ~/.fonts. fonts with a math table you can actually render mathml using any font with a math table and related open font format features. a list of such math fonts is provided below. you can use the advanced font preference menu to configure the default font for mathematics. alternatively, you can try the mathml-fontsettings add-on. asana math cambria math dejavu math tex gyre garamond math (under development) latin modern math libertinus math lucida bright math minion math stix math tex gyre bonum math tex gyre pagella math tex gyre schola math tex gyre termes math xits math fira math (sans-serif typeface, under development) g...

Fonts for Mozilla 2.0's MathML engine
operators with stix fonts. asana math is also freely available under the sil open font license and has good support for mathematical characters. starting in gecko 7.0 (firefox 7.0 / thunderbird 7.0 / seamonkey 2.4), mozilla can also use the glyphs contained in that font for stretchy operators. ...
...for convenience we provide a zip archive of mathml fonts. ...
...use this font as permitted by the eula for the product in which this font is included to display and print content", so consulting your lawyer is recommended if considering installing this on systems without the associated product. reset old preferences if users have previously changed the "font.mathfont-family" preference for a previous version of mozilla, then it is best to reset this to the default value. to do this, enter the url "about:config", "filter" for "mathfont", and "reset" to the default value through the context menu on the preference. mathml font selection with css you can get these fonts from the mathml-fonts add-on ; the xpi is just a zip archive that you can fetch and extract for example with the following command: wget https://addons.mozilla.org/firefox/downloads/latest/3678...
....org/firefox/downloads/latest/367848/addon-367848-latest.xpi -o mathml-fonts.zip; \ unzip mathml-fonts.zip -d mathml-fonts then copy the mathml-fonts/resource/ directory somewhere on your web site and ensure that the woff files are served with the correct mime type. finally, include the mathml-fonts/resource/mathml.css style sheet in your web pages, for example by adding the following rule to the default style sheet of your web site: @import url('/path/to/resource/mathml.css'); browsers have default font-families in their user agent stylesheets. if necessary, you might want to modify the font-family on the <math> elements and, for gecko, the on ::-moz-math-stretchy pseudo element too. for example to force the use of stix fonts: math { font-family: stixgeneral; } ::-moz-math-stretchy { font-f...

Mozilla Web Developer FAQ
mode in other browsers as well (using the above-mentioned exact doctypes) is the best way to get consistent css layout results across different browsers. on the other hand, the quirks implemented in the quirks modes of different browsers vary from browser to browser. why are there gaps between image rows in tables when the layout engine is in the standards mode? in the css2 box layout model the default vertical sizing of layout boxes and the default vertical alignment of images is different from the behavior of old browsers. these aspects of the layout can be changed by explicitly setting the display css property of the images (and possible surrounding <a> elements) to block. if the table cells that contain only an image are marked with <td class="imgcell">, the required css rule is: .imgcell ...
...he table cells that contain only an image are marked with <td class="imgcell">, the required css rule is: .imgcell img, .imgcell a { display: block; } longer explanation… why are there still gaps even between text rows in tables when the layout engine is in the standards mode or in the almost standards mode? ...
... required css rule is: .imgcell img, .imgcell a { display: block; } longer explanation… why are there still gaps even between text rows in tables when the layout engine is in the standards mode or in the almost standards mode? in the standards mode and in the almost standards mode mozilla does not suppress the default margins of the first and last child element in table cells. therefore, the default margins for paragraphs apply even with markup such as <td><p>foo</p></td>. often the content of a cell in a table of tabular data does not constitute a paragraph. in that case, the easy solution is not to mark the contents of the cell as a paragraph. when the paragraph markup is called for but the default margins are unwanted, zero margins can be suggested using css. my style sheet doesn’t w...
...ing the livehttpheaders extension or by using the web sniffer. class names and ids are case-sensitive. the element selectors are case-sensitive with xml. style sheet processing instructions are only allowed in the prolog of xml documents. also, they only work in xml documents—not in documents served as text/html. width and height do not apply to non-replaced inline elements such as (by default) <span>. text-align: center; centers inline content within a block. it does not (and should not) center the block box itself. a block is centered by setting its margin-left and margin-right to auto and its width to a value that makes the block narrower than its containing block. it is also possible, although not very likely, that you are seeing a bug. javascript doesn’t work! why? some pro...

Mozilla Style System Documentation
f this part of the system. getting style data from a style context to get style data from a style context, use the getstyledata method to fill in a pointer to a style struct. each of the style structs contains a group of properties. the structs are listed in, nsstylestruct.hand the many of the values are in nsstyleconsts.h. each of the structs includes either only features that are inherited by default or single properties that are set to the initial value by default (see css26.1.1), which is essential for the ruletree. the fundamental way to get a style struct from a style context looks like this: const nsstyledisplay *display = ns_static_cast(const nsstyledisplay*, sc->getstyledata(estylestruct_display)); there is also a (non-virtual) method on nsiframe...
... [title: c] [para: f] [para: d] | | [quote: a] [quote: a] | [span: e] the reason the rule tree shares style data naturally is that most style rules specify properties in very few structs. ...
... | | [quote: a] [quote: a] | [span: e] the reason the rule tree shares style data naturally is that most style rules specify properties in very few structs. as stated above, each style struct contains only features that are inherited by default or those that are set to their initial value ("reset") by default. this leads to (or perhaps three, depending on how you count) two types of sharing. for those structs where all the values are inherited by default, a style context can often (when none of the rules matched by the style context specifies any properties in the struct, or when explicit inherit is used) use the same struct as its parent style context. for the structs where all the properties are res...
... leads to (or perhaps three, depending on how you count) two types of sharing. for those structs where all the values are inherited by default, a style context can often (when none of the rules matched by the style context specifies any properties in the struct, or when explicit inherit is used) use the same struct as its parent style context. for the structs where all the properties are reset by default, if no explicit inherit values or em or similar units are used, the style struct can be cached on the rule node rather than the style context and shared between all style contexts pointing to that rule node. furthermore, if the rule specifies no values for a struct, it can use the same struct as its parent. while the style context tree is generally quite deep, since it corresponds roughly to the ...

Profiling with the Firefox Profiler
ance problem has a step-by-step guide for obtaining a profile when requested by firefox developers. interface 1. timeline the timeline has several rows of tracing markers (colored segments) which indicate interesting events. hover over them to see more information. below the tracing markers are rows corresponding with activity on a variety of threads. tip: threads that are annotated with "[default]" are in the parent (aka "ui", aka "browser chrome", aka "main") process and those annotated with "[tab]" are in the web content (aka "child") processes. tip: long-running tasks in the parent process will block all input or drawing with the browser ui (aka "ui jank") whereas long-running tasks in the content process will block interactivity with the page but still allowing the user to pan and ...
...es or the entire profile (denoted as "full range"). tip: while zooming out to a previously-selected range deletes the narrower range, the browser back button can be used to restore the narrower range. thread timeline(s) thread/process timelines: below the tracing markers we have a list of profiled threads. these threads may come from different processes. in this case, we have the 'geckomain [default]' process' main thread, a content process' main thread, and the main thread of the compositor process. each of these timelines is aligned with wall clock time. so, for example, when a thread is blocked, like 'geckomain [tab]', on a thread like 'geckomain [default]', we can see what's occurring on the latter thread that is preventing it from responding to the former. x (time) axis: the timelines ...
...n as usual. startup profiling does not use the settings that you configured in the add-on's panel. it uses settings that can be configured with the environment variables moz_profiler_startup_entries, moz_profiler_startup_interval and moz_profiler_startup_filters: if it looks like the buffer is not large enough, you can tweak the buffer size with the env var moz_profiler_startup_entries. ...
...filters: if it looks like the buffer is not large enough, you can tweak the buffer size with the env var moz_profiler_startup_entries. this defaults to 1000000, which is 9mb. if you want 90mb use 10000000, and 20000000 for 180mb, which are good values to debug long startups. if you'd like a coarser resolution, you can also choose a different interval using moz_profiler_startup_interval, which defaults to 1 (unit is millisecond). you can't go below 1 ms but you can use e.g. 10 ms. if the default threads to be profiled are insufficient, you can choose which threads to profile using moz_profiler_startup_filters, which is a comma separated list. description of all available environment variables may be printed by starting firefox with moz_profiler_help=1 set. if you want to profile firefox fo...

Research and prep
it is one of the most customizable and localizable parts of the product l10n process, as it goes beyond string translation. we believe that localization teams are in the best position to provide recommendations on what local providers we can use for web services because you're in the market, work in the language, and know your users. this is, therefore, meant to be a guideline for how you should be formulating your recommendations. ...
...or your region and present them in your bug as your informed recommendations. if there's no existing collaboration with the site provider and mozilla, ask for permission from the site provider to include it. ensure that your suggestions follow these parameters: search there are typically five search plug-ins listed for firefox desktop (only four for firefox mobile): generic search the default option should expose the quickest path to the best result on the world wide web for the user (indexing a large portion of the global www). global search the second position can be used for the next best local language provider, meaning coverage within the local language and/or locale (indexing a smaller portion of the www but producing better local language results). local search ...
...al search the second position can be used for the next best local language provider, meaning coverage within the local language and/or locale (indexing a smaller portion of the www but producing better local language results). local search a good test is if you were to run a set of comparative queries; the secondary engine should produce the best local language results and the primary/default position should produce the best global results. e-commerce search these search engines should allow users to get connected to new and used products they want to buy as quickly and painlessly as possible in a "trusted" site -- for example, choosing the most popular auction, general shopping, or classified type sites that have the desired user experience are good choices. there should be n...
...ocale. there should be no more than two. in all cases, user experience should be taken into account and given preference for what is desired in that language/locale. if you have questions about what that means, please contact milos@mozilla.com or milos on irc. rss readers and content handlers productization for rss readers and content handlers applies only to firefox desktop. your selections for default rss readers and content handlers should follow these guidelines: be translated in your language (because it makes the application unusable if it's not in your language provide for the intended user experience (e.g., minimal to no advertisements within the user experience) no more than three (if possible) choices. choosing based on popularity is fine. examples from various localizations some ...

L20n HTML Bindings
it's recommended to include the l20n.js file as the last script in the head element. <head> … <script src="l20n.js"></script> </head> create manifest use a localization manifest to define available languages and their resource files. <link rel="localization" href="../locales/manifest.json"> an example of the manifest file (all keys are required): { "locales": [ "en-us", "pl"], "default_locale": "en-us", "resources": [ "../locales/{{locale}}/strings.l20n", "/shared/{{locale}}/date.l20n"¨ ] } make html elements localizable use the data-l10n-id attribute on an html element to mark it as localizable. <p data-l10n-id="about"></p> notice that you don't have to put the text content in the html anymore (you still can if you want to). all content lives in the localiza...
...g malicious translation: <save """ <input value="save" type="text"> or <a href="http://myevilwebsite.com" onclick="alert('pwnd!')" title="back to the homepage">cancel</a>. """> the result will be: <p data-l10n-id="back"> <input value="save" type="submit"> or <a href="/main" class="btn-cancel" title="back to the homepage">cancel</a>. </p> the input element is not on the default whitelist but since it's present in the source html, it is also allowed in the translation. the value attribute is allowed on input elements, but type is not. similarly, href and onclick attributes are not allowed in translations and they are not inserted in the final dom. however, the title attribute is safe. it is important to note that applying translations doesn't replace dom elements, but o...
...$user.name }} has invited you to his circles.", *unknown: "{{ $user.name }} has invited you to their circles." }> based on the context data defined above, this will produce: jane has invited you to her circles. monolingual mode l20n can also operate in the so-called monolingual mode, when there is only one locale available. it doesn't have any specific locale code (internally, it's called i-default in compliance to rfc 2277). there is no language negotiation nor locale fallback possible in the monolingual mode. l20n simply always uses this one default locale. the monolingual mode may be useful when you first start a new project, when you want to test something quickly or when using server-side language negotiation. in order to enable the monolingual mode, remove the manifest link from you...
...you can then embed localization resources right in your html. <script type="application/l20n"> <brandname "firefox"> <about "about {{ brandname }}"> </script> an alternative is to include localization resources in script elements. ...

An overview of NSS Internals
binary software module. a cryptographic transaction, such as encryption or decryption related to a data exchange, usually involves working with the x.509 certs of your communication partners (peer). it's also required that you safely keep your own secret keys that belong to your own certificates. you might want to protect the storage of your secret keys with pbe. you might decide to modify the default trust provided by nss. all of this requires storing, looking up, and retrieving data. nss simplifies performing these operations by offering storage and management apis. nss doesn't require the programmer to manage individual files containing individual certificates or keys. instead, nss offers to use its own database(s). once you have imported certificates and keys into the nss database, you can...
...sed to proof and verify the exchanged initial information. once the key agreement is done, a symmetric encryption will be used (until a potential re-handshake on an existing channel). the combination of the hash and encryption algorithms used for a ssl connection is called a cipher suite. nss ships with a set of cipher suites that it supports at a technical level. in addition, nss ships with a default policy that defines which cipher suites are enabled by default. an application is able to modify the policy used at program runtime, by using function calls to modify the set of enabled cipher suites. if a programmer wants to influence how nss verifies certificates or how nss verifies the data presented in a ssl connection handshake, it is possible to register application-defined callback func...
... nss verifies the data presented in a ssl connection handshake, it is possible to register application-defined callback functions which will be called by nss at the appropriate point of time, and which can be used to override the decisions made by nss. if you would like to use nss as a toolkit that implements ssl, remember that you must init nss first. but if you don't care about modifying the default trust permanently (recorded on disk), you can use the no-database init calls. when creating the network socket for data exchange, note that you must use the operating system independent apis provided by nspr and nss. it might be interesting to mention a property of the nspr file descriptors, which are stacked in layers. this means you can define multiple layers that are involved in data processin...
...lower numbers will most likely experience unrecoverable corruption if you access them with multiple applications at the same time. in other words, if your browser or your server operates on an older nss database format, don't use the nss tools to operate on it while the other software is executing. at the time of writing nss and the mozilla applications still use the older database file format by default, where each application has its own nss database. if you require a copy of a certificate stored in an nss database, including its private key, you can use pk12util to export it to the pkcs#12 file format. if you require it in pem format, you could use the openssl pkcs12 command (that's not nss) to convert the pkcs#12 file to pem. this line is a placeholder for how to prepare a database, how...

JSS FAQ
my ssl connection is hanging on windows? how can i tell which ssl/tls ciphers jss supports? ...
...setcipherpolicy does not need to be called by a jss app unless that app wants to limit itself to export-allowed cipher suites. my ssl connection is hanging on windows? nspr makes use of nt vs. windows distinction and provides different nt and windows builds. many netscape prod...
...setcipherpolicy does not need to be called by a jss app unless that app wants to limit itself to export-allowed cipher suites. my ssl connection is hanging on windows? nspr makes use of nt vs. windows distinction and provides different nt and windows builds. many netscape products, including nss, have nt and windo...
...cision. sslclientcertificateselectioncallback is analogous to ssl_getclientauthdatahook. can i have multiple jss instances reading separate db's? no, you can only have one initialized instance of jss for each database. once jss initialized, i can't get anymore instances with certificatefactory.getinstance("x.509")? in version previous to jss 3.1, jss removes the default sun provider on startup. upgrade to the latest jss, or, in the cryptomanager.initializationvalues object you pass to cryptomanager.initialize(), set removesunproivider=true. is it possible to sign data in java with jss? what i am trying to do is write a java applet that will access the netscape certificate store, retrieve a x509 certificate and then sign some data. the best way to do thi...

NSS 3.20 release notes
_3_20_rtm/src/ new in nss 3.20 new functionality the tls library has been extended to support dhe ciphersuites in server applications. new functions in ssl.h ssl_dhegroupprefset - configure the set of allowed/enabled dhe group parameters that can be used by nss for a server socket. ssl_enableweakdheprimegroup - enable the use of weak dhe group parameters that are smaller than default minimum size of the library. new types in sslt.h ssldhegrouptype - enumerates the set of dhe parameters embedded in nss that can be used with function ssl_dhegroupprefset new macros in ssl.h ssl_enable_server_dhe - a socket option user to enable or disable dhe ciphersuites for a server socket notable changes in nss 3.20 the tls library has been extended...
...upprefset new macros in ssl.h ssl_enable_server_dhe - a socket option user to enable or disable dhe ciphersuites for a server socket notable changes in nss 3.20 the tls library has been extended to support dhe ciphersuites in server applications. for backward compatibility reasons, the server side implementation of the tls library keeps all dhe ciphersuites disabled by default. they can be enabled with the new socket option ssl_enable_server_dhe and the ssl_optionset or the ssl_optionsetdefault api. the server side implementation of the tls does not support session tickets while using a dhe ciphersuite (see bug 1174677). support for the following ciphersuites has been added: tls_dhe_dss_with_aes_128_gcm_sha256 tls_dhe_dss_with_aes_128_cbc_sha256 tls_dhe_...
...cket option ssl_enable_server_dhe and the ssl_optionset or the ssl_optionsetdefault api. the server side implementation of the tls does not support session tickets while using a dhe ciphersuite (see bug 1174677). support for the following ciphersuites has been added: tls_dhe_dss_with_aes_128_gcm_sha256 tls_dhe_dss_with_aes_128_cbc_sha256 tls_dhe_dss_with_aes_256_cbc_sha256 by default, the server side tls implementation will use dhe parameters with a size of 2048 bits when using dhe ciphersuites. nss embeds fixed dhe parameters sized 2048, 3072, 4096, 6144 and 8192 bits, which were copied from version 08 of the internet-draft "negotiated finite field diffie-hellman ephemeral parameters for tls", appendix a. a new api ssl_dhegroupprefset has been added to nss, which allows a ...
...pport legacy clients. to enable this support, the new api ssl_enableweakdheprimegroup must be used. each time this api is called for the first time in a process, a fresh set of weak dhe parameters will be randomly created, which may take a long amount of time. please refer to the comments in the header file that declares the ssl_enableweakdheprimegroup api for additional details. the size of the default pqg parameters used by certutil when creating dsa keys has been increased to use 2048 bit parameters. the selfserv utility has been enhanced to support the new dhe features. nss no longer supports c compilers that predate the ansi c standard (c89). bugs fixed in nss 3.20 this bugzilla query returns all the bugs fixed in nss 3.20: https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/buglist.cgi?resolution=fixed&cla...

NSS 3.35 release notes
age. for the sslsignaturescheme enum, the enumerated values ssl_sig_rsa_pss_sha* are deprecated in response to a change in tls 1.3. please use the equivalent ssl_sig_rsa_pss_rsae_sha* for rsaencryption keys, or ssl_sig_rsa_pss_pss_sha* for pss keys. note that this release does not include support for the latter. notable changes in nss 3.35 previously, nss used the dbm file format by default. starting with version 3.35, nss uses the sql file format by default. below, are explanations that could be helpful for environments that need to adopt to the new default. if nss is initialized, in read-write mode with a database directory provided, it uses database files to store certificates, key, trust, and other information. nss supports two different database file formats: db...
...ly result in data corruption. sql: the newer file format, based on sqlite, using filenames cert9.db, key4.and and pkcs11.txt. parallel database access, by multiple applications, is supported. applications using nss may explicitly request to use a specific database format, by adding a type prefix to the database directory, provided at nss initialization time. without a prefix, the default database type will be used (dbm in versions prior to 3.35, and sql in version 3.35 and later.) when using the sql type (either explicitly, or because of the new default), with a database directory which already contains a dbm type database, nss will automatically perform a one time migration of the information contained in the dbm files to the newer sql files. if a master password was set on t...
...e newer sql files. if a master password was set on the dbm database, then the initial migration may be partial, and migration of keys from dbm to sql will be delayed, until this master password is provided to nss. (conversely, nss will never synchronize data from sql to dbm format.) additional information can be found on this fedora linux project page: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/changes/nssdefaultfileformatsql added formally verified implementations of non-vectorized chacha20 and non-vectorized poly1305 64-bit. for stronger security, when creating encrypted pkcs#7 or pkcs#12 data, the iteration count for the password based encryption algorithm has been increased to one million iterations. note that debug builds will use a lower count, for better performance in test environments. as ...
...(this feature is added in support of quic, but it also has utility for dtls 1.3 servers.) the tstclnt utility now supports dtls, using the -p option. note that a dtls server is also provided in tstclnt. tls compression is no longer possible with nss. the option can be enabled, but nss will no longer negotiate compression. the signatures of functions ssl_optionset, ssl_optionget, ssl_optionsetdefault and ssl_optiongetdefault have been modified, to take a printn argument rather than prbool. this makes it clearer, that options can have values other than 0 or 1. note this does not affect abi compatibility, because prbool is a typedef for printn. experimental apis and functionality the functionality and the apis listed in this section are experimental. any of these apis may be removed from f...

Build instructions
le, unless maybe it is a bsd make. make variables may be set on the gmake command line, e.g., gmake variable=value variable=value target1 target2 or defined in the environment, e.g. (for posix shells), variable=value; export variable gmake target1 target2 here are some (not all) of the make variables that affect nss builds: build_opt: if set to 1, means do optimized non-debug build. default is debug, non-optimized build. use_debug_rtl: if set to 1, on windows, causes build with debug version of the c run-time library. ns_use_gcc: on platforms where gcc is not the native compiler, tells nss to build with gcc instead of the native compiler. default is to build with the native compiler. use_64: on platforms that support both 32-bit and 64-bit abis, tells nss to build for the 64-bit ...
...ebug, non-optimized build. use_debug_rtl: if set to 1, on windows, causes build with debug version of the c run-time library. ns_use_gcc: on platforms where gcc is not the native compiler, tells nss to build with gcc instead of the native compiler. default is to build with the native compiler. use_64: on platforms that support both 32-bit and 64-bit abis, tells nss to build for the 64-bit abi. default is 32-bit abi, except on platforms that do not support a 32-bit abi. ...
... nsdistmode: if set to 'copy', mozilla/dist/<obj_stuff>/bin/* real files instead of symbolic links. these variables should be either undefined, or set to "1". ...
...cd .. set environment variables: if you want a non-debug optimized build, set build_opt=1 in your environment. otherwise, you get a debug build. on windows, if you want a debug build with the system's debug rtl libraries, set use_debug_rtl=1 in your environment. on unix platforms, except alpha/osf1, if you want a build for the system's 64-bit abi, set use_64=1 in your environment. by default, nss builds for the 32-bit environment on all platforms except alpha/osf1. to build with gcc on platforms other than linux and windows, you need to set two more environment variables: ns_use_gcc=1 no_mdupdate=1 for hp-ux, you must set the environment variable use_pthreads to 1. cd nss gmake nss_build_all the output of the build will be in the dist director...

NSS tools : ssltab
parts are printed for each record: the plain hex/ascii output, and the parsed ssl output. -x turn on hex/ascii printing of undecoded data inside parsed ssl records. used only with the -s option. this option uses the same output format as the -h option. -l prefix turn on looping; that is, continue to accept connections rather than stopping after the first connection is complete. -p port change the default rendezvous port (1924) to another port. the following are well-known port numbers: * http 80 * https 443 * smtp 25 * ftp 21 * imap 143 * imaps 993 (imap over ssl) * nntp 119 * nntps 563 (nntp over ssl) usage and examples you can use the ssl debugging tool to intercept any connection information. although you can run the tool at its most basic by issuing the ssltap command with no options other th...
...the tool at its most basic by issuing the ssltap command with no options other than hostname:port, the information you get in this way is not very useful. for example, assume your development machine is called intercept. the simplest way to use the debugging tool is to execute the following command from a command shell: $ ssltap www.netscape.com the program waits for an incoming connection on the default port 1924. in your browser window, enter the url http://intercept:1924. the browser retrieves the requested page from the server at www.netscape.com, but the page is intercepted and passed on to the browser by the debugging tool on intercept. on its way to the browser, the data is printed to the command shell from which you issued the command. data sent from the client to the server is surrounded...
...sent to standard output and is not interpreted in any way. this can result in peculiar effects, such as sounds, flashes, and even crashes of the command shell window. to output a basic, printable interpretation of the data, use the -h option, or, if you are looking at an ssl connection, the -s option. you will notice that the page you retrieved looks incomplete in the browser. this is because, by default, the tool closes down after the first connection is complete, so the browser is not able to load images. to make the tool continue to accept connections, switch on looping mode with the -l option. the following examples show the output from commonly used combinations of options. example 1 $ ssltap.exe -sx -p 444 interzone.mcom.com:443 > sx.txt output connected to interzone.mcom.com:443 -->; [ all...
...revious session, it makes use of cached information to do a partial handshake. if you wish to capture a full ssl handshake, restart the browser to clear the session id cache. if you run the tool on a machine other than the ssl server to which you are trying to connect, the browser will complain that the host name you are trying to connect to is different from the certificate. if you are using the default badcert callback, you can still connect through a dialog. if you are not using the default badcert callback, the one you supply must allow for this possibility. see also the nss security tools are also documented at [1]http://www.mozilla.org/projects/security/pki/nss/. additional resources nss is maintained in conjunction with pki and security-related projects through mozilla dn fedora. the most ...

NSS tools : ssltap
parts are printed for each record: the plain hex/ascii output, and the parsed ssl output. -x turn on hex/ascii printing of undecoded data inside parsed ssl records. used only with the -s option. this option uses the same output format as the -h option. -l prefix turn on looping; that is, continue to accept connections rather than stopping after the first connection is complete. -p port change the default rendezvous port (1924) to another port. the following are well-known port numbers: * http 80 * https 443 * smtp 25 * ftp 21 * imap 143 * imaps 993 (imap over ssl) * nntp 119 * nntps 563 (nntp over ssl) usage and examples you can use the ssl debugging tool to intercept any connection information. although you can run the tool at its most basic by issuing the ssltap command with no options other th...
...the tool at its most basic by issuing the ssltap command with no options other than hostname:port, the information you get in this way is not very useful. for example, assume your development machine is called intercept. the simplest way to use the debugging tool is to execute the following command from a command shell: $ ssltap www.netscape.com the program waits for an incoming connection on the default port 1924. in your browser window, enter the url http://intercept:1924. the browser retrieves the requested page from the server at www.netscape.com, but the page is intercepted and passed on to the browser by the debugging tool on intercept. on its way to the browser, the data is printed to the command shell from which you issued the command. data sent from the client to the server is surrounded...
...sent to standard output and is not interpreted in any way. this can result in peculiar effects, such as sounds, flashes, and even crashes of the command shell window. to output a basic, printable interpretation of the data, use the -h option, or, if you are looking at an ssl connection, the -s option. you will notice that the page you retrieved looks incomplete in the browser. this is because, by default, the tool closes down after the first connection is complete, so the browser is not able to load images. to make the tool continue to accept connections, switch on looping mode with the -l option. the following examples show the output from commonly used combinations of options. example 1 $ ssltap.exe -sx -p 444 interzone.mcom.com:443 > sx.txt output connected to interzone.mcom.com:443 -->; [ all...
...revious session, it makes use of cached information to do a partial handshake. if you wish to capture a full ssl handshake, restart the browser to clear the session id cache. if you run the tool on a machine other than the ssl server to which you are trying to connect, the browser will complain that the host name you are trying to connect to is different from the certificate. if you are using the default badcert callback, you can still connect through a dialog. if you are not using the default badcert callback, the one you supply must allow for this possibility. see also the nss security tools are also documented at [1]http://www.mozilla.org/projects/security/pki/nss/. additional resources nss is maintained in conjunction with pki and security-related projects through mozilla dn fedora. the most ...

NSS tools : vfychain
name vfychain — vfychain [options] [revocation options] certfile [[options] certfile] ... synopsis vfychain description the verification tool, vfychain, verifies certificate chains. modutil can add and delete pkcs #11 modules, change passwords on security databases, set defaults, list module contents, enable or disable slots, enable or disable fips 140-2 compliance, and assign default providers for cryptographic operations. this tool can also create certificate, key, and module security database files. ...
...0-2 compliance, and assign default providers for cryptographic operations. this tool can also create certificate, key, and module security database files. the tasks associated with security module database management are part of a process that typically also involves managing key databases and certificate databases. options -a the following certfile is base64 encoded -b yymmddhhmmz validate date (default: now) -d directory database directory -f enable cert fetching from aia url -o oid set policy oid for cert validation(format oid.1.2.3) -p use pkix library to validate certificate by calling: * cert_verifycertificate if specified once, * cert_pkixverifycert if specified twice and more. ...
...llowing certfile is base64 encoded -b yymmddhhmmz validate date (default: now) -d directory database directory -f enable cert fetching from aia url -o oid set policy oid for cert validation(format oid.1.2.3) -p use pkix library to validate certificate by calling: * cert_verifycertificate if specified once, * cert_pkixverifycert if specified twice and more. -r following certfile is raw binary der (default) -t following cert is explicitly trusted (overrides db trust) -u usage 0=ssl client, 1=ssl server, 2=ssl stepup, 3=ssl ca, 4=email signer, 5=email recipient, 6=object signer, 9=protectedobjectsigner, 10=ocsp responder, 11=any ca -v verbose mode. prints root cert subject(double the argument for whole root cert info) -w password database password -w pwfile password file revocation options for pkix ...
...ng test type. possible values are "leaf" or "chain". -h test flags sets revocation flags for the test type it follows. possible flags: "testlocalinfofirst" and "requirefreshinfo". -m method type sets method type for the test type it follows. possible types are "crl" and "ocsp". -s method flags sets revocation flags for the method it follows. possible types are "donotuse", "forbidfetching", "ignoredefaultsrc", "requireinfo" and "failifnoinfo". additional resources for information about nss and other tools related to nss (like jss), check out the nss project wiki at [1]http://www.mozilla.org/projects/security/pki/nss/. the nss site relates directly to nss code changes and releases. mailing lists: https://lists.mozilla.org/listinfo/dev-tech-crypto irc: freenode at #dogtag-pki authors the nss tools w...